WO2007099723A1 - Reader antenna, shelf for placing article provided with antenna, and table for placing article provided with antenna - Google Patents

Reader antenna, shelf for placing article provided with antenna, and table for placing article provided with antenna Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007099723A1
WO2007099723A1 PCT/JP2007/051006 JP2007051006W WO2007099723A1 WO 2007099723 A1 WO2007099723 A1 WO 2007099723A1 JP 2007051006 W JP2007051006 W JP 2007051006W WO 2007099723 A1 WO2007099723 A1 WO 2007099723A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
antenna
pattern
reader
shelf
antennas
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2007/051006
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Seiji Matsumoto
Original Assignee
Nippon Sheet Glass Company, Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2006236764A external-priority patent/JP4688167B2/en
Application filed by Nippon Sheet Glass Company, Limited filed Critical Nippon Sheet Glass Company, Limited
Publication of WO2007099723A1 publication Critical patent/WO2007099723A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06KGRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
    • G06K7/00Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns
    • G06K7/10Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation
    • G06K7/10009Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation sensing by radiation using wavelengths larger than 0.1 mm, e.g. radio-waves or microwaves
    • G06K7/10316Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation sensing by radiation using wavelengths larger than 0.1 mm, e.g. radio-waves or microwaves using at least one antenna particularly designed for interrogating the wireless record carriers
    • G06K7/10346Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation sensing by radiation using wavelengths larger than 0.1 mm, e.g. radio-waves or microwaves using at least one antenna particularly designed for interrogating the wireless record carriers the antenna being of the far field type, e.g. HF types or dipoles
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06KGRAPHICAL DATA READING; PRESENTATION OF DATA; RECORD CARRIERS; HANDLING RECORD CARRIERS
    • G06K7/00Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns
    • G06K7/10Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation
    • G06K7/10009Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation sensing by radiation using wavelengths larger than 0.1 mm, e.g. radio-waves or microwaves
    • G06K7/10316Methods or arrangements for sensing record carriers, e.g. for reading patterns by electromagnetic radiation, e.g. optical sensing; by corpuscular radiation sensing by radiation using wavelengths larger than 0.1 mm, e.g. radio-waves or microwaves using at least one antenna particularly designed for interrogating the wireless record carriers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01QANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
    • H01Q1/00Details of, or arrangements associated with, antennas
    • H01Q1/12Supports; Mounting means
    • H01Q1/22Supports; Mounting means by structural association with other equipment or articles
    • H01Q1/2208Supports; Mounting means by structural association with other equipment or articles associated with components used in interrogation type services, i.e. in systems for information exchange between an interrogator/reader and a tag/transponder, e.g. in Radio Frequency Identification [RFID] systems
    • H01Q1/2216Supports; Mounting means by structural association with other equipment or articles associated with components used in interrogation type services, i.e. in systems for information exchange between an interrogator/reader and a tag/transponder, e.g. in Radio Frequency Identification [RFID] systems used in interrogator/reader equipment
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01QANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
    • H01Q21/00Antenna arrays or systems
    • H01Q21/06Arrays of individually energised antenna units similarly polarised and spaced apart
    • H01Q21/08Arrays of individually energised antenna units similarly polarised and spaced apart the units being spaced along or adjacent to a rectilinear path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01QANTENNAS, i.e. RADIO AERIALS
    • H01Q7/00Loop antennas with a substantially uniform current distribution around the loop and having a directional radiation pattern in a plane perpendicular to the plane of the loop

Definitions

  • the “Technical field” of the first, second and third group inventions of the present invention is referred to as “A, technical field of the first group invention”, “B, technical field of the second group invention” and “C. , And the third group technical field of the invention.
  • “books” refers not only to books but also to newspapers, magazines, materials, documents, other paper-made media, and such paper-made media by binding them with a binder etc. It also includes document binding files, optical recording media such as CDs and DVDs, and magnetic recording media such as video tapes and audio tapes.
  • the first group invention of the present invention relates to at least one of various articles (for example, containers such as a bottle having a curved surface shape, irregularly shaped clothing, small jewelry, books, etc.) stored in an article shelf.
  • the present invention relates to an antenna-equipped shelf board which is used for placing one type of article thereon and provided with a reader antenna.
  • the first group invention of the present invention also relates to an article management shelf using such a shelf with an antenna.
  • the antenna forming object members such as the shelf board of the article placement shelf and the base plate of the article placement board are respectively provided in the state of being mutually insulated and overlapped with each other.
  • the present invention relates to a reader antenna having first and second antennas.
  • the second group invention of the present invention also relates to an antenna-equipped article placement shelf provided with a shelf board and a base plate provided with such a reader antenna, and an antenna-equipped article placement board. .
  • the third group invention of the present invention has an antenna pattern provided on an antenna formation target member such as a shelf of a bookshelf, other article placing racks, or a bedboard of an article placing stand. Reader antenna.
  • the third group invention of the present invention also relates to an antenna-equipped article placement shelf and an antenna-equipped article placement table provided with a shelf board and a base plate provided with such a reader antenna.
  • the "background art” of the first, second and third group inventions of the present invention is referred to as "A, background art of first group invention", "B, background art of the second group invention” and “C. And “Group 3 Background of the Invention”.
  • an article management system a system in which a bar code is attached to each article, the bar code is scanned by a bar code reader, and the information is stored in a computer to manage the article. Is widespread.
  • the RFID system comprises an electronic tag attached to the article side and a reader / writer equipped with an antenna for communicating with the electronic tag by wireless communication.
  • Such an electronic tag also referred to as a wireless tag or an IC tag, is a communication circuit that includes an IC chip in which a memory in which information is recorded is incorporated and a small antenna.
  • the collection management at the library is performed by the method described in the above item (2) using the RFID system. Specifically, the direction of the electronic tag attached to the book is uniformly determined, and the reader / writer antenna installed in the bookcase for storing the book communicates with the electronic tag by wireless communication. It is proposed that the article management shelf and article management system power to receive and receive information between the recorded electronic tag and the reader / writer antenna as described below.
  • Patent Document 1 an electronic tag in which information of books is recorded is attached to the back cover of the books, and a substantially rectangular simple loop reader / writer antenna elongated in the frontage direction is used as a bookshelf.
  • the books are installed on the shelf along the outer periphery of the shelf, and the electronic tags of the books placed on the shelf communicate with the reader / writer antenna by an electromagnetic induction method, A system to manage is disclosed.
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-269079
  • Patent Document 2 also discloses a system for managing books by communicating between an electronic tag attached to the cover surface of the books and an antenna for a reader / writer.
  • the book management system disclosed in Patent Document 2 at least two antennas of the plurality of reader / writer antennas that are close to each other are connected to a common surface of the bookcase storage space (ie, They are installed so as to partially overlap each other with their positions shifted by half on the back surface, bottom surface or top surface).
  • the antenna for performing communication operation is sequentially switched to sequentially change the communicable area on the shelf board of the bookcase.
  • Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-72919
  • the first group invention of the present invention was invented to solve the above-mentioned problems, and an electronic tag provided on an article placed on a shelf board of an article management shelf. It is an object of the present invention to provide a shelf board with an antenna capable of communicating with the electronic tag, and an article management shelf using such a shelf board with an antenna, substantially regardless of the orientation. .
  • substantially rectangular articles such as documents, optical disks such as CDs and DVDs, other optical recording media, magnetic tapes such as video tapes and audio tapes, and other magnetic recording media, articles such as bottles, etc.
  • Various articles such as various containers such as cylindrical containers, irregular-shaped clothing, and various collections, such as display shelves, commodity shelves, book shelves, document management shelves such as document management shelves, and reception of libraries It is placed for display, storage, management, etc. on a counter stand such as a counter stand, a table, a desk, etc. Then, it is expected that the above-mentioned various articles will be managed by using the RFID system equipped with the reader / writer antenna for communicating with such electronic tags while attaching the electronic tags to the various articles as mentioned above. ing.
  • Such electronic tags are also called wireless tags or IC tags.
  • the communication circuit includes an IC chip incorporating a memory in which information such as product information is recorded and a small antenna.
  • the reader / writer antenna which communicates with the electronic tag as described above, has a shelf board surface on which the article is placed, and a back board plane disposed on the back side of the article placement shelf mainly for the purpose of preventing the article from falling off. Often arranged along
  • Patent Document 3 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-140513
  • an article with an electronic tag placed on a shelf board generally has an irregular shape, and the electronic tag may be attached to the article itself or suspended from the article. Because there are many, the position and orientation of the electronic tag are not constant. In the case of an article having a relatively constant shape, such as a book, a document binding file, or a book such as an optical or magnetic recording medium, the electronic tag may be attached to a certain position as viewed from the article. Is easy. However, even such articles are not necessarily placed on the shelf board in a fixed position or fixed direction. Furthermore, the shelf usually has an area on which a large number of articles can be placed.
  • the reader / writer antenna in order for the reader / writer antenna to reliably communicate with the electronic tag whose distance to the shelf surface force and the direction with respect to the shelf surface are not constant over the entire shelf, the reader / writer can It is necessary to devise the configuration of the antenna. Then, if it is attempted to communicate with the electronic tag on the article side with, for example, one reader / writer antenna on the shelf board surface per shelf, the reader / writer antenna may be of any shape. In the case of electronic tags that are in a vertical position relative to the installation plane of the antenna, it is likely to create an incommunicable area.
  • Patent Document 2 a plurality of simple loop antennas are provided along the back plate surface (or shelf plate surface) of an article mounting shelf as an antenna for a reader / writer.
  • a reader / writer antenna system is disclosed in which loop antennas are arranged on a common back plate surface (or shelf plate surface) by being shifted by half a pitch at a time, and a plurality of loop antennas are sequentially switched and operated.
  • a plurality of loop antennas provided with a saw-shaped bent portion in a part of them are completely overlapped with each other on a common shelf plate surface as an antenna for a lidar writer.
  • an antenna system for reader / writer provided with feed control means which are arranged in a staggered manner and which feed the plurality of loop antennas so as not to overlap in time. And each of a plurality of loop antennas in this patent document 4 bends so that a concavo-convex part may be formed in an antenna installation side of a shelf board of a shelf of a goods management shelf. It is configured.
  • Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-72919
  • Patent Document 4 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-168914
  • Patent Documents 2 and 4 respectively have problems as described in the following sections (A) to (C).
  • the reason why these problems occur is as described in the following items (a) to (c) which are sequentially described after the description of the respective items (A) to (C).
  • the incommunicable area is In order to eliminate it, a plurality of antenna groups consisting of at least three loop antennas or an antenna group consisting of at least two loop antennas (in other words, four or more loop antennas) are provided on each shelf. There is a need. In addition, these plural In order to switch the loop antenna of, the number of antenna switching means is required.
  • the length of the connection line connecting the antenna switching means and each of the plurality of loop antennas arranged on the common shelf plate is different for each of the plurality of loop antennas Because the communication performance changes for each of the loop antennas, there is a difference in the communication performance among a plurality of loop antennas disposed on a common shelf surface.
  • the length of the connection line is set between the loop antenna near the left end of the shelf and the loop antenna near the right end.
  • the antenna switching means may be provided at an intermediate position in the opening direction of the back plate disposed on the back side of the article placement shelf. Need to be established.
  • the incommunicable area is generated in the area where the magnetic field passing through the antenna of the electronic tag weakens.
  • As a region where the magnetic field weakens when the electronic tag is positioned parallel to the direction of the magnetic field, or when the both side force of the electronic tag acts in the same direction in the opposite direction or in the opposite direction. , Mentioned.
  • Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-72919
  • Patent Document 4 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-168914
  • Patent Document 4 has the following problems described in (D) and (E). These issues are The reasons for this are as described in the following sections (d) and (e) which will be described one after the other in the sections (D) and (E) respectively.
  • a single loop antenna is configured by bending a linear conductor so that an uneven portion is formed in the antenna laying surface of the shelf plate of the product management shelf!
  • an electronic tag that can not communicate with the loop antenna when communicating with a product with an electronic tag placed on the shelf board provided with the above loop antenna.
  • Product management shelves can not be obtained.
  • Patent Document 4 describes that an unreadable electronic tag could be read by translating 3 cm on a shelf.
  • Patent Document 4 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-168914
  • the second group invention of the present invention was invented to solve the problems as described above, and substantially independent of the orientation of the electronic tag provided on the article, the electronic tag and the electronic tag.
  • An antenna for a reader capable of communicating with each other, a shelf board provided with such a reader antenna and an article placement shelf with an antenna provided with a base plate, and an article placement stage with the antenna.
  • substantially rectangular articles such as documents, optical disks such as CDs and DVDs, other optical recording media, magnetic tapes such as video tapes and audio tapes, and other magnetic recording media, articles such as bottles, etc.
  • Various articles such as various containers such as cylindrical containers, irregular-shaped clothing, and various collections, such as display shelves, commodity shelves, book racks, document placement shelves such as document management shelves, and reception of libraries It is placed for display, storage, management, etc. on a counter stand such as a counter stand, a table, a desk, etc. Then, it is expected that the above-mentioned various articles will be managed by using the RFID system equipped with the reader / writer antenna for communicating with such electronic tags while attaching the electronic tags to the various articles as mentioned above. ing.
  • Such an electronic tag is also referred to as a wireless tag or an IC tag, and also includes communication circuit power including an IC chip in which a memory in which information is recorded is incorporated and a small antenna.
  • the reader / writer antenna that communicates with the electronic tag is disposed on the shelf board on which the article is placed, or the article placement shelf mainly for the purpose of preventing the article from falling off.
  • it is configured as a loop antenna, which is often arranged along the back plate surface disposed on the back side.
  • a bookshelf search system using an antenna system including a reader / writer antenna and an electronic tag as described above is also conventionally known.
  • Such a bookshelf search system has an electronic tag on which information on books is recorded and is affixed to the front cover surface or back cover surface of the books, and a shelf board on which the books are placed and the length direction of the shelf board.
  • a bookshelf search system conventionally, the followings have been specifically devised.
  • a plurality of simple loop antennas are provided on the back plate surface or shelf plate surface of a book rack as a reader / writer antenna along the length direction, and in this case, the plurality of loops
  • a bookshelf search system is disclosed in which the antennas are arranged by being shifted by half pitch in the length direction of the common back plate surface or the common shelf plate surface, and the plurality of loop antennas are sequentially switched and operated. ing.
  • the electronic tag is attached to the front cover or back cover of the book placed on the shelf board.
  • a plurality of loop antennas provided with sawtooth-shaped bent portions in part of them do not completely overlap each other on a common shelf plate surface of a book rack as a reader / writer antenna.
  • a bookshelf search system provided with feed control means which is arranged in a staggered manner and which feeds the plurality of loop antennas so as not to overlap in time.
  • the electronic tag is attached to the front cover surface or the back cover surface of the books placed on the shelf board.
  • a bookshelf search in which one simple loop antenna wound in a plurality of turns in a plurality of spirals is provided as a reader / writer antenna on the backboard surface of the bookshelf along its length direction.
  • the electronic tag is attached to the front cover or back cover of the books placed on the shelf board.
  • Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-72919
  • Patent Document 4 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-168914
  • Patent document 5 Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2003-252409 gazette
  • the shelf board on which the reader / writer antenna is attached is provided with a plurality of or one longitudinal reinforcing member extending along the length direction.
  • a bookshelf search system has been disclosed which reinforces the strength and prevents interference of radio signals between a plurality of reader / writer antennas above and below a plurality of shelf plates in upper and lower stages.
  • the plurality of interference-preventing longitudinal reinforcing members may be narrow when there are a plurality of them, and one longitudinal reinforcing member may be used. It is widely constructed.
  • the shelf board provided with the reader / writer antenna is provided with a plurality of longitudinal reinforcing members extending along the length direction, whereby the shelf board strength can be increased.
  • a bookshelf search system that reinforces and prevents mutual cancellation of magnetic fields (in other words, magnetic flux) generated by the plurality of reader / writer antennas above and below the shelf plates in the upper and lower stages. It is done. Further, in Patent Document 7 mentioned above, by sticking an iron plate to the side plate of the bookshelf, it is prevented that the magnetic fields generated respectively by the right and left reader / writer antennas of the left and right shelf plates are mutually offset.
  • a bookshelf search system is also disclosed. In any of these cases, the electronic tag is affixed to the spine of the books placed on the shelf board.
  • Patent Document 6 Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2001-225921
  • Patent Document 7 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-270608
  • the reader / writer antenna provided for each shelf board in the bookshelf retrieval system described in Patent Documents 6 and 7 has a simple rectangular single loop antenna or a figure of “8” (specifically, The antenna is formed by one loop antenna with a diagonally upward “8” shape, as seen from the diagonal upward force on the front door side. Therefore, when a longitudinal reinforcing member for preventing interference is provided on the shelf board to prevent interference between the upper and lower shelf boards, the electronics of the reader / writer antenna are compared with the case where such a reinforcing member is not provided. Good communication with tags can not be obtained.
  • Patent Document 2 For example, as described in paragraph [0065] of Patent Document 2, it is provided on a shelf board.
  • the reader / writer antenna may communicate with both the electronic tags of the books on the shelf and the electronic tags of the books below the shelf.
  • Patent Document 2 since an antenna switching unit including an extra function and a large rectangular storage box for storing extra various lines are required, Extra space is required and space factor is bad.
  • the reader / writer antenna is a combination of a plurality of loop antennas.
  • the reader / writer antenna is also configured as a single loop antenna by the mutual coupling of the plurality of loop antennas.
  • the maximum communicable distance of the reader / writer antenna with the electronic tag decreases.
  • a half loop shaped antenna pattern portion (specifically, a substantially U-shaped projecting portion) positionally substantially isolated from other antenna pattern portions. ) Exist respectively. Therefore, the antenna for a lidar writer attached to a certain shelf board is, in particular, near the left and right ends of the shelf board, or the similar half of another shelf board adjacent to the upper and lower and left and right sides.
  • Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-72919
  • Patent Document 4 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-168914
  • Patent document 5 Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2003-252409 gazette
  • Patent Document 6 Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2001-225921
  • Patent Document 7 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-270608
  • the third group invention of the present invention was invented to solve such problems focusing on the problems as described above, and is a front cover surface or a back cover surface of books, etc.
  • the reader / writer antenna provided on the antenna formation target member in order to communicate with the electronic tag attached to the electronic tag communicates well with the electronic tag described above, which generates unnecessary space for the article storage space for storing articles such as books. Its main purpose is to make it possible.
  • the first group inventions of the present invention are described in claims 1 to 28. And, according to the first aspect, according to the first aspect, the first group invention is used for an article management shelf provided with an article stored on the article shelf and provided with a reader antenna. Antenna shelf with And, the above-mentioned reader antenna comprises a plurality of antenna powers.
  • the antenna pattern of the first antenna of the plurality of antennas may be a first pattern extending in the direction of the front of the first plate extending substantially in the direction of the front of the shelf plate.
  • a second pattern portion extending in the substantially depth direction on the side of the second edge portion extending in the substantially depth direction of the shelf plate; and extending substantially in the direction of the front opening of the shelf plate;
  • a third pattern portion extending substantially in the front direction, and a third pattern portion opposite to the first edge portion; and extending substantially in the depth direction of the shelf plate;
  • the fourth edge portion opposite to the second edge portion is configured to be sequentially connected to the fourth pattern portion extending in the substantially depth direction.
  • the antenna pattern of the second antenna of the plurality of antennas includes: a first pattern portion extending substantially in the direction of the front of the third edge; and a second pattern of the second edge A second pattern portion extending in the substantially depth direction on the side, a third pattern portion extending in the substantially front direction on the side of the first edge, and a side of the fourth edge
  • the fourth pattern portion extending in the substantially depth direction is configured by being sequentially connected.
  • the first and Z or third pattern portions of the first antenna and the first and Z or third pattern portions of the second antenna are substantially in the direction of the frontage.
  • a plurality of extending baseline portions and at least one bent portion connecting the plurality of baseline portions to each other are provided.
  • each of the bent portions has a convex shape including first and second rising portions and a connecting portion connecting the tips of the first and second rising portions to each other.
  • the reader antenna provided on the shelf plate is divided into unit areas by virtual unit area dividing lines extending substantially in the depth direction.
  • the first pattern portion of the first antenna and the third pattern portion of the second antenna are provided.
  • one of the first pattern portion of the first antenna and the third pattern portion of the second antenna is the first pattern portion of the first antenna.
  • Pattern portion force The plurality of pattern portions extend substantially in the direction of the front along the third edge of the shelf plate, and extend in the direction of the front with the third pattern portion force of the first antenna.
  • the third pattern portion force of the first antenna The plurality of bases extending substantially in the direction of the front along substantially the third edge of the plate, and the first pattern portion of the second antenna extends in the direction of the front.
  • the line portion and the at least one bent portion connecting the plurality of base line portions to each other are provided.
  • the first group invention of the present invention is used for an article management shelf on which articles stored in an article shelf are used to be placed thereon and provided with a reader antenna.
  • Antenna shelf with The reader antenna also has a plurality of antenna powers.
  • the antenna pattern of the first antenna of the plurality of antennas may extend in the direction of the foremost opening substantially along the first edge extending in the direction of the foremost opening of the shelf plate.
  • the first pattern portion, the second edge portion extending substantially in the depth direction of the shelf plate, the second pattern portion extending substantially in the depth direction, and the substantially front surface direction of the shelf plate A third pattern portion extending in the direction opposite to the first edge and extending in the direction of the front, and a third pattern extending on the side of the third edge and extending in the direction towards the back of the shelf plate. And the side of the fourth edge opposite to the second edge is approximately the depth
  • a fourth pattern portion extending in the front direction is configured by being sequentially connected.
  • the antenna pattern of the second antenna of the plurality of antennas may include: a first pattern portion extending substantially along the third edge; and the second edge.
  • a second pattern portion extending substantially in the depth direction, a third pattern portion extending substantially in the direction of the first edge, and a side of the fourth edge And the fourth pattern portion extending substantially in the depth direction are sequentially connected.
  • the third pattern portion of the first antenna and the third pattern portion of the second antenna may include a plurality of base line portions extending substantially in the direction of the frontage, and a plurality of the plurality of baseline portions. And at least one bend connecting the baseline sections to each other. Further, each of the bent portions is provided with a convex shape force which is provided with a first and a second rising portion and a connecting portion connecting the tips of the first and the second rising portions to each other. .
  • the baseline portion of the third pattern portion of the first antenna, and the third pattern portion of the second antenna Between the first pattern portion of the second antenna and a virtual shelf board center line extending in the direction of the front of the shelf board.
  • Each of the connecting portion of the bent portion of the third pattern portion of the first antenna and the base line portion of the third pattern portion of the second antenna extends. It is preferable to extend between the first pattern portion of the first antenna and the shelf centerline.
  • the direction of the electronic tag provided on the article placed on the shelf is specified with respect to the shelf. Since each of the plurality of antennas functions to mutually compensate for the incommunicable area on the shelf board, the reader antenna for the electronic tag provided on the article placed on the shelf board. Communication by wireless communication can be performed well. Therefore, since it is not necessary to align the direction of the electronic tag provided for the article placed on the shelf with respect to the shelf board, it is possible to manage the article by the article management shelf reliably and easily.
  • the reader antenna can communicate favorably with the electronic tag by wireless communication substantially independently of the direction of the electronic tag with respect to the shelf board
  • the first group invention of the present invention It is also suitable to be applied to a shelf that manages articles for which it is difficult to unify the orientation of the electronic tag provided on the shelf, such as a chemical storage shelf and an article management shelf such as a product showcase. There is.
  • the convex portion bending force of the second antenna as viewed in plan shows the convex of the first antenna.
  • a portion overlapping with the bending portion of the convex shape of the first antenna is provided.
  • the width of the overlapping portion in the front direction is basically a value obtained by dividing the width of the bent portion of the convex shape by the number of antennas of the plurality of antennas (in other words, the plurality). There may be a variation, such as ⁇ 25% as described later.
  • the second pattern portion of the first antenna and the second pattern portion of the second antenna are provided.
  • One of the forces extends substantially in the depth direction substantially along the second edge of the shelf, and the other is opposite to the second edge of the one side.
  • One of the fourth pattern portion of the first antenna and the fourth pattern portion of the second antenna, which extends in the substantially depth direction, is either the above or the other of the shelf plate. It is preferable to extend in the substantially depth direction substantially along the fourth edge and to extend in the substantially depth direction opposite to the other one of the fourth edges. .
  • each of the plurality of antennas constituting the reader antenna has an intersecting portion in plan view. Preferably not.
  • any one of the plurality of antennas constituting the reader antenna and another one of the plurality of antennas may be used.
  • the main component of the shelf board is a glass plate.
  • each of at least antenna patterns of the plurality of antennas may have a substantially circular or other cross-sectional shape. It may be constituted by a wire conductor (in other words, an existing linear conductor attached to a shelf).
  • the cross-sectional diameter of the wire conductor is generally preferably 1. O mm or less from the viewpoint of practicality, and is preferably 0.2 mm or more.
  • the plurality of antennas constituting the reader antenna are configured to operate sequentially. Is preferred. According to this configuration, mutual interference between the plurality of antennas can be effectively prevented, so that magnetic lines of force formed by at least one of the plurality of antennas can be directed in any direction on the shelf board. It is possible to effectively achieve crossing of the electronic tag facing the Furthermore, in the first and second aspects of the present invention, it is preferable that the reader antenna is a reader / writer antenna which also serves as a reader / writer antenna.
  • an antenna-equipped shelf board according to the first aspect and an antenna-equipped shelf board according to the second aspect are selected.
  • the present invention relates to an article management shelf characterized by comprising at least one shelf with an antenna as a shelf.
  • the object forming objects such as a shelf board of an article placement shelf and a bedboard of an article placement table in a state where they are mutually insulated and overlapped with each other
  • first and second antennas respectively formed on the member Is related to the reader antenna. Then, when power is supplied to the first antenna, an induced current generated in the second antenna in response to a magnetic field generated by the first antenna is an effective antenna pattern element of the second antenna (the first antenna).
  • the mutual arrangement of the first and second antennas is selected respectively.
  • “effective antenna pattern element” means, among the antenna patterns of the first and second antennas, a longitudinal pattern portion which effectively functions to generate a magnetic field.
  • the magnetic fields generated by each of the first and second antennas can be mutually reinforced. For this reason, a reader capable of communicating with the electronic tag substantially independently of the direction of the electronic tag with a relatively small number of antennas (ie, two) and relatively low driving power. Antenna can be provided.
  • the antenna pattern of the first antenna and the antenna pattern of the second antenna substantially correspond to each other.
  • the antenna pattern of the first antenna and the antenna pattern of the second antenna have at least a first direction of the effective antenna pattern elements.
  • a shelf plate, a base plate, etc. (generally speaking, a first effective antenna extending along the first direction). Or both the first effective antenna element and a second effective antenna element extending generally along a second direction orthogonal to the first direction. So long as they are stacked one on top of the other! /, They are placed offset from one another! In this case, even when power is supplied to any one of the first and second antennas, the second direction orthogonal to the first direction and the antenna formation surface of the antenna formation target member For example, in both the shelf board, the base board etc.
  • the first and second antennas are respectively configured such that the first magnetic field components generated in parallel increase and decrease at approximately constant intervals in the second direction, and the antenna of the first antenna is configured.
  • the first antenna and the second antenna are disposed such that the first and second antennas alternately occur. Furthermore, in this case, it is also preferable that the first magnetic field component is substantially uniform in the first direction.
  • the incommunicable area extending along the first direction of each of the first and second antennas can be reduced with a relatively small number of antennas. , Can compensate each other. For this reason, it is possible to provide a reader antenna capable of better communication with the electronic tag substantially independently of the orientation of the electronic tag.
  • the length force in the second direction of the antenna formation target member is larger than the length in the first direction of the antenna formation target member, or It is preferred that they be substantially identical. Also, in the text,
  • the first and second antennas are configured such that second magnetic field components respectively generated parallel to both the antenna formation surface of the antenna formation target member and the first direction increase or decrease in the first direction.
  • the first antenna and the second antenna be arranged such that regions weakening in the first direction alternately occur.
  • the second magnetic field component be approximately uniform in the second direction.
  • each of the first and second antennas extends along the approximately second direction.
  • the extended incommunicable areas can be compensated for with a relatively small number of antennas. For this reason, it is possible to provide a reader antenna capable of better communication with the electronic tag substantially independently of the orientation of the electronic tag.
  • each of the first and second antennas relates to a reader antenna comprising at least one substantially loop shaped antenna pattern.
  • each of at least one of the substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of the first antenna and at least one of the substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of the second antenna is the target of the antenna formation.
  • a first pattern portion provided on a first side in a first direction of the member for example, a width direction which is a depth direction of a shelf plate, a base plate, etc.
  • a second pattern portion provided on the first side in a second direction for example, a longitudinal direction which is a frontage of a shelf plate, a base plate, etc.
  • a fourth pattern portion for example, at least one of the first to fourth pattern portions of the first antenna and the at least one of the first to fourth pattern portions of the second antenna may be used.
  • a plurality of baseline portions in which at least one corresponding approximately in the same direction, roughly facing, or the like in the pattern portion is arranged intermittently with each other, and the plurality of baseline portions And at least one of the bends provided between the first and second antennas to substantially correspond to each other in substantially the same direction, such as facing each other.
  • Each has its own.
  • each of the bent portions is formed in a substantially convex shape including the first and second rising portions, and the first rising portion or the second rising portion of the first antenna is the same. It is disposed between the corresponding first rising portion of the second antenna and the corresponding second rising portion.
  • each of the bent portions includes a connecting portion connecting the first rising portion and the second rising portion to configure each of the bent portions in the substantially convex shape.
  • each of the connecting portions extends along substantially the second direction.
  • each of the first and second rising portions may extend substantially along the first direction.
  • some or all of the first and second rising portions extend at an angle to the first direction, and the angle of inclination is 15 ° to 45 ° (preferably, 20 °). Preferably within the range of 25 ° to 35 °).
  • the force of each of the first and second antennas is set as the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern.
  • the first pattern portion of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern of each of the first and second antennas respectively extends along the second direction, and the first and second antennas are provided.
  • Each of the second and fourth pattern portions of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern of each of the second antennas extends respectively generally along the first direction, and the first and second
  • the third pattern partial force of each of the substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of each of the antennas at least a plurality of baseline portions provided between the plurality of baseline portions and the plurality of baseline portions.
  • the first bending portion and the second bending portion respectively have one bending portion so as to substantially correspond to each other in the state of substantially the same orientation, and the like.
  • it is configured to have a substantially convex shape so as to protrude to the side of the pattern portion of.
  • the force of each of the first and second antennas is set as the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern.
  • the first pattern portion of the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern of the first antenna extends substantially along the second direction, and the first and second antennas are provided.
  • Each of the second and fourth pattern portions of each of the substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of each of the plurality of substantially loop shaped antenna patterns respectively extending along the first direction;
  • a pattern portion force of 3 extends along the second direction substantially, and the third pattern portion of the first antenna and the first pattern portion of the second antenna, respectively.
  • the plurality of base line portions and at least one bent portion provided between the plurality of base line portions are substantially facing each other between the first antenna and the second antenna.
  • each of the bent portions of the first antenna projects in a substantially convex shape so as to project toward the first pattern portion of the first antenna.
  • the bending portion be configured to have a substantially convex shape so as to protrude toward the third pattern portion of the second antenna.
  • the first pattern portion of the first antenna, and the first antenna of the first antenna An average mutual distance between the connecting portion and the base line portion of the second antenna, the third pattern portion of the second antenna, and the connecting portion of the second antenna;
  • the mutual spacing between the first antenna and the base line portion is equal to an average of the first pattern portion of the first antenna and the third pattern portion of the second antenna.
  • the mutual spacing can be in the range of 1Z40 to 1Z10 (preferably, 1Z30 to 1Z15).
  • the “interspacing” between one longitudinal pattern portion and the other longitudinal pattern portion means the mutual distance between the lines passing through the centers of the one and the other longitudinal pattern portions in the width direction. Means an interval of
  • the force of each of the first and second antennas is substantially along the first direction.
  • the antenna pattern force of the first substantially loop shape is provided on the first side in the first direction, and the first and second substantially loop shaped antenna patterns are sequentially arranged.
  • Second substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern force Each of the first substantially loop-shaped antenna patterns of the first and second antennas disposed on the second side in the first direction
  • the first pattern portion of the second and the third pattern portion of each of the second substantially loop shaped antenna patterns respectively extend approximately along the first direction, First and 2
  • each of the second and fourth pattern portions of each of the first and second substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of each of the antennas extends approximately along the second direction, respectively;
  • the plurality of base line portions and at least one bend portion provided between the plurality of base line portions are approximately divided by the first antenna and the second antenna.
  • the first and second substantially loop-shaped antenna patterns of the first and second antennas respectively provided so as to substantially correspond to each other in the same orientation or the like.
  • Each of the bent portions is on the side of the first antenna portion of the first substantially loop shaped antenna pattern and on the side of the third antenna portion of the second substantially loop shaped antenna pattern; It is also preferable to be configured in a substantially convex shape so as to protrude respectively.
  • the plurality of bases arranged intermittently from each other according to the first antenna force.
  • the first antenna has an average length of 0.20 to 0 per one of the plurality of baseline portions intermittently arranged to each other. It is also possible to deviate in the second direction with respect to the second antenna by a range of 45 or a range of 0.55-0.5. In any of these cases, the first antenna may be offset from the second antenna only in the second direction, but may be offset in the first direction.
  • the average length per one of the plurality of baseline portions arranged intermittently between the first antenna force and the first antenna force is preferably 0.80 to 0.85 (preferably, 0).
  • the first antenna may be shifted in the first direction with respect to the second antenna by the range of 1 to 0.7, more preferably, 0.15 to 0.6).
  • the first and second antennas are arranged in substantially the first direction. Extend along The unreliable areas can be compensated for each other with a relatively small number of antennas and a relatively simple antenna pattern. For this reason, it is possible to provide a reader antenna capable of good communication with the electronic tag and being relatively simple in configuration, substantially regardless of the orientation of the electronic tag.
  • the first and second aspects of the second group invention of the present invention only any one of the first and second antennas is used.
  • a capacitor for a resonant circuit is connected between a pair of terminal portions of the other of the first and second antennas.
  • power is supplied to only one of the first and second antennas, and the magnetic field generated by the one of the first and second antennas is used. An induced current is generated in the other antenna. For this reason, since the induction current generates a magnetic field so as to compensate the magnetic field generated by the one antenna, antenna switching means for alternately feeding the first and second antennas is not necessary. Also, the communication speed can be shortened. Furthermore, since the number of loop antennas required to be fed can be reduced, power consumption can be reduced, and the number of reader / writers relative to the number of reader antennas can also be reduced. The cost reduction effect can be increased.
  • the first and second antennas are configured to be alternately fed. You can also As in the first aspect in the first and second aspects, it is generated by an induced current generated in one of the first and second antennas when power is supplied to the other antenna. The magnetic field is somewhat smaller than the magnetic field generated by the one antenna.
  • the reader antenna is configured as a reader / writer antenna. In this case, since the writing and reading of the electronic tag can be performed with the common antenna, the entire configuration of the reader / writer can be simplified.
  • the antenna formation target member is a shelf board of an article placement shelf or a table of an article placement table. It is also preferred that the plate be a transparent non-conductive material of the shelf or the base plate.
  • a wire conductor with a force cross-sectional diameter of 0.5 mm or less of at least an antenna pattern (more preferably, an antenna pattern and a pair of terminal portions) of the first and second antennas is also configured. In this case, it is also preferable that the cross-sectional diameter of the wire is generally not less than 0.20 mm in view of practicality.
  • the shelf board of the article placement shelf provided with a plurality of shelf boards is used as the antenna formation target member, one or more of them may be used. Because it is easy to view the articles on another shelf through one shelf board, handling of the articles on this separate shelf is easy, and the lighting equipment for the article placement shelf is omitted. It can be small. Furthermore, in the first and second aspects, it is preferable that the first and second antennas be provided between a pair of glass plates laminated to each other with an insulating layer interposed therebetween. . According to this structure, since the first and second antennas are provided between a pair of glass plates each having excellent weather resistance and chemical resistance, the reader antenna can be used in various environments. Can also be effectively protected.
  • each of the terminal portion of the first antenna and the terminal portion of the second antenna is the antenna formation target member (for example, a shelf plate or a base plate). It is provided at any one edge selected from one and the other edge in the length direction (for example, frontage direction) and the edge on the back side in the width direction (for example, depth direction) Is also preferred. With this configuration, it is easy to combine the terminal parts for feeding the first and second antennas into one place. You can reduce the limitations of
  • the shelf board on which the reader antenna according to the first and second aspects is formed is provided as the antenna formation target member.
  • the invention also relates to an article placement shelf with an antenna.
  • the antenna for reader according to the first and second aspects is formed, and the base plate is provided as the antenna formation target member.
  • the invention also relates to an article mounting table with an antenna. According to the third and fourth aspects, the direction of the electronic tag provided on the article placed on the shelf plate of the article placement shelf and the bed plate of the article placement table is substantially irrelevant.
  • An article placement shelf and an article placement table provided with a reader antenna capable of communicating with the electronic tag can be provided.
  • the third group inventions of the present invention are described in claims 71 to 93.
  • the conductive porous sheet member is planar
  • the present invention relates to a reader antenna, which is provided on the antenna formation target member so as to extend in a loop shape substantially along the outer periphery of the antenna pattern as seen in FIG.
  • the magnetic field in other words, the magnetic flux
  • the magnetic flux generated by a predetermined antenna component of the antenna pattern of the reader antenna is made conductive in a loop shape.
  • the antenna formation target member such as a shelf board (specifically, a portion other than the upper portion of the antenna formation target member over a predetermined distance or the upper side of the antenna formation target member). Since it is possible to weaken only to a considerable extent, there is little possibility of causing interference between the above reader antenna and another reader antenna adjacent to it, and it is possible to store an article. There is no waste of space.
  • the conductive sheet-like member configured in a loop shape is porous, magnetic fields (in other words, magnetic flux) generated by the antenna pattern of the reader antenna are used for mutual communication with the electronic tag. Function effectively. Therefore, despite its relatively simple construction, it is possible for the electronic tag to have a particularly complex structure.
  • the da antenna can be communicated well with the electronic tag.
  • the porous sheet member has a mesh structure in which conductive filaments are braided in a mesh shape. It can be built.
  • the ratio of the size of the central opening to the size of the porous sheet-like member including the central opening is preferably in the range of 20 to 80% (more preferably 30 to 70%).
  • the pitch of the small openings of the porous sheet member is preferably in the range of 50 to 2,000 m (more preferably 100 to 1,200 m).
  • the area per one of the plurality of small holes of the porous sheet-like member is preferably 4,000 to 1,800,000 / zm 2 (more preferably 8,000 to 8,000,000) It is the range of / zm 2 ).
  • the open area ratio of the porous sheet-like member with respect to the large number of small holes formed therein is preferably in the range of 70 to 95% (more preferably 80 to 92%).
  • any one of the ends of the ends of the antenna pattern is overlapped with (for example, In one of the end portions, a substantially U-shaped protruding portion near at least one end portion of the V-shaped conductive member is applied to the conductive and porous second sheet-like member force. It is preferable that at least a portion corresponding to any one end is provided.
  • the magnetic field in other words, the magnetic flux
  • the magnetic flux generated by a predetermined antenna component of the antenna pattern of the reader antenna can be a second porous sheet.
  • the outer periphery of the porous sheet member is viewed in plan, and the reader / writer is
  • the porous sheet-like member extends along the outer periphery or the outer side of the antenna pattern of the antenna, and the inner periphery of the porous sheet member is described in the following items (a) to (d) in plan view. It is preferable to satisfy the following conditions.
  • the antenna formation target member of the inner circumference of the porous sheet member A pattern portion in which the inner circumference of the first side in the first direction (for example, the depth direction) extends substantially along the second direction (for example, the frontage direction) orthogonal to the first direction. Extending the outermost periphery of the first side in the first direction of the! /, And extending substantially along the inner end of the pattern portion or the inner side thereof;
  • the inner periphery of the second side opposite to the first side in the first direction of the antenna formation target member is the second In the first direction in the first direction among the pattern portions extending substantially along the direction of the second side, or the inner end of the pattern portion extending substantially at the inner side thereof. Extending along,
  • the inner periphery of the first side in the second direction of the antenna formation target member of the inner peripheries of the porous sheet member extends substantially along the first direction. Extending the outermost periphery of the first side in the second direction among the pattern portions, and extending substantially along the outer end of the pattern portion or the outer side thereof;
  • the inner periphery of the second side opposite to the first side in the second direction of the antenna formation target member is the first inner periphery of the porous sheet member. It extends substantially along the outer edge or the outer side of the pattern portion extending on the second side in the second direction among the pattern portions extending substantially along the direction of Being present
  • the porous sheet-like member is viewed in plan view in the second direction of the antenna formation target member Among the substantially extending pattern portions, the portions substantially overlap with the pattern portions extending near the first end and the second end in the first direction, respectively. You may In addition, the porous sheet-like member extends substantially along the second direction in plan view, and substantially overlaps all pattern portions. Furthermore, the porous sheet-like member extends substantially along the first direction in plan view, and substantially does not overlap with the misaligned pattern portion.
  • the reader antenna includes first and second loop antennas respectively provided on the antenna formation target members in a state of being insulated from each other and overlapping each other.
  • each of the first and second loop antennas has a substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern, and the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern of the first loop antenna and the second loop antenna
  • Each of the substantially loop-shaped antenna patterns includes a first pattern portion provided on a first side in a first direction (for example, a depth direction) of the antenna formation target member, and the antenna formation target member.
  • a third pattern portion provided on a second side opposite to the first side, and a second side opposite to the first side in the second direction of the antenna formation target member The fourth pattern portion provided on the side, and the third pattern portion of the first loop antenna and the first pattern portion of the second loop antenna are intermittent with each other
  • the first rising portion or the second rising portion of the first loop antenna corresponds to that of the second loop antenna.
  • the first rising portion or the second rising portion of the first loop antenna is configured in a substantially convex shape including a rising portion and a second rising portion.
  • the first loop antenna is offset with respect to the second loop antenna in the second direction so as to be disposed between the first rising portion and the corresponding second rising portion.
  • the incommunicable area extending along substantially the first direction of each of the first and second antennas can be formed with a relatively small number of antennas and a relatively simple antenna pattern shape. Thus, they can make up for each other. To this end, it is possible to provide a reader antenna capable of good communication with electronic tags of various orientations.
  • the first loop antenna is preferably an average per one of the plurality of baseline portions. Only the range of 0.25 to 0. 75 (more preferably 0.3 to 0. 6) of the length,
  • the second loop antenna is offset in the second direction.
  • the first loop antenna is one of the first and second rising portions of the first loop antenna and one of the first and second rising portions of the second loop antenna. Offset in the first direction with respect to the second loop antenna by a range of 0.50 to 0.5 (more preferably, 0.1 to 0.4) of the average length per contact ! /.
  • the reader antenna be configured as a reader / writer antenna.
  • the entire configuration of the reader / writer is simplified. be able to.
  • the antenna formation target member is a shelf board of an article placing shelf or a table of an article placing table.
  • a plate, and the main component of the shelf board or the base plate is a transparent non-conductive material, and a wire conductor having a cross-sectional diameter of at least 0.5 mm of at least the antenna pattern of the first and second antennas. Forces can also be configured.
  • the first and second loop antennas can be provided between a pair of glass plates stacked on each other with an insulating layer interposed therebetween. In this case, since the first and second loop antennas are provided between a pair of glass plates each having excellent weather resistance and chemical resistance, the reader antenna can be effectively used even in various environments. Can be protected. As a result, the weather resistance and chemical resistance of the reader antenna are improved. Therefore, even if the reader antenna is provided on a medicine rack or the like, there is no risk of damage.
  • the shelf board on which the reader antenna according to the first aspect is formed is provided as the antenna formation target member.
  • the present invention relates to an article mounting shelf with an antenna characterized by In this case, it is preferable that the article mounting shelf with an antenna is a bookshelf with an antenna.
  • the base plate for the reader according to the first aspect is formed, and the base plate is provided as the antenna formation target member,
  • the present invention relates to an article mounting table with an antenna characterized by According to these second and third aspects For example, there is little possibility of causing interference between the reader antenna and another reader antenna adjacent to it, and no wasted space is created.
  • the reader antenna can be made relatively simple. Although it is possible to do so, the article placement shelf and article placement table such as a bookshelf provided with a reader antenna that can communicate well with the electronic tag without particularly making the electronic tag into a complicated structure. Can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of the entire article placement shelf in the first embodiment in which the first group invention of the present invention is applied to an article placement shelf.
  • FIG. 2A A plan view showing only the first antenna of the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of the shelf board of FIG.
  • FIG. 2B A plan view showing only the second antenna of the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of the shelf board of FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 2C is a plan view of the shelf board of FIG. 1 showing both of the two antennas that constitute the reader / writer antenna.
  • FIG. 3 It is an enlarged longitudinal cross-sectional view of a part of the shelf board of FIG. 2A.
  • FIG. 4 is an enlarged plan view of the electronic tag of FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 5A A plan view of the shelf board of FIG. 2C in a state in which an incommunicable area in the first arrangement state of the electronic tag is added.
  • FIG. 5B A plan view of the shelf board of FIG. 2C in a state in which an incommunicable area in the second arrangement state of the electronic tag is added.
  • FIG. 5C A plan view of the shelf board of FIG. 2C in a state in which an incommunicable area in the third arrangement state of the electronic tags is added.
  • FIG. 6A A plan view similar to FIG. 5B of the shelf board in the first comparative example for explaining the first group invention of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6B A plan view of a shelf board in a second comparative example for explaining the first group invention of the present invention in a state similar to FIG. 5B.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic vertical sectional view showing the relationship between the reader / writer antenna shown in FIG. 2C, the electronic tag shown in FIG. 4 and magnetic lines of force.
  • ⁇ 8] A plan view similar to FIG. 2C of the shelf board in the second embodiment of the first group invention of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10A is a plan view showing a basic unit pattern shape of a reader / writer antenna of the uppermost shelf plate in FIG. 9. [FIG.
  • FIG. 10B is a plan view similar to FIG. 1 OA in which the state of the magnetic field component in the direction of the frontage according to the basic unit pattern shape in FIG. 10A is colored.
  • FIG. 10C is a plan view similar to FIG. 1 OA in which the state of the magnetic field component in the depth direction according to the basic unit pattern shape in FIG. 10A is added.
  • FIG. 11A A plan view showing a modification of the basic unit pattern shape of FIG. 10A of the uppermost shelf plate of FIG.
  • FIG. 11B is a plan view similar to FIG. 11A, showing the state of the magnetic field component in the frontage direction according to the basic unit pattern shape of FIG. 11A.
  • FIG. 11C is a plan view similar to FIG. 11A in which the state of the magnetic field component in the depth direction according to the basic unit pattern shape in FIG. 11A is added.
  • FIG. 12A A plan view showing only the first antenna of the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of Arrangement Example 1 of the uppermost shelf plate in FIG. 9.
  • FIG. 12B A plan view showing only the second antenna of the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of Arrangement Example 1 of the shelf board in the top row of FIG. 9.
  • FIG. 12C A plan view showing both of the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of Arrangement Example 1 of the shelf board in the top row of FIG. 9.
  • FIG. 13A A plan view of the top shelf plate of FIG. 9 including the state of the magnetic field components in the frontage direction by two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 12C.
  • FIG. 13B is a plan view similar to FIG. 13A showing modified example 1 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 12C.
  • FIG. 13C is a plan view similar to FIG. 13A showing a reference example of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 12C.
  • 14A is a plan view showing the direction of supply current and induction current of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 13A of the uppermost shelf plate of FIG. 9;
  • FIG. 14B is a plan view similar to FIG. 14A showing the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 13B.
  • FIG. 14C is a plan view similar to FIG. 14B showing modified example 2 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 12C.
  • FIG. 15A A plan view showing a third modification of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 12C on the uppermost shelf plate of FIG.
  • FIG. 15B is a plan view similar to FIG. 15A showing the longitudinally overlapping portion of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 15A.
  • FIG. 15C A plan view similar to FIG. 15A showing the direction of supply current and induction current of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 15A.
  • FIG. 16A is a plan view showing a modification 4 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 12C of the shelf board of FIG. 9;
  • FIG. 16B is a plan view similar to FIG. 14B showing modified example 5 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 12C.
  • FIG. 17 is a plan view showing the reader / writer antenna of Arrangement Example 2 of the shelf board in the top row of FIG. 9;
  • FIG. 18A A plan view showing a region where the magnetic field component in the frontage direction by the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 17 becomes weak.
  • FIG. 18B is a plan view similar to FIG. 18A showing modified example 1 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 18C is a plan view similar to FIG. 18A showing a reference example of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 17;
  • FIG. 19A A plan view showing the direction of supply current and induction current of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 18A of the uppermost shelf plate of FIG.
  • FIG. 19B is a plan view similar to FIG. 19A showing the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 18B.
  • FIG. 19C is a plan view similar to FIG. 19B showing modified example 2 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 20 is a plan view showing the reader / writer antenna of Arrangement Example 3 of the shelf board in the top row of FIG. 9;
  • FIG. 21A is a plan view showing a region where the magnetic field component in the frontage direction weakens due to two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 20;
  • FIG. 21B is a plan view similar to FIG. 21A showing modified example 1 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 20.
  • 21C is a plan view similar to FIG. 21A showing a reference example of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 20;
  • FIG. 22A A plan view showing the direction of supply current and induction current of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 21A of the uppermost shelf plate of FIG. 9. [FIG.
  • FIG. 22B is a plan view similar to FIG. 22A showing modification 2 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 20.
  • FIG. 22C is a plan view similar to FIG. 22A showing modified example 3 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 20.
  • FIG. 22C is a plan view similar to FIG. 22A showing modified example 3 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 20.
  • FIG. 23A A plan view showing a basic unit pattern shape of a reader / writer antenna of the shelf board of the uppermost stage in the second embodiment in which the second group invention of the present invention is applied to an article placing shelf.
  • FIG. 23B is a plan view similar to FIG. 23A showing the state of the magnetic field component in the frontage direction according to the basic unit pattern shape of FIG. 23A.
  • FIG. 23C is a plan view similar to FIG. 23A to which the state of the magnetic field component in the depth direction according to the basic unit pattern shape of FIG. 23A is added.
  • ⁇ 24 It is a plan view showing both of the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of the shelf plate of the uppermost stage in the second embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention.
  • FIG. 25A The state of the magnetic field component in the direction of the frontage by the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 24 of the top shelf plate in the second embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention is covered.
  • FIG. 25B is a plan view similar to FIG. 25A showing modified example 1 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 24.
  • FIG. 25C A plan view similar to FIG. 25A showing a reference example of the reader / writer antenna of FIG.
  • FIG. 26A is a plan view showing the direction of the feed current and the induced current of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 24 of the uppermost shelf plate in the second embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention.
  • FIG. 26B A plan view similar to FIG. 26A of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 25B.
  • FIG. 26C A plan view similar to FIG. 26A showing modified example 2 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG.
  • FIG. 27A is a plan view similar to FIG. 24 showing modified example 3 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG.
  • FIG. 27B is a plan view similar to FIG. 24 showing Modified example 4 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 24.
  • FIG. 28A A plan view similar to FIG. 26A showing modified example 5 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG.
  • FIG. 28B A plan view similar to FIG. 26A showing modified example 6 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG.
  • FIG. 27A is a schematic vertical cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the reader / writer antenna, the electronic tag, and the magnetic lines of force, of the shelf board of FIG. 27A.
  • FIG. 30A A plan view of the shelf board of FIG. 27A in a state in which a communication disabled area in an arrangement substantially parallel to the XY plane of the electronic tag is added.
  • FIG. 30B is a plan view similar to FIG. 30A in the state where the incommunicable area in the arrangement substantially parallel to the X-z plane of the electronic tag is added.
  • FIG. 30C A plan view similar to FIG. 30A in the state in which the incommunicable area in the arrangement substantially parallel to the yz plane of the electronic tag is added.
  • both of the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna are related thereto It is a top view shown with a circuit part.
  • FIG. 32A is a plan view similar to FIG. 31 showing Reference Example 1 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 31.
  • FIG. 32B A plan view similar to FIG. 31 showing the reference example 2 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 31.
  • 32C The shelf board of the third embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention, FIG. FIG. 6 is a plan view including the state of magnetic field components in the depth direction of two antennas that constitute a reader / writer antenna.
  • FIG. 32D is a plan view similar to FIG. 32C showing a modification of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 31.
  • FIG. 33 A partially omitted perspective view of the bookshelf in the first embodiment in which the third group invention of the present invention is applied to a bookshelf search system.
  • FIG. 34 is a plan view of the top shelf board of FIG. 33;
  • FIG. 35 is an enlarged longitudinal view of a portion of the shelf board of FIG. 34.
  • FIG. 36 is an enlarged perspective view of the books of FIG.
  • FIG. 34 A top view of the shelf board of FIG. 34 with the conductive porous sheet member attached and without the shield.
  • Fig. 37 is an enlarged perspective view of the vicinity of a terminal portion of the shelf board without the shielding material of Fig. 37.
  • Fig. 38 is an exploded perspective view of the vicinity of a terminal portion of the shelf board without the shielding material of Fig. 38.
  • FIG. 40 is a front view of the bookcase of the reference example 1 of the third group invention of the present invention.
  • FIG. 41 is a front view of the bookcase of the reference example 2 of the third group invention of the present invention.
  • FIG. 42 is an exploded perspective view of the first and second porous sheet members attached to the shelf board of FIG.
  • FIG. 45 A top view of a shelf board in the third embodiment in which the third group invention of the present invention is applied to a bookshelf search system.
  • FIG. 46 is an enlarged longitudinal sectional view of a portion of the shelf board of FIG. 45.
  • FIG. 47 Maximum communication in the vertical direction according to the position of the reader / writer antenna of the first to third embodiments and the reference example 1 of the third invention of the present invention in the opening direction with the electronic tag. It is a graph which shows possible distance.
  • FIG. 48 The maximum communicable distance in the depth direction of the reader / writer antenna of the first to third embodiments and the reference example 1 of the third group invention of the present invention according to the position in the direction of the frontage with the electronic tag. Is a graph showing
  • FIG. 49 A graph similar to FIG. 47 for the reader / writer antenna of Reference Example 2 of the third group invention of the present invention.
  • FIG. 50 A graph similar to FIG. 47 for the reader / writer antenna of the third embodiment of the present invention according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 51 is a graph similar to FIG. 47 about the antenna for a relay writer of Reference Example 4 of the third group invention of the present invention.
  • first and second embodiments two embodiments in which the first group invention of the present invention is applied to an article placing shelf are referred to as "first embodiment of the first group invention”.
  • the embodiments will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 8 by dividing the items into “Embodiment 2”, “2nd embodiment of the first group invention” and “3. Additional modification of the first group invention”.
  • the article management shelf (in other words, the article placement shelf) shown in FIGS. 1 to 3 in the first embodiment of the first group invention of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 2, towards the right side plate 3, back plate (in other words, back plate) 4, top plate 5 and bottom plate 6 has a nearly box lid shape (in other words, substantially rectangular shape) .
  • These left and right side plates 2 , 3, the back plate 4, the top plate 5 and the bottom plate 6 can also be made of suitable materials such as glass, synthetic resin, wood and the like.
  • the bottom plate 6 doubles as the bottom shelf plate.
  • Article Management Shelf 1 may further include a front plate (not shown) that is preferably configured to be substantially transparent, such as glass and synthetic resin. Such a front plate may be, for example, a pair of left and right sliding doors.
  • the pair of left and right side plates 2 and 3, the back plate 4, the top plate 5, the bottom plate 6 and the front plate may be metal. Then, in the case of forming a reader / writer antenna on the surface of these plates, the surface may be covered with an insulating layer before the formation. Further, in the illustrated embodiment, the left and right side plates 2 and 3 are configured to slightly project downward from the bottom plate 6. The pair of left and right support legs 7 and 8 are respectively formed by the pair of left and right protrusions.
  • the article management shelf 1 shown in FIG. 1 is mainly made of non-metallic suitable material such as glass, synthetic resin, wood or the like (in other words, transparent or opaque non-conductive material).
  • the top shelf plate 11, the second shelf plate 12, the third shelf plate 13, the fourth shelf plate 14 and the lower shelf plate 6, which are respectively configured as components, are provided. There is a five-stage configuration. These shelf plates 6, 11 to 14 are supported on the pair of left and right side plates 2, 3 and the like by appropriate supporting means (not shown). Can.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 3 is installed so as to be approximately parallel to each shelf board surface. It is done. Then, these reader / writer antennas 15 are connected to an antenna switch (not shown) by a twist cable or coaxial cable (not shown) either via a matching adjuster (not shown). ing. Then, this antenna switching device is connected to the reader / writer main body 17 by a coaxial cable.
  • the reader / writer body 17 is for exchanging information such as an electrical signal with the reader / writer antenna 15, and is connected to a computer (not shown) via an interface circuit (not shown). ing.
  • the reader / writer main body 17 can be disposed on the article management shelf 1 and is disposed on the top 5 in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the above-mentioned antenna switching device can be similarly disposed on the article management shelf 1 as needed.
  • the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14 are It is also possible to construct metal suitable materials such as steel, aluminum alloy etc. respectively.
  • a magnetic material sheet such as a ferrite sheet is interposed between the metallic material and the reader / writer antenna 15 so that the magnetic flux cancellation phenomenon due to the metallic material of the shelf plates 6 and 11 to 14 does not occur. Preferred to intervene (not shown) U ,.
  • FIG. 1 Various forms of articles 18 are mixed and mounted on each of the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 of the article management shelf 1 shown in FIG. 1, and these articles 18 may be in the form of a sheet.
  • Electronic tags 19 are provided respectively.
  • the electronic tag 19 is a side face in the case of an article 18b such as a box or a container other than the books attached to the back cover, front cover or back cover. , And the upper surface, the lower surface, etc.
  • the electronic tag 19 is not particularly required to have a specific position or a specific orientation with respect to the surface of each shelf board 6, 11 to 14.
  • Such an electronic tag 19 is, as shown in FIG. 4, the small loop antenna 21 with one or more turns, and the information is
  • a communication circuit may be provided, including a memory to be recorded and an IC chip 22 disposed in the central opening of the small loop antenna 21.
  • each shelf board 6, 11 to 14 of the article management shelf 1 shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 has a length L in the front direction x (see FIG. 2A) of about 900 mm and a length L in the depth direction y. (See Figure 2A) is about 350mm
  • FIG. 2A is a plan view of, for example, the top shelf 11 in which the second antenna B is omitted and only the first antenna A is projected.
  • FIG. 2B is a plan view of, for example, the top shelf 11, showing the first antenna A omitted and projecting only the second antenna B.
  • FIG. 2C is a plan view of, for example, the top shelf 11, showing both the first and second antennas A and B in a projected manner.
  • a reader / writer antenna 15 having substantially the same shape as the shelf plate 11 shown in FIG.
  • the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 (specifically, the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 and the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, respectively.
  • conductive wire paint is applied to at least one of the upper and lower two plates 23 and 24 respectively made of non-metallic suitable materials such as glass, synthetic resin, wood, etc.
  • it may be a conductive pattern configured by printing and baking the silver paste, for example, in a width of about 20 mm, respectively.
  • the first and second antennas A and B (specifically, both of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 and the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b) have a substantially circular sectional shape and a sectional diameter of 0.
  • the copper wire is bent and formed into a predetermined pattern, and then attached and arranged by being partially or totally adhered to at least one of the plates 23 and 24 with a suitable adhesive. Just do it.
  • the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the first and second antennas A and B are formed of the conductive pattern by printing and baking the conductive paint as described above.
  • the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 may also be configured with copper wire force, as described above. In this case, both ends of the antenna pattern 31 may be electrically connected to the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b by bonding with an appropriate conductive adhesive, soldering or the like.
  • the first and second antennas A and B are upper and lower two plates 23 by laminating these plates 23 and 24 with an intermediate film 25 which is also a non-conductive film force such as PVB resin. It is sandwiched between 24.
  • These plates 23, 24 are, for example, glass plates having a thickness of about 5 mm, and the thickness L of the intermediate film 25 may be
  • the materials constituting the first and second antennas A and B also need to be conductive films, conductive films, conductive metal foils, metal wires such as copper wires as described above, and the like. It may be a wire conductor etc.
  • the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 configured as described above are electrically insulated from each other and the surfaces of the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 as shown in FIG.
  • the two glass plates 23 and 24 are sandwiched between the two glass plates 23 and 24 in a substantially parallel state (in other words, a state in which the antennas A and B are substantially parallel to each other). Therefore, these The contact of the first and second antennas A, B with the article 18 disposed on the shelf 6, 11 to 14 prevents the occurrence of scratches.
  • the article management shelf 1 shown in FIG. 1 is used for various applications. Can.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 is also a transparent conductive material such as indium tin oxide (ITO), tin dioxide (SnO 2), etc. Can be configured by a membrane and
  • the distance L (see FIG. 3) between the plurality of antennas A and B which are substantially parallel to each other in the thickness direction is a viewpoint of practicality.
  • this interval L is 0.1 mm.
  • the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 are embedded in the respective shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 as shown in FIG. There is.
  • at least one of the first and second antennas A and B may be formed in the same manner on the upper surfaces of the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14.
  • at least one of the antennas can be formed on the lower surface of each shelf plate 6, 11 to 14 by using the shelf plates 6, 11 to 14 by folding the upper and lower sides.
  • one of the first and second antennas A and B may be formed on the upper surface of each shelf 6, 11 to 14 and the other may be formed on the lower surface of each shelf 6, 11 to 14. it can.
  • the intermediate film 25 is used. It can be omitted. Also, when these antennas A, B are formed on the top and Z or bottom of each shelf 6, 11-14, it reduces the chances of contacting the articles 18 placed on each shelf 6, 11-14. In order to achieve this, the upper surface and Z or lower surface of each of the shelf plates 6 and 11 to 14 including the at least one antenna can be coated with a coating film which also has an appropriate insulating material strength.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 for communicating with the electronic tag 19 provided on the article 18 by wireless communication comprises a first antenna A and a second antenna B, as shown in FIG.
  • Each of the first and second antennas A and B is, as shown in FIG. 2, a pattern corresponding to the electronic tag 19 of the electromagnetic coupling type which is a loop type such as a substantially one loop shape. It has a shape.
  • Each of the first and second antennas A and B is connected to the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 and to both ends of the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 as shown in FIG. It consists of a pair of terminal parts 32a, 32b close to each other.
  • the pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b may be electrically connected to the matching adjuster by, for example, the twist cable (not shown).
  • the substantially loop shaped antenna patterns 31 of the first and second antennas A, B can be formed to be approximately equal width respectively.
  • the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b can also be formed to be approximately equal in width (in other words, about 20 mm in width) to the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 as necessary.
  • the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A is, as shown in FIG. 2A, provided with a terminal portion 32 a for feeding etc. connected in a row and located on the rear edge 34 side of the shelf board 11.
  • the third pattern 39 located on the side of 38 and the terminal 32b for feeding etc. are connected in a row and the fourth pattern located on the side of the edge 40 on the right side of the shelf board 11
  • the part 41 may be connected in series.
  • the antenna pattern 31 may be configured in a loop shape as a whole except for the gap 33 corresponding to the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b.
  • the antenna pattern 31 of the substantially loop shape of the first antenna A preferably has a substantially one-loop shape so that it has a crossing portion at which a part thereof crosses another part.
  • crossing that is, crossing between pattern portions
  • the above "crossing” does not cross in a state of being electrically connected to each other, but an ante such as the shelf plate 6, 11 to 14 etc. It means that it intersects (in other words, it sees in a plane) the projection that saw the object to be formed from the top surface, meaning that it intersects.
  • the first pattern portion 35 of the first antenna A is close to the rear edge 34 of the shelf board 11 and substantially parallel to the rear edge 34 of the bracket (in other words, In the illustrated embodiment, it is substantially linear in the illustrated embodiment, and substantially parallel to the direction X of the front of the shelf 11 It extends throughout the country.
  • the second pattern portion 37 of the first antenna A is close to the left edge 36 of the shelf 11 and is substantially parallel to the left edge 36 of the bracket (in other words, the depth direction y of the shelf 11 y And substantially straight in the illustrated embodiment--in the context of the present description, the same shall apply).
  • the fourth pattern portion 41 of the first antenna A is slightly parallel to the right edge 40 of the bracket slightly away from the right edge 40 of the shelf 11 (in other words, in the depth direction of the shelf 11) extends approximately parallel to y).
  • the third pattern portion 39 of the first antenna A shown in FIG. 2A is slightly parallel to the front edge 38 of the bracket slightly away from the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 (in other words, the shelf).
  • the plurality of base line portions 43 intermittently extending such that an intermittent portion 42 is generated so as to form an intermittent portion 42 therebetween with the plate 11 in a state substantially parallel to the opening direction X It preferably comprises a plurality of bends 44 respectively present between the plurality of baseline portions 43 (in other words, the intermittent portion 42).
  • Each baseline portion 43 is a virtual center line of the shelf board 11 extending in the direction X of the front of the shelf board 11 substantially along the center of the shelf board 11 in the depth direction y (hereinafter referred to as “shelf board center line”
  • the front edge 38 extends beyond 45.
  • Each bent portion 43 has its front edge connected to the edge on the right side toward the baseline portion 43 on the left side and the first bent up to the rear edge 34 of the shelf plate 11.
  • the leading edge of the rising portion 46 and the leading edge of the right-side base line portion 43 are connected to the left edge thereof and a second rising edge rising toward the trailing edge 34 of the shelf 11.
  • a connecting portion 48 extends substantially parallel to the frontal direction X so as to connect the rear ends of the portion 47 and the first and second rising portions 46 and 47, and a connecting portion 48 and a force.
  • Each bent portion 43 is preferably a substantially rectangular convex portion as a whole.
  • the connecting portion 48 is the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11 than the shelf centerline 45.
  • the side of the base extends substantially parallel to the frontal direction x.
  • the first and second rising portions 46, 47 are from one side of the shelf centerline 45 (specifically, the portion on the front edge 38 side of the shelf 11) to the other side (specifically, Preferably, the shelf board 11 extends in a direction substantially orthogonal to the shelf board center line 45 to the rear edge 34 of the shelf board 11).
  • this type of dimension is calculated with reference to a line passing substantially through the center of each antenna pattern portion of the antenna pattern 31 in the width direction.
  • the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B shown in FIG. 2B is the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern of the first antenna A shown in FIG. 2A.
  • the reference numeral 31 is substantially line symmetrical with respect to the shelf centerline 45 as an axis of symmetry.
  • the antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B is approximately 1Z 2 of the distance L described in the above (a) with the antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A.
  • the antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A excludes the changes caused by the rightward shift as described above and the line symmetry as described above. The same applies to the antenna pattern 31 of the antenna B of 2.
  • the antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B is slightly described with reference to FIG. 2B.
  • the second pattern portion 37 is slightly away from the left edge 36 of the shelf 11 and almost parallel to the left edge 36 (in other words, substantially in the depth direction y of the shelf 11) Extend in parallel).
  • the fourth pattern portion 41 of the second antenna B is close to the right edge 40 toward the shelf 11 and substantially parallel to the right edge 40 of the bracket (in other words, the depth direction of the shelf 11) extends approximately parallel to y).
  • each base line portion 43 of the first antenna A is located substantially at the same position in the depth direction y as each coupling portion 48 of the second antenna B in plan view. Therefore, in plan view, they overlap each of the connecting portions 48 by approximately 1Z2.
  • each connecting portion 48 of the first antenna A is present at substantially the same position in the depth direction y with respect to each baseline portion 43 of the second antenna B in plan view, As seen, it overlaps with each of the baseline portions 43 by approximately 1Z2. This is because the center line in the depth direction y of each of the bent portions 44 of the first and second antennas A and B respectively constituted by the substantially rectangular convex shaped portions substantially coincides with the shelf center line 45 It is for. In this case, the baseline portion 43 of one antenna A or B and the coupling portion 48 of the other antenna B or A are somewhat offset from each other in the depth direction y, which is not necessary to overlap each other as described above. Even though! /.
  • the first pattern portion of the first antenna A 35 Is extended close to the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11 and substantially parallel to the rear edge 34 of the bracket, and extends over almost the entire length of the front of the shelf 11.
  • the first pattern portion 35 of the second antenna B is close to the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 and substantially parallel to the front edge 38 of the bracket.
  • the shelf board 11 is somewhat distant from the left edge 36).
  • the second pattern portion 37 of the first antenna A is close to the left edge 36 of the shelf 11 and is substantially parallel to the left edge 36 of the bracket.
  • the fourth pattern portion 41 of the second antenna B is close to the edge 40 to the right of the shelf 11 and is substantially parallel to the right edge 40. Almost the entire length of the direction y However, it is slightly away from the rear edge 34 of the shelf board 11. It extends over).
  • the first, second and third baseline sections 43 of the first antenna A and the first and second coupling sections 48 of the second antenna B are the shelf board centerline 45 and the shelf board 11. It is located between the front edge 38 respectively.
  • the first and second coupling portions 48 of the first antenna A and the first, second and third baseline portions 43 of the second antenna B are the shelf centerline 45 and the shelf 11 It stands between its rear edge 34; ⁇ .
  • the communicable area may be wider if the intervals are not necessarily approximately the same.
  • the fluctuation range of each of these intervals is generally ⁇ 25% compared to the case of equal intervals in terms of practicality (in the illustrated embodiment, the above-mentioned intervals are 0.375 L to The numerical range of 0. 625 L) is preferred.
  • the first pattern portion 35 of the pattern elements constituting the antenna pattern 31 shown in FIG. 2C, the base line portion 43 and the connecting portion 48 are respectively provided. It is configured to extend substantially in the direction of the frontage x of the shelf board 11. Further, each of the second pattern portion 37, the fourth pattern portion 41, the first rising portion 46 and the second rising portion 47 of the pattern elements is substantially in the depth direction y of the shelf board 11. It is configured and extended. Each of the notched elements 35, 43, 37, 41, 46 to 48 is simply inclined or folded with respect to the frontal direction X or depth direction y of the shelf board 11. It may be inclined in a zigzag shape such as a linear shape or a wave shape.
  • the angle formed by each of pattern elements 35, 43, 48 with respect to opening direction X of shelf plate 11 be in the range of ⁇ 20 °.
  • the range of ⁇ 10 ° is more preferable, and the range of ⁇ 5 ° is most preferable.
  • the angle of each of the notan elements 37, 41, 46, 47 to the depth direction y of the shelf board 11 is in the range of ⁇ 20 °, also in terms of practicality. It is most preferable that the range of ⁇ 10 ° is more preferable, and the range of ⁇ 5 ° is more preferable.
  • the angle formed by the adjacent first and second rising portions 46 and 47 constituting the antenna pattern 31 of any one of the plurality of antennas A and B is one of these first
  • the second and third rising portions 46 and 47 should be as small as possible so as to prevent the magnetic field lines generated by the respective second and third rising portions 46 and 47 from interfering with each other as much as possible. Therefore, it is preferable that the convex-shaped bending portion 44 be substantially trapezoidal (although it is trapezoidal in a horizontal direction) such as substantially rectangular or substantially parallelogram.
  • the angle between the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 adjacent to each other constituting the common antenna pattern 31 is ⁇ 20 °. It is most preferable that the range is ⁇ 10 °, more preferably ⁇ 5 °.
  • FIG. 7 shows an electronic tag 19 provided on an article 18 and a shelf board 11 respectively used in the first embodiment of the first group invention of the present invention shown in FIGS. 1 to 3.
  • the relationship between the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 of the reader / writer antenna 15 and the magnetic lines of force 101 is schematically shown.
  • the antenna pattern 31 extends substantially perpendicularly to the paper surface (in other words, the surface of FIG. 7).
  • the electronic tag 19 shown in FIG. 4 used in the operation test shown in FIG. 7 has a longitudinal length L force of 3 ⁇ 45.6 mm and a lateral direction. The length was L force S 54 mm.
  • the first and second antennas A and B provided on the shelf board 11 were alternately fed with high frequency of 13.56 MHz.
  • the electronic tag 19 for the reader / writer antenna 15 is moved in a substantially horizontal direction while keeping the electronic tag 19 in a substantially constant direction with respect to the surface of the shelf board 11 and keeping a substantially constant distance from this surface. Whether or not to communicate was judged.
  • the incommunicable area 102 where the communication is not performed relatively well is indicated by a halftone.
  • the communication coverage area 103 where the above communication is performed relatively well is not halftoned.
  • the surface of the electronic tag 19 is substantially parallel to the surface of the shelf 11, and the longitudinal direction of the electronic tag 19 is substantially in the direction X of the front of the shelf 11. Then, the electronic tag 19 is held so that the distance between the surface of the shelf board 11 and the electronic tag 19 is substantially constant at approximately 80 mm, and the electronic tag 19 is located above the shelf board 11 and in the peripheral area thereof. It shows the evaluation results when it was moved. From FIG. 5A, when the electronic tag 19 is above the shelf board 11, communication between the reader / writer antenna 15 and the electronic tag 19 is surely possible.
  • the surface of the electronic tag 19 is substantially perpendicular to the surface of the shelf 11, and the length direction of the electronic tag 19 is substantially the y direction of the shelf 11.
  • 5B shows that the distance between the surface of the shelf board 11 and the upper side of the electronic tag 19 is substantially constant, ie, approximately 80 mm (the distance between the lower side of the electronic tag 19 is approximately 26 mm).
  • 19 shows the evaluation result in the case where the electronic tag 19 is moved above the shelf board 11 and in the peripheral area while holding the reference numeral 19. From FIG. 5B, it can be seen that there is almost no position where communication of the reader / writer antenna 15 with the electronic tag 19 is disabled above the shelf board 11.
  • the surface of the electronic tag 19 is substantially perpendicular to the surface of the shelf 11, and the length direction of the electronic tag 19 is substantially in the direction X of the front of the shelf 11.
  • the first and second ones of the antenna 15 for the reader / writer may be inclined.
  • Magnetic field lines 101 generated by the pattern elements 35, 37, 41, 4 3, 46 to 48 of any of the antenna patterns 31 of the antenna A and B intersect the electronic tag 19.
  • the magnetic field lines generated by the magnetic field generated by the first antenna A and the second antenna induced by the first antenna A B force includes magnetic lines of force due to the induced magnetic field generated.
  • the magnetic field lines 101 are also generated from the magnetic field lines by the magnetic field generated by the second antenna B and the first antenna A induced by the second antenna B, even when the second antenna B is fed.
  • FIG. 6 shows the case where the reader / writer antenna 15 has a single antenna power as shown in FIGS. 2A and 2B.
  • the same evaluation results as in the case of Figure 5A to 5C are shown.
  • the same parts as in FIG. 2 and FIG. 5 will be assigned the same reference numerals and explanations thereof will be omitted.
  • the surface of the electronic tag 19 is substantially perpendicular to the surface of the shelf 11, and the length direction of the electronic tag 19 is substantially the y direction of the shelf 11. ing.
  • the electronic tag 19 is held so that the distance between the surface of the shelf 11 and the upper side of the electronic tag 19 is approximately 80 mm (the distance between the lower side of the electronic tag 19 is approximately 26 mm). To move the electronic tag 19 above the shelf board 11! /.
  • FIG. 6A shows an evaluation result similar to the case of FIG. 5B in the case of the simple loop type reader / writer antenna 15 as the first comparative example (in other words, the first reference example). ing.
  • the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the reader / writer antenna 15 is substantially rectangular. From FIG. 6A, it is almost impossible to communicate the reader / writer antenna 15 with the electronic tag 19 at the central portion of the shelf 11, and can communicate only near the left and right side edges 36 and 40 of the shelf 11. I understand.
  • shelf board 11 is almost parallel to the frontal direction X This is because, depending on the pattern elements 35 and 39 , magnetic lines of force 101 intersecting the surface of the small antenna 21 of the electronic tag 19 whose surface is disposed so as to be substantially perpendicular to the surface of the shelf plate 11 are not generated.
  • FIG. 6B is a reader / writer antenna having a single antenna power having substantially the same shape as the first antenna A shown in FIG. 2A as a second comparative example (in other words, the second reference example). The same evaluation results as in the case of FIG. 5B are shown.
  • the communicable area 103 of the reader / writer antenna 15 with the electronic tag 19 is wider than in the case of the simple loop reader / writer antenna shown in FIG. 6A.
  • a communication disabled area 102 exists in each of the areas extending through in the depth direction y.
  • each of a plurality of antennas constituting the reader antenna 15 provided on the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 is provided.
  • the configuration, such as the shape, of the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 is not limited to that of the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, and the second embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the shelf board 11 in the second embodiment shown in FIG. 8 may have substantially the same configuration as the shelf board 11 in the first embodiment described above, except for the points described below. Therefore, in FIG. 8, the same reference numerals are given to the portions common to FIGS. 1 to 3 and the description thereof will be omitted as necessary. Further, in the following description, only the shelf plate 11 will be described.
  • the remaining shelf plates 6 and 12 to 14 have substantially the same configuration as the shelf plate 11.
  • each of the first pattern portions 35 of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 is a rear edge portion of the shelf board 11 34 or a front edge 38, which comprises a linear pattern element extending substantially along the line
  • each of the third pattern portions 39 of the first and second antennas A and B comprises a plurality of baseline portions 43 and It was composed of a plurality of bends 44.
  • Each of the turn portion 35 and each of the third pattern portions 39 is, as exemplified in the second embodiment shown in FIG. 8, a portion composed of linear pattern elements, a baseline portion 43 and a bending portion A portion composed of 44 may be mixed.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 provided on the shelf 11 is paired with the left and right virtual unit area dividing lines 154 extending substantially in the depth direction y of the shelf 11.
  • first and second unit areas in other words, a plurality of unit areas
  • pattern elements of the first and second antennas A and B in the first unit area 155 Only 35, 37, 43, 46 to 48 can be changed to new pattern elements arranged substantially line-symmetrically in the shelf plate 'with the line 45 as the axis of symmetry, as shown in FIG.
  • first to fourth connecting portions 57 which are new linear pattern element forces for eliminating these four cuts.
  • These connecting portions 57 extend substantially in the depth direction y of the shelf plate 11 as in the illustrated embodiment, or extend obliquely with respect to the depth direction y. Good.
  • the third connecting portion 57 connecting the gaps is, in a plan view, a second connecting portion 57 connecting the second gaps described in the item (b); and the item (d) described in the item (d) They are respectively overlapped with the fourth connecting portion 57 connecting the fourth gap.
  • first and third connecting portions 57 are, in plan view, the second and fourth connecting portions 57 and It is necessary for the respective members to overlap each other in particular, extending approximately parallel to each other at an appropriate distance in the front and back direction X, or mutually intersecting each other, or forming a generally V shape as a whole. You may
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 in the second embodiment shown in FIG. 8 configured as described above, it is substantially the same as the first embodiment shown in FIGS. There is almost no position on the shelf board 11 where the reader / writer antenna 15 can not communicate with the electronic tag 19.
  • the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14 with five tiers up and down are article management shelves (in other words, article placement shelves) Provided in 1.
  • the shelf board does not necessarily have to be provided in the upper and lower five stages, and in some cases, it may be possible to provide another plural stages of two to four stages or six or more stages, or only one stage.
  • the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 is , One-roll one.
  • these antenna patterns 31 may be a plurality of turns wound a plurality of times in a spiral or the like. Even in this case, it is preferable that the antenna pattern 31 has no crossing point where one part thereof and another part thereof cross each other.
  • the antenna elements 35, 37, 41 of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 are also included.
  • the connection points between 43 and 46 to 48 were pointed at substantially right angles.
  • one or more or all of the connection portions may have a rounded shape.
  • the reader / writer is The number of bent portions 44 in each of the third pattern portions 39 of the first and second antennas A and B of the antenna 15 is set to two.
  • the number of bent portions 44 of each of the third pattern portions 39 is not necessarily limited to two, and may be three or more in some cases. .
  • the left and right pair of first and second unit areas 155 and 156 are respectively provided on the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 respectively.
  • the number of unit areas provided in each of the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 does not necessarily have to be two, and may be three or more in some cases, and may be one.
  • the force to be increased, or the first and second unit areas 155 and 156 may be compressed in the direction X of the front opening into a pattern.
  • This third unit area may be the left unit area 155 shown in FIG. 2C, the left unit area 155 shown in FIG.
  • the second pattern portions 37 of the first and second antennas A and B are unnecessary in any of the unit regions 155 on the left side shown in FIGS. 2C and 8 respectively. can do.
  • only the first pattern portion 35 and the third pattern portion 39 of the left unit region 15 5 shown in FIG. 2C and FIG. 8 are disposed between the first and second unit regions 155 and 156, respectively. do it.
  • the antenna patterns 31 constituting the reader / writer antenna 15 are configured to have substantially equal widths throughout. However, partially wide pattern portions or partially narrow pattern portions may be present in the antenna pattern 31. The same applies to the thickness of the antenna pattern 31.
  • each shelf board 6, 11-14 is provided in board 6, 11-14, respectively.
  • each shelf board 6, 11 to 14 more than three An antenna can also be provided. In this case, the feeding to these three or more antennas can be switched sequentially so that these three or more antennas operate in sequence.
  • the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14 are configured in a substantially rectangular shape elongated in the direction X of the front part.
  • the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14 have a substantially polygonal shape other than a substantially rectangular shape, a substantially arc shape, a substantially circular shape (in this case, the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14 or the entire article placement shelf 1 is rotated). It may be a formula, it may be a substantially U-shaped, a substantially V-shaped bent or curved non-linear shape such as a V-shape.
  • the article storage space on the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14 and the frontal direction X of the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 are similarly substantially polygonal shapes other than substantially rectangular shapes, substantially arc shapes, substantially circular shapes, substantially U It may be in the shape of a curve, a substantially V-shape, or other non-linear shape that is bent, bent or bent.
  • the article placement shelf 1 and the electronic tag 19 in the first embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention have the configuration of the reader / writer antenna provided on the shelf boards 6 and 11-14. Except for the difference, the configuration may be substantially the same as that of the article placement shelf 1 and the electronic tag 19 in the first embodiment of the first group invention of the present invention. Therefore, in FIG. 9 to FIG. 22, the same reference numerals as in FIG. 1 to FIG. Omit as needed.
  • the antenna switching device is connected by the coaxial cable 16 to the reader / writer main body 17 and a control computer (not shown).
  • a control computer not shown.
  • the length L of the direction X of the opening in the space between the shelf plates 6 and 11 to 14 and the length L of the direction y of the depth are shown in FIG. 12C. Furthermore, Figure 12C.
  • the actual widths of the pattern portions of the antenna pattern 31 of the antenna 8 and the antenna pattern 31 may be substantially identical to each other, but for convenience of illustration, each pattern of the antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B is shown. The width of the portion is shown thicker than the width of each pattern portion of the antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A.
  • the reader antenna 15 for communicating with the electronic tag 19 provided on the article 18 by wireless communication also comprises a force with the first antenna A and the second antenna B.
  • each of the first and second antennas A and B has a continuous antenna pattern 31 in a substantially loop shape and a series of antennas at both ends of the substantially loop antenna pattern 31.
  • a pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b disposed close to each other is provided with force. Since a gap 33 is provided between the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b, a gap 33 similarly exists between both ends of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31.
  • the pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b may be electrically connected to the matching adjuster (not shown) by the twist cable (not shown).
  • C Force As shown in FIG. 10A.
  • This basic unit pattern shape C is substantially the same as the pattern shape of the first antenna A shown in FIGS. 12A and 12C.
  • the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 of this basic unit pattern shape C is, as shown in FIG. 10A, provided with a terminal portion 32a for feeding or the like connected in series and located on the rear edge 34 side of the shelf board 11. 1 pattern portion 35, the second pattern portion 37 located on the side of the left edge 36 facing the shelf 11 and the front edge of the shelf 11 (in other words, the article
  • the third pattern portion 39 located on the side of the extraction side 38) and the terminal portion 32b for feeding etc.
  • the antenna pattern 31 may be configured in a loop shape as a whole, except for the gap 33 corresponding to the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b. It is preferable that the basic unit pattern shape C has a substantially one-loop shape, with crossing points where one part and another part cross each other.
  • the first pattern portion 35 of the basic unit pattern shape C is close to the rear edge 34 of the shelf plate 11 and substantially parallel to the rear edge 34 of the bracket as shown in FIG. 10A (in other words, , And is substantially parallel to the frontal direction X of the shelf 11 and is substantially linear in the illustrated embodiment (the same applies hereinafter). doing.
  • the second pattern portion 37 of the basic unit pattern shape C is close to the left edge 36 toward the shelf 11 and almost parallel to the left edge 36 of the bracket (in other words, the depth direction of the shelf 11 It is in a state substantially parallel to y, and in the illustrated embodiment, it is substantially linear (the same applies hereinafter).
  • the fourth notch portion 41 of the basic unit pattern shape C is slightly parallel to the right edge 40 of the bracket slightly away from the right edge 40 toward the shelf 11 (in other words, the depth of the shelf 11) It extends with almost parallel to the direction y).
  • the third pattern portion 39 of the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A is slightly parallel to the front edge 38 of the bracket with a slight distance from the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 (in other words, the shelf).
  • the plurality of baseline portions 43 intermittently extending such that intermittent portions 42 are generated so as to form an intermittent portion 42 between them with the plate 11 in a state substantially parallel to the opening direction X
  • one or more (preferably, a plurality of) bends 44 which are respectively present between each other (in other words, the intermittent portion 42) of the plurality of baseline portions 43 being It is.
  • Each baseline portion 43 is a virtual center line (hereinafter referred to as “shelf centerline”) 45 of the shelf 11 extending in the direction of the front of the shelf 11 along the center of the shelf 11 in the depth direction y. Rather, it extends on the front edge 38 side.
  • the distance between the first pattern portion 35 and the shelf centerline 45 in the depth direction y is the distance between the plurality of baseline portions 43 and the shelf centerline 45 in the depth direction y.
  • the shelf centerline 45 also serves as an imaginary centerline extending in the frontal direction X of the basic unit pattern shape C.
  • Each bent portion 44 has its proximal end portion connected to the end portion on the right side toward the left baseline portion 43 as shown in FIG.
  • the base end portion of the first rising portion 46 rising toward the front end and the base end portion of the left side end portion of the right base line portion 43 are continuously connected to the rear edge portion 34 of the shelf 11. It extends substantially parallel to the opening direction X so as to connect the leading end of the second rising portion 47 and the tips of the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 facing each other. It may be integrated with the connecting part 48.
  • Each of the bent portions 44 is preferably a generally rectangular convex portion as a whole.
  • the connecting portion 48 preferably extends substantially parallel to the frontal direction X with respect to the shelf center line 45 on the side of the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11.
  • the first and second rising portions 46, 47 are from one side of the shelf board 11 (specifically, a portion on the front edge 38 side of the shelf board 11) divided by the shelf board center line 45. It is preferable to extend to the other side (specifically, the portion on the trailing edge 34 side of the shelf 11) so as to intersect the shelf center line 45 substantially perpendicularly! /.
  • the dimensions of the antenna pattern 31 of the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A are as described in the following (a) to (d).
  • FIG. 11A A modification of the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A is shown in FIG. 11A.
  • the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 11A is different from the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A in the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first and second pattern portions.
  • Each of the rising portions 46 and 47 is not parallel to the depth direction y, but is inclined by a predetermined angle.
  • the direction of this inclination is, in the illustrated embodiment, a direction in which the side force of the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 also tends to the side of the rear edge 34 and the left force also inclines to the right.
  • the direction of inclination may be the same as in the illustrated embodiment for each of the second and fourth pattern portions 37 and 41 and the first and second rising portions 46 and 47.
  • the opposite direction may or may not be inclined.
  • the predetermined angle ⁇ is about 5 ° in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the predetermined angle ⁇ also has the same value as in the illustrated embodiment for each of the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first and second rising portions 46, 47. It may be good, or it may not be the same value, but it may be slightly larger or smaller.
  • the predetermined angle ⁇ is preferably in the range of 0 ° to 15 ° in one aspect of the second group invention of the present invention. More preferably, it is in the range of 10 °, more preferably in the range of 0 ° to 5 °. Therefore, each of the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first and second rising portions 46, 47 can be roughly extended along the depth direction y.
  • the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A and FIG. 11A has a plurality of substantially rectangular bent portions 44, and the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 has an intersection portion! Awkwardly, almost one-loop shaped.
  • the characteristic of the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIGS. 10A and 11A is that the magnetic field components in the frontal direction X parallel to the surface of the shelf plate 11 are approximately periodically along the frontal direction X according to the position thereof. It is changing and tends to weaken in the hatched area 49 in FIGS. 10A and 11B.
  • the electronic tag 19 (see FIG. 4) is parallel to the y-z plane (z is the direction perpendicular to the plane of the shelf board 11)
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 (in other words, the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A or FIG. 11A) can communicate with the electronic tag 19. There is a fear.
  • each of the antenna patterns of the reader / writer antenna 15 emits light.
  • the component parallel to the direction X of the front of the magnetic field is affected. Therefore, the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 of the bent portion 44 of the antenna not having the intersection portion, and the antenna pattern portion extending in the approximate depth direction y of the antenna having the intersection portion have the opening direction It preferably extends perpendicular to X.
  • each of these antenna pattern portions may have some inclination angle ⁇ .
  • the antenna patterns adjacent to each other among the antenna pattern portions (that is, the second and fourth pattern portions 37 and 41 and the first and second rising portions 46 and 47) extending in the approximately direction back to the direction y.
  • the width of the opening direction X of the incommunicable area of the basic unit pattern shape C with respect to the electronic tag 19 placed parallel to the y-z plane is constant as far as possible along the depth direction y.
  • they are substantially parallel to one another.
  • FIG. 11C shows the magnetic field component in the depth direction y parallel to the surface of the shelf board 11 for the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A and FIG. 11A.
  • the magnetic field component in the depth direction y parallel to the surface of the shelf 11 also tends to be weak in the hatched area 50 in FIGS. 10C and 11C for the same reason as in the case of the frontage direction X described above.
  • the antenna pattern portion (that is, the first pattern portion 35, the base line portion 43, and the connecting portion 48) extending in the front opening direction X has the Xz plane.
  • the antenna pattern portions 35, 43, 48 may be inclined to the same degree as in the case of the predetermined angle which is not necessarily parallel to each other.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 has the basic unit pattern type described in the above (2). It is configured by combining and arranging first and second antennas A and B having antenna pattern shapes 31 and Z substantially the same as shape C and antenna pattern shape 31 similar to Z, respectively. Then, the first and second antennas A, B, the first dotted line regions 49 where the magnetic field components in the front opening direction X weaken are arranged alternately without overlapping each other. And second antennas A and B are arranged respectively. Next, such an arrangement example is divided into “(A) arrangement example 1”, “) arrangement example 2”, “(arrangement example 3)”, and description will be made with reference to FIGS. 12 to 22. Do.
  • An antenna 15 for a reader / writer shown in FIG. 12C as an arrangement example 1 is an arrangement in which a first antenna A shown in FIG. 12A and a second antenna B shown in FIG. 12B are combined. Since the first antenna A shown in FIG. 12A has the same antenna pattern shape as the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A, the hatched area of the basic unit pattern shape shown in FIG. It has the same hatched area 49a as 49. Also, the second antenna B shown in FIG. 12B has a substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 substantially identical to the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 1A (in other words, the first antenna A).
  • the second antenna B shown in FIG. 12B is also substantially the same as the hatched area 49 of the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A (in other words, the hatched area 49a of the first antenna A).
  • the hatched area 49b of Therefore, the first antenna A and the second antenna B have antenna pattern shapes similar to each other as a whole.
  • An antenna 15 for a reader / writer is configured by arranging the first and second antennas A and B in combination with each other as shown in FIG. 12C.
  • the second antenna B as shown in FIG. 12C, is approximately 1Z2 (that is, approximately 1Z2) in the frontal direction X relative to the first antenna A (see FIG. 10A).
  • the first antenna A and the second antenna B have longitudinal overlapping portions 51 to 56 which overlap each other in the vertical direction z.
  • the "overlap” that is, the overlap between pattern portions
  • the antenna forming target members such as the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 are It means that the upper surface force is also overlapped (in other words, viewed in a plane) on the projection that is seen.
  • a hatched area 49a in the front direction X for the first antenna A and a hatched area 49b in the front direction X for the second antenna B. Is approximately equally spaced (in other words, approximately 0.5 L, as shown in FIG. 13A).
  • FIG. 13B shows a modification 1 of the antenna 15 for a relay writer shown in FIG. 13A (in other words, FIG. 12C).
  • the distance between the second antenna B and the first antenna A is about 0.5 L (in the illustrated embodiment, about 37.5 mm). Except in Figure 13).
  • the configuration is substantially the same as that of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG.
  • the oblique line area 49a and the oblique line area 49b are staggered as shown in FIG. 13B, but the intervals between them are not even equal to each other.
  • an induction is generated in the other antenna in response to the magnetic field generated when power is supplied to one of the first and second antennas A and B. It is preferred that the value of the current be increased to some extent. For this reason, the direction of the induced current of the entire first antenna A or the entire second antenna B is the closest overlapping portions 51 to 56 of the first and second antennas A and B or the closest to each other. It is preferable to arrange the first and second antennas A and B so as to correspond to the direction of the induction current generated at the longitudinal proximity site.
  • the first and second The induction current generated in the second antenna B at the longitudinal overlapping portions 51 to 56 of the antennas A and B is a broken line opposite to the direction of the solid arrow in FIG. 14A (or the opposite direction). The direction of the arrow (or the opposite direction). Further, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 12C, when the first antenna A is fed in the direction of the solid line in FIG. 14A (or the opposite direction), the first and second The induction current generated in the second antenna B at the longitudinal overlapping portions 51 to 56 of the antennas A and B is a broken line opposite to the direction of the solid arrow in FIG. 14A (or the opposite direction). The direction of the arrow (or the opposite direction). Further, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG.
  • an antenna pattern portion extending in the depth direction y of the second antenna B (that is, the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the fourth The direction of the induced current generated in the first and second rising portions 46, 47) is the first antenna A close to and substantially parallel to the antenna pattern portions 37, 41, 46, 47 of the second antenna B.
  • Antenna pattern portions ie, the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first and second rising portions 46, 47
  • the direction indicated by the broken arrow in FIG. 14B coincides with the flow direction indicated by the broken arrow of the induction current at the longitudinal overlapping portions 51 to 56 shown in FIG. 14A. Note that FIG.
  • FIG. 14C shows the case where the first and second antennas A and B are shifted in the front-rear direction X to the left and right as compared with the case of FIG. 14B. Also in the case of FIG. 14C, the flow direction of the induction flow indicated by the broken arrow is substantially the same as the case of FIG. 14B.
  • the second antenna B is spaced approximately 1Z4 in the depth direction y (ie, approximately 1Z4).
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 is shown.
  • the first and second en Weakly shaded areas of the magnetic field components in the depth direction y for tena A, B 50 forces can be made not to overlap each other. Therefore, the weak one of the magnetic field components in the depth direction y in one of the first and second antennas A and B is compensated by the other antenna in the oblique region 50 power.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 15A as shown in FIG. 15B, the first and second antennas A and B force mutually overlap in the vertical direction z at the longitudinal overlapping portions 61 and 62. doing.
  • the directions of the induced current at the longitudinal overlapping portions 61, 62 can be made to coincide with each other as shown by the broken arrows.
  • the second antenna B is spaced approximately 1Z4 in the depth direction y (ie, approximately 1Z4)
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 is shown. Also in this case, the weakly hatched regions 50 of the magnetic field components in the depth direction y of the first and second antennas 8 and B can be made not to overlap each other. Therefore, the weakly hatched area 50 of the magnetic field component in the depth direction y in one of the first and second antennas A and B is compensated by the other antenna. Also in this case, as in the case shown in FIG. 16B, which is a modification of FIG. 16A, the directions of the induced current are made to coincide with each other as indicated by the broken arrows in the longitudinal overlapping portions 61 and 62 and the longitudinal adjacent portions. be able to. In the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 16B, the second antenna B is approximately 0.75 L in the frontal direction X with respect to the first antenna A.
  • the antenna 15 for the reader / writer shown in FIG. 17 as the arrangement example 2 is a virtual center line of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A shown in FIG. 12A and the second antenna B shown in FIG.
  • the second antenna B which is an antenna inverted in the depth direction y centering on 45 (in other words, the second antenna B and the antenna in line symmetry with the center line 45 as the axis of symmetry) In the same manner as in, it is arranged in combination.
  • the first antenna A and the second antenna B have longitudinal overlapping portions 63 to 68 which overlap each other in the vertical direction z, as shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 18B shows a modified example 1 of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 18B is the reader shown in FIG. 18A except that the distance between the second antenna B and the first antenna A is approximately 0.25 L. lighter
  • the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A and the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B are provided. , Except for a part (especially, in a pattern portion extending in the substantially depth direction y), almost completely overlap each other. Therefore, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 18C, the incommunicable area 49 similar to the case of the first antenna A alone shown in FIG. 12A and the second antenna B alone shown in FIG. , Occur.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 17 when the first antenna A is fed in the direction of the solid arrow in FIG. 19A (or the opposite direction), the first and second The induced current generated in the second antenna B at the longitudinal overlapping portions 63 to 68 of the antennas A and B is opposite to the direction of the solid arrow in FIG. 19A (or the reverse direction thereof). Orientation (or vice versa). Further, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 18B, the longitudinal overlapping portions 63 to 68 of the first and second antennas A and B and the longitudinal proximity portions of the first and second antennas A and B The direction of the induction current generated in the direction is the direction shown by the broken arrow in FIG. 19B.
  • the first pattern portion 35 of the first antenna A and the first pattern portion 35 of the second antenna B are the base of the second antenna B.
  • the first antenna A and the second antenna B are combined with each other so that the overlapping portions 63 to 68 (see FIG. 17) overlapping the line portion 43 and the base line portion 43 of the first antenna A are eliminated.
  • the first antenna A and the second antenna B have longitudinal overlapping portions 71 to 74 overlapping each other in the vertical direction z.
  • FIG. 21B shows a modified example 1 of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 21B is the reader shown in FIG. 21A except that the distance between the second antenna B and the first antenna A at the left side is approximately 0.25 L. lighter
  • the diagonal areas 49a and the diagonal areas 49b are alternating forces as shown in FIG. 21B.
  • the substantially loop shape of the first antenna A is used.
  • the second and fourth pattern portions 37 and 41 and the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 of the antenna pattern 31 and the second and fourth patterns of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B The portions 37, 41 and the first and second rising portions 46, 47 almost completely overlap one another, except in part. Therefore, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 21C, the incommunicable area 49 similar to the case of the first antenna A alone shown in FIG. 12A and the second antenna B alone shown in FIG. Do.
  • the longitudinal overlapping portions 71 to 74 of the first and second antennas A and B and The direction of the induced current generated at the longitudinal proximity of the first and second antennas A and B is the direction indicated by the broken arrow in FIG. 22B.
  • the direction indicated by the broken arrow of the induced current at the longitudinal adjacent portion coincides with the direction indicated by the broken arrow of the induced current at the longitudinal overlapping portions 71 to 74.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 22C as a third modification 3 of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 20
  • the first and second antennas A and B shift in the direction X of the front opening It is reversed from the case of Fig. 22B.
  • the flow direction of the induction current indicated by the broken arrow is substantially the same as in the case of FIG. 22B.
  • the length of the shelf board 11 of the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B with respect to the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A is considered.
  • the frontage direction X there are four types described in the following (a) to (d).
  • the shelf board for the first and second antennas A and B 6 The magnetic field components in the length direction (specifically, frontal direction X) of the antenna formation target member such as 11 to 14 and in the width direction (specifically, depth direction y) depending on the case may become weak.
  • the first antenna A and the second antenna are arranged such that the dashed line regions 49a, 49b, 50 are arranged differently as shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B without overlapping each other as shown in FIG. 21C. It is preferable to arrange B and B respectively. In the case where the length direction and the width direction are substantially equal to each other, one of these two directions can be selected as the length direction X.
  • one of the antenna patterns 31 of the first and second antennas A and B is used. It is preferable that the overlapping portions of the respective antenna pattern portions (in particular, the base line portion 43 and the connecting portion 48) extending in the longitudinal direction X or the portion force close to each other be as long as possible.
  • the deflection amount deviates from the above range force, the weak region of the magnetic field component in the length direction X extending along the width direction y of the reader / writer antenna 15 becomes remarkable.
  • the deviation amount described in the above (a) to (d) is: 0. 45 L range or 0. 55 L
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 can be favorably exchanged with the electronic tag 19 only by feeding power to only one of the antennas.
  • the antenna 15 for the reader / writer can be well communicated in a more stable state.
  • the shapes and the like of the antenna patterns 31 of the first and second antennas A and B constituting the reader / writer antenna 15 provided on the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 are Various modifications and variations are possible, as illustrated by the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 23 to 30 which are not limited to those of the first embodiment shown in FIGS. Therefore, in the following, the second embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention is described in "(1) Basic unit pattern shape of antenna for reader / writer", "(2) Concrete pattern shape of antenna for reader / writer”. The description will be given with reference to FIG. 23 to FIG. 30 by dividing the item into “(3) feeding method to the reader / writer antenna” and “(4) operation experiment of the reader / writer antenna”.
  • the shelf board 11 in the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 23 to 30 is substantially the same as the shelf board 11 in the above-mentioned first embodiment shown in FIGS. 9 to 22 except for the points described below. May have the same configuration. Accordingly, in FIG. 23 to FIG. 30, the same reference numerals are attached to the same parts as in FIG. 9 to FIG. 22, and the explanation thereof will be omitted as necessary. Also, in the following description, only the shelf 11 will be described. The remaining shelves 6, 12-14 may have substantially the same configuration as the shelf 11 !, and the same configuration You don't have to.
  • FIG. 23A A basic unit pattern shape C of the first and second antennas A and B which constitute the antenna 15 for a radar writer shown in FIG. 24 is shown in FIG. 23A.
  • This basic unit pattern shape C is substantially the same as the pattern shape of the first antenna A shown in FIG.
  • the antenna pattern 31 of the basic unit pattern shape C has a first substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31a and a second substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31b.
  • the first substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 3 la and the second substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 3 lb are connected to each other at the upper and lower two points at the intersection 81.
  • the upper and lower two connection points should be insulated by an insulating layer made of an appropriate insulating material.
  • the first substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31a has a first pattern portion 35 in which the terminal portions 32a are continuously provided and located on the rear edge 34 side of the shelf board 35. And a second pattern portion 37 located on the side of the left edge 36 of the shelf 11 and a third pattern portion 39 located on the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 and a terminal portion And a fourth pattern portion 41 located on the side of the edge 40 on the right side of the shelf plate 11 with the second plate portion 32b connected in series, in the vicinity between the third pattern portion 39 and the fourth pattern portion 41. It may be provided one after another except for the crossing point 81.
  • the first antenna pattern 31a may be configured in a loop shape as a whole, except for the gap 33 and the intersection portion 81.
  • the first pattern portion 35 of the first substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31a is close to the rear edge 34 of the shelf plate 11 and substantially parallel to the rear edge 34 of the bracket, as shown in FIG. 23A. In the state, it extends over almost the entire length of the shelf board 11.
  • the second pattern portion 37 is close to the left edge 36 of the shelf 11 and is substantially parallel to the left edge 36 of the bracket, and only in the depth direction y around the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11 About 1 of length L (see Figure 12C)
  • the fourth pattern part 41 is a shelf board
  • the third pattern portion 39 of the first substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31a is, as shown in FIG. 23A, substantially along the shelf centerline 45 of the shelf 11 and between them. Between A plurality of baseline portions 43 extending intermittently so as to cause the missing portion 42 and a plurality of these baseline portions 43 extending intermittently or a baseline portion 43 and a second Between the pattern part 37 and the! /, The bending part 44 and the strength part! The remaining bent portions 44 except for the left bent portion 44a are connected at their proximal ends to the right end of the left baseline portion 43, and the rear end of the shelf plate 11 is fixed.
  • the base end portion of the first rising portion 46 rising toward the end portion and the base end portion of the right side of the baseline portion 43 toward the right side are continuously connected and the trailing edge of the shelf plate 11 It extends substantially parallel to the frontal direction X so as to connect the second rising portion 47 rising to the portion 34 and the tips of the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 respectively. It may also consist of existing connections 48 and force.
  • Each of the bent portions 44 is preferably a generally rectangular convex portion as a whole.
  • the left bent portion 44a is connected at its base end to the left end of the right baseline portion 43 and is directed to the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11 in a standing manner.
  • the bent portion 44 may be a generally L-shaped corner-shaped portion as a whole.
  • the second substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31b is, as shown in FIG. 23A, a first pattern portion 35 located on the rear edge 34 side of the shelf 11 and a left edge of the shelf 11 with a force.
  • the second pattern portion 37 located on the side of the portion 36, the third pattern portion 39 located on the side of the front edge 38 of the shelf 11, and the side of the edge 40 on the right side of the shelf 11.
  • the fourth pattern portion 41 and the force located in the vicinity of the first pattern portion 35 and the fourth pattern portion 41, except for the intersection 81 in the vicinity, are sequentially provided in a row. Good.
  • this first pattern portion 35 may be configured in a loop shape as a whole, except for the intersection portion 81.
  • the rear end portion of the fourth pattern portion 41 of the second antenna pattern 31b is connected to the second rising portion 47 of the bending portion 44 on the right side of the first antenna pattern 31a at the intersection portion 81. It is set up.
  • the right end of the first pattern portion 34 of the second antenna pattern 31b is an intersection 81 at the right end of the third pattern portion 39 of the first antenna pattern 31a. Thank you so much! [0147]
  • the second pattern portion 37 of the second substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31b is close to the left edge 36 toward the shelf board 11 and the left edge 36 of the bracket as shown in FIG. 23A.
  • the shelf board 11 is a shelf board 1 with a length of about 1Z3 with a length L of y in the depth direction 1
  • the third pattern portion 39 extends over substantially the entire length of the shelf 11 adjacent to the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 and generally parallel to the front edge 38 of the bracket.
  • the fourth pattern portion 41 is approximately 1Z3 of the length L of the shelf board 11 in the depth direction y with a direction substantially parallel to the right edge 40 of the bracket at a distance from the facing right edge 40 of the shelf 11. (In other words, approximately 0.67 L) and extend approximately half of the front side of the shelf board 11 by a length of
  • the first pattern portion 35 of the second substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31b has the intermittent portion 42 between each other substantially along the shelf centerline 45.
  • a plurality of base line portions 43 extending intermittently so as to occur and a bending portion 44 extending between these plurality of base line portions 43 extending intermittently.
  • Each of the bent portions 44 has its proximal end connected to the end on the right side toward the baseline portion 43 on the left side and is raised to the front end 38 of the shelf board 11.
  • the base end portion of the rising portion 46 of 1 and the base end portion of the baseline portion 43 of the right side toward the left end is directly connected to the front end portion 38 of the shelf board 11.
  • a connecting portion 48 extending substantially parallel to the frontal direction X so as to connect the front end portions of the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 to each other.
  • Each of the bent portions 44 is preferably a substantially rectangular convex portion as a whole.
  • the base line portion 43 of the third pattern portion 39 of the first substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31a and the second substantially loop shaped antenna The baseline portions 43 of the first pattern portion 35 of the pattern 31 b extend alternately on the shelf centerline 45 so as to be generally in a straight line as a whole.
  • the base line portion 43 of the second substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 3 lb is disposed in the intermittent portion 42 of the first substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31a.
  • the base line portion 43 of the first substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 b is disposed in the intermittent portion 42 of the second substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 b.
  • the first pattern portion 35 of the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31a and the shelf centerline 45 in the depth direction y is the first pattern portion 35 of the second substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31b and the shelf center It is substantially the same as the distance between the line 45 and the depth direction y. Therefore, the shelf centerline 45 doubles as an imaginary centerline extending in the frontal direction X of the basic unit pattern shape C.
  • a characteristic of the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 23A is that the magnetic field component force in the front direction X parallel to the surface of the shelf plate 11 changes substantially periodically according to the position along the front direction X.
  • the shaded area 49 tends to be weak. This is due to the magnetic field component force in the direction of the mouth x caused by the antenna pattern portions (ie, the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first and second rising portions 46, 47) extending in the depth direction y. This is because it becomes smaller at the middle position between these adjacent antenna pattern portions. Therefore, in the basic unit pattern shape C alone shown in FIG. 23A, the hatched area is such that the electronic tag 19 (see FIG.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 (in other words, the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 23A) may be able to communicate with the electronic tag 19.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 communicates with the electronic tag 19 placed parallel to the y-z plane, the force of each antenna pattern of the reader / writer antenna 15 is also emitted.
  • the component in the direction of the frontage X is affecting. Therefore, it is preferable that the antenna pattern portion extending substantially in the depth direction of the antenna 15 extend substantially perpendicular to the frontal direction X.
  • the inclination angle ⁇ ⁇ shown in FIG. 11A it may have some inclination angles.
  • antenna pattern portions extending in the depth direction y that is, the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 of the first and second antenna patterns 31a, 31b and the first and second rising portions 46) , 47
  • antenna pattern parts adjacent to each other have a basic unit pattern shape for the electronic tag 19 placed parallel to the y-z plane. Preferred to be nearly parallel to each other as constant as possible along y! /.
  • FIG. 23B shows the magnetic field component in the direction of the frontage X parallel to the surface of the shelf board 11 for the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 23A
  • FIG. 23C shows it in FIG. 23A.
  • Basic A magnetic field component in the direction of depth y parallel to the surface of the shelf board 11 for the unit pattern shape C is shown.
  • the magnetic field component in the depth direction y parallel to the surface of the shelf 11 also tends to be weak in the hatched area 50 in FIG. 23C for the same reason as in the case of the above-mentioned direction X of the mouth.
  • antenna pattern portions extending in the frontal direction X in the basic unit pattern shape C ie, the first pattern portions 35 of the first and second antenna patterns 31a, 31b, the baseline portion 43, and the like.
  • the connecting portion 48 has a width in the depth direction y of the incommunicable area of the basic unit pattern shape C with respect to the electronic tag 19 placed parallel to the x-z plane as constant as possible along the frontal direction X. Preferably, they are approximately parallel to one another.
  • the antenna pattern portions 35, 43, 48 need to be substantially parallel to each other, but may be inclined to each other as in the case of the predetermined angle ⁇ .
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 has an antenna pattern shape 31 and a Z or similar antenna pattern shape substantially the same as the basic unit pattern shape C described in the item (1) (ie, the item B2 (l)).
  • the first and second antennas A and B, respectively, are arranged in combination with each other.
  • the first and second dotted lines 49 of the first and second antennas A and B where the magnetic field components in the frontal direction X weaken are arranged alternately without overlapping each other.
  • the antennas A and B are respectively arranged. Next, such an arrangement example will be described with reference to FIGS. 24 to 28.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 24 has a first antenna A identical to the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 23A, and a second antenna A similar to the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 23A.
  • the antenna B is disposed in combination with each other.
  • the first antenna A has the same pattern shape as the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 23A. Therefore, the first antenna A has substantially the same hatching as the hatched region 49 of the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. It has an area.
  • the second antenna B has an antenna pattern 31 having a substantially loop shape, which is substantially the same as the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 23A (in other words, the first antenna A).
  • the second antenna B also has a hatched area substantially the same as the hatched area 49 of the basic unit pattern shown in FIG. 23B (in other words, the hatched area of the first antenna A). . Therefore, the first antenna A and the second antenna B have antenna pattern shapes (ie, antenna patterns 31) substantially identical to each other.
  • An antenna 15 for a reader / writer is configured by arranging the first and second antennas A and B in combination with each other as shown in FIG.
  • the second antenna B is approximately 1Z2 (that is, approximately 0) of the distance L (see FIG. 10A) in the frontal direction X with respect to the first antenna A. 5 L, and the actual
  • the fourth embodiment they are disposed on the left side by about 75 mm) and not in the depth direction y. Therefore, the basic unit pattern shape
  • This explanation of the present invention is applied to the first antenna A as well, except for the change caused by the difference in length of the pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b.
  • the first antenna A and the second antenna B have longitudinal overlapping portions 82 to 89 overlapping each other in the vertical direction z.
  • the performance of the reader / writer antenna 15 is substantially equivalent regardless of whether it is shifted to the left or to the right.
  • the hatched area 49 a in the front direction X for the first antenna A and the hatched area 49 b in the front direction X for the second antenna B are , Approximately equally spaced (in other words, approximately L), as shown in FIG. 25A.
  • FIG. 25B shows a modified example 1 of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG.
  • the spacing force at which the second antenna B is shifted to the left with respect to the first antenna A is approximately 0.25 L.
  • the configuration is substantially the same as that of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 25A except that it is approximately 37.5 mm.
  • the hatched area 49a and the hatched area 49b are staggered as shown in FIG. 25B, but their spacings are not nearly equal to one another.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIGS. 25A and 25B the first and second The weakly hatched area 49a or 49b of the magnetic field component in the frontal direction x by one of the antennas A and B is compensated by the other antenna. Therefore, the reader / writer antenna 15 is placed parallel to the y-z plane to eliminate the area power incapable of communicating with the electronic tag 19.
  • the antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A and the antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B Forces almost completely overlap each other. Therefore, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 25C, the incommunicable areas 49a and 49b are similar to the case of the first antenna A alone and the second antenna B alone shown in FIG. 25A. Occur.
  • an induction is generated in the other antenna in response to a magnetic field generated when power is supplied to one of the first and second antennas A and B.
  • the value of the current is increased.
  • the direction of the induced current of the entire first antenna A or the entire second antenna B, and the longitudinal multiple portions 82 to 89 of the first and second antennas A and B or the closest longitudinal ones is preferable to arrange the first and second antennas A and B so as to match the direction of the induced current generated at the proximity site.
  • the first and The induction current generated in the second antenna B at the longitudinal overlapping portions 82 to 89 of the two antennas A and B is a broken line which is opposite to the direction of the solid arrow in FIG. 26A (or the opposite direction).
  • the direction of the arrow (or the reverse).
  • the antenna 15 for the reader / writer shown in FIG. 24 when the first antenna A is fed in the direction of the solid arrow in FIG. 26A (or the opposite direction), the first and The induction current generated in the second antenna B at the longitudinal overlapping portions 82 to 89 of the two antennas A and B is a broken line which is opposite to the direction of the solid arrow in FIG. 26A (or the opposite direction).
  • the direction of the arrow (or the reverse).
  • the antenna notched portion extending in the depth direction y of the second antenna B (ie, the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first And the direction of the induced current generated in the second rising portion 46, 47) is the same as that of the first antenna A in the vicinity of and substantially parallel to the antenna pattern portions 37, 41, 46, 47 of the second antenna B.
  • the antenna pattern portions i.e., the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first and second rising portions 46, 47
  • the direction shown by the broken arrow in FIG. 26B coincides with the direction shown by the broken arrow of the induced current at the longitudinal overlapping portions 82 to 89 shown in FIG. 26A.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 27A as a modification 3 of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 24 is different from the first antenna A of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. While shifting the second antenna B similarly in the front and back direction X in the same way in the reverse direction, the distance L is approximately 1Z4 in the depth direction y (that is, approximately 0.25 L, and the illustrated embodiment)
  • FIG. 27B shows a fourth modification of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 24.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 27A the second antenna to the first antenna A is shown.
  • the interval at which B is shifted to the right in the frontal direction X is approximately 0.33 L.
  • the directions of the induced current at the longitudinal proximity sites can be matched to one another, as shown by the dashed arrows.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 28A as Modification 5 of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 24, the first and second antennas A in the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 27A B forces overlap each other in the vertical direction z at the longitudinal overlapping portions 91 to 95.
  • the direction of the induced current at the longitudinal overlapping portions 91 to 95 and the longitudinal proximity portion Can be matched to each other as shown by the dashed arrows.
  • the first antenna A is offset to the left by approximately 0.75 L in the frontal direction X with respect to the second antenna B as well.
  • FIG. 29 shows the electronic tag 19 provided on the article 18 shown in FIG. 9, the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 of the reader / writer antenna 15 provided on the shelf board 11 shown in FIG. Shows the relationship between In FIG. 29, the antenna pattern 31 extends substantially perpendicularly to the paper surface.
  • the electronic tag 19 (see FIG. 4) used in the operation experiment shown in FIG. 29 has a lateral length L force of 3 ⁇ 45.6 mm and a longitudinal length L force of 4 mm.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 27A used in the operation experiment shown in FIG. 29 has both the first and second substantially loop-shaped antenna patterns 31a and 31b and the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b. At the intersections where the antenna patterns 31 of the first and second antennas A and B intersect, which are formed of copper wires with a diameter of 0.1 mm (ie, cross-sectional diameter), Insulated with resin film.
  • the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 27A are arranged shifted in the front direction X and the depth direction y, respectively, so that longitudinal overlapping portions do not substantially occur. It was A resin film was interposed between the first and second antennas A and B to insulate them, and adhesive fixing was performed by sandwiching a pair of glass plates 23 and 24 from both sides (see FIG. 3).
  • the first and second antennas A and B were alternately fed with a high frequency of 13.56 MHz, and the input power was 4 W.
  • the electronic tag 19 is arranged in a substantially constant direction (that is, any one of the XY plane, the XY plane and the y-z plane is substantially parallel to one surface) with respect to the surface of the shelf plate 11. It was moved in a substantially horizontal direction while maintaining a substantially constant distance from the surface of the brace, and it was judged whether or not the communication of the electronic tag 19 with the reader / writer antenna 15 was possible.
  • Fig. 30A showing the evaluation results in the above operation experiment In FIG. 30B (parallel to the x-y plane), in FIG.
  • the above-mentioned communication can not be performed relatively well in the incommunicable area 102.
  • the half tone is applied, and the communication coverage area 103 where the above communication is performed relatively well is not half tone.
  • FIGS. 30A to 30C in the antenna formation region where the reader / writer antenna 15 is formed, the electronic tag 19 for the reader / writer antenna 15 is used regardless of which direction the electronic tag 19 is placed. Communication was possible.
  • the shelf board 11 in the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 31 and 32 is substantially the same as the shelf board 11 in the first embodiment described above shown in FIGS. 9 to 22 except for the points described below. It may have the same configuration. Therefore, in FIG. 31 and FIG. 32, the same reference numerals as in FIGS. 9 to 22 denote the same parts, and a description thereof will be omitted as necessary. Further, in the following description, the force will be described specifically only for the shelf 11.
  • the remaining shelf plates 6 and 12 to 14 may have substantially the same configuration as the shelf 11 or may be the same. It does not have to be a configuration.
  • the shelf board 11 of the article placement shelf 1 in the third embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention is the shelf of FIG. 12C (that is, the arrangement example 1 of the first embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention).
  • the length L in the fore-opening direction X with respect to the length L in the depth direction y is sufficiently large compared to the plate 11
  • the backboard 4 also has the same length in the frontal direction X.
  • the length L is
  • the length L which may for example be about 350 mm and may be for example 1380 mm.
  • the basic unit pattern shapes of the first and second antennas A and B which constitute the antenna 15 for a radar writer shown in FIG. 31 are described in the following items (a) to (f). Except for the point, it may be substantially the same as the basic unit pattern shape of each of the first and second antennas A and B constituting the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 22B.
  • the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the first antenna A is disposed near the edge 40 on the right side of the vicinity of the trailing edge 34 of the shelf 11 and the pair of the second antenna B Terminals 32a and 32b should be arranged near the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11 and near the left edge 36 of the shelf board.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 31 may be different from the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 22B in the following points (g) and (h).
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32A In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32A, the first pattern portion 35 of the first antenna A, the base line portion 43 of the second antenna B, and the train of the first antenna A The distance L to the joint 48 is large. Further, the distance L between the third pattern portion 39 of the second antenna B and the base line portion 43 of the first antenna A and the connecting portion 48 of the second antenna B also increases. For this reason, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32A, the magnetic field component force in the opening direction X parallel to the surface of the shelf board 11 tends to be weak in the hatched region 49 in FIG. 32A. Therefore, in the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 when the electronic tag 19 is placed parallel to the yz plane as shown in FIG. 32A, the reader / writer antenna 15 is placed in the hatched area 49. There is a risk that it will not be possible to communicate with the attached electronic tag 19. In other words, the hatched area 49 may become an incommunicable area where the reader / writer antenna 15 can not communicate with the electronic tag 19.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 when the electronic tag 19 is a large size such as a card size electronic tag which is usually attached to the books 18a, the reader / writer antenna 15 can be mounted on the shelf board 11 as long as it is. Even if the magnetic field from the antenna for the dalighta 15 is relatively weak, it can communicate with the electronic tag 19 sufficiently.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 has the depth direction y at a position slightly away from the electronic tag 19 even in the above-mentioned incommunicable area (that is, the hatched area 49).
  • the magnetic field generated from the effective antenna pattern elements 37, 41, 46, 47 extending substantially along can substantially communicate with the electronic tag 19.
  • the size of the electronic tag 19 attached to small articles such as jewelry is preferably sufficiently smaller than the above card size.
  • the following items (1) to (o) 32A differs from the antenna 15 for a redirector writer shown in FIG.
  • the baseline portion 43 of the first antenna A is shifted to some extent toward the rear edge 34 of the shelf board 11 with respect to the third pattern portion 39 of the second antenna B,
  • the baseline portion 43 of the first antenna A is connected to the connecting portion 48 of the second antenna B in the depth direction y of the shelf board 11
  • the two are disposed at substantially the same position, and for this reason, both are partially in the length direction (in other words, the front direction X) and almost completely in the width direction (in other words, the depth direction y).
  • FIG. 33B in the case where the first antenna A and the second antenna B are independent, respectively, FIGS. 12A and 12 B described in the item 1 (3) (ie, the item B1 (3)). Similarly to the case shown in FIG. 12B, the incommunicable areas 49a and 40b are also generated.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32B when the electronic tag 19 is placed parallel to the y-z plane as shown in FIG. 32B, the reader / writer antenna 15 is hatched. Communication may not be possible with the electronic tags 19 placed in the areas 49a, 49b. In other words, the hatched areas 49 a and 49 b may become an incommunicable area where the reader / writer antenna 15 can not communicate with the electronic tag 19. More specifically, as described above, when the electronic tag 19 has a large size, if the reader / writer antenna 15 is placed on the shelf board 11, the magnetic field from the reader / writer antenna 15 is relatively large. Even near the weak rear end 34 and near the front end 38, communication with the electronic tag 19 can be sufficiently achieved.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 extends substantially along the depth direction y at a position slightly away from the electronic tag 19 even in the incommunicable area (that is, hatched areas 49a and 49b).
  • the magnetic field generated from the antenna pattern elements 37, 41, 46, 47 can sufficiently communicate with the electronic tag 19.
  • the first and second antennas A and B are hatched regions 49 shown in FIG. 32A and hatched regions 49a and 49b shown in FIG.
  • Such an incommunicable area does not occur, and has an antenna pattern shape and a mutual arrangement.
  • the interval L shown in FIG. 31 (in other words, the interval L described in the (g) and (h) terms) corresponds to the first pattern portion 35 of the first antenna A and the second antenna.
  • the mutual spacing L with the third pattern part 39 of B is approximately 1Z20.
  • this ratio ie, L / L Is preferably in the range of 1Z40 to 1Z10 in view of practicality and in general.
  • An effective antenna pattern element extending in the frontal direction X only by the presence of the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first and second rising portions 46, 47) (in other words, The first pattern portion 35 of the antenna A of 1 and the connecting portion 48 and the base line portion 43) of the second antennas A and B do not exist.
  • the magnetic field component in the depth direction y parallel to the surface of the shelf plate 11 tends to be weak in the hatched area 50 in FIG. There is. Therefore, in the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 31, the reader / writer antenna 15 is placed in the hatched area 50 when the electronic tag 19 is placed parallel to the x-z plane as shown in FIG. 32C. It may not be possible to communicate with the electronic tag 19 that has been placed. In other words, the hatched area 50 may become an incommunicable area where the reader / writer antenna 15 can not communicate with the electronic tag 19.
  • the magnetic field from the reader / writer antenna 15 is relatively large. Even in the area substantially along the weak shelf board centerline 45, it can communicate with the electronic tag 19 sufficiently. Therefore, the reader / writer antenna 15 is effective to extend substantially along the front direction X to a position slightly away from the electronic tag 19 even in the above-mentioned incommunicable area (that is, the hatched area 50).
  • the magnetic field generated from the antenna pattern elements 35, 39, 43, 48 can be sufficiently communicated with the electronic tag 19.
  • FIG. 32D corrects such a problem of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. Shows a modified example.
  • the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 of the first and second antennas A and B are inclined at a predetermined angle ⁇ with respect to the depth direction y. ing.
  • Such an inclination angle ⁇ may also have one or any plurality or all of the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 of the first and second antenna A, B. Good.
  • the predetermined angle ⁇ ⁇ may be about 30 °, but from the viewpoint of practicality, it is generally preferable to be in the range of 15 ° to 45 °.
  • each of the bends 44 of the first and second antennas A, B is preferably substantially parallelogram. Further, it is preferable that each of the effective antenna pattern elements which are inclined by a predetermined angle ⁇ ⁇ extend substantially parallel to each other.
  • the comparison is made even with the effective antenna pattern element. Does not become particularly weak in the hatched area 50 in FIG. 26C. Furthermore, the magnetic field component force in the opening direction X parallel to the surface of the shelf plate 11 does not become particularly weak in the chain line area 49 shown in FIG. 32A and the chain line areas 49a and 49b shown in FIG. Therefore, according to the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32D, the electronic tag 19 extending along any one of the xz plane and the yz plane is a shelf board. It can communicate well so that there is no null point (in other words, an unreadable point) on 11.
  • the first and second antennas A, Power can be supplied to B alternately.
  • the capacitor 161 for the resonant circuit is connected between the terminal portions 32 a and 32 b of the pair of the second antenna B, It is preferable to feed only the first antenna A as a feed antenna to only the first antenna A, and not feed the second antenna B to the second antenna B as a non-feed antenna.
  • such a capacitor for resonant circuit 161 can be used as the other reader / writer antenna 15 in the third embodiment, or any reader in the first and second embodiments of the second group invention. The same can be applied to the writer antenna 15 as well.
  • the capacitance of the resonant circuit capacitor 161 connected between the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the second antenna B, which is a non-feed antenna. C is
  • L is the inductance of the second antenna B.
  • the capacitor for resonance circuit 161 is also configured as a semi-fixed capacitor or variable capacitor, adjustment of the capacitance C of the semi-fixed capacitor or variable capacitor 161 and Z or fine adjustment are appropriately performed. Good resonance of the second antenna B, which is an unpowered antenna, can be obtained.
  • one of the antennas (for example, the first antenna A) is used as a feed antenna and the other antenna ( For example, make the second antenna B) a non-feeding antenna be able to. Therefore, communication with the electronic tag 19 can be performed with a small number of (specifically, one) feeding antennas.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32D in particular, the reader / writer antenna 15 can communicate favorably with the electronic tag 19 which does not particularly depend on the direction or size of the electronic tag 19. Furthermore, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIGS.
  • each effective antenna pattern element of the non-feed antenna B (especially, the first and the second The induced current generated in the second rising portions 46, 47) flows in the direction of a generally common current, as in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 22B.
  • the non-feeding antenna B overlaps with the feeding antenna A, the directionality S of the induced current generated at the longitudinal overlapping portion or the closest longitudinal portion, and the direction force S of the non-feeding antenna B
  • the shapes of the first and second antennas A and B and their mutual arrangement were selected so as to be identical at all antenna pattern sites.
  • the readable region of the electronic tag 19 by the emission magnetic field of the feeding antenna A and the non-feeding antenna can complement each other for the incommunicable area of the antennas A and B.
  • the number of power supply antennas installed per shelf of the article management shelf 1 such as a product management shelf is only one. It is possible to shorten the communication time required to manage goods such as goods, to eliminate the cost of introducing the RFID system, to eliminate the energy cost at the time of running, and to reduce the cost of labor. be able to.
  • the same effect as the above-mentioned automatic warehouse can be obtained only by arranging the reader / writer antenna 15 and the like on the existing bookshelf.
  • the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 in the upper and lower five stages are provided on the article placement shelf 1.
  • the shelf board does not necessarily have to be provided in the upper and lower five stages. In the case where two to four or six or more additional stages may be provided in the upper and lower, only one may be sufficient.
  • the second group invention of the present invention is applied to the article placement shelf 1.
  • the second group invention can be applied to a table on which various articles such as a counter table such as a reception counter table of a library, a table, a desk, etc. are placed, and a medicine bottle etc. It can also be used as a reading antenna for physical distribution in manufacturing lines, a reading antenna for parts management in factory lines, and a gate antenna.
  • the reader antenna according to the second invention should read not only the electronic tag attached to the moving item but also the electronic tag attached to the stationary item as well.
  • Power S can be used, and relatively small electronic tags attached to small articles that can be lined with only relatively large electronic tags attached to books placed on the shelf of a bookshelf such as a library Can be read as well.
  • the reader / writer antenna according to the second group invention can also be used as an antenna for an electronic tag incorporated into an electronic tag. Therefore, the reader antenna of the second group invention can be used for inventory management of product shelves such as stores, monitoring for customers to take out products, and the like.
  • the antenna for reader of the first group invention described in the above-mentioned item A (that is, the item of "A, embodiment of the first group invention") is also used similarly. be able to.
  • the reader antenna according to the second group invention is not limited to a substantially rectangular substrate such as a shelf plate of an article mounting shelf, and may be substantially square, substantially parallelogram, other substantially trapezoidal, approximately oval, etc. It can be incorporated into a substrate having various shapes.
  • the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 is , One-roll one.
  • the antenna pattern 31 may be a plurality of turns wound a plurality of times in a spiral or the like.
  • the antenna pattern elements 35 and 37 of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 respectively.
  • the bending portions 44 and 44a of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 respectively.
  • the number of 44bs is two in the first embodiment of the second group invention and five in each of the second and third embodiments of the second group invention.
  • the number of the bending portions 44 need not be the number of these without force, but may be any number more or less than that. It may be one.
  • the leader line shown in FIG. 32D in the already described third example of the second group invention is provided.
  • all the first and second rising portions 46, 47 are inclined in the same direction and at substantially the same angle ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ so that they are almost parallel to each other.
  • the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 need to be substantially parallel to each other, and need not necessarily be inclined to the same direction as each other, nor necessarily be inclined to substantially the same angle as each other. Not necessarily.
  • the first rising portion 46 and the second rising portion 47 may be inclined in opposite directions to each other.
  • the first rising portion 46 may not be substantially inclined or may have a small inclination angle, and only the second rising portion 47 may be inclined at a predetermined angle.
  • the first and third group inventions Embodiment 1 of 1, 2nd Embodiment of the 2nd 3rd Group Invention, 3rd Embodiment of the 3rd Group Invention 3rd Operation of the Reader / Writer Antenna of the 4th Group Invention
  • the terms “experiments” and “5, additional modifications of the third group invention” will be described separately with reference to FIGS. 33 to 49.
  • the configuration may be substantially the same as the article placement shelf 1 and the electronic tag 19 in the first embodiment of the first group invention. Therefore, in FIG. 33 to FIG. 39, the same reference numerals are attached to the same parts as in FIG. 1 to FIG.
  • the bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. 33 has a side plate 3a common to the left bookshelf part (ie, the first bookshelf part) la and the right bookshelf part (ie, the second bookshelf part) lb toward the left.
  • Each of these first and second book frame parts la and lb is composed of a side plate 3 or 3a on the left side, a side plate 3a or 3 on the right side, a back plate 4, a top plate 5 and a bottom plate 6 respectively. It has a box lid shape (in other words, a substantially rectangular shape).
  • the pair of left and right side plates 3 and 3a, the back plate 4, the top plate 5 and the bottom plate 6 can be made of glass, synthetic resin, wood or other suitable non-metallic material pots, respectively.
  • the bottom plate 6 is also used as the lower shelf plate.
  • Each of the first and second bookshelf parts la, lb may further comprise a front plate (not shown), which preferably also comprises a substantially transparent material such as glass, plastic or the like.
  • a front plate may be, for example, a pair of left and right sliding doors.
  • the pair of left and right side plates 3 and 3a are configured to slightly project downward from the bottom plate 6.
  • the pair of left and right support legs 8 and 8a are respectively formed on the first and second bookshelf portions la and lb by the pair of left and right protrusions.
  • the first and second bookshelf parts la, lb have a common support leg 8a.
  • Each of the first and second bookshelf parts la and lb of bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. 33 is, in the illustrated embodiment, a suitable non-metallic material such as glass, synthetic resin, wood or the like (in other words, Three-tiered configuration provided with the top shelf board 11, the second shelf board 12 and the lower shelf board 6, each of which is composed of a transparent or opaque non-conductive material) as main components belongs to.
  • These shelf plates 6, 11 and 12 have a pair of left and right side plates 3 and 3a, and a back plate 4 by means of appropriate supporting means (not shown). It can be supported by
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIGS. 34 and 35 is laid so as to be substantially parallel to the shelf board surface. It is done. Then, the first and second loop antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 are connected to an antenna switch (not shown) by a coaxial cable (not shown) via a matching adjuster (not shown). Not connected). Then, the antenna switching unit is sequentially transmitted to the reader / writer main body 17 and the control computer (not shown) by the coaxial cable 17. Next connected. The reader / writer main body 17 is for exchanging information such as an electrical signal with the reader / writer antenna 15.
  • the reader / writer main body 17 can be disposed on the bookcase 1 and, in the illustrated embodiment, is disposed on the top plate 5 of the second bookcase portion lb.
  • the above-mentioned antenna switching device can also be similarly arranged on the bookcase 1 as required.
  • each shelf board 6, 11, 12 of the bookshelf 1 shown in Fig. 33 books (ie, articles) 8 of various sizes are mixedly mounted.
  • these books 18 are respectively provided with electronic tags 19 which may be in the form of a sheet.
  • the electronic tag 19 may be attached to the front cover 26, back cover 27 or back cover 28 of the books 18.
  • the electronic tag 19 is not particularly required to have a specific position or a specific orientation with respect to the surface of each shelf board 6, 11, 12.
  • Such an electronic tag 19 has a single-turn or multi-turn small loop-shaped small antenna 21 whose center coincides with the center of the electronic tag 19 and a memory in which information is recorded (see FIG.
  • a communication circuit may be provided which includes an IC chip 22 incorporated in the central opening of the small antenna 21 having a built-in substantially loop shape (see FIG. 4).
  • Each shelf board 7, 11 and 12 of the bookshelf 6 shown in FIGS. 33 and 34 has, for example, a length L in the front direction x (see FIG. 34) of about 840 mm and a length L in the depth direction y (see FIG. 34). Is about 170 mm
  • FIG. 34 is a plan view of, for example, the top shelf 11, showing the first and second loop antennas A and B as projected.
  • Each of the shelf boards 6 and 12 other than the shelf board 11 may be provided with a reader / writer antenna 15 having substantially the same shape as the shelf board 11 shown in FIGS. 34 and 35.
  • a reader / writer antenna 15 may be provided in which the shape of one or both of the second loop antennas A and B is different from that of the shelf board 11.
  • the first and second loop antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 are, as shown in FIG. 35 (see FIG. 3), upper and lower two plates 23, 24 respectively made of a suitable non-metallic material such as glass, synthetic resin, wood, etc.
  • the conductive paint (for example, silver paste) may be printed and baked to a width of, for example, about 5 mm.
  • the first and second loop antennas A and B may be formed of copper wire having a substantially circular cross-sectional shape and a cross-sectional diameter of 0.1 mm.
  • the copper wire may be bent and formed into a predetermined pattern, and then attached and arranged by partially or totally adhering to the plates 23 and 24 with a suitable adhesive.
  • the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the first and second loop antennas A and B are formed of the conductive pattern cover formed by printing and baking the conductive paint as described above.
  • the antenna pattern 31 having a substantially loop shape may be made of copper wire as described above. In this case, both ends of the antenna pattern 31 may be electrically connected to the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b by bonding with an appropriate conductive adhesive, soldering or the like.
  • the first and second loop antennas A and B are attached to the upper and lower two plates by laminating these plates 23 and 24 with an intermediate film 25 made of a nonconductive film force such as PVB resin. It is inserted between 23 and 24.
  • Each of these plates 23, 24 may be, for example, a glass plate having a thickness of about 2.3 mm (specifically, a glass plate manufactured by the float method).
  • the thickness L of the intermediate film 25 shown in FIG.
  • the materials constituting the first and second loop antennas A and B also have to be conductive films, conductive metal foils, metal wires such as copper wires as described above, and so on. It may be a wire conductor etc.
  • the first and second loop antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 thus configured are electrically insulated from one another and the shelf plates 6, 11 as shown in FIG. 35 (see also FIG. 3).
  • the two glass plates 23 and 24 are sandwiched between the two glass plates 23 and 24 in a state substantially parallel to the surface of each of 12 (in other words, the loop antennas A and B are substantially parallel to each other). Therefore, the first and second loop antennas A and B are prevented from being scratched by contact with the books 18 placed on the shelf plates 6, 11 and 12.
  • the glass plates constituting the upper and lower surfaces of the shelf plates 6, 11 and 12 are excellent in water resistance, weather resistance, chemical resistance and the like, the bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. Can.
  • the shelf board 6 In the case where the main components 11 and 12 are transparent glass materials, the reader / writer antenna 15 can also be constituted by the thin wire conductor as described above in which the crossing portion and the overlapping portion are insulated.
  • the distance L (see FIGS. 35 and 3) between the two loop antennas A and B, which are substantially parallel to each other, in the thickness direction is a view of practicality.
  • this interval L is 3
  • the first and second loop antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 are, as shown in FIG. 35 (see also FIG. 3) in the illustrated embodiment, the shelf boards 6, 11, 12 Are buried inside the house.
  • the loop antenna of at least one of the first and second loop antennas A and B is similarly formed on the upper surface of the upper plate 23 of each shelf plate 6, 11, 12. It is also good.
  • the at least one loop antenna can be formed on the lower surface of the lower plate 24 of each shelf plate 6, 11, 12 by using or the like.
  • one of the first and second loop antennas A and B is formed on the upper surface of the upper plate 23 of each shelf plate 6, 11, 12 and the other is under the respective shelf plates 6, 11, 12. It can also be formed on the lower surface of the side plate 24.
  • the intermediate film 25 is formed. It can be omitted.
  • the upper plate 23 and the lower plate 24 can be integrated with each other as needed.
  • each shelf plate 7 when the loop antenna of at least one of the first and second loop antennas A and B is formed on the upper surface of the upper plate 23 of each shelf plate 6, 11, 12, each shelf plate 7, 11, 12 Each shelf board including at least one of the above loop antennas, 11, 12, 12 in order to reduce the chance of contacting the books 18 placed on the above.
  • the top surface of the can be coated with a coating of a suitable insulating material.
  • the terminals of the first and second loop antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 are processed as shown in FIGS. 38 and 39, for example. It can be done. That is, in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 38 and 39, a portion corresponding to the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the first and second loop antennas A and B of the pair of upper and lower plates 23 and 24, respectively.
  • the missing parts 58, 59 are formed in these places, respectively, by precluding the Next, a pair of lead-out electrodes 75a and 75b are attached and arranged on the lower surface of the upper plate 23 and the upper surface of the lower plate 24 by bonding them with an appropriate adhesive.
  • each of the copper plates 75a and 75b may have, for example, a substantially rectangular shape having a length of 25 mm, a width of 10 mm, and a thickness of 0.1 mm.
  • the substantially loop-shaped antenna patterns 31 of the first and second loop antennas A and B and the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b are referred to as the lower and lower plates of the upper plate 23.
  • a conductive porous sheet-like member 171 as a shielding member (in other words, a member for preventing interference) to the lower surface of the shelf 11 without the shielding member shown in FIG. 37 (see FIG. 3)
  • the shelf board 11 with a shielding material shown in FIG. 35 can be manufactured.
  • Such attachment may be achieved, for example, by partially or totally adhering the conductive porous sheet member 171 to the lower surface of the lower plate 24 of the shelf 11 without the shielding material with a suitable adhesive.
  • Such an intermediate film 25 is a film which also comprises a suitable non-conductive material such as PET (ethylene terephthalate) and is previously bonded to one or both surfaces of the porous sheet-like member 171.
  • PET ethylene terephthalate
  • the porous sheet-like member 171 is indicated by a dot-and-dash line for convenience of illustration.
  • the length in the frontal direction X of the porous sheet-like member 171 may be, for example, substantially the same as the length L in the frontal direction X of the shelf plate 11 (in other words, 840 mm).
  • the length y of the porous sheet-like member 171 in the depth direction is substantially the same as the length L (in other words, about 170 mm) in the depth direction y of the shelf plate 11, for example.
  • porous sheet-like member 171 used in the first embodiment is substantially the same as the porous sheet-like member 171 shown in FIG. 41 used in the second embodiment described later. It may be shaped and substantially identical in structure.
  • the porous sheet-like member 171 has a central opening (ie, a through opening) 172 formed by lacking a substantially rectangular central portion. It has a closed loop shape.
  • the outer peripheral shape of the porous sheet-like member 171 may be substantially rectangular, and the outer periphery of the reader / writer antenna 15 may be enlarged by one degree.
  • the inner peripheral shape of the porous sheet-like member 171 (in other words, the shape of the central opening 172) is also substantially rectangular, and the outer periphery of the reader / writer antenna 15 is at least slightly smaller in the depth direction y.
  • the ratio of the size of the central opening 172 to the size of the porous sheet-like member 171 (that is, the size including the central opening 172) (in other words, the central opening 172 of the porous sheet-like member 171 In the illustrated embodiment, the aperture ratio) is approximately 50%.
  • the width of each side of the porous sheet-like member 171 (in other words, the shortest distance from each side of the four sides of the sheet-like member 171 to the central opening 172) is about 35 mm (the trailing edge Part 34 side), about 10 mm (to the left side edge 36 side), about 35 mm (the front edge 38 side) and about 25 mm (to the right side edge 40 side) It is.
  • porous sheet-like member 171 has an overlapping portion overlapping the outer peripheral portion of antenna 15 for the reader / writer.
  • the reader-writer of the porous sheet-like member 171 The overlapping state with the antenna 15 will be described in detail in the following “(4) Pattern shape of antenna for reader / writer”.
  • the mutual spacing between the porous sheet-like member 171 and the second loop antenna B is, as shown in FIG. It is approximately equal to the thickness and about 2.3 mm.
  • the distance between the porous sheet-like member 171 and the first loop antenna A is the thickness of the lower plate 24 (about 2.3 mm).
  • the thickness of the second antenna B, and the thickness (about 300 m) of the intermediate film 25 and so on which is approximately 3 mm.
  • the conductive porous sheet member 171 has a mesh structure in which conductive filaments such as metal wires are braided in a mesh shape.
  • the porous sheet-like member 171 has a substantially matrix shape (in other words, substantially a plurality of vertical lines and a plurality of horizontal lines formed of metal wires such as copper wires and iron wires). Metal mesh force braided in grid shape).
  • the wire diameter of the metal wire may be, for example, about 20 ⁇ m, and the mesh pitch of the metal mesh may be, for example, about 300 ⁇ m.
  • the longitudinal and lateral lengths of the small holes (ie, the through holes) corresponding to the eyes of one grid may be, for example, about 280 m, and this porous sheet shape may be used.
  • the maximum length of the small holes of the member 171 may be, for example, about 396 m, and the area per one small hole may be, for example, about 78, 400 m 2.
  • the open area ratio (excluding the central opening 172) may be, for example, about 87%.
  • the conductive and porous sheet-like member 171 is made of a large number of small conductive thin plates such as stainless steel or other thin metal plates as in the case of the mesh structure described above.
  • the conductive and porous sheet member 171 may be made of a magnetic material or may be made of a nonmagnetic material.
  • the small holes formed in the porous sheet member 171 have a substantially square shape, a substantially rectangular shape, a substantially rhombus shape, a substantially trapezoidal shape, a substantially hexagonal shape, or the like. Shape, substantially circular shape, substantially elliptical shape, substantially oval shape, a shape consisting of any number of combinations of these shapes, or any other shape It may be shaped.
  • the sheet resistance of the metal mesh 171 having the copper wire force may be, for example, about 0.18 ⁇ . However, in the third group invention of the present invention, the practicality viewpoint force is generally used. In addition, the sheet resistance of the metal mesh is preferably not more than 0.5 ⁇ or less, more preferably not more than 0.3 ⁇ or less. In addition, these preferable and more preferable decimal value ranges also apply to the porous sheet-like member 171 having the above-mentioned micro mesh structure.
  • the porous sheet-like member 171 also refers to the viewpoint of practicality.
  • Width of one side of porous sheet-like member 171 range of 2 to 80 mm (4 to 60 mm),
  • the pitch of the small holes of the porous sheet-like member 171 (specifically, the mesh pitch when the sheet-like member 171 is a mesh of conductive strips braided): 50-2, The range of 000 ⁇ ⁇ (100-1, 200 / zm),
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 for communicating with the electronic tag 19 provided in the books 18 by wireless communication is a first loop antenna as shown in FIGS. 34, 35 and 37 (see also FIG. 3).
  • a and the 2nd loop antenna B and power also consist!
  • Each of the first and second loop antennas A and B has a substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 and a pair of terminals connected to both ends of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 and in proximity to each other. It consists of parts 32a and 32b. Since the gap 33 is provided between the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b, the gap 33 is also present between both ends of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31.
  • the pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b may be connected to the matching adjuster (not shown) by a twisted cable (not shown).
  • the patterns 31 may have substantially the same shape as one another or shapes substantially similar to one another except that they are symmetrical in the front-rear direction, as shown in FIGS. 34 and 37.
  • terminal portions 32a for feeding or the like are connected in series as necessary and are on the side of the rear edge 34 of the shelf board 11
  • the first pattern portion 35 located, the second pattern portion 37 located on the side of the left edge 36 toward the shelf 11, and the front edge of the shelf 11 (in other words, books 18 3rd pattern part 39 located on the side of the extraction side of 38) and terminal parts 32a and Z or 32b for feeding etc. are connected as needed and are directed to the right of shelf board 11
  • the force may be sequentially connected to the fourth pattern portion 40 located on the side of the edge 40.
  • the antenna pattern 31 may be formed in a loop shape as a whole except for the gap 33 corresponding to the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b.
  • These first and second rules Each of the antennae A and B preferably has a substantially one-loop shape, with cross sections where one part and another part cross each other.
  • the first pattern portion 35 of the first loop antenna A is slightly parallel to the rear edge 34 of the bracket slightly away from the rear edge 34 of the shelf plate 11 as shown in Figs. 34 and 37. (In other words, it is in a state substantially parallel to the opening direction X of the shelf 11 and is substantially linear in the illustrated embodiment. The same applies to the following.) It extends over almost the entire length.
  • the second pattern portion 37 of each of the first and second loop antennas A and B is close to or to some extent away from the left edge 36 of the shelf 11 toward the left edge 36 of the bracket. Parallel state (in other words, a state substantially parallel to the depth direction y of the shelf plate 11 and substantially linear in the illustrated embodiment. The same applies below) .
  • the third pattern portion 39 of the second loop antenna B is close to the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 and substantially parallel to the front edge 56 of the bracket (in other words, in the front direction X of the shelf 1 1 In the almost parallel state, the shelf board 11 extends over substantially the entire length of the frontal direction X of the front part.
  • the fourth pattern portion 41 of each of the first and second loop antennas A and B has a portion or an intermediate portion on the rear end 34 side in the front-rear direction for connection of the terminal portions 32a and / or 32b.
  • the gap 33 is broken by a distance V, and is substantially parallel to the right edge 40 of the bracket at a certain distance from the edge 40 on the right side of the shelf 11 (in other words, the shelf 11) Extends approximately in parallel with the depth direction y of y).
  • the third pattern portion 39 of the first loop antenna A is slightly parallel to the front edge 38 of the bracket at a distance from the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 (in other words, the front of the shelf 11)
  • Each baseline section 43 is a virtual center line of the reader / writer antenna 15 extending in the direction of the front of the shelf 11 along the center of the reader / writer antenna 15 in the depth direction y (hereinafter referred to as “antenna center line "The front edge than 45.”
  • the rear edge 34 of the third pattern portion 39 of the second loop antenna B extends on the side 38.
  • the first pattern portion 35 of the second loop antenna B is separated from the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11 to some extent substantially parallel to the rear edge 34 of the bracket (in other words, the front of the shelf 11) Intermittently extending so that an intermittent portion 42 is generated between each other in a direction substantially parallel to direction X!
  • a plurality of (5 in the illustrated embodiment) baselines One or a plurality (preferably a plurality), each being present between the portion 43 and the plurality of baseline portions 43 extending intermittently (in other words, the intermittent portion 42)
  • the four bends 44 and forces are also included.
  • Each baseline portion 43 extends on the side of the trailing edge 34 with respect to the antenna center line 45 on the side of the leading edge 38 of the first pattern portion 35 of the first loop antenna A.
  • a virtual center line of the shelf 11 extending in the direction X of the front of the shelf 11 along the center of the shelf 11 in the depth direction y (that is, the center line of the shelf) Is substantially coincident with the antenna centerline 45.
  • each of the bent portions 44 of the first loop antenna A is connected at its proximal end to the end on the right side toward the baseline portion 43 on the left side.
  • the base end is connected to the left end of the first rising portion 46 rising toward the substantially trailing edge 34 of the shelf 11 and the right side of the baseline portion 62 toward the right.
  • a connecting portion 48 extending substantially parallel thereto.
  • Each of the bent portions 44 is preferably a substantially rectangular convex portion as a whole.
  • the front edge portion 38 side of the first pattern portion 35 of the first loop antenna A on the side of the trailing edge portion 34 of the shelf board 1 with respect to the antenna center line 45 in the front direction X Preferably, they extend approximately parallel. Therefore, the first and second rising portions 46, 47 are from one side of the shelf board 11 bisected by the antenna center line 45 (specifically, from the front edge 38 side of the shelf board 11) It is preferable that the other side (specifically, the portion on the trailing edge 34 side of the shelf board 11) is crossed and extended so as to be substantially orthogonal to the antenna center line 45.
  • each of the bent portions 44 of the second loop antenna B has its proximal end portion connected to the end on the right side toward the baseline portion 43 on the left side.
  • shelf board 11 The base end portion of the first rising portion 46 rising substantially toward the front edge portion 38 of the left end of the shelf board 11 is connected to the left end portion of the right base line portion 43 toward the right It extends substantially parallel to the frontal direction X so as to connect the second rising portion 47 rising substantially to the front edge 38 and the tips of the first and second rising portions 46 and 47, respectively.
  • the connecting part 48 consists of Each of the bent portions 44 is preferably a substantially rectangular convex portion as a whole.
  • the connecting portion 48 is located on the front edge 38 side of the shelf board 11 with respect to the antenna center line 45 in the front direction X of the rear edge 34 side of the third pattern portion 39 of the second loop antenna B. Preferably, they extend approximately parallel. Therefore, the first and second rising portions 46, 47 are from one side of the shelf board 11 bisected by the antenna center line 45 (specifically, the portion on the rear edge 34 side of the shelf board 11). It is preferable that the other side (specifically, a portion on the front edge 38 side of the shelf board 11) is crossed and extended so as to be substantially orthogonal to the antenna center line 45.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 is, as shown in FIGS. 34 and 37, a combination of a first loop antenna A and a second loop antenna B.
  • the second loop antenna B is substantially a loop substantially identical to the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first loop antenna A except that the second loop antenna B is symmetrical in the back and forth direction with the antenna center line 45 as the symmetry axis. It has a shaped antenna pattern 31 and differs from the first loop antenna A only in the position of the pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b. Therefore, the first loop antenna A and the second loop antenna B generally have antenna pattern shapes substantially identical to or substantially similar to each other.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 is configured by arranging the first and second loop antennas A and B in combination with each other as shown in Figs.
  • the second loop antenna B has a distance L (see FIG. 37) of approximately 1Z2 (see FIG. 37) corresponding to the length of the connecting portion 48 in the frontal direction X with respect to the first loop antenna A.
  • the coated portion (in other words, the overlapping portion between the two) of the conductive and porous sheet-like member 171 covering the reader / writer antenna 15 from the lower surface side of the shelf plate 11 is shown in FIG.
  • the following items (a) to (g) are described.
  • one or more or all of the antenna pattern portions among the antenna pattern portions described in (a) to (g) be covered with the porous sheet-like member 171.
  • one or more of the antenna pattern portions described in the following items (h) to (k) will be generally described, also in view of practicality.
  • the entire antenna pattern portion can be covered by the porous sheet-like member 171.
  • an antenna pattern extending substantially along the front X direction of the antenna patterns 31 of the first and second loop antennas A and B.
  • Component ie, the ante described in the above (a) to (c)
  • the magnetic field i.e., the magnetic flux
  • the porous sheet member 171 becomes relatively wide (that is, about 35 mm) ing. Therefore, even when the second bookshelf similar to the bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. 33 is disposed back to back on the back side of the bookshelf 1 shown in FIG.
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 of the bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. There is a low possibility of interference with the same reader / writer antenna of the second bookshelf.
  • antenna pattern components extending along substantially the depth direction y of the antenna patterns 31 of the first and second loop antennas A and B (that is, described in the above (d) to (f).
  • the magnetic field (ie, magnetic flux) generated by each antenna pattern component 37, 41, 46, 47) effectively communicates with the reader / writer antenna 15 and the electronic tag 19 attached to the books 18 Function. Therefore, in the illustrated embodiment, the electronic tag 19 has front cover 173 and Z or back cover 174 of the books 18 so that the electronic tag 19 can communicate well with the reader / writer antenna 15. It is preferable to be provided (in particular, near the lower end thereof).
  • each shelf portion la, lb can be provided with a large number of shelf boards, the article storage space of the shelf portion la, lb is effectively utilized. be able to.
  • the same reference numerals as in FIG. 33 denote the same parts as in FIG. 33, and a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the books 18 placed on the other shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 are placed on the one shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 and erroneously recognized as if they were There is something to be done. Therefore, the distance between the upper and lower reader / writer antennas 15 in the magnetic field emission direction of the reader / writer antenna 15 (that is, the installation plane of the reader / writer antenna 15 or the vertical direction to the shelf 6 or 11-14) (in other words, The reader / writer antenna laid on the upper shelf plates 6 and 11 to 14 and the other reader / writer antenna 15 laid on the next lower shelf plate 6 and 11 to 14 The distance between them must be at least a certain distance so as not to be affected by the magnetic fields.
  • Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-72919
  • Patent Document 4 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-168914
  • Patent document 5 Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2003-252409 gazette
  • the distance between the upper shelf plate 6, 11 to 14a, 14b is As compared with the case of the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14a, 14b on which only the load is placed, they can always be set at almost constant intervals (for example, 10 mm or more) and can be made sufficiently small.
  • Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-72919
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 of the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14a, and 14b is the shelf board 6, 11 to 14a of the bookshelf 1 on the left and right and front and back sides thereof. Since the possibility of causing interference with 14b is also small, there is no particular need to secure a dead space, such as by arranging the spacer 176 as described above. For this purpose, since the books 18 can be placed in the entire area of the opening direction X and the depth direction y of the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14a, 14b, the storage capacity per bookshelf can be further increased. it can.
  • the shelf boards 6, 11, 12 (excluding the bottom board shelf board 6 as necessary) shown in FIG. 33 are appropriate shelf board supports (not shown). Pair of left and right side edges and It is preferable that the side edge on the side of the back plate 4 or the back plate 4 be supported by the left and right side plates 3, 3 a and Z or the back plate 4.
  • the shelf support is constructed separately from the pair of left and right side plates 3, 3a and Z or the back plate 4, and is detachably attachable to the pair of left and right side plates 3, 3a and Z or the back plate 4. And it is preferable that they are attached so that the attachment position in the up and down direction can be changed continuously or stepwise. Further, the shelf support may be integrally formed with the shelves 6, 11, 12.
  • the shelf support may be configured separately to support the shelves 6, 11, 12. It is also good. For this reason, the shelf boards 6 and 11 can change the mounting position in the vertical direction between the top board 5 and the bottom board 6 continuously or stepwise. Therefore, the distance between each of the shelf boards 6, 11, 12 and the distance between the top board 5 and the top shelf board 11 can be changed continuously or stepwise.
  • the induced current generated in the other loop antenna flows in the negative direction (in other words, the common current direction). . Therefore, it is possible to communicate both the first and second loop antennas A and B of the antenna 15 for the reader / writer with the electronic tag 19 only by feeding power to only one of the loop antennas. However, by alternately feeding the first and second loop antennas A and B, the electronic tag 19 and the first and second loop antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 are further stabilized. It can communicate well.
  • the interference preventing members in other words, the shielding members
  • the conductive and porous first sheet-like member 171 configured in the loop shape as in the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 34 and 35 the conductive configured in the non-loop shape.
  • a second porous sheet-like member 181 is provided.
  • the bookshelf 1 in the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 42 to 43 is substantially the same as the bookshelf 1 in the first embodiment of the third group invention except for the points described below.
  • the configuration of Also, the books 18 in the second embodiment may have substantially the same configuration as the books 18 in the first embodiment of the third group invention. Therefore, in FIGS.
  • FIGS. 33 to 39 denote the same parts, and a description thereof will be omitted as necessary.
  • the remaining shelves 6 and 12 may have substantially the same configuration as the shelf 11 if necessary, and may be configured differently. May be
  • the center opening is made separately from the first porous sheet member 171 configured in the loop shape.
  • a second porous sheet-like member 181 having neither the mouth 172 nor the incision is provided.
  • Such a second porous sheet member 181 is, as shown in FIGS. 42 and 44, formed on the lower surface (in other words, the outer surface) of the first porous sheet member 171. It can be attached, such as by being laminated using a second interlayer 182 which may be similar to the interlayer 25 described in Section (C1 (2) above).
  • the second porous sheet member 181 is shown by a two-dot chain line for convenience of illustration. ing.
  • the second porous sheet-like member 181 has a substantially rectangular shape, a substantially square shape, a substantially rhombic shape, a substantially trapezoidal shape, or any other substantially square shape, a substantially oval shape, a substantially elliptical shape, It may be a strip shape, a colored paper shape, or any other shape such as a semicircular shape.
  • the second porous sheet member 181 is formed in a substantially rectangular shape as shown in FIGS. 42 and 43 in the illustrated embodiment.
  • the length in the depth direction y of the second porous sheet member 181 is, for example, the length in the depth direction y of the first porous sheet member 171 (in other words, the depth direction y of the shelf 11) Length may be substantially the same as in the above.
  • the length (in other words, the width) of the second porous sheet member 181 in the opening direction X may be, for example, about 55 mm.
  • the second porous sheet-like member 181 shown in FIGS. 42 to 44 has an end on the left side thereof substantially coinciding with an end on the left side of the first porous sheet-like member 171 and
  • the first porous sheet-like member 171 is interposed between the second intermediate film 182 so that the front end and the rear end thereof substantially coincide with the front and rear ends of the first porous sheet-like member 171, respectively. It is superimposed.
  • Such second interlayer 182 may be any suitable non-conductive material such as PET.
  • the film may also be a force and may be pre-bonded to one or both sides of the second porous sheet member 181 which may be a film. In other words, the left end of the second porous sheet member 181 substantially overlaps the left end of the first porous sheet member 171.
  • the second porous sheet member 181 overlaps with the second pattern portion 37 of the second loop antenna B! /,! /, But the first.
  • the second pattern portion 37 of the loop antenna A, the pattern portion near the left end of the first pattern portion 35 of the first loop antenna A, and the leftmost base line portion 43 of the first loop antenna A The pattern portion and force near the left end of the inner wall also form a U-shaped cross-section near the left edge 36 and overlap with the left-side projecting portion.
  • the second porous sheet-like member 181 at least partially overlaps the vicinity of the left end of the first porous sheet-like member 171.
  • the second porous sheet member 181 is preferably partially overlapped with the antenna pattern 31 of the feed loop antenna. Therefore, as described in the item 1 (5) (ie, the item Cl (5)), when feeding only one of the first and second loop antennas A and B, Preferably, only the first loop antenna A is supplied with the first loop antenna A as a feeding loop antenna.
  • the second porous sheet member 181 shown in FIGS. 42 to 44 is the first porous sheet described in the item 1 (3) (that is, the item C1 (3)).
  • the same material and composition as the rod-like member 171 may be used.
  • the second porous sheet-like member 181 is generally the first porous sheet-like member in the item 1 (3) (that is, the item C1 (3)), also in terms of practicality. No. 171, which satisfies one or a plurality or all of the same numerical ranges as the numerical ranges (including the more preferable numerical ranges) described in the (c) to (h) terms described above Preferred to
  • the reader / writer antenna 15 in the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 42 to 44 has the first embodiment than the case in the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 33 to 39.
  • the magnetic field (in other words, the magnetic flux) generated by each of the substantially U-shaped left projecting portions 37, 35 and 43 of the loop antenna A of the first loop sheet A is obtained by the first porous sheet member 171 alone. It is further weakened by the second porous sheet member 181. Still for the books 18 placed on the shelf 11, the mutual communication between the electronic tag 19 attached to the books 18 and the reader / writer antenna 15 is also effective over the whole shelf 11. It can be carried out.
  • the attachment position of the second porous sheet-like member 181 as the second interference preventing member is limited to that of the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 42 and 44.
  • the bookshelf 1 in the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 45 and 46 has substantially the same configuration as the bookshelf 1 in the second embodiment described above except for the points described below. Good.
  • the books 18 in the third embodiment may have substantially the same configuration as the books 18 in the first embodiment described above. Therefore, in FIG. 45 and FIG. 46, the same reference numerals are attached to the same parts as in FIG. 33 to FIG. 44, and the explanation thereof will be omitted as necessary.
  • the top shelf 11 will be described, but the remaining shelves 6 and 12 may have substantially the same configuration as the shelf 11 if necessary. It may be a different configuration.
  • the second porous sheet-like member 181 is the same as that of the shelf board 11 in the second embodiment shown in FIGS. Compared to the case, for example, it is offset by about 10 mm to the right from the left side, generally along the frontal direction X, and from the left side. Therefore, the second porous sheet member 181 does not only overlap with the substantially U-shaped left projecting portions 37, 35, 43 described in the second term (ie, the C2 term), but The second pattern portion 37 of the second loop antenna B is also overlapped.
  • the first embodiment is more effective than in the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 42 and 44.
  • the second pattern portion 37 of the second loop antenna B which is only divided by the magnetic field (in other words, the magnetic flux) generated by the substantially U-shaped left projecting portion 37, 35, 43 of the above loop antenna A.
  • the magnetic field (in other words, the magnetic flux) generated by the second porous sheet member 181 is also weakened by the first porous sheet member 171 alone.
  • the entire shelf 11 is Therefore, mutual communication between the electronic tag 19 attached to the books 18 and the reader / writer antenna 15 can be effectively performed.
  • the 47 shows an upward direction from the antenna center line 45 according to the position (horizontal axis) of the direction X of the frontage of the antenna 15 for reader / writer of the first to third embodiments of the third group invention with the electronic tag 19
  • the maximum communicable distance (vertical axis) in the direction (in other words, the direction orthogonal to both the frontage direction X and the depth direction y ) is shown.
  • the maximum communicable distance indicates the distance from the upper surface of the shelf 11 to the lower side of the electronic tag 19 in the upward direction along the above direction.
  • the maximum communicable distance is the y - z plane (in other words, when the opening direction of the shelf plate 11 is the X direction, the depth direction is the y direction, and the vertical direction is the z direction).
  • the maximum communication distance (height from the shelf board 11 to the lower side of the electronic tag 22) in the z direction of the electronic tag 22 parallel to the front cover 23 side or the back cover 24 side of the books 21) is there.
  • the height direction (vertical axis) in FIG. 47 indicates the maximum communicable distance in the vertical direction of the shelf board 11 according to the position in the frontage direction X.
  • a minus area in the position in the frontal direction X indicates the direction of the shelf plate 11 and the outside reading range on the left side.
  • the broken line graph of the reference example 1 of the third group invention shows the shielding shown in FIG. 37 (see also FIG. 3) in the first embodiment described in the above-mentioned 1st term (ie, C1 term). It is about the antenna 15 for reader / writers of the shelf board 11 without material.
  • the broken line graph of the first embodiment is the reader / writer antenna 15 of the shelf 11 with the shielding material shown in FIGS. 34 and 35 in the first embodiment described in the first term (that is, C1). It is about.
  • the broken line graph of the second embodiment relates to the reader / writer antenna 15 of the shelf 11 with the shielding material shown in FIGS. 42 and 44 in the second embodiment described in the second term (that is, the C2 term). belongs to.
  • the broken line graph of the third embodiment corresponds to the antenna 15 for reader / writer of the shelf 11 with the shielding material shown in FIGS. 45 and 46 in the third embodiment described in the third term (that is, the C3 term). belongs to.
  • FIG. 47 is described to correspond to the bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. And in this figure 47
  • reference numeral 3a indicates the common side plate 3a shown in FIG.
  • the two symbols 41 on the left side of the common side plate 3a are provided on the shelf plate 11 of the first bookshelf portion la shown in FIG.
  • a center line (solid line) in the width direction of the pattern portion 41 and a center line (broken line) in the width direction of the fourth pattern portion 41 of the second loop antenna B are shown.
  • Fig. 47 shows the maximum communicable distance when power is alternately supplied to the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 of only the second bookshelf portion 1b (the upward direction as described above Maximum communicable distance) in From the graph of the maximum communicable distance shown in FIG. 47, the items described in the following items (e) to (i) can be understood.
  • FIG. 48 shows the position of the opening direction X with the electronic tag 22 (specifically, the lower side portion of the electronic tag 22) of the reader / writer antenna 15 of the first and third embodiments of the third group invention. It shows the maximum communicable distance (vertical axis) in the depth direction y according to. In this case, the maximum communicable distance is a distance from the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11 (in other words, the rear edges of the first and second porous sheet members 171 and 181) along the depth direction y. It indicates the distance to
  • each of Reference Example 1 and Examples 1 to 3 means the same as in the case of FIG.
  • each of symbols 41, 3a, 37, 46 and 47 means the same as in FIG. 47 [Fig. 48].
  • FIG. 48 shows the maximum communicable distance when power is supplied alternately to the first and second antennas B of the reader / writer antenna 15 of the second bookshelf portion lb (in the depth direction y as described above Indicates the maximum communicable distance). From the graph of the maximum communicable distance shown in FIG. 48, the items described in the following items (j) and (k) can be understood.
  • FIG. 49 shows a graph similar to that of FIG. 47 for Reference Example 2 of the third group invention.
  • the porous sheet-like member 171 with the central opening 172 omitted is used as the interference preventing member. Therefore, in the case of the porous sheet-like member 171 of the second embodiment, the portion corresponding to the central opening 172 is also formed in a mesh structure.
  • the matters described in the following items (1) and (m) can be understood.
  • FIG. 50 shows a graph similar to that of FIG. 47 for Reference Example 3 of the third group invention.
  • the first porous sheet-like member 171 is omitted, and the second porous sheet-like member 181 is used as an interference preventing member. Use only. And, from this Fig. 50, the items described in the following (n) can be understood.
  • FIG. 51 shows a graph similar to that of FIG. 45 for Reference Example 4 of the third group invention.
  • the porous sheet-like member 171 is not closed loop-shaped but open-looped by providing the lacked portion in the porous sheet-like member 171. It is configured in the form of Specifically, the absence portion is formed as a slit having a width of about 7.5 mm on the side 171a (see FIG. 43) on the side of the edge 40 on the right side of the porous sheet-like member 171.
  • the items described in the following item (o) can be understood.
  • Table 1 shows the average of the maximum communicable distances on the shelf board 11 (plus area in the position of the frontage X) shown in FIGS. 47 to 51, respectively. And so on are shown as a table.
  • Table 1 in the vertical direction, the maximum value, the average value and the minimum value of the maximum communicable distance (vertical axis) in FIGS. 47 and 49 and FIGS. 49 to 51 are shown.
  • X in the left-right direction (ie frontage direction
  • the Omm force at the position (horizontal axis) in the frontage direction in Figs. 45 and 49 to 51 also indicates the maximum communicable distance in the direction toward 100mm.
  • y in the front-rear direction (ie, in the depth direction)
  • the maximum communicable distance in FIG. 48 is shown.
  • the relay writer can be used between the shelf boards.
  • the required minimum separation distance between the shelf boards necessary to prevent mutual interference by the antenna 15 is shown. That is, the distance in each direction required to prevent mutual interference between adjacent upper and lower, left and right, and front and rear shelves (specifically, in the vertical direction, the top plate 5 and the top plate 5 and The distance between the shelf plates 6, 11 and 12 and the thickness of the common side plate 3a in the left-right direction and the thickness of the back plate 4 in the front-rear direction are shown.
  • Example 1 In the case of Examples 1 to 3, the required minimum separation distance in the vertical and horizontal directions and the front and back directions can be made smaller than in Reference Example 1 (in particular, the vertical direction will be referred to).
  • Example 1 when many paperback books 18a (height 148 mm) are arranged on a shelf board, the height of the paperback books 18a is more than double the height of the paperback books 18a between the paperback book 18a and the shelf board of the upper row.
  • [0251] 5 Additional Modifications of the Third Group Invention
  • the shelf boards 6, 11 and 12 in the upper and lower three stages are provided on the bookshelf 1.
  • the shelf board does not necessarily have to be provided in the upper and lower three stages. In the case where two or four or more other multiple stages may be provided in the upper and lower sides, it may be only one.
  • the bookshelf 1 is constructed from the first and second bookshelf portions la and lb adjacent to each other in the left-right direction.
  • the bookshelf 1 may be configured to have three or more bookshelf parts that are sequentially adjacent in the left-right direction, and further, two or more bookshelf parts that are adjacent to each other back to back in the front-rear direction
  • the plurality of book rack portions adjacent to each other may be adjacent to each other in the left-right direction and in the Z direction or in the front-rear direction.
  • the heights of the corresponding shelf plates 6, 11 and 12 of the first and second bookshelf portions la and lb are respectively set. Were almost identical to each other. However, the heights of at least one shelf plate of the corresponding shelf plates 6, 11, 12 of the first and second bookshelf parts la, lb may be different from each other.
  • the third group invention of the present invention is applied to the bookshelf 1.
  • the third group invention of the present invention relates to other article placement shelves such as a display shelf, a product shelf, and a document management shelf, a counter stand such as a reception counter of a library, a table, a desk, etc. It can be applied to a table on which various articles are placed, and it can also be used as a reading antenna for physical distribution in manufacturing lines for pharmaceutical products etc., a reading antenna for parts management in factory lines, and a gate antenna. In addition, it can also be used as an antenna for an electronic tag incorporated into the electronic tag.
  • the reader antenna according to the third group invention of the present invention is a shelf board of the bookshelf 1 Not limited to substantially rectangular substrates such as 6, 11 and 12, they may be incorporated into substrates having a substantially square shape, a substantially parallelogram shape, a substantially trapezoidal shape, a substantially oval shape, or other various shapes. it can.
  • the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 is , One-roll one.
  • the antenna pattern 31 may be a plurality of turns wound a plurality of times in a spiral or the like. Further, this antenna pattern 31 may be various ones shown in the drawings such as FIG. 12C exemplified in the second group invention of the present invention which is not limited to the one exemplified in FIG.
  • the antenna pattern elements 35 and 37 of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 respectively. Most of the connections between them, such as 39, 41, 43, 46 to 48, etc., were configured in a substantially rounded shape with less roundness. However, one or more or all of these connection sites may be further rounded.
  • the number of bent portions 44 of each of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 is set as I made four each.
  • the number of the bending portions 44 does not necessarily have to be four, but may be one, in some cases where it may be any number greater or smaller than that.
  • the first porous sheet-like member 171 is provided with a single central opening 172.
  • the number of central openings 172 provided in the first porous sheet-like member 171 may be two or more, which need not be one.
  • the central opening 172 shown in FIG. 34 one or a plurality of strip portions extending substantially along the depth direction y, or in the central opening 172 one or more extending substantially along the frontal direction X
  • the first loop Each of the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the antenna A and the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the second loop antenna B is provided in the vicinity of the edge 58 on the right side of the shelf board 11.
  • each of the pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b of the first and second loop antennas A, B is the rear edge 52 of the shelf board 11, the left edge 36, the front edge 38 and the It can be provided near any edge of the right edge 40.
  • the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the second loop antenna B is substantially symmetrical with the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the first loop antenna A.
  • the second loop antenna B may be provided near the left edge 36 facing the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b.
  • the aperture ratio of the first porous sheet-like member 171 (ie, the above-mentioned (C1 (3)) h) the opening ratio described in paragraph h) was made uniform throughout.
  • the opening ratio of the first porous sheet-like member 171 may not necessarily be totally uniform, but may be partially different.
  • a portion of the first porous sheet-like member 171 (specifically, the second or third of the third group invention described above).
  • the first porous sheet-like member 171 only by using the first porous sheet-like member 171 as an interference preventing member by reducing the open area ratio of the second porous sheet-like member 181). The same effects as those of the second or third embodiment of the third group invention can be obtained.
  • the opening ratio of the second porous sheet member 181 is the opening ratio of the first porous sheet member 171. It was almost identical and totally uniform. However, the aperture ratio of the second porous sheet member 181 does not necessarily have to be substantially the same as the aperture ratio of the first porous sheet member 171, and also needs to be uniform throughout. Not necessarily.
  • the first porous sheet-like member 171 is disposed on the lower surface of the antenna formation target member such as the shelf board 11 or the like. did. However, the first porous sheet-like member 171 can also be disposed on the upper surface of the antenna formation target member depending on the application etc. Furthermore, upper and lower pairs of the upper and lower surfaces of the antenna formation target member It is a matter to set up.
  • the second porous sheet member 181 is disposed on the lower surface of the antenna formation target member such as the shelf board 11 or the like. However, the second porous sheet-like member 181 can be disposed on the upper surface of the antenna formation target member depending on the application etc. Furthermore, the upper and lower surfaces of the antenna formation target member are vertically paired. You can set it up yourself.
  • the second porous sheet member 181 is interposed between the second interlayer 182 and the first porous sheet member. I tried to stick to the member 171.
  • the second porous sheet member 181 can be directly bonded to the first porous sheet member 171 with a suitable adhesive.
  • the second porous sheet member 181 is disposed on the outer surface of the first porous sheet member 171.
  • the second porous sheet member 181 is an inner surface of the first porous sheet member 171 (specifically, the lower plate 24 and the first porous sheet member Between the first porous sheet member 171 and the outer surface of the upper plate 23 (specifically, the outer surface of the upper plate 23). it can.
  • the second porous sheet member 181 is used as the antenna pattern 31 of the reader / writer antenna 15 in the length direction X. It was placed only near one end (specifically, near the end to the left). However, the second porous sheet member 181 can be disposed only near the other end in the longitudinal direction X of the antenna pattern 31 of the reader / writer antenna 15, and furthermore, both ends A pair may be provided in each of the vicinity (specifically, near both left and right ends toward the left and towards the right).

Abstract

A reader antenna arranged on a shelf board is composed of a plurality of antennas having substantially loop-shaped antenna patterns, respectively. First and second antennas among the antennas are provided with a plurality of base line sections and at least one bent section, respectively. Each bent section has a protruding shape provided with a first standing section and a connecting section, which connects the leading end portion of the first standing section with that of a second standing section, and the bent sections are arranged to face each other. The shelf board provided with the antenna can communicate with an electronic tag arranged on an article placed on the shelf board of an article managing shelf, substantially irrespective of the direction of the electronic tag. An article managing shelf using such shelf board having the antenna is also provided.

Description

明 細 書  Specification
リーダ用アンテナならびにアンテナ付き物品載置棚およびアンテナ付き 物品載置台  Antenna for reader and article mounting shelf with antenna and article mounting table with antenna
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] 本発明の第 1、第 2および第 3グループ発明の「技術分野」を、「A、第 1グループ発 明の技術分野」、「B、第 2グループ発明の技術分野」および「C、第 3グループ発明の 技術分野」に項分けして、以下に説明する。なお、本文において、「書籍類」とは、書 籍のみならず、新聞、雑誌、資料、書類、その他の紙製媒体や、このような紙製媒体 をバインダなどにより綴じ込むことによって作成された書類綴じ込みファイルや、 CD、 DVDなどの光記録媒体や、ビデオテープ、オーディオテープなどの磁気記録媒体も 、含んでいる。  The “Technical field” of the first, second and third group inventions of the present invention is referred to as “A, technical field of the first group invention”, “B, technical field of the second group invention” and “C. , And the third group technical field of the invention. In the text, “books” refers not only to books but also to newspapers, magazines, materials, documents, other paper-made media, and such paper-made media by binding them with a binder etc. It also includes document binding files, optical recording media such as CDs and DVDs, and magnetic recording media such as video tapes and audio tapes.
[0002] A、第 1グループ発明の技術分野  A, Technical Field of the First Group Invention
本発明のうちの第 1グループ発明は、物品棚に収納される各種の物品(例えば、曲 面形状を有するビンなどの容器、不定形状の衣類、小さな宝飾品、書籍類など)のう ちの少なくとも一種類の物品がその上に載置されるのに用いられかつリーダ用アンテ ナが設けられたアンテナ付き棚板に関するものである。また、本発明の第 1グループ 発明は、このようなアンテナ付き棚板を用いた物品管理棚にも関するものである。  The first group invention of the present invention relates to at least one of various articles (for example, containers such as a bottle having a curved surface shape, irregularly shaped clothing, small jewelry, books, etc.) stored in an article shelf. The present invention relates to an antenna-equipped shelf board which is used for placing one type of article thereon and provided with a reader antenna. The first group invention of the present invention also relates to an article management shelf using such a shelf with an antenna.
[0003] B、第 2グループ発明の技術分野  B, Technical Field of the Second Group Invention
本発明のうちの第 2グループ発明は、互いに絶縁されかつ互いに重ね合わせられ た状態で物品載置棚の棚板、物品載置台の台板などのアンテナ形成対象部材にそ れぞれ設けられている第 1および第 2のアンテナを備えているリーダ用アンテナに関 するものである。また、本発明の第 2グループ発明は、このようなリーダ用アンテナが 設けられている棚板および台板を備えているアンテナ付き物品載置棚およびアンテ ナ付き物品載置台にも関するものである。  According to the second group of the present invention, the antenna forming object members such as the shelf board of the article placement shelf and the base plate of the article placement board are respectively provided in the state of being mutually insulated and overlapped with each other. The present invention relates to a reader antenna having first and second antennas. The second group invention of the present invention also relates to an antenna-equipped article placement shelf provided with a shelf board and a base plate provided with such a reader antenna, and an antenna-equipped article placement board. .
[0004] C、第 3グループ発明の技術分野  C, Field of Invention of Third Group Invention
本発明のうちの第 3グループ発明は、書架、その他の物品載置棚の棚板、物品載 置台の台板などのアンテナ形成対象部材に設けられているアンテナパターンを有す るリーダ用アンテナに関するものである。また、本発明の第 3グループ発明は、このよ うなリーダ用アンテナが設けられる棚板および台板をそれぞれ備えているアンテナ付 き物品載置棚およびアンテナ付き物品載置台にも関するものである。 The third group invention of the present invention has an antenna pattern provided on an antenna formation target member such as a shelf of a bookshelf, other article placing racks, or a bedboard of an article placing stand. Reader antenna. The third group invention of the present invention also relates to an antenna-equipped article placement shelf and an antenna-equipped article placement table provided with a shelf board and a base plate provided with such a reader antenna.
背景技術  Background art
[0005] 本発明の第 1、第 2および第 3グループ発明の「背景技術」を、「A、第 1グループ発 明の背景技術」、「B、第 2グループ発明の背景技術」および「C、第 3グループ発明の 背景技術」に項分けして、以下に説明する。  [0005] The "background art" of the first, second and third group inventions of the present invention is referred to as "A, background art of first group invention", "B, background art of the second group invention" and "C. And “Group 3 Background of the Invention”.
[0006] A、第 1グループ発明の背景技術  A, Background Art of the First Group Invention
従来から、物品管理システムとして、物品 1個毎にバーコードを貼り付け、このバー コードをバーコードリーダにより走査してその情報をコンピュータに取り込むことによつ て、物品を管理するようにしたシステムが普及して 、る。  Conventionally, as an article management system, a system in which a bar code is attached to each article, the bar code is scanned by a bar code reader, and the information is stored in a computer to manage the article. Is widespread.
[0007] 一方、商品などの物品の入出庫、在庫、販売などの管理システムとして、近年は、 従来の荷札、棚札、バーコードなどを用いるシステムに代えて、大容量の情報を非接 触で記録することができる RFID (Radio Frequency Identification)システムが各方面 で採用されつつある。この RFIDシステムは、物品側に取付けられる電子タグと、この 電子タグと無線通信により交信するためのアンテナを備えたリーダライタとから構成さ れている。このような電子タグは、無線タグまたは ICタグとも呼ばれていて、情報が記 録されるメモリが組み込まれた ICチップと、小型アンテナとをそれぞれ含む通信回路 力 成っている。そして、物品管理棚に収納された電子タグ付き物品がリーダライタ 用アンテナと交信する方法としては、つぎの(1)項および(2)項に記載の方法がある On the other hand, in recent years, as a management system for storage, inventory, sales, etc. of articles such as goods, in place of the conventional system using a tag, shelf label, bar code, etc., a large volume of information is not contacted. An RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) system that can be recorded in the field is being adopted in various fields. The RFID system comprises an electronic tag attached to the article side and a reader / writer equipped with an antenna for communicating with the electronic tag by wireless communication. Such an electronic tag, also referred to as a wireless tag or an IC tag, is a communication circuit that includes an IC chip in which a memory in which information is recorded is incorporated and a small antenna. Then, there are methods described in the following items (1) and (2) as a method for the electronic tag-containing article stored in the article management shelf to communicate with the reader / writer antenna.
(1)移動式またはハンディタイプのリーダライタ用アンテナと交信する方法、(1) A method of communicating with a mobile or handy type reader / writer antenna,
(2)物品管理棚の棚板の上面、下面または内部や物品管理棚の背面板または側 板の内側面、外側面または内部に設置されたリーダライタ用アンテナと交信する方法 (2) A method of communicating with the reader / writer antenna installed on the upper surface, lower surface or inside of the shelf board of the article management shelf or on the inner side, outside face or inside of the back plate or side board of the article management shelf
[0008] 物品の数量が数万個にも及んでいてその管理の効率ィ匕が望まれている例として、 図書館における蔵書の管理が挙げられる。このような図書館での蔵書の管理を RFI Dシステムでもって行う場合には、通常は、上記(1)項に記載の方法が用いられてい る。この場合には、作業員が書籍類の背表紙、表表紙または裏表紙に貼り付けられ た電子タグをノヽンディタイプのリーダライタ用アンテナでもってなぞって管理するよう にしている。したがって、 RFIDシステムによってこのような蔵書管理を行えば、図書 館の書棚力も書籍類を 1冊ずつ抜き出して力もハンディタイプのバーコードリーダ (い わゆる、ハンディスキャナ)を書籍類のバーコードに当てて走査するようにした接触型 のバーコードシステムによる蔵書管理よりも、作業性が格段に向上する。しかし、ハン ディタイプのリーダライタ用アンテナによる非接触型走査の場合でも、その精度のた めに走査速度に制限がある。したがって、蔵書の数量にもよるが、定期的な蔵書整理 または蔵書の棚卸しのために必要とされる閉館期間が数日間にも及んでいるのが、 現状である。 [0008] As an example where the number of articles reaches tens of thousands and the efficiency of the management is desired, there is the management of books in the library. In the case of managing such books in the library with the RFID system, usually, the method described in the above (1) is used. Ru. In this case, the worker manages the electronic tag attached to the back cover, front cover or back cover of the book by tracing it with a Nonddy type reader / writer antenna. Therefore, if such collection management is performed by the RFID system, the bookshelf power of the library and the books are taken out one by one and the power of the handy type barcode reader (so-called handy scanner) is applied to the barcodes of the books. Workability is significantly improved compared to collection management with a contact-type barcode system that is designed to scan However, even in the case of non-contact type scanning with a handy type reader / writer antenna, the scanning speed is limited due to its accuracy. Therefore, depending on the volume of collections, the current status is that the closing period required for regular collection and inventory collection is as long as several days.
[0009] これに対し、図書館での蔵書管理を RFIDシステムを用いた上記(2)項に記載の方 法でもって行うことも提案されている。具体的には、書籍類に貼り付けられる電子タグ の向きを一様に定めるとともに、書籍類を収納する書棚に設置されたリーダライタ用 アンテナが上記電子タグと無線通信により交信することによって、情報が記録された 電子タグとリーダライタ用アンテナとの間で情報の接受を行うようにした物品管理棚お よび物品管理システム力 以下に記述するように、提案されている。  [0009] On the other hand, it has also been proposed that the collection management at the library is performed by the method described in the above item (2) using the RFID system. Specifically, the direction of the electronic tag attached to the book is uniformly determined, and the reader / writer antenna installed in the bookcase for storing the book communicates with the electronic tag by wireless communication. It is proposed that the article management shelf and article management system power to receive and receive information between the recorded electronic tag and the reader / writer antenna as described below.
[0010] 例えば、特許文献 1には、書籍類の情報が記録された電子タグをこの書籍類の背 表紙に貼り付けるとともに、間口方向に細長いほぼ長方形状の単純ループ型リーダ ライタ用アンテナを書棚の棚板の外周部分に沿ってこの棚板に設置し、この棚板上 に載置した書籍類の電子タグとリーダライタ用アンテナとの間で電磁誘導方式により 交信することによって、書籍類を管理するシステムが開示されている。  [0010] For example, in Patent Document 1, an electronic tag in which information of books is recorded is attached to the back cover of the books, and a substantially rectangular simple loop reader / writer antenna elongated in the frontage direction is used as a bookshelf. The books are installed on the shelf along the outer periphery of the shelf, and the electronic tags of the books placed on the shelf communicate with the reader / writer antenna by an electromagnetic induction method, A system to manage is disclosed.
特許文献 1:特開 2004— 269079号公報  Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-269079
[0011] また、特許文献 2にも、書籍類の表紙面に貼り付けた電子タグとリーダライタ用アン テナとの間で交信を行うことによって、書籍類を管理するシステムが開示されている。 この特許文献 2に開示されている書籍類の管理システムの場合には、複数個のリー ダライタ用アンテナのうちの互いに近接する少なくとも 2つのアンテナを、書棚の書籍 収納空間の共通の面 (すなわち、背面、底面または上面)に、半分程度ずつ位置を ずらせた状態で、互いに部分的に重ね合せて設置するようにしている。そして、複数 個のリーダライタ用アンテナのうちで通信動作をするアンテナを順次切替えて、書棚 の棚板上の通信可能な領域を順次変更することによって、リーダライタ用アンテナが 、書棚の棚板上のいずれの位置にある書籍類の電子タグとも、交信することができる ようにして!/、る。このような特許文献 2に開示されて 、る書籍類の管理システムを用い れば、書籍類を一冊毎にハンディタイプのリーダライタ用アンテナでもって走査する 作業が不要になるから、書籍類の管理業務を大幅に効率ィ匕することができる。 [0011] Patent Document 2 also discloses a system for managing books by communicating between an electronic tag attached to the cover surface of the books and an antenna for a reader / writer. In the case of the book management system disclosed in Patent Document 2, at least two antennas of the plurality of reader / writer antennas that are close to each other are connected to a common surface of the bookcase storage space (ie, They are installed so as to partially overlap each other with their positions shifted by half on the back surface, bottom surface or top surface). And multiple Of the individual reader / writer antennas, the antenna for performing communication operation is sequentially switched to sequentially change the communicable area on the shelf board of the bookcase. Make it possible to communicate with the electronic tags of books in the location! If a management system for books such as that disclosed in Patent Document 2 is used, it becomes unnecessary to scan books with the handy reader / writer antenna one by one. It can make management work much more efficient.
特許文献 2:特開 2003— 72919号公報 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-72919
しかし、上記特許文献 1および 2にそれぞれ開示されている書籍類の管理システム の場合には、つぎの (A)項〜(C)項に記載のような問題点がある。これらの問題点が 生じる理由は、これらの (A)項〜(C)項のそれぞれの記載のつぎに順次記載する(a )項〜(c)項に記載のとおりである。  However, in the case of the book management system disclosed in Patent Documents 1 and 2 above, there are problems as described in the following (A) to (C). The reason why these problems occur is as described in the following items (a) to (c) which are sequentially described next to the description of the respective items (A) to (C).
(A)物品に貼り付けられた電子タグがリーダライタ用アンテナに対して所定の向きに 向いていないときには、両者の間の交信が困難になる。なお、書籍類などのように電 子タグの向きを所定の方向に揃えやすい場合には、人為的な作業によって電子タグ の向きを揃えることができるが、形状や大きさが不特定な物品に貼り付けられた電子 タグの場合には、このような電子タグの向きを物品 1個毎に一様に統一するのは非常 に難しい。  (A) Communication between the two becomes difficult when the electronic tag attached to the article does not face the reader / writer antenna in a predetermined direction. In the case where it is easy to align the orientation of the electronic tag in a predetermined direction, such as books, the orientation of the electronic tag can be aligned by artificial work, but for articles whose shape or size is not specified. In the case of an attached electronic tag, it is very difficult to unify the orientation of such an electronic tag uniformly for each item.
(a)リーダライタ用アンテナによって形成される磁力線の向きが部分的に限定される から、電子タグのアンテナ面がこの磁力線と交わらな 、方向に向 ヽて 、る場合には、 リーダライタ用アンテナと電子タグとの間での交信が困難になる。  (a) Since the direction of magnetic lines of force formed by the reader / writer antenna is partially limited, when the antenna surface of the electronic tag is directed in a direction that does not intersect the magnetic lines of force, the reader / writer antenna Communication between the computer and the electronic tag becomes difficult.
(B)棚板の周辺部分に沿って設けられた単純ループ型のリーダライタ用アンテナの 場合には、電子タグが、棚板の間口方向に対して平行な方向になるように、棚板の奥 向き方向の中央部分に配置されたときに、リーダライタ用アンテナと電子タグとの間で の相互の交信ができなくなりやすい。また、棚板の間口方向とは直角な方向になるよ うに配置された電子タグは、棚板の間口方向における両縁部分に配置されたとき以 外は、リーダライタ用アンテナと交信ができない。  (B) In the case of the simple loop type reader / writer antenna provided along the peripheral portion of the shelf board, the back of the shelf board is placed so that the electronic tag is in a direction parallel to the opening direction of the shelf board. When placed in the center of the direction, it is likely that the reader / writer antenna and the electronic tag can not communicate with each other. Further, the electronic tag disposed in the direction perpendicular to the opening direction of the shelf board can not communicate with the reader / writer antenna except when it is arranged at both edge portions in the opening direction of the shelf board.
(b)これらいずれの場合にも、リーダライタ用アンテナによって形成される磁力線のう ちで、電子タグ面と交わる磁力線が少ない。 (c)多数個のループ状アンテナをリーダライタ用アンテナとして棚板の間口方向に順 次ずらせて設置した場合には、間口方向に対して平行に配置された電子タグに対し て通信不能な領域が、棚板の奥行き方向の中央部分に存在する場合がある。また、 互いに隣接するアンテナの間の部分では、棚板の奥行き方向の全域で電子タグと通 信不能になる場合がある。また、多数個のリーダライタ用アンテナを順次切り替えて 動作させる必要があるから、この多数個のアンテナを順次切り替えのための機器が必 要となり、このために、コストが上昇するとともに、この多数個のアンテナを順次切り替 えるために、リーダライタ用アンテナと電子タグとの相互の間での交信時間が長くなる (b) In any of these cases, among the magnetic lines of force formed by the reader / writer antenna, few magnetic lines of force intersect the electronic tag surface. (c) When a large number of looped antennas are installed as readers / writer antennas sequentially shifted in the opening direction of the shelf plate, an area where communication can not be made to the electronic tags arranged parallel to the opening direction is , May be present in the central part in the depth direction of the shelf board. Also, in the area between adjacent antennas, communication with the electronic tag may not be possible in the entire depth direction of the shelf board. In addition, since it is necessary to sequentially switch and operate a large number of reader / writer antennas, a device for sequentially switching the large number of antennas is required, which increases the cost and increases the cost. Communication time between the reader / writer antenna and the electronic tag increases in order to sequentially switch the
(c)棚板の間口方向に対して直角に配置された電子タグに対する交信状態は改善さ れるが、リーダライタ用アンテナによって形成される磁力線のうちで、棚板の間口方向 に対して平行に配置された電子タグ面と交わる磁力線の本数は改善されな 、。また、 多数個のリーダライタ用アンテナを順次切り替えて動作させるために、リーダライタ用 アンテナの個数だけの切替器が必要である。 (c) Although the communication status with the electronic tag arranged at right angles to the shelf opening direction of the shelf is improved, among the magnetic lines of force formed by the reader / writer antenna, it is arranged parallel to the shelf opening direction. The number of magnetic lines of force that intersect the electronic tag surface is not improved. In addition, in order to sequentially switch and operate a large number of reader / writer antennas, it is necessary to have a switch for the number of reader / writer antennas.
[0013] 本発明の第 1グループ発明は、上述のような問題点を解決するために発明されたも のであって、物品管理棚の棚板上に載置される物品に設けられた電子タグの向きに は実質的に無関係に、上記電子タグとの間の通信が可能なアンテナ付き棚板と、こ のようなアンテナ付き棚板を用いた物品管理棚とを提供することを目的としている。  The first group invention of the present invention was invented to solve the above-mentioned problems, and an electronic tag provided on an article placed on a shelf board of an article management shelf. It is an object of the present invention to provide a shelf board with an antenna capable of communicating with the electronic tag, and an article management shelf using such a shelf board with an antenna, substantially regardless of the orientation. .
[0014] B、第 2グループ発明の背景技術  B, background art of the second group invention
従来から、書類、 CD、 DVDなどの光ディスク類、その他の光記録媒体、ビデオテ ープ、オーディオテープなどの磁気テープ類、その他の磁気記録媒体などのほぼ直 方体形状の物品、瓶などのほぼ円筒形状の容器類、不定形状の衣料などの各種の 商品または各種の所蔵品のような各種の物品が、陳列棚、商品棚、書棚、書類管理 棚などの物品載置棚や、図書館の受付カウンタ台などのカウンタ台、テーブル、机な どの物品載置台に、陳列、収納、管理などのために載置される。そして、上述のような 各種の物品に電子タグを取り付けるとともに、このような電子タグと交信するリーダライ タ用アンテナを備える RFIDシステムを用いて、上述のような各種の物品を管理する ことが期待されている。このような電子タグは、無線タグまたは ICタグとも呼ばれてい て、商品情報などの情報が記録されるメモリが組み込まれている ICチップと、小型ァ ンテナとをそれぞれ含む通信回路力 成っている。上述のように電子タグと交信する リーダライタ用アンテナは、物品を載置する棚板面や、物品の脱落を防止することを 主目的として物品載置棚の背面側に配される背板面に沿って配設される場合が多くConventionally, substantially rectangular articles such as documents, optical disks such as CDs and DVDs, other optical recording media, magnetic tapes such as video tapes and audio tapes, and other magnetic recording media, articles such as bottles, etc. Various articles such as various containers such as cylindrical containers, irregular-shaped clothing, and various collections, such as display shelves, commodity shelves, book shelves, document management shelves such as document management shelves, and reception of libraries It is placed for display, storage, management, etc. on a counter stand such as a counter stand, a table, a desk, etc. Then, it is expected that the above-mentioned various articles will be managed by using the RFID system equipped with the reader / writer antenna for communicating with such electronic tags while attaching the electronic tags to the various articles as mentioned above. ing. Such electronic tags are also called wireless tags or IC tags. The communication circuit includes an IC chip incorporating a memory in which information such as product information is recorded and a small antenna. The reader / writer antenna, which communicates with the electronic tag as described above, has a shelf board surface on which the article is placed, and a back board plane disposed on the back side of the article placement shelf mainly for the purpose of preventing the article from falling off. Often arranged along
、特許文献 3に例示されているように、通常は、ループアンテナとして構成されている 特許文献 3:特開 2004— 140513号公報 As exemplified in Patent Document 3, usually, it is configured as a loop antenna Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-140513
[0015] 一方、棚板上に載置される電子タグ付き物品は一般的には不定形状であり、また、 電子タグは、物品自体に貼り付けられたり、物品に吊り下げられたりすることが多いか ら、電子タグの位置や向きは一定ではない。なお、書籍、書類綴じ込みファイル、光 または磁気記録媒体などの書籍類などのように形状が比較的一定な物品の場合に は、電子タグを物品から見て一定の位置に貼り付けることは、比較的容易である。し かし、このような物品でも、定まった位置や定まった向きで棚板上に載置されるとは限 らない。さらに、棚板は、通常は、力なり多数の物品を載置できる面積を有している。 したがって、リーダライタ用アンテナが、このような棚板上の全体にわたって、棚板面 力 の距離や棚板面に対する向きが一定とは限らない電子タグと確実に交信するた めには、リーダライタ用アンテナの構成を工夫する必要がある。そして、 1棚当りの棚 板面にお 、て例えば 1個のリーダライタ用アンテナで物品側の電子タグと交信させよ うとすると、リーダライタ用アンテナをどのような形状にしても、このリーダライタ用アン テナの敷設面に対して垂直な位置関係にある電子タグに対しては特に、通信不能領 域が生じやすい。 On the other hand, an article with an electronic tag placed on a shelf board generally has an irregular shape, and the electronic tag may be attached to the article itself or suspended from the article. Because there are many, the position and orientation of the electronic tag are not constant. In the case of an article having a relatively constant shape, such as a book, a document binding file, or a book such as an optical or magnetic recording medium, the electronic tag may be attached to a certain position as viewed from the article. Is easy. However, even such articles are not necessarily placed on the shelf board in a fixed position or fixed direction. Furthermore, the shelf usually has an area on which a large number of articles can be placed. Therefore, in order for the reader / writer antenna to reliably communicate with the electronic tag whose distance to the shelf surface force and the direction with respect to the shelf surface are not constant over the entire shelf, the reader / writer can It is necessary to devise the configuration of the antenna. Then, if it is attempted to communicate with the electronic tag on the article side with, for example, one reader / writer antenna on the shelf board surface per shelf, the reader / writer antenna may be of any shape. In the case of electronic tags that are in a vertical position relative to the installation plane of the antenna, it is likely to create an incommunicable area.
[0016] そこで、リーダライタ用アンテナを 1棚当りの棚板面において複数個用いることが考 えられる。しかし、 1個のリーダライタで複数個のリーダライタ用アンテナを駆動する場 合には、リーダライタ用アンテナ 1個当りに流れる電流の値が小さくなるから、リーダラ イタ用アンテナが電子タグと交信するのに必要な磁界が得られなくなることがある。そ して、このような欠点を是正するためにリーダライタ用アンテナを駆動するためのリー ダライタの出力を大きくすると、大きな駆動電力が必要になる。  Therefore, it is conceivable to use a plurality of reader / writer antennas on the shelf board surface per shelf. However, when a plurality of reader / writer antennas are driven by one reader / writer, the value of the current flowing per reader / writer antenna decreases, so the reader / writer antenna communicates with the electronic tag. It may not be possible to obtain the magnetic field necessary for If the output of the reader / writer for driving the reader / writer antenna is increased in order to correct such a defect, a large driving power is required.
[0017] 上述のような問題点を解決するためのアンテナシステムとして、従来、つぎのような ものが案出されている。例えば、既述の特許文献 2には、複数個の単純ループアンテ ナをリーダライタ用アンテナとして物品載置棚の背板面 (または棚板面)に沿って設け 、この際、これら複数個のループアンテナを共通の背板面 (または棚板面)上に半ピ ツチずつずらして配置するとともに、これら複数個のループアンテナを順次切り換え て動作させるようにしたリーダライタ用アンテナシステムが開示されている。また、特許 文献 4には、それらの一部に鋸形状の屈曲部を設けた複数個のループアンテナをリ 一ダライタ用アンテナとして共通の棚板面上に互いに完全には重ならな 、ようにずら して配置するとともに、これら複数個のループアンテナに対して時間的に重複しない ように給電する給電制御手段を備えたリーダライタ用アンテナシステムが開示されて いる。そして、この特許文献 4における複数個のループアンテナのそれぞれは、線状 の導電体を商品管理棚の棚板のアンテナ敷設面内で凹凸部が形成されるように屈 曲させること〖こよって、構成されている。 Conventionally, as an antenna system for solving the problems as described above, Things have been devised. For example, in Patent Document 2 described above, a plurality of simple loop antennas are provided along the back plate surface (or shelf plate surface) of an article mounting shelf as an antenna for a reader / writer. A reader / writer antenna system is disclosed in which loop antennas are arranged on a common back plate surface (or shelf plate surface) by being shifted by half a pitch at a time, and a plurality of loop antennas are sequentially switched and operated. There is. Further, in Patent Document 4, a plurality of loop antennas provided with a saw-shaped bent portion in a part of them are completely overlapped with each other on a common shelf plate surface as an antenna for a lidar writer. There is disclosed an antenna system for reader / writer provided with feed control means which are arranged in a staggered manner and which feed the plurality of loop antennas so as not to overlap in time. And each of a plurality of loop antennas in this patent document 4 bends so that a concavo-convex part may be formed in an antenna installation side of a shelf board of a shelf of a goods management shelf. It is configured.
特許文献 2:特開 2003— 72919号公報 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-72919
特許文献 4:特開 2003— 168914号公報 Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-168914
しかし、上記特許文献 2および 4にそれぞれ開示されている従来のリーダライタ用ァ ンテナシステムには、つぎの (A)項〜(C)項に記載のような問題点があった。これら の問題点が生じる理由は、これらの (A)項〜(C)項のそれぞれの記載のつぎに順次 記載する(a)項〜(c)項に記載のとおりである。  However, the conventional reader / writer antenna systems disclosed in Patent Documents 2 and 4 respectively have problems as described in the following sections (A) to (C). The reason why these problems occur is as described in the following items (a) to (c) which are sequentially described after the description of the respective items (A) to (C).
(A)或る程度の面積を有する横長の棚板に 1棚当り複数個のループアンテナを配置 するときには、これら複数個のループアンテナを互いにずらして配置した場合でも、 多数個のループアンテナと多数個のアンテナ切替手段とが必要であるから、複数枚 の棚を管理する場合には、リーダライタのチャンネル数 (または台数)を増やす必要 が生じるために、コストが高くなる。  (A) When arranging a plurality of loop antennas per shelf on a horizontally long shelf board having a certain area, even if the plurality of loop antennas are arranged offset from each other, a large number of loop antennas and a large number of loop antennas are provided. Since individual antenna switching means are required, when managing a plurality of shelves, the number of (or the number of) channels of the reader / writer needs to be increased, resulting in an increase in cost.
(a)—般的に用いられる横長のほぼ長方形状の棚板にほぼ四角形状 (ほぼ円形状、 ほぼ直線形状などであっても良い。)のループアンテナを設ける場合には、通信不能 領域をなくすために、少なくとも 3個のループアンテナで構成されたアンテナ群または 少なくとも 2個のループアンテナで構成されたアンテナ群を複数個 (換言すれば、 4 個以上のループアンテナ)をそれぞれの棚に設ける必要がある。また、これら複数個 のループアンテナを切り替えるために、その個数だけのアンテナ切替手段が必要で ある。 (a)-When providing a generally rectangular (generally circular, approximately linear, etc.) loop antenna on a generally long, generally rectangular shelf plate, the incommunicable area is In order to eliminate it, a plurality of antenna groups consisting of at least three loop antennas or an antenna group consisting of at least two loop antennas (in other words, four or more loop antennas) are provided on each shelf. There is a need. In addition, these plural In order to switch the loop antenna of, the number of antenna switching means is required.
(B)共通の棚板面にループアンテナを 3個以上配置する場合には、アンテナ切替手 段の設置位置がリーダライタ用アンテナシステムの性能に影響を与えるために、アン テナ切替手段の位置に制約が生じる。  (B) When three or more loop antennas are arranged on a common shelf plate surface, the installation position of the antenna switching means affects the performance of the reader / writer antenna system, so the antenna switching means should be located. There is a constraint.
(b)アンテナ切替手段と、共通の棚板面上に配置される複数個のループアンテナの それぞれとを接続する接続線の長さが、これら複数個のループアンテナごとに異なる と、これら複数個のループアンテナごとに通信性能が変わるから、共通の棚板面上に 配置される複数個のループアンテナの間で通信性能に差が生じる。特に、横長のほ ぼ長方形状の棚板面上に多数個のループアンテナを設ける場合には、棚板の左側 端部付近のループアンテナと右側端部付近のループアンテナとで上記接続線の長 さが極端に異なることなぐ上記接続線の長さが互いにほぼ同一になるようにするた めには、物品載置棚の背面側に配される背板の間口方向における中間位置にアン テナ切替手段を設ける必要がある。  (b) If the length of the connection line connecting the antenna switching means and each of the plurality of loop antennas arranged on the common shelf plate is different for each of the plurality of loop antennas Because the communication performance changes for each of the loop antennas, there is a difference in the communication performance among a plurality of loop antennas disposed on a common shelf surface. In particular, in the case where a large number of loop antennas are provided on the surface of a horizontally long shelf plate, the length of the connection line is set between the loop antenna near the left end of the shelf and the loop antenna near the right end. In order to make the lengths of the connection lines which are not extremely different from each other almost identical to each other, the antenna switching means may be provided at an intermediate position in the opening direction of the back plate disposed on the back side of the article placement shelf. Need to be established.
(C)ループアンテナのそれぞれが電子タグと交差するように鋸形状の凹凸形状をそ れぞれ有する 2個のループアンテナを一部が互いに重なるように配置しても、アンテ ナパターン形状およびそれらの重ね合わせ形態によっては、電子タグに対するリー ダライタ用アンテナの通信不能領域が存在する。このような問題点は、これら 2個のル ープアンテナに対して時間的に重複しな 、ように給電する給電切替システムを備え ている場合でも、解決しない。  (C) Even if two loop antennas each having a saw-shaped concavo-convex shape such that each of the loop antennas intersects the electronic tag are arranged such that a part thereof overlaps each other, the antenna pattern shape and those Depending on the form of superposition, there is an incommunicable area of the reader / writer antenna for the electronic tag. Such problems will not be solved even if a feed switching system is used to feed such two loop antennas so as not to overlap in time.
(c)通信不能領域は、電子タグのアンテナを通過する磁界が弱まる領域で発生する 。磁界が弱まる領域としては、磁界の向きに対して電子タグが平行に位置する場合 や、電子タグの両側力も逆向きの等しい大きさまたは逆向きのほぼ等しい大きさの磁 界がはたらく場合などが、挙げられる。  (c) The incommunicable area is generated in the area where the magnetic field passing through the antenna of the electronic tag weakens. As a region where the magnetic field weakens, when the electronic tag is positioned parallel to the direction of the magnetic field, or when the both side force of the electronic tag acts in the same direction in the opposite direction or in the opposite direction. , Mentioned.
特許文献 2:特開 2003— 72919号公報 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-72919
特許文献 4:特開 2003— 168914号公報 Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-168914
さらに、上記特許文献 4に開示されている従来のリーダライタ用アンテナシステムに は、つぎの(D)項および (E)項に記載のような問題点があった。これらの問題点が生 じる理由は、これらの(D)項および (E)項のそれぞれの記載のつぎに順次記載する( d)項および (e)項に記載のとおりである。 Furthermore, the conventional reader / writer antenna system disclosed in Patent Document 4 has the following problems described in (D) and (E). These issues are The reasons for this are as described in the following sections (d) and (e) which will be described one after the other in the sections (D) and (E) respectively.
(D)単一のループアンテナが線状の導電体を商品管理棚の棚板のアンテナ敷設面 内で凹凸部が形成されるように屈曲させることによって構成されて!、る場合には、上 記ループアンテナが設けられている棚板上に載置されている電子タグ付きの商品と 通信したときに、上記ループアンテナと通信できない電子タグがあるから、実用的な 商品管理棚は得られない。(特許文献 4には、読み取ることができない電子タグは、 棚板上で 3cm平行移動することにより読み取ることができたと記載されている。) (D) A single loop antenna is configured by bending a linear conductor so that an uneven portion is formed in the antenna laying surface of the shelf plate of the product management shelf! In this case, there is an electronic tag that can not communicate with the loop antenna when communicating with a product with an electronic tag placed on the shelf board provided with the above loop antenna. Product management shelves can not be obtained. (Patent Document 4 describes that an unreadable electronic tag could be read by translating 3 cm on a shelf.)
(d)電子タグ付き商品の電子タグが商品管理棚の棚板上でループアンテナと通信で きない通信不能領域が存在するということは、実際の商品管理上、商品管理棚上に 商品が存在する力否かが不明であるから、在庫管理としては利用できない。また、上 述のような通信不能領域を避けて商品を置くことは、商品の配置上、非常に不便であ つて実用に耐えない。 (d) The fact that the inoperable area where the electronic tag of the product with the electronic tag can not communicate with the loop antenna on the shelf board of the product management shelf means that the product exists on the product management shelf in actual product management. Can not be used as inventory management because it is unknown whether or not In addition, it is extremely inconvenient in terms of product placement, and putting the product away from the above-mentioned incommunicable area is not practical.
(E)複数個のループアンテナを順次切替えて互 、の通信不能領域を補完しあう場合 には、この切替えによる読取りのために余分な時間が必要であるとともに、コスト的に も大きな負担になる。  (E) In the case where a plurality of loop antennas are sequentially switched to complement each other's incommunicable area, an extra time is required for reading by this switching, which also causes a large burden on cost. .
(e)複数個のループアンテナを切替えて互 、の通信不能領域を補完しあうことによつ て、商品管理棚上の全体を通して通信不能領域がな!、商品管理棚を構成する場合 には、  (e) By switching a plurality of loop antennas to complement each other's incommunicable area, there is no incommunicable area throughout the product management shelf, and when configuring the product management shelf ,
(1)アンテナの切替えそのものに要する時間、  (1) Time required for antenna switching itself,
(2)同一の商品を複数個のループアンテナによって重複して読み取るのに要する時 間、  (2) It takes time to read the same product by two or more loop antennas in duplicate.
(3)複数個のループアンテナのそれぞれによって各電子タグ力も読みとつた商品情 報をソフトウェア上で集計するのに要する時間、  (3) The time required for the software to count the product information, which has also been read by each of the plurality of loop antennas, on each electronic tag,
などが必要である。したがって、この場合には、単一のループアンテナによって読み 取る場合に較べて、余分な通信時間が必要である。また、 1個のリーダライタによって 制御できるループアンテナの総数が決まっているから、 1個のリーダライタによって制 御できる棚数は、 1棚当りのループアンテナ数に対して反比例し、このために、 1棚当 りのループアンテナ数が増えるほどコストが掛かる。 And so on. Therefore, in this case, extra communication time is required as compared with the case of reading by a single loop antenna. Also, since the total number of loop antennas that can be controlled by one reader / writer is determined, the number of shelves that can be controlled by one reader / writer is inversely proportional to the number of loop antennas per shelf. One shelf The cost increases as the number of loop antennas increases.
特許文献 4:特開 2003— 168914号公報  Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-168914
[0020] 本発明の第 2グループ発明は、上述のような問題点を解決するために発明されたも のであって、物品に設けられる電子タグの向きには実質的に無関係に、電子タグとの 間の交信が可能であるリーダ用アンテナと、このようなリーダ用アンテナが設けられて いる棚板および台板を備えているアンテナ付き物品載置棚およびアンテナ付き物品 載置台とを提供することを主目的としている。  The second group invention of the present invention was invented to solve the problems as described above, and substantially independent of the orientation of the electronic tag provided on the article, the electronic tag and the electronic tag. An antenna for a reader capable of communicating with each other, a shelf board provided with such a reader antenna and an article placement shelf with an antenna provided with a base plate, and an article placement stage with the antenna The main purpose is
[0021] C、第 3グループ発明の背景技術  [0021] C, Background Art of the Third Group Invention
従来から、書類、 CD、 DVDなどの光ディスク類、その他の光記録媒体、ビデオテ ープ、オーディオテープなどの磁気テープ類、その他の磁気記録媒体などのほぼ直 方体形状の物品、瓶などのほぼ円筒形状の容器類、不定形状の衣料などの各種の 商品または各種の所蔵品のような各種の物品が、陳列棚、商品棚、書架、書類管理 棚などの物品載置棚や、図書館の受付カウンタ台などのカウンタ台、テーブル、机な どの物品載置台に、陳列、収納、管理などのために載置される。そして、上述のような 各種の物品に電子タグを取り付けるとともに、このような電子タグと交信するリーダライ タ用アンテナを備える RFIDシステムを用いて、上述のような各種の物品を管理する ことが期待されている。このような電子タグは、無線タグまたは ICタグとも呼ばれてい て、情報が記録されるメモリが組み込まれている ICチップと、小型アンテナとをそれぞ れ含む通信回路力も成って 、る。上述のように電子タグと交信するリーダライタ用アン テナは、物品を載置する棚板面に沿って配設される場合や、物品の脱落を防止する ことを主目的として物品載置棚の背面側に配される背板面に沿って配設される場合 が多ぐ通常は、ループアンテナとして構成される。  Conventionally, substantially rectangular articles such as documents, optical disks such as CDs and DVDs, other optical recording media, magnetic tapes such as video tapes and audio tapes, and other magnetic recording media, articles such as bottles, etc. Various articles such as various containers such as cylindrical containers, irregular-shaped clothing, and various collections, such as display shelves, commodity shelves, book racks, document placement shelves such as document management shelves, and reception of libraries It is placed for display, storage, management, etc. on a counter stand such as a counter stand, a table, a desk, etc. Then, it is expected that the above-mentioned various articles will be managed by using the RFID system equipped with the reader / writer antenna for communicating with such electronic tags while attaching the electronic tags to the various articles as mentioned above. ing. Such an electronic tag is also referred to as a wireless tag or an IC tag, and also includes communication circuit power including an IC chip in which a memory in which information is recorded is incorporated and a small antenna. As described above, the reader / writer antenna that communicates with the electronic tag is disposed on the shelf board on which the article is placed, or the article placement shelf mainly for the purpose of preventing the article from falling off. Usually, it is configured as a loop antenna, which is often arranged along the back plate surface disposed on the back side.
[0022] 上述のようなリーダライタ用アンテナおよび電子タグを備えて 、るアンテナシステム を利用した書架検索システムが、従来力も知られている。このような書棚検索システム は、書籍類の情報が記録されかつ書籍類の表表紙面または裏表紙面に貼付された 電子タグと、書籍類が載置される棚板にこの棚板の長さ方向に沿って延在するように 配設された少なくとも 1個のリーダライタ用アンテナとを備えている。そして、このような アンテナ付き棚板は、一般的には、上下複数段などの複数個が 1個の書架にそれぞ れ設けられている。 A bookshelf search system using an antenna system including a reader / writer antenna and an electronic tag as described above is also conventionally known. Such a bookshelf search system has an electronic tag on which information on books is recorded and is affixed to the front cover surface or back cover surface of the books, and a shelf board on which the books are placed and the length direction of the shelf board. And at least one reader / writer antenna disposed to extend along the And, generally, such a shelf board with an antenna has a plurality of upper and lower multi-tiers, etc. It is provided.
[0023] このような書架検索システムとして、従来、つぎのようなものが具体的には案出され ている。例えば、既述の特許文献 2には、複数個の単純ループアンテナをリーダライ タ用アンテナとして書架の背板面または棚板面にその長さ方向に沿って設け、この 際、これら複数個のループアンテナを共通の背板面または共通の棚板面の長さ方向 に半ピッチずつずらして配置するとともに、これら複数個のループアンテナを順次切 り換えて動作させるようにした書架検索システムが開示されている。この場合、電子タ グは、棚板上に載置される書籍類の表表紙面または裏表紙面に貼付されている。ま た、既述の特許文献 4には、それらの一部に鋸歯形状の屈曲部を設けた複数個のル ープアンテナをリーダライタ用アンテナとして書架の共通の棚板面に互いに完全には 重ならないようにずらして配置するとともに、これら複数個のループアンテナに対して 時間的に重複しないように給電する給電制御手段を備えた書架検索システムが開示 されている。この場合も、電子タグは、棚板上に載置される書籍類の表表紙面または 裏表紙面に貼付されている。さらに、特許文献 5には、渦巻き状に複数回卷回させた 複数回巻きの 1個の単純ループアンテナをリーダライタ用アンテナとして書架の背板 面にその長さ方向に沿って設けた書架検索システムが開示されている。この場合も、 電子タグは、棚板上に載置される書籍類の表表紙面または裏表紙面に貼付されて いる。  As such a bookshelf search system, conventionally, the followings have been specifically devised. For example, in Patent Document 2 described above, a plurality of simple loop antennas are provided on the back plate surface or shelf plate surface of a book rack as a reader / writer antenna along the length direction, and in this case, the plurality of loops A bookshelf search system is disclosed in which the antennas are arranged by being shifted by half pitch in the length direction of the common back plate surface or the common shelf plate surface, and the plurality of loop antennas are sequentially switched and operated. ing. In this case, the electronic tag is attached to the front cover or back cover of the book placed on the shelf board. Also, according to Patent Document 4 described above, a plurality of loop antennas provided with sawtooth-shaped bent portions in part of them do not completely overlap each other on a common shelf plate surface of a book rack as a reader / writer antenna. There is disclosed a bookshelf search system provided with feed control means which is arranged in a staggered manner and which feeds the plurality of loop antennas so as not to overlap in time. Also in this case, the electronic tag is attached to the front cover surface or the back cover surface of the books placed on the shelf board. Further, in Patent Document 5, a bookshelf search in which one simple loop antenna wound in a plurality of turns in a plurality of spirals is provided as a reader / writer antenna on the backboard surface of the bookshelf along its length direction. A system is disclosed. Also in this case, the electronic tag is attached to the front cover or back cover of the books placed on the shelf board.
特許文献 2:特開 2003— 72919号公報  Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-72919
特許文献 4:特開 2003— 168914号公報  Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-168914
特許文献 5:特開 2003 - 252409号公報  Patent document 5: Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2003-252409 gazette
[0024] 一方、書架における上下の棚板間での干渉を防止するようにした書架検索システ ムとして、従来、つぎのようなものが案出されている。例えば、特許文献 6には、リーダ ライタ用アンテナが付設されている棚板にその長さ方向に沿って延在する複数個ま たは 1個の長手状補強部材を設けることによって、棚板の強度を補強するとともに、 上下複数段の棚板の上下複数個のリーダライタ用アンテナ間で無線信号の干渉が 生じるのを防止するようにした書架検索システムが開示されている。この場合、上記 干渉防止用長手状補強部材は、複数個のときには細幅に構成されるとともに 1個のと きには広幅に構成されている。また、電子タグは、棚板上に載置される書籍類の背表 紙に貼付されている。さら〖こ、特許文献 7には、リーダライタ用アンテナが付設されて いる棚板にその長さ方向に沿って延在する複数個の長手状補強部材を設けることに よって、棚板の強度を補強するとともに、上下複数段の棚板の上下複数個のリーダラ イタ用アンテナでそれぞれ発生される磁界 (換言すれば、磁束)間で互いに相殺され るのを防止するようにした書架検索システムが開示されている。また、上記特許文献 7 には、書架の側板に鉄板を貼り付けることによって、左右の棚板の左右のリーダライ タ用アンテナでそれぞれ発生される磁界間で互いに相殺されるのを防止するようにし た書架検索システムも開示されている。これらいずれの場合にも、電子タグは、棚板 上に載置される書籍類の背表紙に貼付されている。 On the other hand, the followings have been proposed as a bookshelf search system for preventing interference between upper and lower shelves in a bookshelf. For example, in Patent Document 6, the shelf board on which the reader / writer antenna is attached is provided with a plurality of or one longitudinal reinforcing member extending along the length direction. A bookshelf search system has been disclosed which reinforces the strength and prevents interference of radio signals between a plurality of reader / writer antennas above and below a plurality of shelf plates in upper and lower stages. In this case, the plurality of interference-preventing longitudinal reinforcing members may be narrow when there are a plurality of them, and one longitudinal reinforcing member may be used. It is widely constructed. In addition, electronic tags are affixed to the front sheet of books placed on the shelf board. Further, in Patent Document 7, the shelf board provided with the reader / writer antenna is provided with a plurality of longitudinal reinforcing members extending along the length direction, whereby the shelf board strength can be increased. Disclosed is a bookshelf search system that reinforces and prevents mutual cancellation of magnetic fields (in other words, magnetic flux) generated by the plurality of reader / writer antennas above and below the shelf plates in the upper and lower stages. It is done. Further, in Patent Document 7 mentioned above, by sticking an iron plate to the side plate of the bookshelf, it is prevented that the magnetic fields generated respectively by the right and left reader / writer antennas of the left and right shelf plates are mutually offset. A bookshelf search system is also disclosed. In any of these cases, the electronic tag is affixed to the spine of the books placed on the shelf board.
特許文献 6:特開 2001— 225921号公報 Patent Document 6: Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2001-225921
特許文献 7:特開 2001— 270608号公報 Patent Document 7: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-270608
しかし、上記特許文献 2、 4〜7にそれぞれ開示されて 、るような従来の書架検索 システムには、つぎの (A)項〜(F)項に記載のような問題点があった。これらの問題 点が生じる理由は、これらの (A)項〜 (F)項のそれぞれの記載のつぎに順次記載す る(a)項〜 (f)項に記載のとおりである。  However, the conventional bookshelf retrieval systems disclosed in Patent Documents 2 and 4 to 7 respectively have problems as described in the following sections (A) to (F). The reason why these problems occur is as described in the following items (a) to (f) which are sequentially described after the description of the items (A) to (F).
(A)特許文献 6および 7に記載の書架検索システムにおいて各棚板ごとに設けられ てるリーダライタ用アンテナは、単純な長方形状の 1個のループアンテナまたは「8」 の字形状 (具体的には、間口側の斜め上方力 見て横倒しの「8」の字形状)の 1個の ループアンテナで形成されている。したがって、上下の棚板間での干渉を防止する ために棚板に干渉防止用長手状補強部材を設けたときには、このような補強部材を 設けていないときに較べて、リーダライタ用アンテナの電子タグとの良好な交信状態 が得られない。  (A) The reader / writer antenna provided for each shelf board in the bookshelf retrieval system described in Patent Documents 6 and 7 has a simple rectangular single loop antenna or a figure of “8” (specifically, The antenna is formed by one loop antenna with a diagonally upward “8” shape, as seen from the diagonal upward force on the front door side. Therefore, when a longitudinal reinforcing member for preventing interference is provided on the shelf board to prevent interference between the upper and lower shelf boards, the electronics of the reader / writer antenna are compared with the case where such a reinforcing member is not provided. Good communication with tags can not be obtained.
(a)上記特許文献 6および 7に記載のリーダライタ用アンテナは、奥行き方向にそれ ぞれ延在しかつ互いに隣り合う一対のパターン部分間の長さ方向(すなわち、間口 方向)における中央部分付近においては、書籍類の表表紙面または裏表紙面に貼 付した電子タグとは良好に交信することができない。そして、棚板に干渉防止用長手 状補助部材を設けたときには、リーダライタ用アンテナの電子タグとの上述の場合の 交信状態がさらに悪化する。 (a) In the reader / writer antenna described in Patent Documents 6 and 7, the central portion in the length direction (that is, the opening direction) between a pair of pattern portions which extend in the depth direction and are adjacent to each other, respectively. Can not communicate well with electronic tags attached to the front or back cover of books. And, when the shelf-like plate is provided with the interference-preventing longitudinal auxiliary member, the reader / writer antenna with the electronic tag in the above-mentioned case is provided. The communication status gets worse.
(B)特許文献 2、 4および 5に記載の書架検索システムにおいて特許文献 6の図 2、 図 4および図 5に示す干渉防止用長手状補強部材を設けても、互いに隣接する棚板 間での相互の干渉を良好に防止することができなかったり、電子タグとのリーダライタ 用アンテナの良好な交信状態が得られな力つたりする。  (B) Even if the interference preventing long reinforcing members shown in FIGS. 2, 4 and 5 of the patent document 6 are provided in the bookshelf retrieval system described in the patent documents 2, 4 and 5, between the adjacent shelf boards Interference with each other can not be well prevented, and good communication between the reader / writer antenna and the electronic tag can not be obtained.
(b)特許文献 2、 4および 5に記載のリーダライタ用アンテナが形成されている棚板に 特許文献 6の図 2および図 4に示す干渉防止用長手状補強部材を設けたときには、 上記棚板の左側および右側にそれぞれ隣接する左側の棚板と右側の棚板との相互 の干渉を防止することはできない。また、特許文献 2、 4および 5に記載のリーダライタ 用アンテナが形成されている棚板に特許文献 6の図 5に示す干渉防止用長手状補 強部材を設けたときには、電子タグとのリーダライタ用アンテナの通信性能が著しく低 下する。  (b) When the interference preventing long reinforcing member shown in FIGS. 2 and 4 of Patent Document 6 is provided on a shelf plate on which the reader / writer antenna described in Patent Documents 2, 4 and 5 is formed, It is not possible to prevent mutual interference between the left shelf and the right shelf adjacent to the left and right sides of the plate, respectively. Further, when the interference prevention long reinforcing member shown in FIG. 5 of Patent Document 6 is provided on the shelf plate on which the reader / writer antenna described in Patent Documents 2, 4 and 5 is formed, the reader with the electronic tag The communication performance of the writer antenna is significantly reduced.
(C)特許文献 2、 4および 5に記載の書架検索システムにおいて特許文献 7の図 6に 示す干渉防止用板状部材を設けても、リーダライタ用アンテナの電子タグとの良好な 交信状態が得られない。  (C) Even when the interference prevention plate-like member shown in FIG. 6 of Patent Document 7 is provided in the bookshelf search system described in Patent Documents 2, 4 and 5, good communication with the reader / writer antenna with the electronic tag is achieved. I can not get it.
(c)特許文献 2、 4および 5に記載の書架検索システムにおいて、特許文献 7の図 6に 示すように、書架の側板に鉄板を貼り付けたときには、上記側板の近くにおいて棚板 上に載置される書籍類の電子タグが上記棚板に設けられているリーダライタ用アンテ ナと良好に交信することはできな 、。  (c) In the bookshelf retrieval system described in Patent Literatures 2, 4 and 5, when an iron plate is attached to the side plate of the bookshelf as shown in FIG. 6 of Patent Literature 7, it is placed on the shelf near the sideplate. It is not possible to communicate well with the reader / writer antenna on which the electronic tags of the placed books are provided on the shelf board.
(D)特許文献 2および 4に記載の書架検索システムにお 、ては、電子タグは書籍類 の表表紙面または裏表紙面に貼付されることができる。しかし、特許文献 2および 4に は、互いに隣接する棚板間での相互の干渉を防止する技術に関しては記載されて いない。そして、この書架検索システムにおいては、上下方向、左右方向、前後方向 などで互いに隣接する棚板間で相互の干渉を起こす可能性が高いので、互いに隣 接する棚板の間隔を大きくする必要があり、このことなどにより、スペースファクタが悪 い。さらに、特許文献 5に記載の書架検索システムにおいては、電子タグの構造が複 雑であるから、安価であるべき電子タグが高価である。  (D) In the bookshelf search system described in Patent Documents 2 and 4, the electronic tag can be attached to the front cover surface or the back cover surface of books. However, Patent Documents 2 and 4 do not describe a technique for preventing mutual interference between adjacent shelf boards. And, in this bookshelf retrieval system, since there is a high possibility that interference will occur between adjacent shelf boards in the vertical direction, left-right direction, front-back direction, etc., it is necessary to increase the distance between adjacent shelf boards. Space factor is bad due to this. Furthermore, in the bookshelf retrieval system described in Patent Document 5, since the structure of the electronic tag is complicated, the electronic tag that should be inexpensive is expensive.
(d)例えば、特許文献 2の段落 [0065]に記載されているように、或る棚板に設けられ ているリーダライタ用アンテナが、この棚板上の書籍類の電子タグとこの棚板の下方 の書籍類の電子タグとの両方と交信してしまう可能性がある。また、特許文献 2の段 落 [0066]に記載されているように、余分な機能を含むアンテナ切替部および余分な 各種の線をそれぞれ収納する直方体形状の大き目の収納ボックスが必要であるから 、余分なスペースが必要であって、スペースファクタが悪い。また、特許文献 2および 4に記載の書架検索システムにおいては、リーダライタ用アンテナは複数個のループ アンテナを組み合わせたものである。そして、これら複数個のループアンテナを棚板 に上下に互いに重ねて配置すると、これら複数個のループアンテナの相互の結合に よって、リーダライタ用アンテナが単一のループアンテナ力も構成されて 、る場合に 較べて、電子タグとのリーダライタ用アンテナの最大通信可能距離が低下する。しか し、棚板の左側および右側の端部付近には、他のアンテナパターン部分から位置的 にほぼ孤立している半ループ形状のアンテナパターン部分 (具体的には、ほぼ U字 状の突出部分)がそれぞれ存在している。したがって、或る棚板に付設されているリ 一ダライタ用アンテナは、特にこの棚板の左側および右側の端部付近にぉ 、ては、 上下および左右に隣接する別の棚板の同様の半ループ形状のアンテナパターン部 分との干渉を起こし易い。このために、書籍類が小さくても、上下に互いに隣接する 棚板の間隔を十分にとる必要があり、また、左右に互いに隣接する棚板の間隔も、で きるだけとる必要があるから、この点においてもスペースファクタが悪い。さらに、特許 文献 3に記載の書架検索システムにおいては、書籍類に貼付される電子タグとして、 空芯コイルと磁芯とを組み合わせた特殊な構造のものを用いる必要があるから、電子 タグが高価である。 (d) For example, as described in paragraph [0065] of Patent Document 2, it is provided on a shelf board. The reader / writer antenna may communicate with both the electronic tags of the books on the shelf and the electronic tags of the books below the shelf. In addition, as described in the paragraph [Patent Document 2], since an antenna switching unit including an extra function and a large rectangular storage box for storing extra various lines are required, Extra space is required and space factor is bad. Further, in the bookshelf retrieval system described in Patent Documents 2 and 4, the reader / writer antenna is a combination of a plurality of loop antennas. Then, when the plurality of loop antennas are placed one on the other on the shelf board, the reader / writer antenna is also configured as a single loop antenna by the mutual coupling of the plurality of loop antennas. Compared to the above, the maximum communicable distance of the reader / writer antenna with the electronic tag decreases. However, near the left and right ends of the shelf plate, a half loop shaped antenna pattern portion (specifically, a substantially U-shaped projecting portion) positionally substantially isolated from other antenna pattern portions. ) Exist respectively. Therefore, the antenna for a lidar writer attached to a certain shelf board is, in particular, near the left and right ends of the shelf board, or the similar half of another shelf board adjacent to the upper and lower and left and right sides. It is easy to cause interference with the looped antenna pattern. For this reason, even if the size of the books is small, it is necessary to provide a sufficient distance between the adjacent shelf boards in the upper and lower directions, and it is also necessary to keep the spacing between the adjacent shelf boards as much as possible. Space factor is bad also in this point. Furthermore, in the bookshelf retrieval system described in Patent Document 3, since it is necessary to use a special structure in which an air core coil and a magnetic core are combined as an electronic tag attached to books, the electronic tag is expensive. It is.
(E)特許文献 2および 5に記載の書架検索システムにおけるように、棚板の背面側に 配された背板面にリーダライタ用アンテナを設けた場合には、リーダライタ用アンテの 電子タグとの交信性能を良好にするためには、書籍類の表表紙または裏表紙のうち の前小口に近い部分に電子タグを貼付する必要がある。  (E) As in the case of the bookshelf search system described in Patent Documents 2 and 5, when the reader / writer antenna is provided on the back plate surface disposed on the back side of the shelf board, the electronic tag of the reader / writer antenna and In order to improve communication performance, it is necessary to attach an electronic tag to the portion of the front or back cover of the books near the front edge of the book.
(e)書籍類のサイズは様々であるから、多数冊の書籍類を棚板上の背板側で揃えよ うとすると、書籍類の背表紙に記載されているタイトル部分が多数冊の書籍類で互い に不揃いになり、このために、書架の利用者にとって多数冊の書籍類を閲覧しにくい (F)店舗などで用いられるガラス製の陳列棚、商品棚などのようなガラス棚の場合に は、特許文献 7の図 6に示すように側板に鉄板を貼り付けることによって、左右に互い に隣接する一対の棚間の干渉を防止することができないから、スペースファクタが悪 い。 (e) The size of the books varies, so when trying to align a large number of books on the back plate side of the shelf board, the title part described on the spine of the books is a large number of books Become inconsistent with each other, which makes it difficult for bookshelf users to browse a large number of books (F) In the case of a glass shelf such as a glass display shelf or a product shelf used in a store, etc., as shown in FIG. Space factor is bad because interference between a pair of adjacent shelves can not be prevented.
(f)上述のようなガラス棚の場合には、左右に互いに隣接する一対の棚板間には側 板自体が存在しな!、ために、特許文献 7の図 6に示す場合のように鉄板などの遮蔽 材を側板に設けることができない。このために、互いに隣接する一対の棚板にそれぞ れ形成されている互いに隣接する一対のリーダライタ用アンテナ間に一定の離間距 離をとる必要があるから、互いに隣接する一対の棚板間にも一定の離間距離をとる 必要があって、スペースファクタが悪い。  (f) In the case of the glass shelf as described above, a side plate itself does not exist between a pair of shelf plates adjacent to each other on the left and right !, as shown in FIG. Shielding materials such as iron plates can not be provided on the side plates. For this purpose, since it is necessary to provide a fixed separation distance between a pair of reader / writer antennas adjacent to each other formed on a pair of shelves adjacent to each other, the pair of shelves adjacent to each other is adjacent to each other. It is necessary to take a certain distance apart, and the space factor is bad.
特許文献 2:特開 2003— 72919号公報  Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-72919
特許文献 4:特開 2003— 168914号公報  Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-168914
特許文献 5:特開 2003 - 252409号公報  Patent document 5: Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2003-252409 gazette
特許文献 6:特開 2001— 225921号公報  Patent Document 6: Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2001-225921
特許文献 7:特開 2001— 270608号公報  Patent Document 7: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-270608
[0026] 本発明の第 3グループ発明は、上述のような問題点に着目してこのような問題点を 解決するために発明されたものであって、書籍類の表表紙面または裏表紙面などに 取付けられる電子タグと交信するためにアンテナ形成対象部材に設けられるリーダラ イタ用アンテナが、書籍類などの物品を収納する物品収納空間などについて無駄な スペースを生じることなぐ上記電子タグと良好に交信し得るようにすることを主目的と している。 The third group invention of the present invention was invented to solve such problems focusing on the problems as described above, and is a front cover surface or a back cover surface of books, etc. The reader / writer antenna provided on the antenna formation target member in order to communicate with the electronic tag attached to the electronic tag communicates well with the electronic tag described above, which generates unnecessary space for the article storage space for storing articles such as books. Its main purpose is to make it possible.
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
[0027] 本発明の第 1、第 2および第 3グループ発明についての「発明の開示」を、「A、第 1 グループ発明についての発明の開示」、「B、第 2グループ発明についての発明の開 示」および「C、第 3グループ発明についての発明の開示」に項分けして、以下に説 明する。  [0027] "Disclosure of the invention" for the first, second and third group inventions of the present invention is referred to as "disclosure of the invention for the first group invention", and "B and invention of the second group invention". It is divided into items in “disclosure” and “C, disclosure of invention regarding third group invention” and described below.
[0028] A、第 1グループ発明についての発明の開示 本発明のうちの第 1グループ発明は、請求の範囲第 1項〜第 28項に記載されている 。そして、この第 1グループ発明は、その第 1の観点によれば、物品棚に収納される 物品がその上に載置されるのに用いられかつリーダ用アンテナが設けられた物品管 理棚用のアンテナ付き棚板に係るものである。そして、上記リーダ用アンテナが複数 個のアンテナ力も成っている。また、上記複数個のアンテナのうちの第 1のアンテナ のアンテナパターンは、上記棚板のほぼ間口方向に延在する第 1の縁部の側を上記 ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 1のパターン部分と、上記棚板のほぼ奥行き方向に延在 する第 2の縁部の側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在する第 2のパターン部分と、上記 棚板の上記ほぼ間口方向に延在しかつ上記第 1の縁部とは反対側の第 3の縁部の 側を上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 3のパターン部分と、上記棚板の上記ほぼ奥行 き方向に延在しかつ上記第 2の縁部とは反対側の第 4の縁部の側を上記ほぼ奥行き 方向に延在する第 4のパターン部分とが、順次連結されることによって、構成されて いる。そして、上記複数個のアンテナのうちの第 2のアンテナのアンテナパターンは、 上記第 3の縁部の側を上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 1のパターン部分と、上記第 2の縁部の側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在する第 2のパターン部分と、上記第 1の 縁部の側を上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 3のパターン部分と、上記第 4の縁部の 側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在する第 4のパターン部分とが、順次連結されることに よって、構成されている。また、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1および Zまたは上記第 3のパターン部分と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 1および Zまたは上記第 3のパタ ーン部分とは、上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する複数個のベースライン部と、これら複数 個のベースライン部を互いに連結して 、る少なくとも 1個の屈曲部とをそれぞれ備え ている。さらに、上記屈曲部のそれぞれは、第 1および第 2の立上り部と、これら第 1 および第 2の立上り部の先端部を互いに連結している連結部とをそれぞれ備える凸 形状から成っている。 [0028] A, Disclosure of Invention for First Group Invention The first group inventions of the present invention are described in claims 1 to 28. And, according to the first aspect, according to the first aspect, the first group invention is used for an article management shelf provided with an article stored on the article shelf and provided with a reader antenna. Antenna shelf with And, the above-mentioned reader antenna comprises a plurality of antenna powers. The antenna pattern of the first antenna of the plurality of antennas may be a first pattern extending in the direction of the front of the first plate extending substantially in the direction of the front of the shelf plate. And a second pattern portion extending in the substantially depth direction on the side of the second edge portion extending in the substantially depth direction of the shelf plate; and extending substantially in the direction of the front opening of the shelf plate; A third pattern portion extending substantially in the front direction, and a third pattern portion opposite to the first edge portion; and extending substantially in the depth direction of the shelf plate; The fourth edge portion opposite to the second edge portion is configured to be sequentially connected to the fourth pattern portion extending in the substantially depth direction. The antenna pattern of the second antenna of the plurality of antennas includes: a first pattern portion extending substantially in the direction of the front of the third edge; and a second pattern of the second edge A second pattern portion extending in the substantially depth direction on the side, a third pattern portion extending in the substantially front direction on the side of the first edge, and a side of the fourth edge The fourth pattern portion extending in the substantially depth direction is configured by being sequentially connected. In addition, the first and Z or third pattern portions of the first antenna and the first and Z or third pattern portions of the second antenna are substantially in the direction of the frontage. A plurality of extending baseline portions and at least one bent portion connecting the plurality of baseline portions to each other are provided. Furthermore, each of the bent portions has a convex shape including first and second rising portions and a connecting portion connecting the tips of the first and second rising portions to each other.
本発明の第 1グループ発明の上記第 1の観点においては、上記棚板に設けられた 上記リーダ用アンテナを上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在する仮想の単位領域区分線に よって単位領域に区分したときの上記単位領域のそれぞれにおいて、上記第 1のァ ンテナの上記第 1のパターン部分と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分 とのうちのいずれか一方力 上記棚板の上記第 1の縁部にほぼ沿って上記ほぼ間口 方向に延在するとともに、他方が、上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する上記複数個のベー スライン部と、これら複数個のベースライン部を互 、に連結して 、る上記少なくとも 1 個の屈曲部とをそれぞれ備え、上記単位領域のそれぞれにおいて、上記第 1のアン テナの上記第 1のパターン部分と上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分との うちの上記いずれか一方が上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部分であるとき には、上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部分力 上記棚板の上記第 3の縁 部にほぼ沿って上記ほぼ間口方向に延在するとともに、上記第 1のアンテナの上記 第 3のパターン部分力 上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する上記複数個のベースライン部 と、これら複数個のベースライン部を互いに連結して 、る上記少なくとも 1個の屈曲部 とをそれぞれ備え、上記単位領域のそれぞれにおいて、上記第 1のアンテナの上記 第 1のパターン部分と上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分とのうちの上記 いずれか一方が上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分であるときには、上記 第 1のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分力 上記棚板の上記第 3の縁部にほぼ沿 つて上記ほぼ間口方向に延在するとともに、上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 1のパター ン部分が、上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する上記複数個のベースライン部と、これら複 数個のベースライン部を互いに連結して 、る上記少なくとも 1個の屈曲部とをそれぞ れ備えているのが好ましい。 In the first aspect of the first group invention of the present invention, when the reader antenna provided on the shelf plate is divided into unit areas by virtual unit area dividing lines extending substantially in the depth direction. In each of the unit areas, the first pattern portion of the first antenna and the third pattern portion of the second antenna are provided. One of the forces extending substantially in the direction of the front along the first edge of the shelf plate, and the other of the plurality of base line portions extending in the direction of the front. And the at least one bending portion connecting the plurality of base line portions to each other, and the first pattern portion of the first antenna in each of the unit regions. And one of the first pattern portion of the first antenna and the third pattern portion of the second antenna is the first pattern portion of the first antenna. Pattern portion force The plurality of pattern portions extend substantially in the direction of the front along the third edge of the shelf plate, and extend in the direction of the front with the third pattern portion force of the first antenna. Baselines And the at least one bending portion connecting the plurality of base line portions to each other, and the first pattern portion and the first pattern portion of the first antenna in each of the unit regions. When any one of the second pattern portion and the third pattern portion of the second antenna is the third pattern portion of the second antenna, the third pattern portion force of the first antenna The plurality of bases extending substantially in the direction of the front along substantially the third edge of the plate, and the first pattern portion of the second antenna extends in the direction of the front. Preferably, the line portion and the at least one bent portion connecting the plurality of base line portions to each other are provided.
本発明の第 1グループ発明は、その第 2の観点によれば、物品棚に収納される物 品がその上に載置されるのに用いられかつリーダ用アンテナが設けられた物品管理 棚用のアンテナ付き棚板に係るものである。そして、上記リーダ用アンテナが複数個 のアンテナ力も成っている。また、上記複数個のアンテナのうちの第 1のアンテナのァ ンテナパターンは、上記棚板のほぼ間口方向に延在する第 1の縁部にほぼ沿って上 記ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 1のパターン部分と、上記棚板のほぼ奥行き方向に延 在する第 2の縁部の側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在する第 2のパターン部分と、上 記棚板の上記ほぼ間口方向に延在しかつ上記第 1の縁部とは反対側の第 3の縁部 の側を上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 3のパターン部分と、上記棚板の上記ほぼ奥 行き方向に延在しかつ上記第 2の縁部とは反対側の第 4の縁部の側を上記ほぼ奥行 き方向に延在する第 4のパターン部分とが、順次連結されることによって、構成されて いる。そして、上記複数個のアンテナのうちの第 2のアンテナのアンテナパターンは、 上記第 3の縁部にほぼ沿って上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 1のパターン部分と、 上記第 2の縁部の側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在する第 2のパターン部分と、上記 第 1の縁部の側を上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 3のパターン部分と、上記第 4の 縁部の側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在する第 4のパターン部分とが、順次連結され ることによって、構成されている。また、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部 分と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分とは、上記ほぼ間口方向に延在 する複数個のベースライン部と、これら複数個のベースライン部を互いに連結してい る少なくとも 1個の屈曲部とをそれぞれ備えている。さらに、上記屈曲部のそれぞれは 、第 1および第 2の立上り部と、これら第 1および第 2の立上り部の先端部を互いに連 結して 、る連結部とをそれぞれ備える凸形状力 成って 、る。 According to a second aspect of the present invention, the first group invention of the present invention is used for an article management shelf on which articles stored in an article shelf are used to be placed thereon and provided with a reader antenna. Antenna shelf with The reader antenna also has a plurality of antenna powers. The antenna pattern of the first antenna of the plurality of antennas may extend in the direction of the foremost opening substantially along the first edge extending in the direction of the foremost opening of the shelf plate. The first pattern portion, the second edge portion extending substantially in the depth direction of the shelf plate, the second pattern portion extending substantially in the depth direction, and the substantially front surface direction of the shelf plate A third pattern portion extending in the direction opposite to the first edge and extending in the direction of the front, and a third pattern extending on the side of the third edge and extending in the direction towards the back of the shelf plate. And the side of the fourth edge opposite to the second edge is approximately the depth A fourth pattern portion extending in the front direction is configured by being sequentially connected. The antenna pattern of the second antenna of the plurality of antennas may include: a first pattern portion extending substantially along the third edge; and the second edge. A second pattern portion extending substantially in the depth direction, a third pattern portion extending substantially in the direction of the first edge, and a side of the fourth edge And the fourth pattern portion extending substantially in the depth direction are sequentially connected. The third pattern portion of the first antenna and the third pattern portion of the second antenna may include a plurality of base line portions extending substantially in the direction of the frontage, and a plurality of the plurality of baseline portions. And at least one bend connecting the baseline sections to each other. Further, each of the bent portions is provided with a convex shape force which is provided with a first and a second rising portion and a connecting portion connecting the tips of the first and the second rising portions to each other. .
[0031] 本発明の第 1グループ発明の上記第 2の観点においては、上記第 1のアンテナの 上記第 3のパターン部分の上記ベースライン部と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3の パターン部分の上記屈曲部の上記連結部とのそれぞれ力 上記第 2のアンテナの上 記第 1のパターン部分と、上記棚板の上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する仮想の棚板中 心線との間を延在し、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分の上記屈曲部 の上記連結部と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分の上記ベースライン 部とのそれぞれが、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部分と、上記棚板中心 線との間を延在しているのが好ましい。  [0031] In the second aspect of the first group invention of the present invention, the baseline portion of the third pattern portion of the first antenna, and the third pattern portion of the second antenna Between the first pattern portion of the second antenna and a virtual shelf board center line extending in the direction of the front of the shelf board. Each of the connecting portion of the bent portion of the third pattern portion of the first antenna and the base line portion of the third pattern portion of the second antenna extends. It is preferable to extend between the first pattern portion of the first antenna and the shelf centerline.
[0032] 本発明の第 1グループ発明は、上記第 1および第 2の観点によれば、棚板上に載 置される物品に設けられた電子タグの向きが棚板に対して特定されていなくても、複 数個のアンテナのそれぞれが棚板上の通信不能領域を相互に補うように機能するか ら、棚板上に載置される物品に設けられた電子タグとのリーダ用アンテナの無線通信 による交信を良好に行うことができる。したがって、棚板上に載置される物品に設けら れた電子タグの向きを棚板に対して揃える必要がないから、物品管理棚による物品 の管理を確実かつ容易に行うことができる。例えば、多数の人が利用する図書館など では、書籍類が必ずしも正面を向いて置かれているとは限らず、また、書籍類の大小 に応じて電子タグの位置も様々になるが、人手によって書籍類を正確に揃える作業 を行わなくても、書籍類の管理を容易に行うことができる。また、棚板に対する電子タ グの向きには実質的に無関係に、リーダ用アンテナが電子タグとの無線通信による 交信を良好に行うことができるから、本発明の第 1グループ発明は、荷物や薬品の保 管棚、商品のショーケースなどの物品管理棚のように、そこに設けられた電子タグの 向きを棚板に対して統一しにくい物品を管理する棚に適用するのにも適している。 According to the first group invention of the present invention, according to the first and second aspects, the direction of the electronic tag provided on the article placed on the shelf is specified with respect to the shelf. Since each of the plurality of antennas functions to mutually compensate for the incommunicable area on the shelf board, the reader antenna for the electronic tag provided on the article placed on the shelf board. Communication by wireless communication can be performed well. Therefore, since it is not necessary to align the direction of the electronic tag provided for the article placed on the shelf with respect to the shelf board, it is possible to manage the article by the article management shelf reliably and easily. For example, in a library used by a large number of people, books are not always placed facing the front, and the size of the books Although the position of the electronic tag will vary depending on the situation, it is possible to easily manage the books without manually aligning the books. In addition, since the reader antenna can communicate favorably with the electronic tag by wireless communication substantially independently of the direction of the electronic tag with respect to the shelf board, the first group invention of the present invention It is also suitable to be applied to a shelf that manages articles for which it is difficult to unify the orientation of the electronic tag provided on the shelf, such as a chemical storage shelf and an article management shelf such as a product showcase. There is.
[0033] 本発明の第 1グループ発明の上記第 1および第 2の観点においては、上記第 2のァ ンテナの上記凸形状の屈曲部力 平面的に見て、上記第 1のアンテナの上記凸形状 の屈曲部に対して上記ほぼ間口方向に位置ずれした状態で配設されることによって 、上記第 1のアンテナの上記凸形状の屈曲部に重なる部分と重ならない部分とを有 しているのが好ましい。この場合、この重なり部分の間口方向における幅は、基本的 には、上記凸形状の屈曲部の幅を上記複数個のアンテナのアンテナ個数 (換言す れば、上記複数個)で割った値であってよいが、後述のように、 ± 25%などの変動幅 があってもよい。  [0033] In the first and second aspects of the first group invention of the present invention, the convex portion bending force of the second antenna as viewed in plan shows the convex of the first antenna. By being disposed in a state of being displaced substantially in the front direction with respect to the bending portion of the shape, a portion overlapping with the bending portion of the convex shape of the first antenna is provided. Is preferred. In this case, the width of the overlapping portion in the front direction is basically a value obtained by dividing the width of the bent portion of the convex shape by the number of antennas of the plurality of antennas (in other words, the plurality). There may be a variation, such as ± 25% as described later.
[0034] また、本発明の第 1グループ発明の上記第 1および第 2の観点においては、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 2のパターン部分と上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 2のパターン 部分とのうちのいずれか一方力 上記棚板の上記第 2の縁部にほぼ沿って上記ほぼ 奥行き方向に延在するとともに、他方が、上記いずれか一方の上記第 2の縁部とは 反対側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在し、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 4のパターン 部分と上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 4のパターン部分とのうちの 、ずれか一方が、上 記棚板の上記第 4の縁部にほぼ沿って上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在するとともに、他 方力 上記 、ずれか一方の上記第 4の縁部とは反対側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延 在するのが好ましい。また、本発明の第 1グループ発明の上記第 1および第 2の観点 においては、上記リーダ用アンテナを構成している上記複数個のアンテナのそれぞ れが、平面的に見て交差部位を有していないのが好ましい。また、本発明の上記第 1 および第 2の観点においては、上記リーダ用アンテナを構成している上記複数個の アンテナのうちのいずれか 1つのアンテナと、これら複数個のアンテナのうちの別の 1 つのアンテナとの上記棚板の厚さ方向における相互の間隔力 70mm以下であるの が好ましい。また、本発明の第 1グループ発明の上記第 1および第 2の観点において は、上記棚板の主要構成要素がガラス板であるのが好ましい。また、本発明の第 1グ ループ発明の上記第 1および第 2の観点においては、上記複数個のアンテナの少な くともアンテナパターンのそれぞれは、断面形状がほぼ円形その他の形状であってよ いワイヤ導線によって構成されたもの(換言すれば、既成の線状導電体を棚板に取 付けたもの)であってよい。そして、このように構成すれば、上記アンテナパターンの 幅を小さくすることができるので、物品棚がガラス板などの透光性材料力 構成され て 、る場合に、物品棚の透光性が上記アンテナパターンのために低減するのを実質 的に防止することができる。この場合、上記ワイヤ導線の断面径は、実用性の観点か ら見て一般的に、 1. Omm以下であるのが好ましぐまた、 0. 02mm以上であるのが 好ましい。 In the first and second aspects of the first group invention of the present invention, the second pattern portion of the first antenna and the second pattern portion of the second antenna are provided. One of the forces extends substantially in the depth direction substantially along the second edge of the shelf, and the other is opposite to the second edge of the one side. One of the fourth pattern portion of the first antenna and the fourth pattern portion of the second antenna, which extends in the substantially depth direction, is either the above or the other of the shelf plate. It is preferable to extend in the substantially depth direction substantially along the fourth edge and to extend in the substantially depth direction opposite to the other one of the fourth edges. . Further, in the first and second aspects of the first group invention of the present invention, each of the plurality of antennas constituting the reader antenna has an intersecting portion in plan view. Preferably not. In the first and second aspects of the present invention, any one of the plurality of antennas constituting the reader antenna and another one of the plurality of antennas may be used. Mutual spacing force of 70mm or less in the thickness direction of the shelf board with one antenna Is preferred. In the first and second aspects of the first group invention of the present invention, it is preferable that the main component of the shelf board is a glass plate. In the first and second aspects of the first group invention of the present invention, each of at least antenna patterns of the plurality of antennas may have a substantially circular or other cross-sectional shape. It may be constituted by a wire conductor (in other words, an existing linear conductor attached to a shelf). And if it is comprised in this way, since the width of the above-mentioned antenna pattern can be made small, when an article shelf is constituted by translucent material power, such as a glass plate, the translucency of an article shelf will be said above. The reduction due to the antenna pattern can be substantially prevented. In this case, the cross-sectional diameter of the wire conductor is generally preferably 1. O mm or less from the viewpoint of practicality, and is preferably 0.2 mm or more.
[0035] さらに、本発明の第 1グループ発明の上記第 1および第 2の観点においては、上記 リーダ用アンテナを構成している上記複数個のアンテナが順次動作するように構成さ れているのが好ましい。このように構成すれば、複数個のアンテナの相互の干渉を効 果的に防止することができるので、複数個のアンテナのうちの少なくとも 1個によって 形成される磁力線が棚板上で任意の方向を向いている電子タグに交差するのを効 果的に達成することができる。さらに、本発明の上記第 1および第 2の観点において は、上記リーダ用アンテナは、リーダライタのライタ用アンテナを兼用しているリーダラ イタ用アンテナであるのが好ましい。  Furthermore, in the first and second aspects of the first group invention of the present invention, the plurality of antennas constituting the reader antenna are configured to operate sequentially. Is preferred. According to this configuration, mutual interference between the plurality of antennas can be effectively prevented, so that magnetic lines of force formed by at least one of the plurality of antennas can be directed in any direction on the shelf board. It is possible to effectively achieve crossing of the electronic tag facing the Furthermore, in the first and second aspects of the present invention, it is preferable that the reader antenna is a reader / writer antenna which also serves as a reader / writer antenna.
[0036] 本発明の第 1グループ発明は、その第 3の観点によれば、上記第 1の観点によるァ ンテナ付き棚板および上記第 2の観点によるアンテナ付き棚板のうちから選ばれたァ ンテナ付き棚板を少なくとも 1枚、棚板として備えていることを特徴とする物品管理棚 に係るものである。  [0036] According to a third aspect of the first group of the present invention, according to the third aspect, an antenna-equipped shelf board according to the first aspect and an antenna-equipped shelf board according to the second aspect are selected. The present invention relates to an article management shelf characterized by comprising at least one shelf with an antenna as a shelf.
[0037] B、第 2グループ発明についての発明の開示  B, Disclosure of Invention Regarding Second Group Invention
本発明のうちの第 2グループ発明は、請求の範囲第 29項〜第 70項に記載されて いる。そして、この第 2グループ発明は、その第 1の観点によれば、互いに絶縁されか つ互いに重ね合わせられた状態で物品載置棚の棚板、物品載置台の台板などのァ ンテナ形成対象部材にそれぞれ形成されている第 1および第 2のアンテナを備えて いるリーダ用アンテナに係るものである。そして、上記第 1のアンテナに給電したとき に上記第 1のアンテナによって発生する磁界を受けて上記第 2のアンテナに発生す る誘導電流が上記第 2のアンテナの有効アンテナパターン要素(上記第 1のアンテナ との長手状重複部位、長手状近接部位など)において上記第 2のアンテナを共通の 電流方向に流れるように、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれのアンテナパタ ーンの形状と上記第 1および第 2のアンテナの相互の配置とがそれぞれ選定されて いる。なお、本文において、「有効アンテナパターン要素」とは、第 1および第 2のアン テナのそれぞれのアンテナパターンのうちで、磁界の発生に有効に機能する長手状 ノ ターン部分を意味している。この第 2グループ発明の上記第 1の観点によれば、第 1のアンテナへの給電によって第 2のアンテナに生じる誘導電流が第 2のアンテナに おいて相殺されるのを実質的に回避することができるから、第 1および第 2のアンテナ のそれぞれが発生する磁界を互いに強めあうことができる。このために、比較的少な いアンテナ数 (すなわち、 2個)でかつ比較的小さい駆動電力でもって、電子タグの向 きには実質的に無関係に、上記電子タグとの交信が可能であるリーダ用アンテナを 提供することができる。 The second group inventions of the present invention are described in claims 29 to 70. And, according to the first aspect of the second group invention, the object forming objects such as a shelf board of an article placement shelf and a bedboard of an article placement table in a state where they are mutually insulated and overlapped with each other Provided with first and second antennas respectively formed on the member Is related to the reader antenna. Then, when power is supplied to the first antenna, an induced current generated in the second antenna in response to a magnetic field generated by the first antenna is an effective antenna pattern element of the second antenna (the first antenna). Of the first and second antennas, and the shape of the antenna pattern of the first antenna and the second antenna so that the second antenna flows in a common current direction in a longitudinal overlapping portion with an antenna, a longitudinal proximity portion, etc.). The mutual arrangement of the first and second antennas is selected respectively. In the text, “effective antenna pattern element” means, among the antenna patterns of the first and second antennas, a longitudinal pattern portion which effectively functions to generate a magnetic field. According to the first aspect of the second group invention, substantially avoiding the induced current generated in the second antenna by the feeding of the first antenna from being canceled in the second antenna. The magnetic fields generated by each of the first and second antennas can be mutually reinforced. For this reason, a reader capable of communicating with the electronic tag substantially independently of the direction of the electronic tag with a relatively small number of antennas (ie, two) and relatively low driving power. Antenna can be provided.
本発明の第 2グループ発明の上記第 1の観点においては、その第 1の態様によれ ば、上記第 1のアンテナのアンテナパターンと、上記第 2のアンテナのアンテナパタ ーンとが、互いに実質的に同一または互いに類似のアンテナパターン形状を有し、 上記第 1のアンテナの上記アンテナパターンと、上記第 2のアンテナの上記アンテナ パターンとが、上記有効アンテナパターン要素のうちの少なくとも第 1の方向(例えば In the first aspect of the second group invention of the present invention, according to the first aspect, the antenna pattern of the first antenna and the antenna pattern of the second antenna substantially correspond to each other. The antenna pattern of the first antenna and the antenna pattern of the second antenna have at least a first direction of the effective antenna pattern elements. (E.g.
、棚板、台板などの奥行き方向である幅方向)に大よそ沿って延在する有効アンテナ パターン要素 (換言すれば、大よそ上記第 1の方向に沿って延在する第 1の有効アン テナ要素のみであるか、あるいは、この第 1の有効アンテナ要素と上記第 1の方向に 直交する第 2の方向に大よそ沿って延在する第 2の有効アンテナ要素との両方)にお Vヽては互いに上下に重ならな!/、ように、互いにずれて配置されて!、るのが好まし!/、。 この場合、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのうちのいずれの一方のアンテナに給電し たときにも、上記アンテナ形成対象部材のアンテナ形成面と上記第 1の方向に直交 する第 2の方向(例えば、棚板、台板などの間口方向である長さ方向)との両方にそ れぞれ平行に生じる第 1の磁界成分が上記第 2の方向において大よそ一定間隔で 増減するように、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナがそれぞれ構成され、上記第 1のアン テナの上記アンテナパターンの上記第 1の磁界成分の上記第 2の方向において弱く なる領域と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記アンテナパターンの上記第 1の磁界成分の上 記第 2の方向にぉ 、て弱くなる領域とが交互に生じるように、上記第 1のアンテナと上 記第 2のアンテナとがそれぞれ配置されているのが好ましい。さらに、この場合、上記 第 1の磁界成分が、上記第 1の方向においては大よそ均一であるのも好ましい。上記 第 1の観点の上記第 1の態様によれば、第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれの大ょ そ第 1の方向に沿って延在する通信不能領域を、比較的少ないアンテナ数でもって 、互いに補うことができる。このために、電子タグの向きには実質的に無関係に、上記 電子タグとのさらに良好な交信が可能であるリーダ用アンテナを提供することができ る。なお、本発明の第 2グループ発明においては、上記アンテナ形成対象部材の上 記第 2の方向における長さ力 上記アンテナ形成対象部材の上記第 1の方向におけ る長さよりも大きいか、あるいは、ほぼ同一であるのが好ましい。また、本文において、, A shelf plate, a base plate, etc.) (generally speaking, a first effective antenna extending along the first direction). Or both the first effective antenna element and a second effective antenna element extending generally along a second direction orthogonal to the first direction. So long as they are stacked one on top of the other! /, They are placed offset from one another! In this case, even when power is supplied to any one of the first and second antennas, the second direction orthogonal to the first direction and the antenna formation surface of the antenna formation target member For example, in both the shelf board, the base board etc. The first and second antennas are respectively configured such that the first magnetic field components generated in parallel increase and decrease at approximately constant intervals in the second direction, and the antenna of the first antenna is configured. A region weakening in the second direction of the first magnetic field component of the pattern and a region weakening in the second direction of the first magnetic field component of the antenna pattern of the second antenna Preferably, the first antenna and the second antenna are disposed such that the first and second antennas alternately occur. Furthermore, in this case, it is also preferable that the first magnetic field component is substantially uniform in the first direction. According to the first aspect of the first aspect, the incommunicable area extending along the first direction of each of the first and second antennas can be reduced with a relatively small number of antennas. , Can compensate each other. For this reason, it is possible to provide a reader antenna capable of better communication with the electronic tag substantially independently of the orientation of the electronic tag. In the second group invention of the present invention, the length force in the second direction of the antenna formation target member is larger than the length in the first direction of the antenna formation target member, or It is preferred that they be substantially identical. Also, in the text,
「大よそ 延在する」とは、 15%以内、好ましくは 10%以内、さらに好ましくは 5The phrase “extends roughly” means within 15%, preferably within 10%, and more preferably 5
%以内の傾斜角度を有して延在していてもよいことを意味している。さらに、本文に おいて、「大よそ」とは、好ましくは、「ほぼ」を意味している。 It means that it may extend with an inclination angle within%. Furthermore, in the text, "approximately" preferably means "approximately".
さらに、本発明の第 2グループ発明の上記第 1の観点においては、その第 2の態様 によれば、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのうちのいずれの一方のアンテナに給電し たときにも、上記アンテナ形成対象部材のアンテナ形成面と上記第 1の方向との両方 にそれぞれ平行に生じる第 2の磁界成分が上記第 1の方向において増減するように 、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナがそれぞれ構成され、上記第 1のアンテナの上記ァ ンテナパターンの上記第 2の磁界成分の上記第 1の方向において弱くなる領域と、上 記第 2のアンテナの上記アンテナパターンの上記第 2の磁界成分の上記第 1の方向 において弱くなる領域とが交互に生じるように、上記第 1のアンテナと上記第 2のアン テナとがそれぞれ配置されているのも好ましい。この場合、上記第 2の磁界成分が、 上記第 2の方向においては大よそ均一であるのも好ましい。上記第 1の観点の上記 第 2の態様によれば、第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれの大よそ第 2の方向に沿 つて延在する通信不能領域を、比較的少ないアンテナ数でもって、互いに補うことが できる。このために、電子タグの向きには実質的に無関係に、上記電子タグとのさら に良好な交信が可能であるリーダ用アンテナを提供することができる。 Furthermore, in the first aspect of the second group invention of the present invention, according to the second aspect, when either one of the first and second antennas is fed, The first and second antennas are configured such that second magnetic field components respectively generated parallel to both the antenna formation surface of the antenna formation target member and the first direction increase or decrease in the first direction. A region which is respectively formed and weakens in the first direction of the second magnetic field component of the antenna pattern of the first antenna, and the second magnetic field component of the antenna pattern of the second antenna. It is also preferable that the first antenna and the second antenna be arranged such that regions weakening in the first direction alternately occur. In this case, it is also preferable that the second magnetic field component be approximately uniform in the second direction. According to the second aspect of the first aspect, each of the first and second antennas extends along the approximately second direction. The extended incommunicable areas can be compensated for with a relatively small number of antennas. For this reason, it is possible to provide a reader antenna capable of better communication with the electronic tag substantially independently of the orientation of the electronic tag.
[0040] 本発明の第 2グループ発明は、その第 2の観点によれば、互いに絶縁されかつ互 いに重ね合わせられた状態でアンテナ形成対象部材にそれぞれ形成された第 1およ び第 2のアンテナを備え、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれは、少なくとも 1 個のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンを備えているリーダ用アンテナに係るもので ある。そして、上記第 1のアンテナの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンの少な くとも 1個と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンの少なく とも 1個とのそれぞれは、上記アンテナ形成対象部材の第 1の方向(例えば、棚板、 台板などの奥行き方向である幅方向)における第 1の側に設けられた第 1のパターン 部分と、上記アンテナ形成対象部材の上記第 1の方向とは直交する第 2の方向(例え ば、棚板、台板などの間口方向である長さ方向)における第 1の側に設けられた第 2 のパターン部分と、上記アンテナ形成対象部材の上記第 1の方向における上記第 1 の側とは反対側の第 2の側に設けられた第 3のパターン部分と、上記アンテナ形成対 象部材の上記第 2の方向における上記第 1の側とは反対側の第 2の側に設けられた 第 4のパターン部分とを備えている。また、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1〜第 4のパ ターン部分のうちの少なくとも 1個と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 1〜第 4のパター ン部分のうちのこの少なくとも 1個のパターン部分に大よそ同じ向き、大よそ向い合せ などの状態で大よそ対応する少なくとも 1個とが、互いに間欠的に配置されている複 数本のベースライン部と、これら複数本のベースライン部の間に設けられた少なくとも 1個の屈曲部とを、上記第 1のアンテナと上記第 2のアンテナとで互いに大よそ同じ向 き、互いに大よそ向い合せなどの状態で互いに大よそ対応するように、それぞれ備え ている。さらに、上記屈曲部のそれぞれが、第 1および第 2の立上り部をそれぞれ備 えるほぼ凸形状に構成され、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1の立上り部または上記 第 2の立上り部が、上記第 2のアンテナのこれと対応する第 1の立上り部と、これと対 応する第 2の立上り部との間に配置されている。  According to a second aspect of the present invention, in the second group invention of the present invention, the first and second members respectively formed on the antenna formation target members in a state of being mutually insulated and overlapped with each other. The antenna according to claim 1, wherein each of the first and second antennas relates to a reader antenna comprising at least one substantially loop shaped antenna pattern. And, each of at least one of the substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of the first antenna and at least one of the substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of the second antenna is the target of the antenna formation. A first pattern portion provided on a first side in a first direction of the member (for example, a width direction which is a depth direction of a shelf plate, a base plate, etc.), and the first direction of the antenna formation target member And a second pattern portion provided on the first side in a second direction (for example, a longitudinal direction which is a frontage of a shelf plate, a base plate, etc.) orthogonal to the A third pattern portion provided on the second side opposite to the first side in the first direction, and the first side in the second direction of the antenna formation target member Provided on the opposite second side And and a fourth pattern portion. In addition, at least one of the first to fourth pattern portions of the first antenna and the at least one of the first to fourth pattern portions of the second antenna may be used. A plurality of baseline portions in which at least one corresponding approximately in the same direction, roughly facing, or the like in the pattern portion is arranged intermittently with each other, and the plurality of baseline portions And at least one of the bends provided between the first and second antennas to substantially correspond to each other in substantially the same direction, such as facing each other. Each has its own. Furthermore, each of the bent portions is formed in a substantially convex shape including the first and second rising portions, and the first rising portion or the second rising portion of the first antenna is the same. It is disposed between the corresponding first rising portion of the second antenna and the corresponding second rising portion.
[0041] 本発明の第 2グループ発明の上記第 2の観点においては、その第 1の態様によれ ば、上記屈曲部のそれぞれは、これらの屈曲部のそれぞれを上記ほぼ凸形状に構 成するために、上記第 1の立上り部と上記第 2の立上り部とを連結している連結部を 備え、上記連結部のそれぞれは、大よそ上記第 2の方向に沿って延在しているのが 好ましい。また、上記第 1および第 2の立上り部のそれぞれは、大よそ上記第 1の方向 に沿って延在していることができる。さらに、上記第 1および第 2の立上り部の幾つか 、または、全部は、上記第 1の方向に対して傾斜して延在し、上記傾斜角度は、 15° 〜45° (好ましくは、 20° 〜40° 、さらに好ましくは、 25° 〜35° )の範囲であるこ とちでさる。 [0041] In the second aspect of the second group invention of the present invention, according to the first aspect, For example, each of the bent portions includes a connecting portion connecting the first rising portion and the second rising portion to configure each of the bent portions in the substantially convex shape. Preferably, each of the connecting portions extends along substantially the second direction. In addition, each of the first and second rising portions may extend substantially along the first direction. Furthermore, some or all of the first and second rising portions extend at an angle to the first direction, and the angle of inclination is 15 ° to 45 ° (preferably, 20 °). Preferably within the range of 25 ° to 35 °).
[0042] また、本発明の第 2グループ発明の上記第 2の観点においては、その第 2の態様に よれば、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれ力 上記ほぼループ形状のアンテ ナパターンを 1個備え、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれの上記ほぼループ 形状のアンテナパターンの上記第 1のパターン部分が、大よそ上記第 2の方向に沿 つてそれぞれ延在し、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれの上記ほぼループ 形状のアンテナパターンの上記第 2および第 4のパターン部分のそれぞれが、大よそ 上記第 1の方向に沿ってそれぞれ延在し、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞ れの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンの上記第 3のパターン部分力 複数本 のベースライン部と、これら複数本のベースライン部の間に設けられた少なくとも 1個 の屈曲部とを、上記第 1のアンテナと上記第 2のアンテナとで互いに大よそ同じ向き の状態などで互いに大よそ対応するように、それぞれ備え、上記屈曲部のそれぞれ 力 上記第 1のパターン部分の側に突出するように、ほぼ凸形状に構成されているの が好ましい。  Further, according to the second aspect of the second group invention of the present invention, according to the second aspect, the force of each of the first and second antennas is set as the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern. The first pattern portion of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern of each of the first and second antennas respectively extends along the second direction, and the first and second antennas are provided. Each of the second and fourth pattern portions of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern of each of the second antennas extends respectively generally along the first direction, and the first and second The third pattern partial force of each of the substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of each of the antennas at least a plurality of baseline portions provided between the plurality of baseline portions and the plurality of baseline portions. The first bending portion and the second bending portion respectively have one bending portion so as to substantially correspond to each other in the state of substantially the same orientation, and the like. Preferably, it is configured to have a substantially convex shape so as to protrude to the side of the pattern portion of.
[0043] また、本発明の第 2グループ発明の上記第 2の観点においては、その第 3の態様に よれば、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれ力 上記ほぼループ形状のアンテ ナパターンを 1個備え、上記第 1のアンテナの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパタ ーンの上記第 1のパターン部分が、大よそ上記第 2の方向に沿って延在し、上記第 1 および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンの上記 第 2および第 4のパターン部分のそれぞれが、大よそ上記第 1の方向に沿ってそれぞ れ延在し、上記第 2のアンテナの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンの上記第 3のパターン部分力 大よそ上記第 2の方向に沿って延在し、上記第 1のアンテナの 上記第 3のパターン部分と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部分とのそれ ぞれが、複数本のベースライン部と、これら複数本のベースライン部の間に設けられ た少なくとも 1個の屈曲部とを、上記第 1のアンテナと上記第 2のアンテナとで互いに 大よそ向い合せなどの状態で互いに大よそ対応するように、それぞれ備え、上記第 1 のアンテナの上記屈曲部が、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部分の側に 突出するように、ほぼ凸形状に構成され、上記第 2のアンテナの上記屈曲部力 上記 第 2のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分の側に突出するように、ほぼ凸形状に構成 されているのも好ましい。 [0043] In the second aspect of the second group invention of the present invention, according to the third aspect, the force of each of the first and second antennas is set as the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern. And the first pattern portion of the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern of the first antenna extends substantially along the second direction, and the first and second antennas are provided. Each of the second and fourth pattern portions of each of the substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of each of the plurality of substantially loop shaped antenna patterns respectively extending along the first direction; Above of the antenna pattern of the shape A pattern portion force of 3 extends along the second direction substantially, and the third pattern portion of the first antenna and the first pattern portion of the second antenna, respectively. The plurality of base line portions and at least one bent portion provided between the plurality of base line portions are substantially facing each other between the first antenna and the second antenna. In order to correspond roughly to each other in a state such as, each of the bent portions of the first antenna projects in a substantially convex shape so as to project toward the first pattern portion of the first antenna. It is also preferable that the bending portion be configured to have a substantially convex shape so as to protrude toward the third pattern portion of the second antenna.
[0044] また、本発明の第 2グループ発明の上記第 2の観点においては、その第 4の態様に よれば、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部分と、上記第 1のアンテナの上 記連結部および上記第 2のアンテナの上記ベースライン部との平均的な相互の間隔 と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記連 結部および上記第 1のアンテナの上記ベースライン部との相互の間隔とのそれぞれ は、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部分と上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3 のパターン部分との平均的な相互の間隔の 1Z40〜1Z10 (好ましくは、 1Z30〜1 Z15)の範囲であることができる。なお、本文において、一方の長手状パターン部分 と他方の長手状パターン部分との「相互の間隔」とは、一方および他方の長手状バタ ーン部分の幅方向におけるそれぞれの中心を通る線の相互の間隔を意味している。  [0044] In the second aspect of the second group invention of the present invention, according to the fourth aspect, the first pattern portion of the first antenna, and the first antenna of the first antenna An average mutual distance between the connecting portion and the base line portion of the second antenna, the third pattern portion of the second antenna, and the connecting portion of the second antenna; The mutual spacing between the first antenna and the base line portion is equal to an average of the first pattern portion of the first antenna and the third pattern portion of the second antenna. The mutual spacing can be in the range of 1Z40 to 1Z10 (preferably, 1Z30 to 1Z15). As used herein, the “interspacing” between one longitudinal pattern portion and the other longitudinal pattern portion means the mutual distance between the lines passing through the centers of the one and the other longitudinal pattern portions in the width direction. Means an interval of
[0045] また、本発明の第 2グループ発明の上記第 2の観点においては、その第 5の態様に よれば、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれ力 上記第 1の方向にほぼ沿って 順次配置されている第 1および第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンを備え、上 記第 1のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン力 上記第 1の方向における上記第 1 の側に配置されるとともに、上記第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン力 上記 第 1の方向における上記第 2の側に配置され、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれ ぞれの上記第 1のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンのそれぞれの上記第 1のパタ ーン部分と、上記第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンのそれぞれの第 3のパタ ーン部分とが、大よそ上記第 1の方向に沿ってそれぞれ延在し、上記第 1および第 2 のアンテナのそれぞれの上記第 1および第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン のそれぞれの上記第 2および第 4のパターン部分のそれぞれが、大よそ上記第 2の 方向に沿ってそれぞれ延在し、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれの上記第 1のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンのそれぞれの上記第 3のパターン部分と、上 記第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンのそれぞれの上記第 1のパターン部分 とが、複数本のベースライン部と、これら複数本のベースライン部の間に設けられた 少なくとも 1個の屈曲部とを、上記第 1のアンテナと上記第 2のアンテナとで互いに大 よそ同じ向きなどの状態で互いに大よそ対応するように、それぞれ備え、上記第 1お よび第 2のアンテナの上記第 1および第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンの上 記屈曲部のそれぞれが、上記第 1のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンの上記第 1 のアンテナ部分の側と、上記第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンの上記第 3 のアンテナ部分の側とにそれぞれ突出するように、ほぼ凸形状に構成されているのも 好ましい。 In the second aspect of the second group invention of the present invention, according to the fifth aspect, the force of each of the first and second antennas is substantially along the first direction. The antenna pattern force of the first substantially loop shape is provided on the first side in the first direction, and the first and second substantially loop shaped antenna patterns are sequentially arranged. Second substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern force Each of the first substantially loop-shaped antenna patterns of the first and second antennas disposed on the second side in the first direction The first pattern portion of the second and the third pattern portion of each of the second substantially loop shaped antenna patterns respectively extend approximately along the first direction, First and 2 And each of the second and fourth pattern portions of each of the first and second substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of each of the antennas extends approximately along the second direction, respectively; The third pattern portion of each of the first substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of each of the first and second antennas and the first pattern of each of the second substantially loop shaped antenna patterns The plurality of base line portions and at least one bend portion provided between the plurality of base line portions are approximately divided by the first antenna and the second antenna. The first and second substantially loop-shaped antenna patterns of the first and second antennas respectively provided so as to substantially correspond to each other in the same orientation or the like. Each of the bent portions is on the side of the first antenna portion of the first substantially loop shaped antenna pattern and on the side of the third antenna portion of the second substantially loop shaped antenna pattern; It is also preferable to be configured in a substantially convex shape so as to protrude respectively.
[0046] さらに、本発明の第 2グループ発明の上記第 2の観点においては、その第 6の態様 によれば、上記第 1のアンテナ力 上記互いに間欠的に配置されている上記複数本 のベースライン部の 1本当りの平均的な長さの 0. 25〜0. 65 (好ましくは、 0. 3〜0. 5)の範囲だけ、上記第 2のアンテナに対して上記第 2の方向にずれていることができ る。また、その別の実施態様によれば、上記第 1のアンテナが、上記互いに間欠的に 配置されている上記複数本のベースライン部の 1本当りの平均的な長さの 0. 25〜0 . 45の範囲または 0. 55-0. 65の範囲だけ、上記第 2のアンテナに対して上記第 2 の方向にずれていることもできる。これらいずれの場合にも、上記第 1のアンテナが、 上記第 2のアンテナに対して、上記第 2の方向にずれているだけでなぐ上記第 1の 方向にもずれていてよい。この場合、上記第 1のアンテナ力 上記互いに間欠的に配 置されている上記複数本のベースライン部の 1本当りの平均的な長さの 0. 08〜0. 7 5 (好ましくは、 0. 1〜0. 7、さらに好ましくは、 0. 15〜0. 6)の範囲だけ、上記第 2の アンテナに対して上記第 1の方向にずれて 、てよ 、。  Furthermore, according to the sixth aspect of the second aspect of the second group invention of the present invention, according to the sixth aspect, the plurality of bases arranged intermittently from each other according to the first antenna force. In the second direction with respect to the second antenna, only in the range of 0.25 to 0.65 (preferably, 0.3 to 0.5) of the average length per line portion It can be offset. Further, according to another embodiment, the first antenna has an average length of 0.20 to 0 per one of the plurality of baseline portions intermittently arranged to each other. It is also possible to deviate in the second direction with respect to the second antenna by a range of 45 or a range of 0.55-0.5. In any of these cases, the first antenna may be offset from the second antenna only in the second direction, but may be offset in the first direction. In this case, the average length per one of the plurality of baseline portions arranged intermittently between the first antenna force and the first antenna force is preferably 0.80 to 0.85 (preferably, 0). The first antenna may be shifted in the first direction with respect to the second antenna by the range of 1 to 0.7, more preferably, 0.15 to 0.6).
[0047] 本発明の第 2グループ発明の上記第 2の観点 (特に、上記第 1〜第 6の態様)によ れば、第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれの大よそ第 1の方向に沿って延在する通 信不能領域を、比較的少な 、アンテナ数でかつ比較的簡単なアンテナパターン形 状でもって、互いに補うことができる。このために、電子タグの向きには実質的に無関 係に、上記電子タグとの良好な交信が可能でありかつ構成が比較的簡単であるリー ダ用アンテナを提供することができる。 According to the second aspect of the second group invention of the present invention (in particular, the first to sixth aspects), the first and second antennas are arranged in substantially the first direction. Extend along The unreliable areas can be compensated for each other with a relatively small number of antennas and a relatively simple antenna pattern. For this reason, it is possible to provide a reader antenna capable of good communication with the electronic tag and being relatively simple in configuration, substantially regardless of the orientation of the electronic tag.
[0048] また、本発明の第 2グループ発明の上記第 1および第 2の観点においては、その第 1の態様によれば、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのうちのいずれか一方のアンテナ のみに給電するように構成されていることができる。また、上記第 1および第 2の観点 の上記第 1の態様においては、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのうちの他方のアンテ ナの一対の端子部の間に共振回路用のコンデンサが接続されていることができる。 上記第 1および第 2の観点における上記第 1の態様によれば、第 1および第 2のアン テナのうちのいずれか一方のアンテナのみに給電するだけでもって、この一方のアン テナによる磁界によって他方のアンテナに誘導電流が発生する。このために、この誘 導電流が上記一方のアンテナ力 発生する磁界を補うように磁界を発生するから、第 1および第 2のアンテナに交互に給電するためのアンテナ切替手段が不要であり、ま た、通信速度を短縮することができる。さらに、給電する必要があるループアンテナの 個数を少なくすることができるから、消費電力を少なくすることができるとともに、リーダ 用アンテナの個数に対するリーダライタの個数も少なくすることができ、このために、 コストダウン効果を大きくすることができる。  In the first and second aspects of the second group invention of the present invention, according to the first aspect, only any one of the first and second antennas is used. Can be configured to feed power. In the first aspect of the first and second aspects, a capacitor for a resonant circuit is connected between a pair of terminal portions of the other of the first and second antennas. Can be. According to the first aspect in the first and second aspects, power is supplied to only one of the first and second antennas, and the magnetic field generated by the one of the first and second antennas is used. An induced current is generated in the other antenna. For this reason, since the induction current generates a magnetic field so as to compensate the magnetic field generated by the one antenna, antenna switching means for alternately feeding the first and second antennas is not necessary. Also, the communication speed can be shortened. Furthermore, since the number of loop antennas required to be fed can be reduced, power consumption can be reduced, and the number of reader / writers relative to the number of reader antennas can also be reduced. The cost reduction effect can be increased.
[0049] また、本発明の第 2グループ発明の上記第 1および第 2の観点においては、その第 2の態様によれば、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナに交互に給電するように構成され ていることもできる。上記第 1および第 2の観点における上記第 1の態様におけるよう に、第 1および第 2のアンテナのうちのいずれか一方のアンテナに給電したときに他 方のアンテナに発生する誘導電流によって発生する磁界は、上記一方のアンテナに よって発生する磁界よりも多少小さい。しかし、上記第 1および第 2の観点における上 記第 2の態様によれば、第 1および第 2のアンテナに交互に給電することによって、両 方のアンテナ力も発生する全体としての磁界強度を均一化することができるから、 1 個のアンテナ切替手段を設けるだけでもって、電子タグとリーダ用アンテナとの間で の安定した通信状態を確保することができる。また、上記第 1および第 2の観点にお いては、上記リーダ用アンテナがリーダライタ用アンテナとして構成されているのが好 ましい。この場合、共通のアンテナでもって電子タグへの書込みと電子タグ力 の読 み出しとの両方を行うことができるから、リーダライタ全体の構成を簡単にすることがで きる。 Further, in the first and second aspects of the second group invention of the present invention, according to the second aspect, the first and second antennas are configured to be alternately fed. You can also As in the first aspect in the first and second aspects, it is generated by an induced current generated in one of the first and second antennas when power is supplied to the other antenna. The magnetic field is somewhat smaller than the magnetic field generated by the one antenna. However, according to the second aspect in the first and second aspects, by alternately feeding the first and second antennas, both of the antenna power is also generated, and the overall magnetic field strength is uniform. As a result, it is possible to secure a stable communication state between the electronic tag and the reader antenna only by providing one antenna switching means. Also, in the first and second aspects described above, Preferably, the reader antenna is configured as a reader / writer antenna. In this case, since the writing and reading of the electronic tag can be performed with the common antenna, the entire configuration of the reader / writer can be simplified.
また、本発明の第 2グループ発明の第 1および第 2の観点においては、その第 3の 態様によれば、上記アンテナ形成対象部材が、物品載置棚の棚板または物品載置 台の台板であり、上記棚板または上記台板の主要構成要素が、透明な非導電体で あるのも好ましい。また、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナの少なくともアンテナパターン (さらに好ましくは、アンテナパターンおよび一対の端子部)のそれぞれ力 断面径 0 . 5mm以下のワイヤ導線力も構成されているのも好ましい。この場合、ワイヤ導線の 断面径が、実用性の観点力も見て一般的に、 0. 02mm以上であるのも好ましい。上 記第 1および第 2の観点における上記第 3の態様によれば、複数段の棚板を備えて いる物品載置棚の上記棚板をアンテナ形成対象部材としたときでも、 1個または複数 個の棚板を通して別の棚板上の物品を見るのが容易であるから、この別の棚板上の 物品の取扱いが容易であり、また、物品載置棚のための照明設備を省略したり小規 模にしたりすることができる。さらに、上記第 1および第 2の観点においては、上記第 1 および第 2のアンテナが、これらの間に絶縁層を介在させて、互いに積層された一対 のガラス板の間に設けられているのが好ましい。このように構成すれば、耐候性およ び耐薬品性がそれぞれ優れた一対のガラス板の間に第 1および第 2のアンテナが設 けられているから、リーダ用アンテナを種々の環境で使用しても効果的に保護するこ とができる。このために、リーダ用アンテナの耐候性および耐薬品性が改善されるか ら、リーダ用アンテナを薬品棚などに設けても損傷する恐れがない。そして、上記第 1 および第 2の観点においては、上記第 1のアンテナの端子部と上記第 2のアンテナの 端子部とのそれぞれが、上記アンテナ形成対象部材 (例えば、棚板または台板)の長 さ方向(例えば、間口方向)における一方および他方の縁部と、幅方向(例えば、奥 行き方向)における背面側の縁部との中から選ばれたいずれか 1つの縁部に設けら れているのも好ましい。このように構成すれば、第 1および第 2のアンテナの給電用な どの端子部を 1箇所にまとめるのが容易であるから、アンテナ切替手段の設置位置に つ!、ての制約を少なくすることができる。 In the first and second aspects of the second group invention of the present invention, according to the third aspect, the antenna formation target member is a shelf board of an article placement shelf or a table of an article placement table. It is also preferred that the plate be a transparent non-conductive material of the shelf or the base plate. In addition, it is also preferable that a wire conductor with a force cross-sectional diameter of 0.5 mm or less of at least an antenna pattern (more preferably, an antenna pattern and a pair of terminal portions) of the first and second antennas is also configured. In this case, it is also preferable that the cross-sectional diameter of the wire is generally not less than 0.20 mm in view of practicality. According to the third aspect of the first and second aspects, even when the shelf board of the article placement shelf provided with a plurality of shelf boards is used as the antenna formation target member, one or more of them may be used. Because it is easy to view the articles on another shelf through one shelf board, handling of the articles on this separate shelf is easy, and the lighting equipment for the article placement shelf is omitted. It can be small. Furthermore, in the first and second aspects, it is preferable that the first and second antennas be provided between a pair of glass plates laminated to each other with an insulating layer interposed therebetween. . According to this structure, since the first and second antennas are provided between a pair of glass plates each having excellent weather resistance and chemical resistance, the reader antenna can be used in various environments. Can also be effectively protected. For this reason, since the weather resistance and chemical resistance of the reader antenna are improved, there is no risk of damage even if the reader antenna is provided on a medicine rack or the like. In the first and second aspects, each of the terminal portion of the first antenna and the terminal portion of the second antenna is the antenna formation target member (for example, a shelf plate or a base plate). It is provided at any one edge selected from one and the other edge in the length direction (for example, frontage direction) and the edge on the back side in the width direction (for example, depth direction) Is also preferred. With this configuration, it is easy to combine the terminal parts for feeding the first and second antennas into one place. You can reduce the limitations of
[0051] さらに、本発明の第 2グループ発明は、その第 3の観点によれば、上記第 1および 第 2の観点によるリーダ用アンテナが形成されている棚板を上記アンテナ形成対象 部材として備えているアンテナ付き物品載置棚にも係るものである。そして、本発明 の第 2グループ発明は、その第 4の観点によれば、上記第 1および第 2の観点によるリ ーダ用アンテナが形成されて 、る台板を上記アンテナ形成対象部材として備えて ヽ るアンテナ付き物品載置台にも係るものである。これら第 3および第 4の観点によれば 、物品載置棚の棚板上および物品載置台の台板上に載置される物品に設けられて いる電子タグの向きには実質的に無関係に、上記電子タグとの交信が可能であるリ ーダ用アンテナを備えた物品載置棚および物品載置台を提供することができる。  Further, according to a third aspect of the second group invention of the present invention, the shelf board on which the reader antenna according to the first and second aspects is formed is provided as the antenna formation target member. The invention also relates to an article placement shelf with an antenna. Then, according to the fourth aspect of the second group invention of the present invention, the antenna for reader according to the first and second aspects is formed, and the base plate is provided as the antenna formation target member. The invention also relates to an article mounting table with an antenna. According to the third and fourth aspects, the direction of the electronic tag provided on the article placed on the shelf plate of the article placement shelf and the bed plate of the article placement table is substantially irrelevant. An article placement shelf and an article placement table provided with a reader antenna capable of communicating with the electronic tag can be provided.
[0052] C、第 3グループ発明についての発明の開示  [0052] C, Disclosure of Invention Regarding Third Group Invention
本発明のうちの第 3グループ発明は、請求の範囲第 71項〜第 93項に記載されて いる。そして、この第 3グループ発明は、その第 1の観点によれば、アンテナ形成対象 部材に形成されているアンテナパターンを有するリーダライタ用アンテナにおいて、 導電性で多孔性のシート状部材が、平面的に見て上記アンテナパターンの外周囲 にほぼ沿ってループ形状に延在するように、上記アンテナ形成対象部材に設けられ ていることを特徴とするリーダ用アンテナに係るものである。この第 3グループ発明の 上記第 1の観点によれば、リーダ用アンテナのアンテナパターンのうちの所定のアン テナ成分で発生される磁界 (換言すれば、磁束)を、ループ形状に構成された導電 性で多孔性のシート状部材によって、棚板などのアンテナ形成対象部材の外部 (具 体的には、アンテナ形成対象部材の一定の距離以上の上方部分やアンテナ形成対 象部材の上方以外の部分)に限ってかなりの程度で弱めるようにすることが可能であ るから、上記リーダ用アンテナとこれと隣接する別のリーダ用アンテナとの間で干渉を 生じる可能性がほとんどなくて、物品収納空間などに無駄なスペースを生じることが ない。それでいて、ループ形状に構成された導電性のシート状部材が多孔性である から、リーダ用アンテナのアンテナパターンでそれぞれ発生される磁界 (換言すれば 、磁束)が、電子タグとの相互の交信に有効に機能する。したがって、比較的簡単な 構成であるにもかかわらず、し力も、電子タグを特に複雑な構造にすることなぐリー ダ用アンテナを電子タグと良好に交信させることができる。 The third group inventions of the present invention are described in claims 71 to 93. And, according to the first aspect of the third group invention, in the reader / writer antenna having an antenna pattern formed on the antenna formation target member, the conductive porous sheet member is planar The present invention relates to a reader antenna, which is provided on the antenna formation target member so as to extend in a loop shape substantially along the outer periphery of the antenna pattern as seen in FIG. According to the first aspect of the third group invention, the magnetic field (in other words, the magnetic flux) generated by a predetermined antenna component of the antenna pattern of the reader antenna is made conductive in a loop shape. Of the antenna formation target member such as a shelf board (specifically, a portion other than the upper portion of the antenna formation target member over a predetermined distance or the upper side of the antenna formation target member). Since it is possible to weaken only to a considerable extent, there is little possibility of causing interference between the above reader antenna and another reader antenna adjacent to it, and it is possible to store an article. There is no waste of space. However, since the conductive sheet-like member configured in a loop shape is porous, magnetic fields (in other words, magnetic flux) generated by the antenna pattern of the reader antenna are used for mutual communication with the electronic tag. Function effectively. Therefore, despite its relatively simple construction, it is possible for the electronic tag to have a particularly complex structure. The da antenna can be communicated well with the electronic tag.
[0053] 本発明の第 3グループ発明の上記第 1の観点においては、その第 1の態様によれ ば、上記多孔性シート状部材が、導電性の線条体をメッシュ状に編組したメッシュ構 造のものであることができる。また、その中央開口を含む上記多孔性シート状部材の 大きさに対する上記中央開口の大きさの比は、好ましくは、 20〜80% (さらに好ましく は、 30〜70%)の範囲である。また、上記多孔性シート状部材の小開孔のピッチは、 好ましくは、 50〜2, 000 m (さらに好ましくは、 100〜1, 200 m)の範囲である。 また、上記多孔性シート状部材の多数個の小開孔の 1個当りの面積は、好ましくは、 4, 000〜1, 800, 000 /z m2 (さらに好ましくは、 8, 000〜800, 000 /z m2)の範囲 である。また、上記多孔性シート状部材の、そこに形成されている多数個の小開孔に ついての開口率は、好ましくは、 70〜95% (さらに好ましくは、 80〜92%)の範囲で ある。 According to the first aspect of the third group invention of the present invention, according to the first aspect, the porous sheet member has a mesh structure in which conductive filaments are braided in a mesh shape. It can be built. The ratio of the size of the central opening to the size of the porous sheet-like member including the central opening is preferably in the range of 20 to 80% (more preferably 30 to 70%). Further, the pitch of the small openings of the porous sheet member is preferably in the range of 50 to 2,000 m (more preferably 100 to 1,200 m). Further, the area per one of the plurality of small holes of the porous sheet-like member is preferably 4,000 to 1,800,000 / zm 2 (more preferably 8,000 to 8,000,000) It is the range of / zm 2 ). Further, the open area ratio of the porous sheet-like member with respect to the large number of small holes formed therein is preferably in the range of 70 to 95% (more preferably 80 to 92%). .
[0054] 本発明の第 3グループ発明の第 1の観点においては、その第 2の態様によれば、上 記アンテナパターンの端部のうちのいずれか 1つの端部付近と重複 (例えば、このい ずれ力 1つの端部付近のほぼ U字状に突出している突出部分と少なくとも重複)して V、る導電性で多孔性の第 2のシート状部材力 上記アンテナ形成対象部材のうちの 上記いずれか 1つの端部付近に対応する箇所に少なくとも設けられているのが好まし い。上記第 1の観点の上記第 2の態様によれば、リーダ用アンテナのアンテナパター ンのうちの特に所定のアンテナ成分で発生される磁界 (換言すれば、磁束)を、第 2 の多孔性シート状部材によっても、棚板などのアンテナ形成対象部材の外部に限つ てさらに弱めるようにすることが可能であるから、上記リーダ用アンテナと、これと隣接 する別のリーダ用アンテナとの間で干渉を生じる可能性がさらに少なくなる。  According to a second aspect of the first aspect of the third group invention of the present invention, according to the second aspect, any one of the ends of the ends of the antenna pattern is overlapped with (for example, In one of the end portions, a substantially U-shaped protruding portion near at least one end portion of the V-shaped conductive member is applied to the conductive and porous second sheet-like member force. It is preferable that at least a portion corresponding to any one end is provided. According to the second aspect of the first aspect, the magnetic field (in other words, the magnetic flux) generated by a predetermined antenna component of the antenna pattern of the reader antenna can be a second porous sheet. It is possible to further weaken only to the outside of the antenna formation target member such as the shelf board by means of the ring-shaped member, so that it is possible to set between the above-mentioned reader antenna and another reader antenna adjacent thereto. The possibility of causing interference is further reduced.
[0055] また、本発明の第 3グループ発明の上記第 1の観点においては、その第 3の態様に よれば、上記多孔性シート状部材の外周囲は、平面的に見て、上記リーダライタ用ァ ンテナの上記アンテナパターンの外周囲またはその外側に沿って延在し、上記多孔 性シート状部材の内周囲は、平面的に見て、つぎの(a)項〜(d)項に記載の条件を 満足しているのが好ましい。  In the first aspect of the third group invention of the present invention, according to the third aspect, the outer periphery of the porous sheet member is viewed in plan, and the reader / writer is The porous sheet-like member extends along the outer periphery or the outer side of the antenna pattern of the antenna, and the inner periphery of the porous sheet member is described in the following items (a) to (d) in plan view. It is preferable to satisfy the following conditions.
(a)上記多孔性シート状部材の上記内周囲のうちの上記アンテナ形成対象部材の 第 1の方向(例えば、奥行き方向)における第 1の側の内周囲が、上記第 1の方向とは 直交する第 2の方向(例えば、間口方向)にほぼ沿って延在しているパターン部分の うちの上記第 1の方向における上記第 1の側の最外周を延在して!/、るパターン部分 の内側端またはその内側にほぼ沿って延在していること、 (a) the antenna formation target member of the inner circumference of the porous sheet member A pattern portion in which the inner circumference of the first side in the first direction (for example, the depth direction) extends substantially along the second direction (for example, the frontage direction) orthogonal to the first direction. Extending the outermost periphery of the first side in the first direction of the! /, And extending substantially along the inner end of the pattern portion or the inner side thereof;
(b)上記多孔性シート状部材の上記内周囲のうちの上記アンテナ形成対象部材の 上記第 1の方向における上記第 1の側とは反対側の第 2の側の内周囲が、上記第 2 の方向にほぼ沿って延在している上記パターン部分のうちの上記第 1の方向におけ る上記第 2の側の最外周を延在しているパターン部分の内側端またはその内側にほ ぼ沿って延在していること、  (b) Of the inner periphery of the porous sheet member, the inner periphery of the second side opposite to the first side in the first direction of the antenna formation target member is the second In the first direction in the first direction among the pattern portions extending substantially along the direction of the second side, or the inner end of the pattern portion extending substantially at the inner side thereof. Extending along,
(c)上記多孔性シート状部材の上記内周囲のうちの上記アンテナ形成対象部材の 上記第 2の方向における第 1の側の内周囲が、上記第 1の方向にほぼ沿って延在し ているパターン部分のうちの上記第 2の方向における上記第 1の側の最外周を延在 して 、るパターン部分の外側端またはその外側にほぼ沿って延在して 、ること、およ び  (c) The inner periphery of the first side in the second direction of the antenna formation target member of the inner peripheries of the porous sheet member extends substantially along the first direction. Extending the outermost periphery of the first side in the second direction among the pattern portions, and extending substantially along the outer end of the pattern portion or the outer side thereof;
(d)上記多孔性シート状部材の上記内周囲のうちの上記アンテナ形成対象部材の 上記第 2の方向における上記第 1の側とは反対側の第 2の側の内周囲が、上記第 1 の方向にほぼ沿って延在しているパターン部分のうちの上記第 2の方向における上 記第 2の側の最外周を延在しているパターン部分の外側端またはその外側にほぼ沿 つて延在していること。  (d) Of the inner periphery of the porous sheet member, the inner periphery of the second side opposite to the first side in the second direction of the antenna formation target member is the first inner periphery of the porous sheet member. It extends substantially along the outer edge or the outer side of the pattern portion extending on the second side in the second direction among the pattern portions extending substantially along the direction of Being present
[0056] 本発明の第 3グループ発明の上記第 1の観点の上記第 3の態様においては、上記 多孔性シート状部材は、平面的に見て、上記アンテナ形成対象部材の第 2の方向に ほぼ延在しているパターン部分のうちの上記第 1の方向における上記第 1の側の端 部付近および上記第 2の側の端部付近をそれぞれ延在しているパターン部分とほぼ 重複していてよい。また、上記多孔性シート状部材は、平面的に見て、上記第 2の方 向にほぼ沿って延在して 、るすべてのパターン部分とほぼ重複して 、てよ 、。さらに 、上記多孔性シート状部材は、平面的に見て、上記第 1の方向にほぼ沿って延在し て 、る 、ずれのパターン部分とも実質的に重複して 、なくてよ!、。  In the third aspect of the first aspect of the third group invention of the present invention, the porous sheet-like member is viewed in plan view in the second direction of the antenna formation target member Among the substantially extending pattern portions, the portions substantially overlap with the pattern portions extending near the first end and the second end in the first direction, respectively. You may In addition, the porous sheet-like member extends substantially along the second direction in plan view, and substantially overlaps all pattern portions. Furthermore, the porous sheet-like member extends substantially along the first direction in plan view, and substantially does not overlap with the misaligned pattern portion.
[0057] また、本発明の第 3グループ発明の上記第 1の観点においては、その第 4の態様に よれば、上記リーダ用アンテナが、互いに絶縁されかつ互いに重ね合わせられた状 態で上記アンテナ形成対象部材にそれぞれ設けられている第 1および第 2のループ アンテナを備えているのが好ましい。この場合、上記第 1および第 2のループアンテ ナのそれぞれは、ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンを備え、上記第 1のループア ンテナの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンと、上記第 2のループアンテナの 上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンとのそれぞれは、上記アンテナ形成対象部 材の第 1の方向(例えば、奥行き方向)における第 1の側に設けられた第 1のパターン 部分と、上記アンテナ形成対象部材の上記第 1の方向とは直交する第 2の方向(例え ば、間口方向)における第 1の側に設けられた第 2のパターン部分と、上記アンテナ 形成対象部材の上記第 1の方向における上記第 1の側とは反対側の第 2の側に設け られた第 3のパターン部分と、上記アンテナ形成対象部材の上記第 2の方向におけ る上記第 1の側とは反対側の第 2の側に設けられた第 4のノターン部分とを備え、上 記第 1のループアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分と、上記第 2のループアンテナの 上記第 1のパターン部分とのそれぞれは、互いに間欠的に配置されている複数本の ベースライン部と、これら複数本のベースライン部の間に設けられて 、る少なくとも 1 個の屈曲部とをそれぞれ備え、上記屈曲部のそれぞれは、第 1の立上り部および第 2の立上り部をそれぞれ備えるほぼ凸形状に構成され、上記第 1のループアンテナの 上記第 1の立上り部または上記第 2の立上り部が上記第 2のループアンテナのこれと 対応する第 1の立上り部とこれと対応する第 2の立上り部との間に配置されるように、 上記第 1のループアンテナが上記第 2のループアンテナに対して上記第 2の方向に ずれているのが好ましい。このように構成すれば、第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞ れのほぼ上記第 1の方向に沿って延在する通信不能領域を、比較的少ないアンテナ 数でかつ比較的簡単なアンテナパターン形状でもって、互いに補うことができる。こ のために、種々の向きの電子タグとの良好な交信が可能であるリーダ用アンテナを提 供することができる。 [0057] In the first aspect of the third group invention of the present invention, in the fourth aspect, In this case, it is preferable that the reader antenna includes first and second loop antennas respectively provided on the antenna formation target members in a state of being insulated from each other and overlapping each other. In this case, each of the first and second loop antennas has a substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern, and the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern of the first loop antenna and the second loop antenna Each of the substantially loop-shaped antenna patterns includes a first pattern portion provided on a first side in a first direction (for example, a depth direction) of the antenna formation target member, and the antenna formation target member. The second pattern portion provided on the first side in a second direction (for example, the frontage direction) orthogonal to the first direction, and the first pattern direction member in the first direction. A third pattern portion provided on a second side opposite to the first side, and a second side opposite to the first side in the second direction of the antenna formation target member The fourth pattern portion provided on the side, and the third pattern portion of the first loop antenna and the first pattern portion of the second loop antenna are intermittent with each other Each of the plurality of baseline portions disposed in a row and at least one bend portion provided between the plurality of baseline portions, each of the bend portions being a first The first rising portion or the second rising portion of the first loop antenna corresponds to that of the second loop antenna. The first rising portion or the second rising portion of the first loop antenna is configured in a substantially convex shape including a rising portion and a second rising portion. The first loop antenna is offset with respect to the second loop antenna in the second direction so as to be disposed between the first rising portion and the corresponding second rising portion. Preferred . According to this structure, the incommunicable area extending along substantially the first direction of each of the first and second antennas can be formed with a relatively small number of antennas and a relatively simple antenna pattern shape. Thus, they can make up for each other. To this end, it is possible to provide a reader antenna capable of good communication with electronic tags of various orientations.
また、本発明の第 3グループ発明の上記第 1の観点の上記第 4の態様においては、 上記第 1のループアンテナは、好ましくは、上記複数本のベースライン部の 1本当り の平均的な長さの 0. 25〜0. 75 (さらに好ましくは、 0. 3〜0. 6)の範囲だけ、上記 第 2のループアンテナに対して、上記第 2の方向にずれている。また、上記第 1のル ープアンテナは、好ましくは、上記第 1のループアンテナの上記第 1および第 2の立 上り部および上記第 2のループアンテナの上記第 1および第 2の立上り部の 1本当り の平均的な長さの 0. 05〜0. 5 (さらに好ましくは、 0. 1〜0. 4)の範囲だけ、上記第 2のループアンテナに対して、上記第 1の方向にずれて!/、る。 In the fourth aspect of the first aspect of the third group invention of the present invention, preferably, the first loop antenna is preferably an average per one of the plurality of baseline portions. Only the range of 0.25 to 0. 75 (more preferably 0.3 to 0. 6) of the length, The second loop antenna is offset in the second direction. Preferably, the first loop antenna is one of the first and second rising portions of the first loop antenna and one of the first and second rising portions of the second loop antenna. Offset in the first direction with respect to the second loop antenna by a range of 0.50 to 0.5 (more preferably, 0.1 to 0.4) of the average length per contact ! /.
[0059] さらに、本発明の第 3グループ発明の上記第 1の観点においては、その第 5の態様 によれば、上記リーダ用アンテナがリーダライタ用アンテナとして構成されているのが 好ましい。上記第 1の観点の上記第 5の態様によれば、共通のアンテナでもって電子 タグへの書込みと電子タグ力 の読み出しとの両方を行うことができるから、リーダライ タ全体の構成を簡単にすることができる。 Furthermore, in the first aspect of the third group invention of the present invention, according to the fifth aspect, it is preferable that the reader antenna be configured as a reader / writer antenna. According to the fifth aspect of the first aspect, since writing to the electronic tag and reading of the electronic tag force can be performed with a common antenna, the entire configuration of the reader / writer is simplified. be able to.
[0060] また、本発明の第 3グループ発明の上記第 1の観点においては、その第 6の態様に よれば、上記アンテナ形成対象部材が、物品載置棚の棚板または物品載置台の台 板であり、上記棚板または上記台板の主要構成要素が、透明な非導電体であり、上 記第 1および第 2のアンテナの少なくともアンテナパターンのそれぞれ力 断面径 0. 5mm以下のワイヤ導線力も構成されることができる。また、上記第 1および第 2のル ープアンテナが、これらの間に絶縁層を介在させて、互いに積層された一対のガラス 板の間に設けられることができる。この場合、耐候性および耐薬品性がそれぞれ優れ た一対のガラス板の間に第 1および第 2のループアンテナが設けられているから、リ ーダ用アンテナを種々の環境で使用しても効果的に保護することができる。このため に、リーダ用アンテナの耐候性および耐薬品性が改善されるから、リーダ用アンテナ を薬品棚などに設けても損傷する恐れがない。  [0060] In the first aspect of the third group invention of the present invention, according to the sixth aspect, the antenna formation target member is a shelf board of an article placing shelf or a table of an article placing table. A plate, and the main component of the shelf board or the base plate is a transparent non-conductive material, and a wire conductor having a cross-sectional diameter of at least 0.5 mm of at least the antenna pattern of the first and second antennas. Forces can also be configured. Also, the first and second loop antennas can be provided between a pair of glass plates stacked on each other with an insulating layer interposed therebetween. In this case, since the first and second loop antennas are provided between a pair of glass plates each having excellent weather resistance and chemical resistance, the reader antenna can be effectively used even in various environments. Can be protected. As a result, the weather resistance and chemical resistance of the reader antenna are improved. Therefore, even if the reader antenna is provided on a medicine rack or the like, there is no risk of damage.
[0061] さらに、本発明の第 3グループ発明は、その第 2の観点によれば、上記第 1の観点 によるリーダ用アンテナが形成されている棚板を上記アンテナ形成対象部材として備 えていることを特徴とするアンテナ付き物品載置棚に係るものである。この場合、上記 アンテナ付き物品載置棚がアンテナ付き書架であるのが好ましい。そして、本発明の 第 3グループ発明は、その第 3の観点によれば、上記第 1の観点によるリーダ用アン テナが形成されて 、る台板を上記アンテナ形成対象部材として備えて 、ることを特徴 とするアンテナ付き物品載置台に係るものである。これら第 2および第 3の観点によれ ば、リーダ用アンテナと、これと隣接する別のリーダ用アンテナとの間で干渉を生じる 可能性がほとんどなくて、無駄なスペースを生じることがなぐまた、リーダ用アンテナ を比較的簡単な構成にすることができるにもかかわらず、電子タグを特に複雑な構造 にすることなぐ電子タグと良好に交信することが可能であるリーダ用アンテナを備え た書架などの物品載置棚および物品載置台を提供することができる。 Furthermore, according to a second aspect of the third group invention of the present invention, the shelf board on which the reader antenna according to the first aspect is formed is provided as the antenna formation target member. The present invention relates to an article mounting shelf with an antenna characterized by In this case, it is preferable that the article mounting shelf with an antenna is a bookshelf with an antenna. And, according to the third aspect of the present invention, according to the third group of the present invention, the base plate for the reader according to the first aspect is formed, and the base plate is provided as the antenna formation target member, The present invention relates to an article mounting table with an antenna characterized by According to these second and third aspects For example, there is little possibility of causing interference between the reader antenna and another reader antenna adjacent to it, and no wasted space is created. Also, the reader antenna can be made relatively simple. Although it is possible to do so, the article placement shelf and article placement table such as a bookshelf provided with a reader antenna that can communicate well with the electronic tag without particularly making the electronic tag into a complicated structure. Can be provided.
図面の簡単な説明 Brief description of the drawings
[図 1]本発明の第 1グループ発明を物品載置棚に適用した第 1の実施例における物 品載置棚全体の斜視図である。 FIG. 1 is a perspective view of the entire article placement shelf in the first embodiment in which the first group invention of the present invention is applied to an article placement shelf.
[図 2A]図 1の棚板の、リーダライタ用アンテナを構成する 2個のアンテナのうちの第 1 のアンテナのみを示す平面図である。  [FIG. 2A] A plan view showing only the first antenna of the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of the shelf board of FIG.
[図 2B]図 1の棚板の、リーダライタ用アンテナを構成する 2個のアンテナのうちの第 2 のアンテナのみを示す平面図である。  [FIG. 2B] A plan view showing only the second antenna of the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of the shelf board of FIG. 1.
[図 2C]図 1の棚板の、リーダライタ用アンテナを構成する 2個のアンテナの両方を示 す平面図である。  [FIG. 2C] FIG. 2C is a plan view of the shelf board of FIG. 1 showing both of the two antennas that constitute the reader / writer antenna.
[図 3]図 2Aの棚板の一部分の拡大縦断面図である。  [FIG. 3] It is an enlarged longitudinal cross-sectional view of a part of the shelf board of FIG. 2A.
[図 4]図 1の電子タグの拡大平面図である。 FIG. 4 is an enlarged plan view of the electronic tag of FIG. 1;
[図 5A]図 2Cの棚板の、電子タグの第 1の配置状態での通信不能領域を書き加えた 状態における平面図である。  [FIG. 5A] A plan view of the shelf board of FIG. 2C in a state in which an incommunicable area in the first arrangement state of the electronic tag is added.
[図 5B]図 2Cの棚板の、電子タグの第 2の配置状態での通信不能領域を書き加えた 状態における平面図である。  [FIG. 5B] A plan view of the shelf board of FIG. 2C in a state in which an incommunicable area in the second arrangement state of the electronic tag is added.
[図 5C]図 2Cの棚板の、電子タグの第 3の配置状態での通信不能領域を書き加えた 状態における平面図である。  [FIG. 5C] A plan view of the shelf board of FIG. 2C in a state in which an incommunicable area in the third arrangement state of the electronic tags is added.
[図 6A]本発明の第 1グループ発明を説明するための第 1の比較例における棚板の、 図 5Bと同様の平面図である。  [FIG. 6A] A plan view similar to FIG. 5B of the shelf board in the first comparative example for explaining the first group invention of the present invention.
[図 6B]本発明の第 1グループ発明を説明するための第 2の比較例における棚板の、 図 5Bと同様の状態における平面図である。  [FIG. 6B] A plan view of a shelf board in a second comparative example for explaining the first group invention of the present invention in a state similar to FIG. 5B.
[図 7]図 2Cに示すリーダライタ用アンテナと図 4に示す電子タグと磁力線との関係を 示す概略的な縦断面図である。 圆 8]本発明の第 1グループ発明の第 2の実施例における棚板の、図 2Cと同様の平 面図である。 7 is a schematic vertical sectional view showing the relationship between the reader / writer antenna shown in FIG. 2C, the electronic tag shown in FIG. 4 and magnetic lines of force. 圆 8] A plan view similar to FIG. 2C of the shelf board in the second embodiment of the first group invention of the present invention.
圆 9]本発明の第 2グループの発明を物品載置棚に適用した第 1の実施例における 物品載置棚全体の斜視図である。 (9) A perspective view of the entire article placement shelf in the first embodiment in which the invention of the second group of the present invention is applied to the article placement shelf.
圆 10A]図 9の最上段の棚板の、リーダライタ用アンテナの基本的単位パターン形状 を示す平面図である。 10A] is a plan view showing a basic unit pattern shape of a reader / writer antenna of the uppermost shelf plate in FIG. 9. [FIG.
[図 10B]図 10Aの基本的単位パターン形状による間口方向の磁界成分の状態をカロ えた図 1 OAと同様の平面図である。  FIG. 10B is a plan view similar to FIG. 1 OA in which the state of the magnetic field component in the direction of the frontage according to the basic unit pattern shape in FIG. 10A is colored.
圆 10C]図 10Aの基本的単位パターン形状による奥行き方向の磁界成分の状態を 加えた図 1 OAと同様の平面図である。 10C] is a plan view similar to FIG. 1 OA in which the state of the magnetic field component in the depth direction according to the basic unit pattern shape in FIG. 10A is added.
[図 11A]図 9の最上段の棚板の、図 10Aの基本的単位パターン形状の変形例を示す 平面図である。  [FIG. 11A] A plan view showing a modification of the basic unit pattern shape of FIG. 10A of the uppermost shelf plate of FIG.
[図 11B]図 11 Aの基本的単位パターン形状による間口方向の磁界成分の状態をカロ えた図 11Aと同様の平面図である。  FIG. 11B is a plan view similar to FIG. 11A, showing the state of the magnetic field component in the frontage direction according to the basic unit pattern shape of FIG. 11A.
圆 11C]図 11Aの基本的単位パターン形状による奥行き方向の磁界成分の状態を 加えた図 11Aと同様の平面図である。 11C] is a plan view similar to FIG. 11A in which the state of the magnetic field component in the depth direction according to the basic unit pattern shape in FIG. 11A is added.
[図 12A]図 9の最上段の棚板の、配置例 1のリーダライタ用アンテナを構成する 2個の アンテナのうちの第 1のアンテナのみを示す平面図である。  [FIG. 12A] A plan view showing only the first antenna of the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of Arrangement Example 1 of the uppermost shelf plate in FIG. 9.
[図 12B]図 9の最上段の棚板の、配置例 1のリーダライタ用アンテナを構成する 2個の アンテナのうちの第 2のアンテナのみを示す平面図である。  [FIG. 12B] A plan view showing only the second antenna of the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of Arrangement Example 1 of the shelf board in the top row of FIG. 9.
[図 12C]図 9の最上段の棚板の、配置例 1のリーダライタ用アンテナを構成する 2個の アンテナの両方を示す平面図である。  [FIG. 12C] A plan view showing both of the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of Arrangement Example 1 of the shelf board in the top row of FIG. 9.
[図 13A]図 9の最上段の棚板の、図 12Cのリーダライタ用アンテナを構成する 2個の アンテナによる間口方向の磁界成分の状態を加えた平面図である。  [FIG. 13A] A plan view of the top shelf plate of FIG. 9 including the state of the magnetic field components in the frontage direction by two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 12C.
[図 13B]図 12Cのリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 1を示す図 13Aと同様の平面図で ある。  13B is a plan view similar to FIG. 13A showing modified example 1 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 12C.
[図 13C]図 12Cのリーダライタ用アンテナの参考例を示す図 13Aと同様の平面図で ある。 [図 14A]図 9の最上段の棚板の、図 13Aのリーダライタ用アンテナの供給電流および 誘導電流の向きを示す平面図である。 13C is a plan view similar to FIG. 13A showing a reference example of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 12C. 14A is a plan view showing the direction of supply current and induction current of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 13A of the uppermost shelf plate of FIG. 9;
[図 14B]図 13Bのリーダライタ用アンテナを示す図 14Aと同様の平面図である。  14B is a plan view similar to FIG. 14A showing the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 13B.
[図 14C]図 12Cのリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 2を示す図 14Bと同様の平面図で ある。  14C is a plan view similar to FIG. 14B showing modified example 2 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 12C.
[図 15A]図 9の最上段の棚板の、図 12Cのリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 3を示す 平面図である。  [FIG. 15A] A plan view showing a third modification of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 12C on the uppermost shelf plate of FIG.
圆 15B]図 15Aのリーダライタ用アンテナの長手状重複部位を示す図 15Aと同様の 平面図である。 [15B] FIG. 15B is a plan view similar to FIG. 15A showing the longitudinally overlapping portion of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 15A.
[図 15C]図 15Aのリーダライタ用アンテナの供給電流および誘導電流の向きを示す 図 15Aと同様の平面図である。  [FIG. 15C] A plan view similar to FIG. 15A showing the direction of supply current and induction current of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 15A.
[図 16A]図 9の棚板の、図 12Cのリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 4を示す平面図で ある。  FIG. 16A is a plan view showing a modification 4 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 12C of the shelf board of FIG. 9;
[図 16B]図 12Cのリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 5を示す図 14Bと同様の平面図で ある。  FIG. 16B is a plan view similar to FIG. 14B showing modified example 5 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 12C.
[図 17]図 9の最上段の棚板の、配置例 2のリーダライタ用アンテナを示す平面図であ る。  FIG. 17 is a plan view showing the reader / writer antenna of Arrangement Example 2 of the shelf board in the top row of FIG. 9;
[図 18A]図 17のリーダライタ用アンテナを構成する 2個のアンテナによる間口方向の 磁界成分が弱くなる領域を示す平面図である。  18A] A plan view showing a region where the magnetic field component in the frontage direction by the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 17 becomes weak.
[図 18B]図 17のリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 1を示す図 18Aと同様の平面図であ る。  FIG. 18B is a plan view similar to FIG. 18A showing modified example 1 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 17.
[図 18C]図 17のリーダライタ用アンテナの参考例を示す図 18Aと同様の平面図であ る。  18C is a plan view similar to FIG. 18A showing a reference example of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 17;
[図 19A]図 9の最上段の棚板の、図 18Aのリーダライタ用アンテナの供給電流および 誘導電流の向きを示す平面図である。  [FIG. 19A] A plan view showing the direction of supply current and induction current of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 18A of the uppermost shelf plate of FIG.
[図 19B]図 18Bのリーダライタ用アンテナを示す図 19Aと同様の平面図である。  FIG. 19B is a plan view similar to FIG. 19A showing the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 18B.
[図 19C]図 17のリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 2を示す図 19Bと同様の平面図であ る。 [図 20]図 9の最上段の棚板の、配置例 3のリーダライタ用アンテナを示す平面図であ る。 FIG. 19C is a plan view similar to FIG. 19B showing modified example 2 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 17. FIG. 20 is a plan view showing the reader / writer antenna of Arrangement Example 3 of the shelf board in the top row of FIG. 9;
[図 21A]図 20のリーダライタ用アンテナを構成する 2個のアンテナによる間口方向の 磁界成分が弱くなる領域を示す平面図である。  FIG. 21A is a plan view showing a region where the magnetic field component in the frontage direction weakens due to two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 20;
[図 21B]図 20のリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 1を示す図 21Aと同様の平面図であ る。  FIG. 21B is a plan view similar to FIG. 21A showing modified example 1 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 20.
[図 21C]図 20のリーダライタ用アンテナの参考例を示す図 21Aと同様の平面図であ る。  21C is a plan view similar to FIG. 21A showing a reference example of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 20;
[図 22A]図 9の最上段の棚板の、図 21Aのリーダライタ用アンテナの供給電流および 誘導電流の向きを示す平面図である。  22A] A plan view showing the direction of supply current and induction current of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 21A of the uppermost shelf plate of FIG. 9. [FIG.
[図 22B]図 20のリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 2を示す図 22Aと同様の平面図であ る。  FIG. 22B is a plan view similar to FIG. 22A showing modification 2 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 20.
[図 22C]図 20のリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 3を示す図 22Aと同様の平面図で ある。  22C is a plan view similar to FIG. 22A showing modified example 3 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 20. FIG.
圆 23A]本発明の第 2グループ発明を物品載置棚に適用した第 2の実施例における 最上段の棚板の、リーダライタ用アンテナの基本的単位パターン形状を示す平面図 である。 23A] A plan view showing a basic unit pattern shape of a reader / writer antenna of the shelf board of the uppermost stage in the second embodiment in which the second group invention of the present invention is applied to an article placing shelf. [FIG.
[図 23B]図 23Aの基本的単位パターン形状による間口方向の磁界成分の状態をカロ えた図 23Aと同様の平面図である。  [FIG. 23B] is a plan view similar to FIG. 23A showing the state of the magnetic field component in the frontage direction according to the basic unit pattern shape of FIG. 23A.
圆 23C]図 23Aの基本的単位パターン形状による奥行き方向の磁界成分の状態を 加えた図 23Aと同様の平面図である。 [23C] FIG. 23C is a plan view similar to FIG. 23A to which the state of the magnetic field component in the depth direction according to the basic unit pattern shape of FIG. 23A is added.
圆 24]本発明の第 2グループ発明の第 2の実施例における最上段の棚板の、リーダ ライタ用アンテナを構成する 2個のアンテナの両方を示す平面図である。 圆 24] It is a plan view showing both of the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of the shelf plate of the uppermost stage in the second embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention.
圆 25A]本発明の第 2グループ発明の第 2の実施例における最上段の棚板の、図 24 のリーダライタ用アンテナを構成する 2個のアンテナによる間口方向の磁界成分の状 態をカ卩えた平面図である。 圆 25A] The state of the magnetic field component in the direction of the frontage by the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 24 of the top shelf plate in the second embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention is covered. FIG.
[図 25B]図 24のリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 1を示す図 25Aと同様の平面図であ る。 [図 25C]図 24のリーダライタ用アンテナの参考例を示す図 25Aと同様の平面図であ る。 FIG. 25B is a plan view similar to FIG. 25A showing modified example 1 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 24. [FIG. 25C] A plan view similar to FIG. 25A showing a reference example of the reader / writer antenna of FIG.
圆 26A]本発明の第 2グループ発明の第 2の実施例における最上段の棚板の、図 24 のリーダライタ用アンテナの給電電流および誘導電流の向きを示す平面図である。 FIG. 26A is a plan view showing the direction of the feed current and the induced current of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 24 of the uppermost shelf plate in the second embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention.
[図 26B]図 25Bのリーダライタ用アンテナの図 26Aと同様の平面図である。  [FIG. 26B] A plan view similar to FIG. 26A of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 25B.
[図 26C]図 24のリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 2を示す図 26Aと同様の平面図で ある。  [FIG. 26C] A plan view similar to FIG. 26A showing modified example 2 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG.
[図 27A]図 24のリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 3を示す図 24と同様の平面図である  [FIG. 27A] is a plan view similar to FIG. 24 showing modified example 3 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG.
[図 27B]図 24のリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 4を示す図 24と同様の平面図である [FIG. 27B] is a plan view similar to FIG. 24 showing Modified example 4 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 24.
[図 28A]図 24のリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 5を示す図 26Aと同様の平面図であ る。 [FIG. 28A] A plan view similar to FIG. 26A showing modified example 5 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG.
[図 28B]図 24のリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例 6を示す図 26Aと同様の平面図であ る。  [FIG. 28B] A plan view similar to FIG. 26A showing modified example 6 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG.
圆 29]図 27Aの棚板の、リーダライタ用アンテナと電子タグと磁力線との関係を示す 概略的な縦断面図である。 圆 29] FIG. 27A is a schematic vertical cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the reader / writer antenna, the electronic tag, and the magnetic lines of force, of the shelf board of FIG. 27A.
[図 30A]図 27Aの棚板の、電子タグの X— y面にほぼ平行な配置での通信不能領域 を書き加えた状態における平面図である。  [FIG. 30A] A plan view of the shelf board of FIG. 27A in a state in which a communication disabled area in an arrangement substantially parallel to the XY plane of the electronic tag is added.
[図 30B]電子タグの X— z面にほぼ平行な配置での通信不能領域を書き加えた状態 における図 30Aと同様の平面図である。  [FIG. 30B] is a plan view similar to FIG. 30A in the state where the incommunicable area in the arrangement substantially parallel to the X-z plane of the electronic tag is added.
[図 30C]電子タグの y— z面にほぼ平行な配置での通信不能領域を書き加えた状態 における図 30Aと同様の平面図である。  [FIG. 30C] A plan view similar to FIG. 30A in the state in which the incommunicable area in the arrangement substantially parallel to the yz plane of the electronic tag is added.
圆 31]本発明の第 2グループ発明を物品載置棚に適用した第 3の実施例における最 上段の棚板の、リーダライタ用アンテナを構成する 2個のアンテナの両方をこれと関 連する回路部分とともに示す平面図である。 ] 31] of the uppermost shelf plate in the third embodiment in which the second group invention of the present invention is applied to an article placing shelf, both of the two antennas constituting the reader / writer antenna are related thereto It is a top view shown with a circuit part.
[図 32A]図 31のリーダライタ用アンテナの参考例 1を示す図 31と同様の平面図である [図 32B]図 31のリーダライタ用アンテナの参考例 2を示す図 31と同様の平面図である 圆 32C]本発明の第 2グループ発明の第 3の実施例における棚板の、図 31のリーダ ライタ用アンテナを構成する 2個のアンテナによる奥行き方向の磁界成分の状態を加 えた平面図である。 FIG. 32A is a plan view similar to FIG. 31 showing Reference Example 1 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 31. [FIG. 32B] A plan view similar to FIG. 31 showing the reference example 2 of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 31. 32C] The shelf board of the third embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention, FIG. FIG. 6 is a plan view including the state of magnetic field components in the depth direction of two antennas that constitute a reader / writer antenna.
[図 32D]図 31のリーダライタ用アンテナの変形例を示す図 32Cと同様の平面図であ る。  FIG. 32D is a plan view similar to FIG. 32C showing a modification of the reader / writer antenna of FIG. 31.
圆 33]本発明の第 3グループ発明を書架検索システムに適用した第 1の実施例にお ける書架の部分的に欠截した斜視図である。 圆 33] A partially omitted perspective view of the bookshelf in the first embodiment in which the third group invention of the present invention is applied to a bookshelf search system.
[図 34]図 33の最上段の棚板の平面図である。 FIG. 34 is a plan view of the top shelf board of FIG. 33;
[図 35]図 34の棚板の一部分の拡大縦断図である。 FIG. 35 is an enlarged longitudinal view of a portion of the shelf board of FIG. 34.
[図 36]図 33の書籍類の拡大斜視図である。 FIG. 36 is an enlarged perspective view of the books of FIG.
圆 37]導電性で多孔性のシート状部材が取付けられて 、な 、遮蔽材なしの状態での 、図 34の棚板の平面図である。 圆 37] A top view of the shelf board of FIG. 34 with the conductive porous sheet member attached and without the shield.
圆 38]図 37の遮蔽材なしの棚板の端子部付近の拡大斜視図である。 [38] Fig. 37 is an enlarged perspective view of the vicinity of a terminal portion of the shelf board without the shielding material of Fig. 37.
圆 39]図 38の遮蔽材なしの棚板の端子部付近の分解斜視図である。 [39] Fig. 38 is an exploded perspective view of the vicinity of a terminal portion of the shelf board without the shielding material of Fig. 38.
[図 40]本発明の第 3グループ発明の参考例 1の書架の正面図である。  FIG. 40 is a front view of the bookcase of the reference example 1 of the third group invention of the present invention.
[図 41]本発明の第 3グループ発明の参考例 2の書架の正面図である。  FIG. 41 is a front view of the bookcase of the reference example 2 of the third group invention of the present invention.
圆 42]本発明の第 3グループ発明を書架検索システムに適用した第 2の実施例にお ける最上段の棚板の平面図である。 圆 42] It is a top view of the shelf board of the uppermost step in the 2nd Example which applied the 3rd group invention of this invention to the bookshelf search system.
圆 43]図 42の棚板に取付けられている第 1および第 2の多孔性シート状部材の分解 斜視図である。 圆 43] FIG. 42 is an exploded perspective view of the first and second porous sheet members attached to the shelf board of FIG.
[図 44]図 42の棚板の一部分の拡大縦断面図である。  44 is an enlarged longitudinal sectional view of a portion of the shelf board of FIG.
圆 45]本発明の第 3グループ発明を書架検索システムに適用した第 3の実施例にお ける最上段の棚板の平面図である。 [45] A top view of a shelf board in the third embodiment in which the third group invention of the present invention is applied to a bookshelf search system.
[図 46]図 45の棚板の一部分の拡大縦断面図である。  FIG. 46 is an enlarged longitudinal sectional view of a portion of the shelf board of FIG. 45.
[図 47]本発明の第 3グループ発明の第 1〜第 3の実施例および参考例 1のリーダライ タ用アンテナの、電子タグとの間口方向の位置に応じた上下方向における最大通信 可能距離を示すグラフである。 [FIG. 47] Maximum communication in the vertical direction according to the position of the reader / writer antenna of the first to third embodiments and the reference example 1 of the third invention of the present invention in the opening direction with the electronic tag. It is a graph which shows possible distance.
[図 48]本発明の第 3グループ発明の第 1〜第 3の実施例および参考例 1のリーダライ タ用アンテナの、電子タグとの間口方向の位置に応じた奥行き方向における最大通 信可能距離を示すグラフである。  [FIG. 48] The maximum communicable distance in the depth direction of the reader / writer antenna of the first to third embodiments and the reference example 1 of the third group invention of the present invention according to the position in the direction of the frontage with the electronic tag. Is a graph showing
[図 49]本発明の第 3グループ発明の参考例 2のリーダライタ用アンテナについての図 47と同様のグラフである。  [FIG. 49] A graph similar to FIG. 47 for the reader / writer antenna of Reference Example 2 of the third group invention of the present invention.
[図 50]本発明の第 3グループ発明の参考例 3のリーダライタ用アンテナについての図 47と同様のグラフである。  [FIG. 50] A graph similar to FIG. 47 for the reader / writer antenna of the third embodiment of the present invention according to the third embodiment.
[図 51]本発明の第 3グループ発明の参考例 4のリ一ダライタ用アンテナについての図 47と同様のグラフである。  FIG. 51 is a graph similar to FIG. 47 about the antenna for a relay writer of Reference Example 4 of the third group invention of the present invention.
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0063] つぎに、本発明の第 1、第 2および第 3グループ発明の実施例を、「A、第 1グルー プ発明の実施例」、「B、第 2グループ発明の実施例」および「C、第 3グループ発明の 実施例」に項分けして、図面を参照しつつ説明する。  Next, examples of the first, second and third group inventions of the present invention will be described in “A, an example of the first group invention”, “B, an example of the second group invention” and “A. C, Third embodiment of the invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
[0064] A、第 1グループ発明の実施例  A, an embodiment of the first group invention
まず、本発明のうちの第 1グループ発明を物品載置棚に適用した 2つの実施例 (す なわち、第 1および第 2の実施例)を、「1、第 1グループ発明の第 1の実施例」、「2、 第 1グループ発明の第 2の実施例」および「3、第 1グループ発明の追加の変形例」に 項分けして、図 1〜図 8を参照しつつ説明する。  First, two embodiments (the first and second embodiments) in which the first group invention of the present invention is applied to an article placing shelf are referred to as "first embodiment of the first group invention". The embodiments will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 8 by dividing the items into “Embodiment 2”, “2nd embodiment of the first group invention” and “3. Additional modification of the first group invention”.
[0065] 1、第 1グループ発明の第 1の実施例  1, first embodiment of the first group invention
まず、本発明の第 1グループ発明の第 1の実施例を、「(1)物品載置棚の全体的構 成」、「(2)リーダライタ用アンテナのパターン形状」および「(3)リーダライタ用アンテ ナの動作試験」に項分けして、図 1〜図 7を参照しつつ説明する。  First of all, according to the first embodiment of the first group invention of the present invention, "(1) Overall configuration of article placement shelf", "(2) Pattern shape of antenna for reader / writer" and "(3) Reader" Operation test for the writer antenna will be divided into sections and explained with reference to Figs. 1 to 7.
[0066] (1)物品載置棚の全体的構成  (1) Overall Configuration of the Item Mounting Shelf
本発明の第 1グループ発明の第 1の実施例における図 1〜図 3に示す物品管理棚( 換言すれば、物品載置棚) 1は、図 1に示すように、向力つて左側の側板 2、向かって 右側の側板 3、背面板 (換言すれば、背板) 4、天板 5および底板 6から構成されたほ ぼ箱蓋形状 (換言すれば、ほぼ直方体形状)を有している。これら左右一対の側板 2 、 3、背面板 4、天板 5および底板 6は、ガラス、合成樹脂、木などの適当な材料力もそ れぞれ構成されることができる。底板 6は、最下段の棚板を兼用している。物品管理 棚 1は、ガラス、合成樹脂など力もほぼ透明に構成されているのが好ましい前面板( 図示せず)をさらに備えていてもよい。このような前面板は、例えば、左右一対の引き 戸構造であってよい。なお、左右一対の側板 2、 3、背面板 4、天板 5、底板 6および 前面板の 1つまたは複数もしくは全部は金属であってもよい。そして、これらの板の表 面にリーダライタ用アンテナを形成する場合には、その表面を絶縁層で被覆してから 形成すればよい。また、図示の実施例においては、左右一対の側板 2、 3は底板 6か ら下方に多少突出するように構成されている。そして、これら左右一対の突出部によ つて、左右一対の支持脚 7、 8がそれぞれ形成されている。 The article management shelf (in other words, the article placement shelf) shown in FIGS. 1 to 3 in the first embodiment of the first group invention of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 2, towards the right side plate 3, back plate (in other words, back plate) 4, top plate 5 and bottom plate 6 has a nearly box lid shape (in other words, substantially rectangular shape) . These left and right side plates 2 , 3, the back plate 4, the top plate 5 and the bottom plate 6 can also be made of suitable materials such as glass, synthetic resin, wood and the like. The bottom plate 6 doubles as the bottom shelf plate. Article Management Shelf 1 may further include a front plate (not shown) that is preferably configured to be substantially transparent, such as glass and synthetic resin. Such a front plate may be, for example, a pair of left and right sliding doors. Note that one or more or all of the pair of left and right side plates 2 and 3, the back plate 4, the top plate 5, the bottom plate 6 and the front plate may be metal. Then, in the case of forming a reader / writer antenna on the surface of these plates, the surface may be covered with an insulating layer before the formation. Further, in the illustrated embodiment, the left and right side plates 2 and 3 are configured to slightly project downward from the bottom plate 6. The pair of left and right support legs 7 and 8 are respectively formed by the pair of left and right protrusions.
[0067] 図 1に示す物品管理棚 1は、図示の実施例においては、ガラス、合成樹脂、木など の非金属性の適当な材料 (換言すれば、透明または不透明の非導電体)を主要構成 要素としてそれぞれ構成されている最上段の棚板 11、 2段目の棚板 12、 3段目の棚 板 13、 4段目の棚板 14および最下段の上記棚板 6をそれぞれ備えている 5段構成の ものである。これらの棚板 6、 11〜14は、左右一対の側縁部または背板側の側縁部 を適当な支持手段(図示せず)によって、左右一対の側板 2、 3などに支持されること ができる。 In the illustrated embodiment, the article management shelf 1 shown in FIG. 1 is mainly made of non-metallic suitable material such as glass, synthetic resin, wood or the like (in other words, transparent or opaque non-conductive material). The top shelf plate 11, the second shelf plate 12, the third shelf plate 13, the fourth shelf plate 14 and the lower shelf plate 6, which are respectively configured as components, are provided. There is a five-stage configuration. These shelf plates 6, 11 to 14 are supported on the pair of left and right side plates 2, 3 and the like by appropriate supporting means (not shown). Can.
[0068] 図 1に示す物品管理棚 1の各棚板 6、 11〜14には、それぞれの棚板面に対してほ ぼ平行になるように、図 3に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15が設置されている。そして 、これらのリーダライタ用アンテナ 15は、マッチング調整器(図示せず)を経由してか らツイストケーブルまたは同軸ケーブル ( ヽずれも図示せず)によってアンテナ切替器 (図示せず)に接続されている。そして、このアンテナ切替器は、同軸ケーブルによつ てリーダライタ本体 17に接続されている。このリーダライタ本体 17は、リーダライタ用 アンテナ 15と電気信号などの情報をやりとりをするためのものであって、インタフエ一 ス回路(図示せず)を介してコンピュータ(図示せず)に接続されている。リーダライタ 本体 17は、物品管理棚 1に配置することができ、図示の実施例においては、天板 5 上に配置されている。上記アンテナ切替器も、必要に応じて、物品管理棚 1に同様に 配置されることができる。本発明の第 1グループ発明においては、棚板 6、 11〜14は 、スチール、アルミニウム合金などの金属性の適当な材料力 それぞれ構成すること もできる。この場合には、棚板 6、 11〜14の金属性材料による磁束の打ち消し現象 が生じないように、この金属性材料とリーダライタ用アンテナ 15との間にフェライトシ ートなどの磁性材料シート(図示せず)を介在させるのが好ま U、。 On each of the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14 of the article management shelf 1 shown in FIG. 1, the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 3 is installed so as to be approximately parallel to each shelf board surface. It is done. Then, these reader / writer antennas 15 are connected to an antenna switch (not shown) by a twist cable or coaxial cable (not shown) either via a matching adjuster (not shown). ing. Then, this antenna switching device is connected to the reader / writer main body 17 by a coaxial cable. The reader / writer body 17 is for exchanging information such as an electrical signal with the reader / writer antenna 15, and is connected to a computer (not shown) via an interface circuit (not shown). ing. The reader / writer main body 17 can be disposed on the article management shelf 1 and is disposed on the top 5 in the illustrated embodiment. The above-mentioned antenna switching device can be similarly disposed on the article management shelf 1 as needed. In the first group invention of the present invention, the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14 are It is also possible to construct metal suitable materials such as steel, aluminum alloy etc. respectively. In this case, a magnetic material sheet such as a ferrite sheet is interposed between the metallic material and the reader / writer antenna 15 so that the magnetic flux cancellation phenomenon due to the metallic material of the shelf plates 6 and 11 to 14 does not occur. Preferred to intervene (not shown) U ,.
[0069] 図 1に示す物品管理棚 1の各棚板 6、 11〜14上には、種々の形態の物品 18が混 載されており、これらの物品 18には、シート形状であってよい電子タグ 19がそれぞれ 設けられている。電子タグ 19は、物品 18が書籍類 18aの場合には、背表紙、表表紙 または裏表紙に貼り付けられていてよぐ書籍類以外の箱、容器などの物品 18bの場 合には、側面、上面、下面などに貼り付けられていてよい。これらいずれの場合でも、 電子タグ 19は、各棚板 6、 11〜14の面に対して特定の位置や特定の向きである必 要は特にない。このような電子タグ 19は、図 4に示すように、この電子タグ 19の中心と その中心がほぼ一致している 1回巻きまたは複数回巻きのほぼループ形状の小型ァ ンテナ 21と、情報が記録されるメモリが組み込まれかつほぼループ形状の小型アン テナ 21の中央開口に配された ICチップ 22とを含む通信回路を備えていてよい。  Various forms of articles 18 are mixed and mounted on each of the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 of the article management shelf 1 shown in FIG. 1, and these articles 18 may be in the form of a sheet. Electronic tags 19 are provided respectively. When the article 18 is a book 18a, the electronic tag 19 is a side face in the case of an article 18b such as a box or a container other than the books attached to the back cover, front cover or back cover. , And the upper surface, the lower surface, etc. In any of these cases, the electronic tag 19 is not particularly required to have a specific position or a specific orientation with respect to the surface of each shelf board 6, 11 to 14. Such an electronic tag 19 is, as shown in FIG. 4, the small loop antenna 21 with one or more turns, and the information is A communication circuit may be provided, including a memory to be recorded and an IC chip 22 disposed in the central opening of the small loop antenna 21.
[0070] 図 1および図 2に示す物品管理棚 1の各棚板 6、 11〜14は、例えば、間口方向 xの 長さ L (図 2A参照)が約 900mmで奥行き方向 yの長さ L (図 2A参照)が約 350mm For example, each shelf board 6, 11 to 14 of the article management shelf 1 shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 has a length L in the front direction x (see FIG. 2A) of about 900 mm and a length L in the depth direction y. (See Figure 2A) is about 350mm
1 2 1 2
のほぼ長方形状であってよい。各棚板 6、 11〜14には、図 2に示すように、第 1およ び第 2のアンテナ A、 B力も成るリーダライタ用アンテナ 15が設置されている。図 2A は、第 2のアンテナ Bを省略して第 1のアンテナ Aのみを投影して示す、例えば最上 段の棚板 11の平面図である。図 2Bは、第 1のアンテナ Aを省略して第 2のアンテナ B のみを投影して示す、例えば最上段の棚板 11の平面図である。図 2Cは、第 1および 第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの両方を投影して示す、例えば最上段の棚板 11の平面図であ る。棚板 11以外の各棚板 6、 12〜14にも、図 2に示す棚板 11と実質的に同一形状 のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15が設置されていてもよいし、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A 、 Bのうちの 、ずれか一方または両方の形状が棚板 11とは異なって 、るリーダライタ 用アンテナ 15が設置されていてもよい。図 2および図 5ならびにこれらに類似する総 ての図面 (本発明の後述の第 2および第 3グループ発明の実施例の場合を含む。)に おいては、図示の都合上、第 1のアンテナ Aを実線で示し、第 2のアンテナ Bを破線 で示している。また、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのアンテナパターン 31の各パタ ーン部分の幅も、図示の都合上、実際よりは太く示している。 It may be substantially rectangular. On each shelf plate 6, 11 to 14, as shown in FIG. 2, a reader / writer antenna 15 which also has first and second antennas A and B is installed. FIG. 2A is a plan view of, for example, the top shelf 11 in which the second antenna B is omitted and only the first antenna A is projected. FIG. 2B is a plan view of, for example, the top shelf 11, showing the first antenna A omitted and projecting only the second antenna B. FIG. 2C is a plan view of, for example, the top shelf 11, showing both the first and second antennas A and B in a projected manner. A reader / writer antenna 15 having substantially the same shape as the shelf plate 11 shown in FIG. 2 may be installed on each of the shelf plates 6 and 12 to 14 other than the shelf plate 11 as well. A reader / writer antenna 15 may be installed in which one or both of the antennas A and B have a shape different from that of the shelf board 11. In FIGS. 2 and 5 and all the drawings similar to these (including the case of the embodiments of the second and third inventions of the present invention described later), the first antenna is for convenience of illustration. A is indicated by a solid line, and the second antenna B is indicated by a broken line It shows by. Further, the width of each pattern portion of the antenna patterns 31 of the first and second antennas A and B is also shown thicker than the actual width for convenience of illustration.
[0071] リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 B (具体的には、図 2およ び図 5にそれぞれ示すほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31と一対の端子部 32a、 32bとの両方)は、図 3に示すように、ガラス、合成樹脂、木などの非金属性の適当な 材料からそれぞれ成る上下 2枚の板 23、 24のうちの少なくとも一方に導電線塗料 (例 えば、銀ペースト)を例えば約 20mmの幅でそれぞれ印刷および焼成することによつ て構成した導電性パターンであってよい。また、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 B (具体 的には、ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31と一対の端子部 32a、 32bとの両方) は、断面形状がほぼ円形で断面径が 0. 1mmの銅線を用いて構成されたものであつ てよい。この場合、上記銅線は、所定のパターン形状に屈曲成形されてから板 23、 2 4の少なくとも一方に適当な接着剤により部分的または全体的に接着されることによ つて、取付け配置されればよい。さらに、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのうちの一対 の端子部 32a、 32bは、上述のように、導電性塗料を印刷および焼成することによつ て構成した導電性パターンカゝら構成されるとともに、ほぼループ形状のアンテナパタ ーン 31は、上述のように、銅線力も構成されていてもよい。この場合、アンテナパター ン 31の両端部は、適当な導電性接着剤による接着、半田付けなどにより一対の端子 部 32a、 32bに電気的に接続されればよい。ついで、これらの板 23、 24が PVB榭脂 などの非導電性フィルム力も成る中間膜 25を用いて貼り合せられることによって、第 1 および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bは上下 2枚の板 23、 24の間に挟み込まれる。これらの板 23、 24は、例えば、厚さ約 5mmのガラス板であってよぐ中間膜 25の厚み Lは、例 [0071] The first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 (specifically, the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 and the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, respectively. In both cases, as shown in Fig. 3, conductive wire paint is applied to at least one of the upper and lower two plates 23 and 24 respectively made of non-metallic suitable materials such as glass, synthetic resin, wood, etc. For example, it may be a conductive pattern configured by printing and baking the silver paste, for example, in a width of about 20 mm, respectively. The first and second antennas A and B (specifically, both of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 and the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b) have a substantially circular sectional shape and a sectional diameter of 0. It may be constructed using 1 mm copper wire. In this case, the copper wire is bent and formed into a predetermined pattern, and then attached and arranged by being partially or totally adhered to at least one of the plates 23 and 24 with a suitable adhesive. Just do it. Furthermore, as described above, the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the first and second antennas A and B are formed of the conductive pattern by printing and baking the conductive paint as described above. As configured, the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 may also be configured with copper wire force, as described above. In this case, both ends of the antenna pattern 31 may be electrically connected to the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b by bonding with an appropriate conductive adhesive, soldering or the like. Next, the first and second antennas A and B are upper and lower two plates 23 by laminating these plates 23 and 24 with an intermediate film 25 which is also a non-conductive film force such as PVB resin. It is sandwiched between 24. These plates 23, 24 are, for example, glass plates having a thickness of about 5 mm, and the thickness L of the intermediate film 25 may be
3 えば約 300 /z mであってよい。第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bを構成する材料も、必 ずしも導電性塗料である必要はなぐ導電性フィルム、導電性金属箔、上述のような 銅線などの金属線、その他のワイヤ導線などであってもよ 、。  For example, it may be about 300 / z m. The materials constituting the first and second antennas A and B also need to be conductive films, conductive films, conductive metal foils, metal wires such as copper wires as described above, and the like. It may be a wire conductor etc.
[0072] このように構成されたリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bは 、図 3に示すように、互いに電気的に絶縁されかつ棚板 6、 11〜14の表面に対して それぞれほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、アンテナ A、 B同士が互いにほぼ平行な状 態)でもって、 2枚のガラス板 23、 24の間に挟み込まれている。したがって、これら第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bが棚板 6、 11〜14上に配置される物品 18との接触によ つて擦傷が生じるのが、防止される。また、棚板 6、 11〜14の上下面を構成している ガラス板は耐水性、耐薬品性などに優れているから、図 1に示す物品管理棚 1は種 々の用途に用いられることができる。そして、棚板 6、 11〜14の主要構成要素が透明 なガラス材料である場合には、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15も、酸化インジユウムスズ (I TO)、二酸化スズ (SnO )など力ゝら成る透明導電膜によって構成することができるし、 The first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 configured as described above are electrically insulated from each other and the surfaces of the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 as shown in FIG. The two glass plates 23 and 24 are sandwiched between the two glass plates 23 and 24 in a substantially parallel state (in other words, a state in which the antennas A and B are substantially parallel to each other). Therefore, these The contact of the first and second antennas A, B with the article 18 disposed on the shelf 6, 11 to 14 prevents the occurrence of scratches. In addition, since the glass plates constituting the upper and lower surfaces of the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14 are excellent in water resistance, chemical resistance and the like, the article management shelf 1 shown in FIG. 1 is used for various applications. Can. And when the main component of the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14 is a transparent glass material, the reader / writer antenna 15 is also a transparent conductive material such as indium tin oxide (ITO), tin dioxide (SnO 2), etc. Can be configured by a membrane and
2  2
また、上述のように細 、ワイヤ導線によって構成することもできる。  Also, as described above, it can be constituted by fine wire conductors.
[0073] 本発明の第 1グループ発明においては、互いにほぼ平行である複数個のアンテナ A、 Bの厚さ方向における相互の間隔 L (図 3参照)は、実用性の観点力 言って一 In the first group invention of the present invention, the distance L (see FIG. 3) between the plurality of antennas A and B which are substantially parallel to each other in the thickness direction is a viewpoint of practicality.
3  3
般的に、 0. l〜70mmの範囲であるのが好ましい。ただし、この間隔 Lが 0. 1mmよ  Generally, a range of 0.1 to 70 mm is preferred. However, this interval L is 0.1 mm.
3  3
りも小さくても、複数個のアンテナ A、 Bの間の電気的絶縁が可能であれば、それでも 差支えない。また、この間隔 Lが 70mmよりも大きければ、複数個のアンテナ A、 Bの  Even if it is smaller, if there is electrical isolation between multiple antennas A and B, it can still be supported. Also, if the distance L is greater than 70 mm,
3  3
いずれもが、棚板 6、 11〜14上に載置された物品 18に設けられた電子タグ 19と良 好に交信しにくくなる。  In any case, it becomes difficult to communicate well with the electronic tag 19 provided on the article 18 placed on the shelf boards 6, 11-14.
[0074] リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bは、図示の実施例にお いては、図 3に示すように各棚板 6、 11〜14の内部に埋設されている。しかし、これら 第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのうちの少なくとも一方のアンテナが各棚板 6、 11〜1 4の上面に同様にして形成されていてもよい。また、各棚板 6、 11〜14の上下をひつ くり返して使用することなどによって、上記少なくとも一方のアンテナを各棚板 6、 11 〜14の下面に形成することができる。さらに、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのうちの 一方を各棚板 6、 11〜14の上面に形成するとともに、他方を各棚板 6、 11〜14の下 面に形成することもできる。これらいずれの場合においても、各棚板 6、 11〜14の主 要構成要素である板 23、 24が第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの間に介在するときに は、中間膜 25を省略することができる。また、これらのアンテナ A、 Bが各棚板 6、 11 〜14の上面および Zまたは下面に形成されるときには、各棚板 6、 11〜14上に配置 される物品 18に接触する機会を減らすために、上記少なくとも一方のアンテナを含 む各棚板 6、 11〜14の上面および Zまたは下面を適当な絶縁材料力も成る被覆膜 でもって被覆することができる。 [0075] (2)リーダライタ用アンテナのパターン形状 In the illustrated embodiment, the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 are embedded in the respective shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 as shown in FIG. There is. However, at least one of the first and second antennas A and B may be formed in the same manner on the upper surfaces of the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14. In addition, at least one of the antennas can be formed on the lower surface of each shelf plate 6, 11 to 14 by using the shelf plates 6, 11 to 14 by folding the upper and lower sides. Furthermore, one of the first and second antennas A and B may be formed on the upper surface of each shelf 6, 11 to 14 and the other may be formed on the lower surface of each shelf 6, 11 to 14. it can. In any of these cases, when the plates 23 and 24 which are the main components of each shelf plate 6 and 11 to 14 are interposed between the first and second antennas A and B, the intermediate film 25 is used. It can be omitted. Also, when these antennas A, B are formed on the top and Z or bottom of each shelf 6, 11-14, it reduces the chances of contacting the articles 18 placed on each shelf 6, 11-14. In order to achieve this, the upper surface and Z or lower surface of each of the shelf plates 6 and 11 to 14 including the at least one antenna can be coated with a coating film which also has an appropriate insulating material strength. (2) Pattern shape of the reader / writer antenna
物品 18に設けられた電子タグ 19と無線通信により交信するためのリーダライタ用ァ ンテナ 15は、図 2に示すように、第 1のアンテナ Aと第 2のアンテナ Bとから成っている 。第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bは、いずれも、図 2に示すように、ほぼワンループ形 状などのループ型のものであってよぐ電磁結合方式の電子タグ 19に対応したパタ ーン形状を有している。第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bは、いずれも、図 2に示すよう に、ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31と、このほぼループ形状のアンテナパタ ーン 31の両端部にそれぞれ連設されて互いに近接している一対の端子部 32a、 32 bと力 成っている。これら一対の端子部 32a、 32bの間には、隙間 33が設けられて いるので、ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31の両端部の間にも、同様に隙間 3 3が存在している。これら一対の端子部 32a、 32bは、前記ツイストケーブル(図示せ ず)などによって、前記マッチング調整器に電気的に接続されていてよい。図示の実 施例においては、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのほぼループ形状のアンテナパタ ーン 31は、ほぼ等幅にそれぞれ形成されることができる。また、一対の端子部 32a、 32bも、必要に応じて、このほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31とほぼ等幅 (換言 すれば、約 20mmの幅)〖こ形成されることができる。  The reader / writer antenna 15 for communicating with the electronic tag 19 provided on the article 18 by wireless communication comprises a first antenna A and a second antenna B, as shown in FIG. Each of the first and second antennas A and B is, as shown in FIG. 2, a pattern corresponding to the electronic tag 19 of the electromagnetic coupling type which is a loop type such as a substantially one loop shape. It has a shape. Each of the first and second antennas A and B is connected to the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 and to both ends of the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 as shown in FIG. It consists of a pair of terminal parts 32a, 32b close to each other. Since a gap 33 is provided between the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b, a gap 33 similarly exists between both ends of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31. The pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b may be electrically connected to the matching adjuster by, for example, the twist cable (not shown). In the illustrated embodiment, the substantially loop shaped antenna patterns 31 of the first and second antennas A, B can be formed to be approximately equal width respectively. In addition, the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b can also be formed to be approximately equal in width (in other words, about 20 mm in width) to the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 as necessary.
[0076] 第 1のアンテナ Aのほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31は、図 2Aに示すように、 給電用などの端子部 32aが連設されかつ棚板 11の後縁部 34の側に位置する第 1パ ターン部分 35と、棚板 11に向力つて左側の縁部 36の側に位置する第 2のパターン 部分 37と、棚板 11の前縁部 (換言すれば、物品取出し側の縁部) 38の側に位置す る第 3のパターン部分 39と、給電用などの端子部 32bが連設されかつ棚板 11の向か つて右側の縁部 40の側に位置する第 4のパターン部分 41とが順次連設されたもの であってよい。そして、このアンテナパターン 31は、全体として、一対の端子部 32a、 32bの間に対応する隙間 33を除いてループ形状に構成されていてよい。そして、第 1のアンテナ Aのほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31は、その一部分と別の一部 分とが交差する交差部位を有して ヽな 、ほぼワンループ形状のものであるのが好ま しい。本文において、上記「交差」(すなわち、パターン部分同士の交差)とは、電気 的には互いに接続された状態で交差してはいないが、棚板 6、 11〜14などのアンテ ナ形成対象部材を上面から見た投影図にぉ ヽて (換言すれば、平面的に見て)交差 して 、ることを意味して 、る。 The substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A is, as shown in FIG. 2A, provided with a terminal portion 32 a for feeding etc. connected in a row and located on the rear edge 34 side of the shelf board 11. The first pattern portion 35, the second pattern portion 37 located on the side of the left edge 36 facing the shelf plate 11, and the front edge of the shelf plate 11 (in other words, the edge on the product removal side) Part) The third pattern 39 located on the side of 38 and the terminal 32b for feeding etc. are connected in a row and the fourth pattern located on the side of the edge 40 on the right side of the shelf board 11 The part 41 may be connected in series. The antenna pattern 31 may be configured in a loop shape as a whole except for the gap 33 corresponding to the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b. The antenna pattern 31 of the substantially loop shape of the first antenna A preferably has a substantially one-loop shape so that it has a crossing portion at which a part thereof crosses another part. In the text, the above "crossing" (that is, crossing between pattern portions) does not cross in a state of being electrically connected to each other, but an ante such as the shelf plate 6, 11 to 14 etc. It means that it intersects (in other words, it sees in a plane) the projection that saw the object to be formed from the top surface, meaning that it intersects.
[0077] 図 2Aに示すように、第 1のアンテナ Aの第 1のパターン部分 35は、棚板 11の後縁 部 34に近接しかっこの後縁部 34にほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、棚板 11の間口 方向 Xにほぼ平行な状態であって、図示の実施例においては、ほぼ直線的である。 —本文においては、以下、同じ)でもって棚板 11の間口方向 Xのほぼ全長にわたつ て延在している。第 1のアンテナ Aの第 2のパターン部分 37は、棚板 11の向って左側 の縁部 36に近接しかっこの左側縁部 36にほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、棚板 11の 奥行き方向 yにほぼ平行な状態であって、図示の実施例においては、ほぼ直線的で ある。—本文においては、以下、同じ)でもって延在している。第 1のアンテナ Aの第 4 のパターン部分 41は、棚板 11の向って右側の縁部 40から多少離れかっこの右側縁 部 40にほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yにほぼ平行な状態)で もって延在している。  [0077] As shown in FIG. 2A, the first pattern portion 35 of the first antenna A is close to the rear edge 34 of the shelf board 11 and substantially parallel to the rear edge 34 of the bracket (in other words, In the illustrated embodiment, it is substantially linear in the illustrated embodiment, and substantially parallel to the direction X of the front of the shelf 11 It extends throughout the country. The second pattern portion 37 of the first antenna A is close to the left edge 36 of the shelf 11 and is substantially parallel to the left edge 36 of the bracket (in other words, the depth direction y of the shelf 11 y And substantially straight in the illustrated embodiment--in the context of the present description, the same shall apply). The fourth pattern portion 41 of the first antenna A is slightly parallel to the right edge 40 of the bracket slightly away from the right edge 40 of the shelf 11 (in other words, in the depth direction of the shelf 11) extends approximately parallel to y).
[0078] 図 2Aに示す第 1のアンテナ Aの第 3のパターン部分 39は、棚板 11の前縁部 38か ら多少離れかっこの前縁部 38にほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、棚板 11の間口方向 Xにほぼ平行な状態)でもって相互の間に間欠部分 42が生じるように間欠的に延在 している複数本のベースライン部 43と、これら間欠的に延在している複数本のベース ライン部 43の間(換言すれば、間欠部分 42)にそれぞれ存在している好ましくは複数 個の屈曲部 44とから成っている。各ベースライン部 43は、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yに おけるほぼ中心に沿って棚板 11の間口方向 Xに延在する棚板 11の仮想の中心線( 以下、「棚板中心線」という。)45よりも前縁部 38側を延在している。各屈曲部 43は、 向って左側のベースライン部 43の向って右側の縁部にその前縁部を連設されかつ 棚板 11の後縁部 34に向って立上っている第 1の立上り部 46と、向って右側のベー スライン部 43の向って左側の縁部にその前縁部を連設されかつ棚板 11の後縁部 34 に向って立上っている第 2の立上り部 47と、これら第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47 の後縁部をそれぞれ連結するように間口方向 Xにほぼ平行に延在して 、る連結部 48 と力も成っている。なお、各屈曲部 43は、全体として、ほぼ長方形状の凸形状部分で あるのが好ましい。この場合、連結部 48は、棚板中心線 45よりも棚板 11の後縁部 34 の側を間口方向 xにほぼ平行に延在しているのが好ましい。したがって、第 1および 第 2の立上り部 46、 47は、棚板中心線 45の一方の側(具体的には、棚板 11の前縁 部 38側の部分)から他方の側 (具体的には、棚板 11の後縁部 34側の部分)まで棚 板中心線 45にほぼ直交するように交差して延在して!/、るのが好ま 、。 The third pattern portion 39 of the first antenna A shown in FIG. 2A is slightly parallel to the front edge 38 of the bracket slightly away from the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 (in other words, the shelf The plurality of base line portions 43 intermittently extending such that an intermittent portion 42 is generated so as to form an intermittent portion 42 therebetween with the plate 11 in a state substantially parallel to the opening direction X It preferably comprises a plurality of bends 44 respectively present between the plurality of baseline portions 43 (in other words, the intermittent portion 42). Each baseline portion 43 is a virtual center line of the shelf board 11 extending in the direction X of the front of the shelf board 11 substantially along the center of the shelf board 11 in the depth direction y (hereinafter referred to as “shelf board center line” The front edge 38 extends beyond 45. Each bent portion 43 has its front edge connected to the edge on the right side toward the baseline portion 43 on the left side and the first bent up to the rear edge 34 of the shelf plate 11. The leading edge of the rising portion 46 and the leading edge of the right-side base line portion 43 are connected to the left edge thereof and a second rising edge rising toward the trailing edge 34 of the shelf 11. A connecting portion 48 extends substantially parallel to the frontal direction X so as to connect the rear ends of the portion 47 and the first and second rising portions 46 and 47, and a connecting portion 48 and a force. Each bent portion 43 is preferably a substantially rectangular convex portion as a whole. In this case, the connecting portion 48 is the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11 than the shelf centerline 45. Preferably, the side of the base extends substantially parallel to the frontal direction x. Therefore, the first and second rising portions 46, 47 are from one side of the shelf centerline 45 (specifically, the portion on the front edge 38 side of the shelf 11) to the other side (specifically, Preferably, the shelf board 11 extends in a direction substantially orthogonal to the shelf board center line 45 to the rear edge 34 of the shelf board 11).
[0079] 図 2Aに示す第 1のアンテナ Aのアンテナパターン 31の寸法を例示すれば、つぎの [0079] The dimensions of the antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A shown in FIG.
(a)項〜(d)項に記載のとおりである。ただし、本文においては、この種の寸法は、ァ ンテナパターン 31の各アンテナパターン部分の幅方向におけるほぼ中心を通る線を 基準として算出している。  As described in the item (a) to (d). However, in the present text, this type of dimension is calculated with reference to a line passing substantially through the center of each antenna pattern portion of the antenna pattern 31 in the width direction.
(a)各屈曲部 44の第 1の立上り部 46と第 2の立上り部 47との間隔 L:約 150mm (こ  (a) The distance L between the first rising portion 46 and the second rising portion 47 of each bent portion 44: about 150 mm
4  Four
の間隔 Lは、第 1の屈曲部 44の第 2の立上り部 47と、この第 1の屈曲部 44の右側に Distance L between the second rising portion 47 of the first bend 44 and the right side of the first bend 44
4 Four
隣接している第 2の屈曲部 44の第 1の立上り部 46との間隔と実質的に同一であって よい。)、  It may be substantially the same as the distance between the adjacent second bending portion 44 and the first rising portion 46. ),
(b)各屈曲部 44の第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47のそれぞれの長さ L :約 180m  (b) The length L of each of the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 of each bending portion 44: about 180 m
5 m、  5 m,
(c)第 1のパターン部分 35とベースライン部 43との間隔 L :約 250mm、および  (c) A distance L between the first pattern portion 35 and the baseline portion 43: about 250 mm, and
6  6
(d)第 1のパターン部分 35と連結部 48との間隔 L:約 70mm (この数値は、式 (L - (d) The distance L between the first pattern portion 35 and the connecting portion 48: about 70 mm (This figure shows the formula (L-
7 67 6
L =L )力らも求めることができる。;)。 L = L) Forces can also be determined. ;).
5 7  5 7
[0080] 図 2を観察すれば明らかなように、図 2Bに示す第 2のアンテナ Bのほぼループ形状 のアンテナパターン 31は、図 2Aに示す第 1のアンテナ Aのほぼループ形状のアンテ ナパターン 31とは、棚板中心線 45を対称軸として実質的に線対称に構成されている 。ただし、第 2のアンテナ Bのアンテナパターン 31は、図 2Cから明らかなように、第 1 のアンテナ Aのアンテナパターン 31とは上記(a)項に記載の間隔 Lのほぼ 1Z2 (図  As apparent from observation of FIG. 2, the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B shown in FIG. 2B is the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern of the first antenna A shown in FIG. 2A. The reference numeral 31 is substantially line symmetrical with respect to the shelf centerline 45 as an axis of symmetry. However, as is clear from FIG. 2C, the antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B is approximately 1Z 2 of the distance L described in the above (a) with the antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A.
4  Four
示の実施例においては、約 80mm)だけ向って右側にずれた状態でもって、棚板 11 に形成されている。したがって、第 1のアンテナ Aのアンテナパターン 31についての 以上の説明は、上述のように右側にずれていることと、上述のように線対称であること とによって生じる変更事項を除 、て、第 2のアンテナ Bのアンテナパターン 31につ ヽ ても同様に当てはまる。  In the illustrated embodiment, it is formed on the shelf board 11 so as to be offset to the right by about 80 mm). Therefore, the above description of the antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A excludes the changes caused by the rightward shift as described above and the line symmetry as described above. The same applies to the antenna pattern 31 of the antenna B of 2.
[0081] 第 2のアンテナ Bのアンテナパターン 31について図 2Bを参照して説明を多少追加 すると、第 2のパターン部分 37は、棚板 11の向って左側の縁部 36から多少離れか つこの左側縁部 36にほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yにほぼ 平行な状態)でもって延在している。第 2のアンテナ Bの第 4のパターン部分 41は、棚 板 11に向って右側の縁部 40に近接しかっこの右側縁部 40にほぼ平行な状態 (換 言すれば、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yにほぼ平行な状態)でもって延在している。図 2C 力も明らかなように、第 1のアンテナ Aの各ベースライン部 43は、平面的に見て、第 2 のアンテナ Bの各連結部 48とは奥行き方向 yにおけるほぼ同一の位置に存在してい るので、平面的に見て、上記各連結部 48とほぼ 1Z2ずつ重なっている。第 1のアン テナ Aの各連結部 48は、平面的に見て、第 2のアンテナ Bの各ベースライン部 43と は奥行き方向 yにおけるほぼ同一の位置に存在しているので、平面的に見て、ほぼ 1 Z2ずつ上記各ベースライン部 43と重なっている。これは、ほぼ長方形状の凸形状 部分によってそれぞれ構成されている第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの各屈曲部 44 の奥行き方向 yにおける中心線が棚板中心線 45とほぼ一致しているためである。こ の場合、一方のアンテナ Aまたは Bのベースライン部 43と他方のアンテナ Bまたは A の連結部 48とは、上述のように互いに重なり合う必要は特になぐ奥行き方向 yに或 る程度互 、にずれて 、てもよ!/、。 The antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B is slightly described with reference to FIG. 2B. Then, the second pattern portion 37 is slightly away from the left edge 36 of the shelf 11 and almost parallel to the left edge 36 (in other words, substantially in the depth direction y of the shelf 11) Extend in parallel). The fourth pattern portion 41 of the second antenna B is close to the right edge 40 toward the shelf 11 and substantially parallel to the right edge 40 of the bracket (in other words, the depth direction of the shelf 11) extends approximately parallel to y). As shown in FIG. 2C, each base line portion 43 of the first antenna A is located substantially at the same position in the depth direction y as each coupling portion 48 of the second antenna B in plan view. Therefore, in plan view, they overlap each of the connecting portions 48 by approximately 1Z2. Since each connecting portion 48 of the first antenna A is present at substantially the same position in the depth direction y with respect to each baseline portion 43 of the second antenna B in plan view, As seen, it overlaps with each of the baseline portions 43 by approximately 1Z2. This is because the center line in the depth direction y of each of the bent portions 44 of the first and second antennas A and B respectively constituted by the substantially rectangular convex shaped portions substantially coincides with the shelf center line 45 It is for. In this case, the baseline portion 43 of one antenna A or B and the coupling portion 48 of the other antenna B or A are somewhat offset from each other in the depth direction y, which is not necessary to overlap each other as described above. Even though! /.
図 2Cに示すように、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bが 共通の棚板 11に形成された状態においては、第 1のアンテナ Aの第 1のパターン部 分 35は、棚板 11の後縁部 34に近接しかっこの後縁部 34にほぼ平行な状態でもつ て、棚板 11の間口方向のほぼ全長にわたって延在している。また、第 2のアンテナ B の第 1のパターン部分 35は、棚板 11の前縁部 38に近接しかっこの前縁部 38にほぼ 平行な状態でもって、棚板 11の間口方向のほぼ全長 (ただし、棚板 11の向って左側 の縁部 36からは多少離れている。)にわたつて延在している。また、第 1のアンテナ A の第 2のパターン部分 37は、棚板 11の向って左側の縁部 36に近接しかっこの左側 縁部 36にほぼ平行な状態でもって、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yのほぼ全長(ただし、棚 板 11の前縁部 38からは多少離れている。 )にわたつて延在している。また、第 2のァ ンテナ Bの第 4のパターン部分 41は、棚板 11の向って右側の縁部 40に近接しかつ この右側縁部 40にほぼ平行な状態でもって、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yのほぼ全長(た だし、棚板 11の後縁部 34からは多少離れている。 )にわたつて延在している。また、 第 1のアンテナ Aの第 1、第 2および第 3のベースライン部 43と第 2のアンテナ Bの第 1 および第 2の連結部 48とは、棚板中心線 45と棚板 11の前縁部 38との間にそれぞれ 位置している。さらに、第 1のアンテナ Aの第 1および第 2の連結部 48と第 2のアンテ ナ Bの第 1、第 2および第 3のベースライン部 43とは、棚板中心線 45と棚板 11の後縁 部 34との間にそれぞ; ^立置している。 As shown in FIG. 2C, in a state in which the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 are formed on the common shelf board 11, the first pattern portion of the first antenna A 35 Is extended close to the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11 and substantially parallel to the rear edge 34 of the bracket, and extends over almost the entire length of the front of the shelf 11. Also, the first pattern portion 35 of the second antenna B is close to the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 and substantially parallel to the front edge 38 of the bracket. However, the shelf board 11 is somewhat distant from the left edge 36). In addition, the second pattern portion 37 of the first antenna A is close to the left edge 36 of the shelf 11 and is substantially parallel to the left edge 36 of the bracket. It extends over almost the entire length of (but at some distance from the front edge 38 of the shelf 11). Also, the fourth pattern portion 41 of the second antenna B is close to the edge 40 to the right of the shelf 11 and is substantially parallel to the right edge 40. Almost the entire length of the direction y However, it is slightly away from the rear edge 34 of the shelf board 11. It extends over). In addition, the first, second and third baseline sections 43 of the first antenna A and the first and second coupling sections 48 of the second antenna B are the shelf board centerline 45 and the shelf board 11. It is located between the front edge 38 respectively. Furthermore, the first and second coupling portions 48 of the first antenna A and the first, second and third baseline portions 43 of the second antenna B are the shelf centerline 45 and the shelf 11 It stands between its rear edge 34; ^.
[0083] 第 1のアンテナ Aの第 2のパターン部分 37と第 2のアンテナ Bの第 4のパターン部分 41との間には、 Between the second pattern portion 37 of the first antenna A and the fourth pattern portion 41 of the second antenna B,
(a)第 1のアンテナ Aの第 2のパターン部分 37、  (a) The second pattern portion 37 of the first antenna A,
(b)第 2のアンテナ Bの第 2のパターン部分 37、  (b) second pattern portion 37 of second antenna B,
(c)第 1のアンテナ Aの第 1の屈曲部 44の第 1の立上り部 46、  (c) the first rising portion 46 of the first bending portion 44 of the first antenna A,
(d)第 2のアンテナ Bの第 1の屈曲部 44の第 1の立上り部 46、  (d) the first rising portion 46 of the first bending portion 44 of the second antenna B,
(e)第 1のアンテナ Aの第 1の屈曲部 44の第 2の立上り部 47、  (e) the second rising portion 47 of the first bending portion 44 of the first antenna A,
(f)第 2のアンテナ Bの第 1の屈曲部 44の第 2の立上り部 47、  (f) the second rising portion 47 of the first bending portion 44 of the second antenna B,
(g)第 1のアンテナ Aの第 2の屈曲部 44の第 1の立上り部 46、  (g) first rising portion 46 of second bending portion 44 of first antenna A;
(h)第 2のアンテナ Bの第 2の屈曲部 44の第 1の立上り部 46、  (h) first rising portion 46 of second bending portion 44 of second antenna B;
(i)第 1のアンテナ Aの第 2の屈曲部 44の第 2の立上り部 47、  (i) second rising portion 47 of second bending portion 44 of first antenna A,
(j)第 2のアンテナ Bの第 2の屈曲部 44の第 2の立上り部 47、  (j) second rising portion 47 of second bending portion 44 of second antenna B;
(k)第 1のアンテナ Aの第 4のパターン部分 41、および  (k) the fourth pattern portion 41 of the first antenna A, and
(1)第 2のアンテナ Bの第 4のパターン部分 41、  (1) The fourth pattern portion 41 of the second antenna B,
がそれぞれほぼ等間隔 (すなわち、ほぼ L Z2の間隔)でもって、向って左側から向  Are each at approximately equal intervals (ie approximately L Z2 intervals),
4  Four
つて右側にかけて順次配置されて 、る。上記順次配置されて 、る間隔は必ずしもそ れぞれほぼ等間隔である必要はなぐ等間隔でない方が通信可能領域が広くなる場 合もある。この場合、これらそれぞれの間隔の変動幅は、実用性の観点から言って一 般的に、等間隔の場合に較べて ± 25% (図示の実施例では、上記間隔が上記 0. 3 75L〜0. 625L )の数値範囲であるのが好ましい。  It is arranged sequentially to the right side. In the above-described sequential arrangement, the communicable area may be wider if the intervals are not necessarily approximately the same. In this case, the fluctuation range of each of these intervals is generally ± 25% compared to the case of equal intervals in terms of practicality (in the illustrated embodiment, the above-mentioned intervals are 0.375 L to The numerical range of 0. 625 L) is preferred.
4 4  4 4
[0084] 図示の実施例においては、図 2Cに示すアンテナパターン 31を構成しているパター ン要素のうちの第 1のパターン部分 35、ベースライン部 43および連結部 48のそれぞ れは、棚板 11のほぼ間口方向 xに延在するように構成されている。また、上記パター ン要素のうちの第 2のパターン部分 37、第 4のパターン部分 41、第 1の立上り部 46お よび第 2の立上り部 47のそれぞれは、棚板 11のほぼ奥行き方向 yに延在するように 構成されて ヽる。し力し、これらのノ ターン要素 35、 43、 37、 41、 46〜48のそれぞ れは、棚板 11の間口方向 Xまたは奥行き方向 yに対して、単純に傾斜していたり、折 れ線状、波形状などにジグザグ形状になっていたりして傾斜していてもよい。しかし、 この場合、実用性の観点から言って一般的に、パターン要素 35、 43、 48のそれぞれ が棚板 11の間口方向 Xに対して成す角度は ± 20° の範囲であるのが好ましぐ ± 1 0° の範囲であるのがさらに好ましぐ ± 5° の範囲であるのが最も好ましい。また、こ の場合、実用性の観点力も言って一般的に、ノターン要素 37、 41、 46、 47のそれ ぞれが棚板 11の奥行き方向 yに対して成す角度は、 ± 20° の範囲であるのが好ま しぐ ± 10° の範囲であるのがさらに好ましぐ ± 5° の範囲であるのが最も好ましい 。さらに、この場合、複数個のアンテナ A、 Bのうちのいずれか一方のアンテナパター ン 31を構成している互いに隣接する第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47の成す角度は 、これら第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47によってそれぞれ生じる磁力線が相互に干 渉するのをできるだけ防止し得るように、できるだけ小さい方がよい。したがって、凸 形状の屈曲部 44は、ほぼ長方形状、ほぼ平行四辺形状などのほぼ台形状 (ただし、 横倒しの台形状)である方がよい。また、この場合、実用性の観点力も言って一般的 に、共通のアンテナパターン 31を構成している互いに隣接する第 1および第 2の立 上り部 46、 47の成す角度は、 ± 20° の範囲であるのが好ましぐ ± 10° の範囲で あるのがさらに好ましぐ ± 5° の範囲であるのが最も好ましい。 In the illustrated embodiment, the first pattern portion 35 of the pattern elements constituting the antenna pattern 31 shown in FIG. 2C, the base line portion 43 and the connecting portion 48 are respectively provided. It is configured to extend substantially in the direction of the frontage x of the shelf board 11. Further, each of the second pattern portion 37, the fourth pattern portion 41, the first rising portion 46 and the second rising portion 47 of the pattern elements is substantially in the depth direction y of the shelf board 11. It is configured and extended. Each of the notched elements 35, 43, 37, 41, 46 to 48 is simply inclined or folded with respect to the frontal direction X or depth direction y of the shelf board 11. It may be inclined in a zigzag shape such as a linear shape or a wave shape. However, in this case, in terms of practicality, it is generally preferred that the angle formed by each of pattern elements 35, 43, 48 with respect to opening direction X of shelf plate 11 be in the range of ± 20 °. The range of ± 10 ° is more preferable, and the range of ± 5 ° is most preferable. Further, in this case, generally speaking, the angle of each of the notan elements 37, 41, 46, 47 to the depth direction y of the shelf board 11 is in the range of ± 20 °, also in terms of practicality. It is most preferable that the range of ± 10 ° is more preferable, and the range of ± 5 ° is more preferable. Furthermore, in this case, the angle formed by the adjacent first and second rising portions 46 and 47 constituting the antenna pattern 31 of any one of the plurality of antennas A and B is one of these first The second and third rising portions 46 and 47 should be as small as possible so as to prevent the magnetic field lines generated by the respective second and third rising portions 46 and 47 from interfering with each other as much as possible. Therefore, it is preferable that the convex-shaped bending portion 44 be substantially trapezoidal (although it is trapezoidal in a horizontal direction) such as substantially rectangular or substantially parallelogram. Also, in this case, generally speaking, the angle between the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 adjacent to each other constituting the common antenna pattern 31 is ± 20 °. It is most preferable that the range is ± 10 °, more preferably ± 5 °.
(3)リーダライタ用アンテナの動作試験  (3) Operation test of antenna for reader / writer
図 7は、図 1〜図 3に示す本発明の第 1グループ発明の第 1の実施例においてそれ ぞれ用いられて 、る物品 18に設けられた電子タグ 19と、棚板 11に設けられたリーダ ライタ用アンテナ 15のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31と、磁力線 101との相 互の関係を概略的に示している。図 7において、アンテナパターン 31は、紙面 (換言 すれば、図 7の面)に対してほぼ垂直に延在している。この図 7に示す動作試験にお いて用いられた図 4に示す電子タグ 19は、縦方向の長さ L力 ¾5. 6mmで横方向の 長さ L力 S54mmであった。 FIG. 7 shows an electronic tag 19 provided on an article 18 and a shelf board 11 respectively used in the first embodiment of the first group invention of the present invention shown in FIGS. 1 to 3. The relationship between the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 of the reader / writer antenna 15 and the magnetic lines of force 101 is schematically shown. In FIG. 7, the antenna pattern 31 extends substantially perpendicularly to the paper surface (in other words, the surface of FIG. 7). The electronic tag 19 shown in FIG. 4 used in the operation test shown in FIG. 7 has a longitudinal length L force of 3⁄45.6 mm and a lateral direction. The length was L force S 54 mm.
9  9
[0086] 上記動作試験においては、棚板 11に設けられた第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bに 周波数 13. 56MHzの高周波を交互に給電した。これとともに、電子タグ 19を棚板 1 1の表面に対してほぼ一定の向きにしかつこの表面からほぼ一定の距離を保ってほ ぼ水平方向に移動させて、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15に対する電子タグ 19の通信の 可否を判定した。上記動作試験における評価結果をそれぞれ示す図 5および図 6〖こ おいては、上記通信が比較的良好には行われない通信不能領域 102は、ハーフト ーンで示されている。また、上記通信が比較的良好に行われる通信可能領域 103に は、ハーフトーンが施されてはいない。  In the above-described operation test, the first and second antennas A and B provided on the shelf board 11 were alternately fed with high frequency of 13.56 MHz. Along with this, the electronic tag 19 for the reader / writer antenna 15 is moved in a substantially horizontal direction while keeping the electronic tag 19 in a substantially constant direction with respect to the surface of the shelf board 11 and keeping a substantially constant distance from this surface. Whether or not to communicate was judged. In FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 showing the evaluation results in the above operation test, the incommunicable area 102 where the communication is not performed relatively well is indicated by a halftone. In addition, the communication coverage area 103 where the above communication is performed relatively well is not halftoned.
[0087] 図 5Aにおいては、電子タグ 19の表面を棚板 11の表面に対してほぼ平行にしかつ 電子タグ 19の長さ方向を棚板 11のほぼ間口方向 Xにしている。そして、棚板 11の表 面と電子タグ 19との間の距離がほぼ 80mmのほぼ一定となるように電子タグ 19を保 持して、電子タグ 19を棚板 11の上方およびその周辺領域において移動させた場合 における評価結果を示している。この図 5Aから、電子タグ 19が棚板 11の上方にある ときには、電子タグ 19とのリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の通信が確実に可能であること 力 S分る。図 5Bにおいては、電子タグ 19の表面を棚板 11の表面に対してほぼ垂直に しかつ電子タグ 19の長さ方向を棚板 11のほぼ奥行き方向 yにしている。そして、図 5 Bは、棚板 11の表面と電子タグ 19の上辺との間の距離がほぼ 80mm (電子タグ 19の 下辺との間の距離はほぼ 26mm)のほぼ一定となるように電子タグ 19を保持して、電 子タグ 19を棚板 11の上方およびその周辺領域において移動させた場合における評 価結果を示している。この図 5Bから、棚板 11の上方には、電子タグ 19とのリーダライ タ用アンテナ 15の通信が不能になる位置はほとんどないことが分る。図 5Cにおいて は、電子タグ 19の表面を棚板 11の表面に対してほぼ垂直にしかつ電子タグ 19の長 さ方向を棚板 11のほぼ間口方向 Xにしている。そして、棚板 11の表面と電子タグ 19 の上辺との間の距離がほぼ 80mm (電子タグ 19の下辺との間の距離はほぼ 26mm) のほぼ一定となるように電子タグ 19を保持して、電子タグ 19を棚板 11の上方および その周辺領域において移動させた場合における評価結果を示している。この図 5Cか ら、棚板 11の上方には、電子タグ 19とのリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の通信が不能に なる位置はほとんどな 、ことが分る。 In FIG. 5A, the surface of the electronic tag 19 is substantially parallel to the surface of the shelf 11, and the longitudinal direction of the electronic tag 19 is substantially in the direction X of the front of the shelf 11. Then, the electronic tag 19 is held so that the distance between the surface of the shelf board 11 and the electronic tag 19 is substantially constant at approximately 80 mm, and the electronic tag 19 is located above the shelf board 11 and in the peripheral area thereof. It shows the evaluation results when it was moved. From FIG. 5A, when the electronic tag 19 is above the shelf board 11, communication between the reader / writer antenna 15 and the electronic tag 19 is surely possible. In FIG. 5B, the surface of the electronic tag 19 is substantially perpendicular to the surface of the shelf 11, and the length direction of the electronic tag 19 is substantially the y direction of the shelf 11. 5B shows that the distance between the surface of the shelf board 11 and the upper side of the electronic tag 19 is substantially constant, ie, approximately 80 mm (the distance between the lower side of the electronic tag 19 is approximately 26 mm). 19 shows the evaluation result in the case where the electronic tag 19 is moved above the shelf board 11 and in the peripheral area while holding the reference numeral 19. From FIG. 5B, it can be seen that there is almost no position where communication of the reader / writer antenna 15 with the electronic tag 19 is disabled above the shelf board 11. In FIG. 5C, the surface of the electronic tag 19 is substantially perpendicular to the surface of the shelf 11, and the length direction of the electronic tag 19 is substantially in the direction X of the front of the shelf 11. Then, hold the electronic tag 19 so that the distance between the surface of the shelf 11 and the upper side of the electronic tag 19 is approximately 80 mm (the distance between the lower side of the electronic tag 19 is approximately 26 mm). The evaluation result in the case where the electronic tag 19 is moved above the shelf board 11 and in the peripheral area thereof is shown. From FIG. 5C, communication of the reader / writer antenna 15 with the electronic tag 19 is disabled above the shelf board 11. It is understood that the position where it is.
[0088] 電子タグ 19を図 5A〜図 5Cにおける 3種類の向きのうちのいずれかの向きからいず れかの方向に傾斜させた場合でも、リ一ダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のァ ンテナ A、 Bのアンテナパターン 31のうちのいずれかのパターン要素 35、 37、 41、 4 3、 46〜48によって発生する磁力線 101が、電子タグ 19と交差する。ただし、この磁 力線 101は、第 1のアンテナ Aに給電している場合には、第 1のアンテナ Aが発生す る磁界による磁力線と、第 1のアンテナ Aによって誘導される第 2のアンテナ B力 発 生する誘導磁界による磁力線とを含んでいる。上記磁力線 101は、第 2のアンテナ B に給電している場合も同様に、第 2のアンテナ Bが発生する磁界による磁力線と、第 2 のアンテナ Bによって誘導される第 1のアンテナ Aから発生する誘導磁界による磁力 線とが含まれる。したがって、上述のように傾斜させた場合でも、図 5A〜図 5Cに示 す場合と同様に、棚板 11の上方には、電子タグ 19とのリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の 通信が不能になる位置はほとんどないことが分る。  Even when the electronic tag 19 is inclined in any of the three directions shown in FIGS. 5A to 5C, the first and second ones of the antenna 15 for the reader / writer may be inclined. Magnetic field lines 101 generated by the pattern elements 35, 37, 41, 4 3, 46 to 48 of any of the antenna patterns 31 of the antenna A and B intersect the electronic tag 19. However, when the first magnetic field 101 is fed to the first antenna A, the magnetic field lines generated by the magnetic field generated by the first antenna A and the second antenna induced by the first antenna A B force includes magnetic lines of force due to the induced magnetic field generated. The magnetic field lines 101 are also generated from the magnetic field lines by the magnetic field generated by the second antenna B and the first antenna A induced by the second antenna B, even when the second antenna B is fed. It includes magnetic lines of force due to the induction magnetic field. Therefore, even when inclined as described above, the position where the reader / writer antenna 15 can not communicate with the electronic tag 19 above the shelf plate 11 as in the case shown in FIGS. 5A to 5C. It turns out that there is almost no.
[0089] 図 6は、図 5A〜図 5Cとの比較のために、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15が図 2Aおよび 図 2Bに示すように単一のアンテナ力 構成されて!、る場合にっ 、ての図 5A〜図 5C の場合と同様の評価結果を示している。図 6において、図 2および図 5と共通の部分 には同一の符号を付してその説明を省略する。図 6の場合には、図 5Bの場合と同様 に、電子タグ 19の表面を棚板 11の表面に対してほぼ垂直にしかつ電子タグ 19の長 さ方向を棚板 11のほぼ奥行き方向 yにしている。そして、棚板 11の表面と電子タグ 1 9の上辺との間の距離がほぼ 80mm (電子タグ 19の下辺との間の距離はほぼ 26mm )のほぼ一定となるように電子タグ 19を保持して、電子タグ 19を棚板 11の上方にお V、て移動させるようにして!/、る。  [0089] For comparison with FIGS. 5A to 5C, FIG. 6 shows the case where the reader / writer antenna 15 has a single antenna power as shown in FIGS. 2A and 2B. The same evaluation results as in the case of Figure 5A to 5C are shown. In FIG. 6, the same parts as in FIG. 2 and FIG. 5 will be assigned the same reference numerals and explanations thereof will be omitted. In the case of FIG. 6, as in the case of FIG. 5B, the surface of the electronic tag 19 is substantially perpendicular to the surface of the shelf 11, and the length direction of the electronic tag 19 is substantially the y direction of the shelf 11. ing. Then, the electronic tag 19 is held so that the distance between the surface of the shelf 11 and the upper side of the electronic tag 19 is approximately 80 mm (the distance between the lower side of the electronic tag 19 is approximately 26 mm). To move the electronic tag 19 above the shelf board 11! /.
[0090] 図 6Aは、第 1の比較例(換言すれば、第 1の参考例)としての単純ループ型のリー ダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合についての、図 5Bの場合と同様の評価結果を示してい る。このリーダライタ用アンテナ 15のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31は、ほぼ 長方形状である。この図 6Aから、電子タグ 19とのリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の通信 は、棚板 11の中央部分でほとんど不能であり、棚板 11の左右両側縁部 36、 40の附 近でしか通信できないことが分る。この理由は、棚板 11の間口方向 Xにほぼ平行な パターン要素 3539によっては、棚板 11の表面に対してほぼ垂直になるようにその 表面が配置されている電子タグ 19の小型アンテナ 21の面に交差する磁力線 101が 発生しないためである。 FIG. 6A shows an evaluation result similar to the case of FIG. 5B in the case of the simple loop type reader / writer antenna 15 as the first comparative example (in other words, the first reference example). ing. The substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the reader / writer antenna 15 is substantially rectangular. From FIG. 6A, it is almost impossible to communicate the reader / writer antenna 15 with the electronic tag 19 at the central portion of the shelf 11, and can communicate only near the left and right side edges 36 and 40 of the shelf 11. I understand. The reason is that the shelf board 11 is almost parallel to the frontal direction X This is because, depending on the pattern elements 35 and 39 , magnetic lines of force 101 intersecting the surface of the small antenna 21 of the electronic tag 19 whose surface is disposed so as to be substantially perpendicular to the surface of the shelf plate 11 are not generated.
[0091] 図 6Bは、第 2の比較例 (換言すれば、第 2の参考例)としての図 2Aに示す第 1のァ ンテナ Aとほぼ同形状の単一のアンテナ力も成るリーダライタ用アンテナ 15について の、図 5Bの場合と同様の評価結果を示している。この図 6Bの場合には、図 6Aに示 す単純ループ型のリーダライタ用アンテナの場合に比べると、電子タグ 19とのリーダ ライタ用アンテナ 15の通信可能領域 103は、広くなつている。しかし、リーダライタ用 アンテナ 15のベースライン部 43の間口方向 Xにおけるほぼ中央部分を通ってそれぞ れほぼ奥行き方向 yに延在する領域と、連結部 48の間口方向 Xにおけるほぼ中央部 分を通ってそれぞれほぼ奥行き方向 yに延在する領域とには、通信不能領域 102が それぞれ存在している。  [0091] FIG. 6B is a reader / writer antenna having a single antenna power having substantially the same shape as the first antenna A shown in FIG. 2A as a second comparative example (in other words, the second reference example). The same evaluation results as in the case of FIG. 5B are shown. In the case of FIG. 6B, the communicable area 103 of the reader / writer antenna 15 with the electronic tag 19 is wider than in the case of the simple loop reader / writer antenna shown in FIG. 6A. However, a region extending substantially in the depth direction y through a substantially central portion in the opening direction X of the base line portion 43 of the reader / writer antenna 15 and an approximately central portion in the opening direction X of the connecting portion 48 A communication disabled area 102 exists in each of the areas extending through in the depth direction y.
[0092] 2、第 1グループ発明の第 2の実施例  Second Embodiment of the First Group Invention
本発明の第 1グループ発明においては、棚板 6、 11〜14に設けられるリーダ用アン テナ 15を構成する複数個のアンテナ(例えば、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 B)のそ れぞれのほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31の形状などの構成は、図 1〜図 3に 示す第 1の実施例のものに限定されるものではなぐ図 8に示す第 2の実施例によつ て例示するように各種の変更および修正が可能である。なお、図 8に示す第 2の実施 例における棚板 11は、以下に記載する点を除いて、上述の第 1の実施例における棚 板 11と実質的に同一の構成であってよい。したがって、図 8において、図 1〜図 3と共 通の部分には、同一の符号を付してその説明を必要に応じて省略する。また、以下 の記載においては、棚板 11についてのみ説明する力 残りの棚板 6、 12〜14も、棚 板 11と実質的に同一の構成であってょ 、。  In the first group invention of the present invention, each of a plurality of antennas (for example, the first and second antennas A and B) constituting the reader antenna 15 provided on the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 is provided. The configuration, such as the shape, of the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 is not limited to that of the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, and the second embodiment shown in FIG. Various changes and modifications are possible as illustrated. The shelf board 11 in the second embodiment shown in FIG. 8 may have substantially the same configuration as the shelf board 11 in the first embodiment described above, except for the points described below. Therefore, in FIG. 8, the same reference numerals are given to the portions common to FIGS. 1 to 3 and the description thereof will be omitted as necessary. Further, in the following description, only the shelf plate 11 will be described. The remaining shelf plates 6 and 12 to 14 have substantially the same configuration as the shelf plate 11.
[0093] 図 1〜図 3に示す第 1の実施例においては、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および 第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの各第 1のパターン部分 35を棚板 11の後縁部 34または前縁部 38にほぼ沿って延在させた線状パターン要素から構成するとともに、第 1および第 2 のアンテナ A、 Bの各第 3のパターン部分 39を複数本のベースライン部 43および複 数個の屈曲部 44から構成した。しかし、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの各第 1のパ ターン部分 35および各第 3のパターン部分 39のそれぞれは、図 8に示す第 2の実施 例に例示されているように、線状パターン要素から構成された部分と、ベースライン部 43および屈曲部 44から構成された部分とが混在していてもよい。例えば、図 2Cおよ び図 8にそれぞれ示すように、棚板 11に設けられたリーダライタ用アンテナ 15を棚板 11のほぼ奥行き方向 yに延在する仮想の単位領域区分線 154によって左右一対の 第 1および第 2の単位領域 (換言すれば、複数個の単位領域) 155、 156に区分した ときに、上記第 1の単位領域 155における第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのパターン 要素 35、 37、 43、 46〜48のみを、図 8に示すように、棚板中'、線 45を対称軸として 実質的に線対称に構成された新たなパターン要素に変更することができる。 In the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, each of the first pattern portions 35 of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 is a rear edge portion of the shelf board 11 34 or a front edge 38, which comprises a linear pattern element extending substantially along the line, and each of the third pattern portions 39 of the first and second antennas A and B comprises a plurality of baseline portions 43 and It was composed of a plurality of bends 44. However, each first pass of the first and second antennas A and B Each of the turn portion 35 and each of the third pattern portions 39 is, as exemplified in the second embodiment shown in FIG. 8, a portion composed of linear pattern elements, a baseline portion 43 and a bending portion A portion composed of 44 may be mixed. For example, as shown in FIG. 2C and FIG. 8, the reader / writer antenna 15 provided on the shelf 11 is paired with the left and right virtual unit area dividing lines 154 extending substantially in the depth direction y of the shelf 11. When divided into first and second unit areas (in other words, a plurality of unit areas) 155 and 156, pattern elements of the first and second antennas A and B in the first unit area 155 Only 35, 37, 43, 46 to 48 can be changed to new pattern elements arranged substantially line-symmetrically in the shelf plate 'with the line 45 as the axis of symmetry, as shown in FIG.
[0094] この場合、つぎの 4箇所には、単位領域区分線 154の近傍において棚板 11のほぼ 奥行き方向 yに延在する切れ目がそれぞれ生じる。 In this case, in the next four places, a cut extending substantially in the depth direction y of the shelf board 11 is generated in the vicinity of the unit area dividing line 154.
(a)第 1の単位領域 155の第 1のアンテナ Aのパターン要素 35と、第 2の単位領域 15 6の第 1のアンテナ Aのパターン要素 43との間における第 1の隙間、  (a) A first gap between the pattern element 35 of the first antenna A of the first unit area 155 and the pattern element 43 of the first antenna A of the second unit area 156,
(b)第 1の単位領域 155の第 1のアンテナ Aのパターン要素 43と第 2の単位領域 156 の第 1のアンテナ Aのアンテナ要素 35との間における第 2の隙間、  (b) a second gap between the pattern element 43 of the first antenna A of the first unit area 155 and the antenna element 35 of the first antenna A of the second unit area 156,
(c)第 1の単位領域 155の第 2のアンテナ Bのパターン要素 43と、第 2の単位領域 15 6の第 2のアンテナ Bのパターン要素 35との間における第 3の隙間、および  (c) a third gap between the pattern element 43 of the second antenna B of the first unit area 155 and the pattern element 35 of the second antenna B of the second unit area 156, and
(d)第 1の単位領域 155の第 2のアンテナ Bのパターン要素 35と、第 2の単位領域 15 6の第 2のアンテナ Bのパターン要素 43との間における第 4の隙間。  (d) A fourth gap between the pattern element 35 of the second antenna B of the first unit area 155 and the pattern element 43 of the second antenna B of the second unit area 156.
[0095] したがって、これら 4箇所の切れ目をなくすための新たな線状パターン要素力 成る 第 1〜第 4の連結部 57を 4本設ける必要がある。これらの連結部 57は、図示の実施 例におけるように棚板 11のほぼ奥行き方向 yに延在するものであっても、この奥行き 方向 yに対して傾斜して延在するものであってもよい。また、図示の実施例において は、図 8に示すように、上記 (a)項に記載の第 1の隙間を連結する第 1の連結部 57と 、上記 (c)項に記載の第 3の隙間を連結する第 3の連結部 57とは、平面的に見て、 上記 (b)項に記載の第 2の隙間を連結する第 2の連結部 57と、上記 (d)項に記載の 第 4の隙間を連結する第 4の連結部 57とにそれぞれ重なり合つている。しかし、この 場合、第 1および第 3の連結部 57は、平面的に見て、第 2および第 4の連結部 57とそ れぞれ重なり合つている必要は特になぐ間口方向 Xに適当な間隔だけ離間して互 いにほぼ平行に延在していたり、互いに交差していたり、全体としてほぼ V字形状を 成していたりしてもよい。 Therefore, it is necessary to provide four first to fourth connecting portions 57, which are new linear pattern element forces for eliminating these four cuts. These connecting portions 57 extend substantially in the depth direction y of the shelf plate 11 as in the illustrated embodiment, or extend obliquely with respect to the depth direction y. Good. In the illustrated embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8, a first connecting portion 57 for connecting the first gap described in the above (a), and a third connecting portion described in the above (c). The third connecting portion 57 connecting the gaps is, in a plan view, a second connecting portion 57 connecting the second gaps described in the item (b); and the item (d) described in the item (d) They are respectively overlapped with the fourth connecting portion 57 connecting the fourth gap. However, in this case, the first and third connecting portions 57 are, in plan view, the second and fourth connecting portions 57 and It is necessary for the respective members to overlap each other in particular, extending approximately parallel to each other at an appropriate distance in the front and back direction X, or mutually intersecting each other, or forming a generally V shape as a whole. You may
[0096] 上述のように構成された図 8に示す第 2の実施例におけるリーダライタ用アンテナ 1 5の場合にも、図 1〜図 3に示す第 1の実施例の場合とほぼ同様に、電子タグ 19との リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の通信が不能になる位置は、棚板 11上にはほとんど存在 しない。 Also in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 in the second embodiment shown in FIG. 8 configured as described above, it is substantially the same as the first embodiment shown in FIGS. There is almost no position on the shelf board 11 where the reader / writer antenna 15 can not communicate with the electronic tag 19.
[0097] 3、第 1グループ発明の追加の変形例  [0097] 3, Additional Modifications of the First Group Invention
以上において、本発明の第 1グループ発明の第 1および第 2の実施例について詳 細に説明した。しかし、本発明の第 1グループ発明は、これら第 1および第 2の実施例 に限定されるものではなぐ請求の範囲に記載された発明の趣旨に基づいて各種の 変更および修正がさらに可能である。  In the above, the first and second embodiments of the first group invention of the present invention have been described in detail. However, in the first group invention of the present invention, various changes and modifications are further possible based on the spirit of the invention described in the claims other than the first and second embodiments. .
[0098] 例えば、第 1グループ発明の既述の第 1および第 2の実施例においては、上下に 5 段の棚板 6、 11〜14を物品管理棚 (換言すれば、物品載置棚) 1に設けた。しかし、 棚板は必ずしも上下に 5段設けられる必要はなくて、 2〜4段または 6段以上の別の 複数段を上下に設けてもよぐ場合によっては、 1段だけでもよい。  For example, in the first and second embodiments of the first group invention, the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14 with five tiers up and down are article management shelves (in other words, article placement shelves) Provided in 1. However, the shelf board does not necessarily have to be provided in the upper and lower five stages, and in some cases, it may be possible to provide another plural stages of two to four stages or six or more stages, or only one stage.
[0099] また、第 1グループ発明の既述の第 1および第 2の実施例においては、リーダライタ 用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのほぼループ形状のアンテナパター ン 31は、一回巻きのものとした。し力し、これらのアンテナパターン 31は、渦巻き状な どに複数回卷回させた複数回巻きのものであってもよい。この場合でも、アンテナパ ターン 31は、その一部分とその別の一部分とが互!ヽに交差する交差部位を有して ヽ ないのが好ましい。  In the first and second embodiments of the first group invention, the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 is , One-roll one. Alternatively, these antenna patterns 31 may be a plurality of turns wound a plurality of times in a spiral or the like. Even in this case, it is preferable that the antenna pattern 31 has no crossing point where one part thereof and another part thereof cross each other.
[0100] また、第 1グループ発明の既述の第 1および第 2の実施例においては、リーダライタ 用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの各アンテナ要素 35、 37、 41、 43、 46〜48の相互の間のつながり部位をほぼ直角に尖った形状にした。しかし、これら のつながり部位の一箇所または複数箇所もしくは全部の箇所が、丸みを帯びた形状 であってもよい。  In the first and second embodiments of the first group invention, the antenna elements 35, 37, 41 of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 are also included. The connection points between 43 and 46 to 48 were pointed at substantially right angles. However, one or more or all of the connection portions may have a rounded shape.
[0101] また、第 1グループ発明の既述の第 1および第 2の実施例においては、リーダライタ 用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの各第 3のパターン部分 39における 屈曲部 44の個数をそれぞれ 2個にした。しかし、上記各第 3のパターン部分 39の屈 曲部 44の個数は必ずしも 2個である必要はなくて、 3個以上であってもよぐ場合によ つては、 1個であってもよい。 In the first and second embodiments of the first group invention, the reader / writer is The number of bent portions 44 in each of the third pattern portions 39 of the first and second antennas A and B of the antenna 15 is set to two. However, the number of bent portions 44 of each of the third pattern portions 39 is not necessarily limited to two, and may be three or more in some cases. .
[0102] また、第 1グループ発明の既述の第 1および第 2の実施例においては、棚板 6、 11 〜14のそれぞれに左右一対の第 1および第 2の単位領域 155、 156をそれぞれ設け た。しかし、各棚板 6、 11〜14に設ける単位領域の個数は、必ずしも 2個である必要 はなくて、 3個以上であってもよぐ場合によっては、 1個であってもよい。なお、各棚 板 6、 11〜14に 3個の単位領域を設ける場合には、例えば、図 2Cおよび Zまたは図 8に示す棚板 11において、棚板 11の間口方向 Xの長さ Lを大きくする力、あるいは、 これらの第 1および第 2単位領域 155、 156をこの間口方向 Xに圧縮したパターン形 状にすればよい。そして、これととも〖こ、左側の単位領域 155と右側の単位領域 156 とを互いに離間させて形成し、さらに、これら第 1および第 2の単位領域 155、 156の 間に第 3の単位領域を配置すればよい。この第 3の単位領域は、図 2Cに示す左側の 単位領域 155、図 8に示す左側の単位領域 155などであってよい。この場合、これら 図 2Cおよび図 8にそれぞれ示す左側の単位領域 155のいずれにおいても、第 1およ び第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれの第 2のパターン部分 37は不要であるから、省略 することができる。換言すれば、図 2Cおよび図 8にそれぞれ示す左側の単位領域 15 5の第 1のパターン部分 35および第 3のパターン部分 39のみを第 1および第 2の単 位領域 155、 156の間に配置すればよい。  In the first and second embodiments of the first group invention, the left and right pair of first and second unit areas 155 and 156 are respectively provided on the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 respectively. Provided. However, the number of unit areas provided in each of the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 does not necessarily have to be two, and may be three or more in some cases, and may be one. In addition, when providing three unit areas in each shelf board 6, 11-14, for example, in the shelf board 11 shown in FIG. 2C and Z or FIG. The force to be increased, or the first and second unit areas 155 and 156 may be compressed in the direction X of the front opening into a pattern. Then, together with this, the left unit area 155 and the right unit area 156 are formed to be separated from each other, and a third unit area is formed between the first and second unit areas 155 and 156. You just have to This third unit area may be the left unit area 155 shown in FIG. 2C, the left unit area 155 shown in FIG. In this case, the second pattern portions 37 of the first and second antennas A and B are unnecessary in any of the unit regions 155 on the left side shown in FIGS. 2C and 8 respectively. can do. In other words, only the first pattern portion 35 and the third pattern portion 39 of the left unit region 15 5 shown in FIG. 2C and FIG. 8 are disposed between the first and second unit regions 155 and 156, respectively. do it.
[0103] また、第 1グループ発明の既述の第 1および第 2の実施例においては、リーダライタ 用アンテナ 15を構成するアンテナパターン 31をその全体にわたってほぼ等幅に構 成した。しかし、このアンテナパターン 31中に部分的に幅の広いパターン部分や部 分的に幅の狭いパターン部分が存在していてもよい。このことは、アンテナパターン 3 1の厚みについても同様である。  In the first and second embodiments of the first group invention, the antenna patterns 31 constituting the reader / writer antenna 15 are configured to have substantially equal widths throughout. However, partially wide pattern portions or partially narrow pattern portions may be present in the antenna pattern 31. The same applies to the thickness of the antenna pattern 31.
[0104] また、第 1グループ発明の既述の第 1および第 2の実施例においては、リーダライタ 用アンテナ 15として、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 B力 成る 2個のアンテナを各棚 板 6、 11〜14にそれぞれ設けるようにした。しかし、各棚板 6、 11〜14に 3個以上の アンテナを設けることもできる。この場合、これら 3個以上のアンテナが順次動作する ように、これら 3個以上のアンテナに対する給電を順次切り替えることができる。 Further, in the first and second embodiments of the first group invention described above, two antennas consisting of the first and second antennas A and B are used as the reader / writer antenna 15 in each shelf. It was made to provide in board 6, 11-14, respectively. However, each shelf board 6, 11 to 14 more than three An antenna can also be provided. In this case, the feeding to these three or more antennas can be switched sequentially so that these three or more antennas operate in sequence.
[0105] さらに、第 1グループ発明の既述の第 1および第 2の実施例においては、棚板 6、 1 1〜14をほぼ間口方向 Xに細長いほぼ長方形状に構成した。しかし、棚板 6、 11〜1 4は、ほぼ長方形以外のほぼ多角形状、ほぼ円弧形状、ほぼ円形状 (この場合など には、棚板 6、 11〜14または物品載置棚 1全体が回転式であってもよい。)、ほぼ U 字形状、ほぼ V字形状などの屈曲、湾曲または折曲した非直線性形状であってもよ い。この場合、棚板 6、 11〜14上の物品収納空間や棚板 6、 11〜14の間口方向 Xも 、同様に、ほぼ長方形以外のほぼ多角形状、ほぼ円弧形状、ほぼ円形状、ほぼ U字 形状、ほぼ V字形状などの屈曲、湾曲または折曲した非直線性形状になっていてよ い。 Furthermore, in the first and second embodiments of the first group invention, the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14 are configured in a substantially rectangular shape elongated in the direction X of the front part. However, the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14 have a substantially polygonal shape other than a substantially rectangular shape, a substantially arc shape, a substantially circular shape (in this case, the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14 or the entire article placement shelf 1 is rotated). It may be a formula, it may be a substantially U-shaped, a substantially V-shaped bent or curved non-linear shape such as a V-shape. In this case, the article storage space on the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14 and the frontal direction X of the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 are similarly substantially polygonal shapes other than substantially rectangular shapes, substantially arc shapes, substantially circular shapes, substantially U It may be in the shape of a curve, a substantially V-shape, or other non-linear shape that is bent, bent or bent.
[0106] B、第 2グループ発明の実施例  B, Example of the Second Group Invention
つぎに、本発明のうちの第 2グループ発明のを物品載置棚にそれぞれ適用した 3つ の実施例 (すなわち、第 1、第 2および第 3の実施例)を、「1、第 2グループ発明の第 1 の実施例」、「2、第 2グループ発明の第 2の実施例」、「3、第 2グループ発明の第 3の 実施例」および「4、第 2グループ発明の追加の変形例」に項分けして、図 9〜図 32を 参照しつつ説明する。  Next, three embodiments (ie, the first, second and third embodiments) in which the second group invention of the present invention is respectively applied to the article placing racks are referred to as "1, 2nd group First embodiment of the invention, "2, second embodiment of the second group invention", "3, third embodiment of the second group invention" and "4, second modification of the second group invention The examples are divided into sections and described with reference to FIGS. 9 to 32.
[0107] 1、第 2グループ発明の第 1の実施例  1, the first embodiment of the second group invention
まず、本発明の第 2グループ発明の第 1の実施例を、「(1)物品載置棚の全体的構 成」、「(2)リーダライタ用アンテナの基本的単位パターン形状」、「(3)リーダライタ用 アンテナの具体的パターン形状」および「 (4)リーダライタ用アンテナへの給電方法」 に項分けして、図 9〜図 22を参照しつつ説明する。  First of all, according to the first embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention, “(1) Overall configuration of article placement shelf”, “(2) Basic unit pattern shape of antenna for reader / writer”, “( 3) A concrete pattern shape of the reader / writer antenna and (4) a method of supplying power to the reader / writer antenna will be described with reference to FIGS. 9 to 22.
[0108] (1)物品載置棚の全体的構成  (1) Overall Configuration of the Item Mounting Shelf
本発明の第 2グループ発明の第 1の実施例における物品載置棚 1および電子タグ 1 9は、図 9に示すように、棚板 6、 11〜14に設けられるリーダライタ用アンテナの構成 が異なることを除いて、本発明の第 1グループ発明の第 1の実施例における物品載 置棚 1および電子タグ 19とそれぞれ実質的に同一の構成であってよい。したがって、 図 9〜図 22において、図 1〜図 8と共通の部分には、同一の符号を付してその説明 を必要に応じて省略する。 As shown in FIG. 9, the article placement shelf 1 and the electronic tag 19 in the first embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention have the configuration of the reader / writer antenna provided on the shelf boards 6 and 11-14. Except for the difference, the configuration may be substantially the same as that of the article placement shelf 1 and the electronic tag 19 in the first embodiment of the first group invention of the present invention. Therefore, in FIG. 9 to FIG. 22, the same reference numerals as in FIG. 1 to FIG. Omit as needed.
[0109] 図 9に示す物品載置棚 1においては、前記アンテナ切替器は、同軸ケーブル 16に よってリーダライタ本体 17および制御用コンピュータ(図示せず)に接続されている。 また、この第 2グループ発明の第 1の実施例においては、棚板 6、 11〜14の間口方 向 Xの長さ Lおよび奥行き方向 yの長さ Lは、図 12Cに示されている。さらに、図 12C  In the article placement shelf 1 shown in FIG. 9, the antenna switching device is connected by the coaxial cable 16 to the reader / writer main body 17 and a control computer (not shown). Further, in the first embodiment of the second group invention, the length L of the direction X of the opening in the space between the shelf plates 6 and 11 to 14 and the length L of the direction y of the depth are shown in FIG. 12C. Furthermore, Figure 12C.
1 2  1 2
およびこれに類似する総ての図面 (後述の第 2および第 3の実施例ならびに第 3ダル ープ発明の第 1〜第 3の実施例の場合を含む。)において、第 1および第 2のアンテ ナ八、 Bのアンテナパターン 31の各パターン部分の実際の幅は、実質的に互いに同 一であってよいが、図示の都合上、第 2のアンテナ Bのアンテナパターン 31の各パタ ーン部分の幅を第 1のアンテナ Aのアンテナパターン 31の各パターン部分の幅よりも 太く示している。  And all the drawings similar thereto (including the cases of the second and third embodiments and the first to third embodiments of the third invention described below), the first and second embodiments. The actual widths of the pattern portions of the antenna pattern 31 of the antenna 8 and the antenna pattern 31 may be substantially identical to each other, but for convenience of illustration, each pattern of the antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B is shown. The width of the portion is shown thicker than the width of each pattern portion of the antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A.
[0110] (2)リーダライタ用アンテナの基本的単位パターン形状  (2) Basic unit pattern shape of antenna for reader / writer
物品 18に設けられている電子タグ 19と無線通信により交信するためのリーダ用ァ ンテナ 15は、図 12Cに示すように、第 1のアンテナ Aと第 2のアンテナ Bと力も成って いる。これら第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bは、いずれも、図 12Aおよび図 12Bに示 すように、ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31と、このほぼループ形状のアンテナ パターン 31の両端部にそれぞれ連設されて互いに近接している一対の端子部 32a 、 32bと力ら成っている。これら一対の端子部 32a、 32bの間には、隙間 33が設けら れているので、ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31の両端部の間にも、同様に隙 間 33が存在している。これら一対の端子部 32a、 32bは、前記ツイストケーブル(図示 せず)によって前記マッチング調整器(図示せず)に電気的に接続されていてよい。  As shown in FIG. 12C, the reader antenna 15 for communicating with the electronic tag 19 provided on the article 18 by wireless communication also comprises a force with the first antenna A and the second antenna B. As shown in FIGS. 12A and 12B, each of the first and second antennas A and B has a continuous antenna pattern 31 in a substantially loop shape and a series of antennas at both ends of the substantially loop antenna pattern 31. A pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b disposed close to each other is provided with force. Since a gap 33 is provided between the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b, a gap 33 similarly exists between both ends of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31. The pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b may be electrically connected to the matching adjuster (not shown) by the twist cable (not shown).
[0111] 図 12Cに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15を構成している第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの基本的な単位パターン形状 C力 図 10Aに示されている。この基本的単位パ ターン形状 Cは、図 12Aおよび図 12Cに示す第 1のアンテナ Aのパターン形状と実 質的に同一である。この基本的単位パターン形状 Cのほぼループ形状のアンテナパ ターン 31は、図 10Aに示すように、給電用などの端子部 32aが連設されかつ棚板 11 の後縁部 34の側に位置する第 1パターン部分 35と、棚板 11に向力つて左側の縁部 36の側に位置する第 2のパターン部分 37と、棚板 11の前縁部 (換言すれば、物品 取出し側の縁部) 38の側に位置する第 3のパターン部分 39と、給電用などの端子部 32bが連設されかつ棚板 11の向かって右側の縁部 40の側に位置する第 4のパター ン部分 41とが、順次連設されたものであってよい。そして、このアンテナパターン 31 は、全体として、一対の端子部 32a、 32bの間に対応する隙間 33を除いてループ形 状に構成されていてよい。この基本的単位パターン形状 Cは、その一部分と別の一 部分とが互いに交差する交差部位を有して 、な 、ほぼワンループ形状のものである のが好ましい。 Basic unit pattern shapes of the first and second antennas A and B constituting the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 12C. C Force: As shown in FIG. 10A. This basic unit pattern shape C is substantially the same as the pattern shape of the first antenna A shown in FIGS. 12A and 12C. The substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 of this basic unit pattern shape C is, as shown in FIG. 10A, provided with a terminal portion 32a for feeding or the like connected in series and located on the rear edge 34 side of the shelf board 11. 1 pattern portion 35, the second pattern portion 37 located on the side of the left edge 36 facing the shelf 11 and the front edge of the shelf 11 (in other words, the article The third pattern portion 39 located on the side of the extraction side 38) and the terminal portion 32b for feeding etc. are connected in a row, and the fourth located on the side of the edge 40 on the right side toward the shelf board 11. The pattern portion 41 of the may be sequentially connected. The antenna pattern 31 may be configured in a loop shape as a whole, except for the gap 33 corresponding to the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b. It is preferable that the basic unit pattern shape C has a substantially one-loop shape, with crossing points where one part and another part cross each other.
[0112] 基本的単位パターン形状 Cの第 1のパターン部分 35は、図 10Aに示すように、棚 板 11の後縁部 34に近接しかっこの後縁部 34にほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、棚 板 11の間口方向 Xにほぼ平行な状態であって、図示の実施例においては、ほぼ直 線的である。 以下、同じ)でもって棚板 11の間口方向 Xのほぼ全長にわたって延在 している。基本的単位パターン形状 Cの第 2のパターン部分 37は、棚板 11の向って 左側の縁部 36に近接しかっこの左側縁部 36にほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yにほぼ平行な状態であって、図示の実施例においては、ほぼ直線 的である。—以下、同じ)でもって延在している。基本的単位パターン形状 Cの第 4の ノターン部分 41は、棚板 11の向って右側の縁部 40から多少離れかっこの右側縁 部 40にほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yにほぼ平行な状態)で もって延在している。  [0112] The first pattern portion 35 of the basic unit pattern shape C is close to the rear edge 34 of the shelf plate 11 and substantially parallel to the rear edge 34 of the bracket as shown in FIG. 10A (in other words, , And is substantially parallel to the frontal direction X of the shelf 11 and is substantially linear in the illustrated embodiment (the same applies hereinafter). doing. The second pattern portion 37 of the basic unit pattern shape C is close to the left edge 36 toward the shelf 11 and almost parallel to the left edge 36 of the bracket (in other words, the depth direction of the shelf 11 It is in a state substantially parallel to y, and in the illustrated embodiment, it is substantially linear (the same applies hereinafter). The fourth notch portion 41 of the basic unit pattern shape C is slightly parallel to the right edge 40 of the bracket slightly away from the right edge 40 toward the shelf 11 (in other words, the depth of the shelf 11) It extends with almost parallel to the direction y).
[0113] 図 10Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cの第 3のパターン部分 39は、棚板 11の 前縁部 38から多少離れかっこの前縁部 38にほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、棚板 1 1の間口方向 Xにほぼ平行な状態)でもって相互の間に間欠部分 42が生じるように間 欠的に延在している複数本のベースライン部 43と、これら間欠的に延在している複 数本のベースライン部 43の相互の間(換言すれば、間欠部分 42)にそれぞれ存在し て!、る 1個または複数個(好ましくは複数個)の屈曲部 44とから成って 、る。各ベース ライン部 43は、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yにおける中心に沿って棚板 11の間口方向 に 延在する棚板 11の仮想の中心線 (以下、「棚板中心線」という。)45よりも、前縁部 38 側を延在している。なお、第 1のパターン部分 35と棚板中心線 45との奥行き方向 yに おける間隔は、複数本のベースライン部 43と棚板中心線 45との奥行き方向 yにおけ る間隔と実質的に同一である。したがって、棚板中心線 45は、基本的単位パターン 形状 Cの間口方向 Xに延在する仮想の中心線を兼ねて 、る。 The third pattern portion 39 of the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A is slightly parallel to the front edge 38 of the bracket with a slight distance from the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 (in other words, the shelf The plurality of baseline portions 43 intermittently extending such that intermittent portions 42 are generated so as to form an intermittent portion 42 between them with the plate 11 in a state substantially parallel to the opening direction X And one or more (preferably, a plurality of) bends 44 which are respectively present between each other (in other words, the intermittent portion 42) of the plurality of baseline portions 43 being It is. Each baseline portion 43 is a virtual center line (hereinafter referred to as “shelf centerline”) 45 of the shelf 11 extending in the direction of the front of the shelf 11 along the center of the shelf 11 in the depth direction y. Rather, it extends on the front edge 38 side. The distance between the first pattern portion 35 and the shelf centerline 45 in the depth direction y is the distance between the plurality of baseline portions 43 and the shelf centerline 45 in the depth direction y. Substantially the same as the Therefore, the shelf centerline 45 also serves as an imaginary centerline extending in the frontal direction X of the basic unit pattern shape C.
[0114] 各屈曲部 44は、図 10Aに示すように、向って左側のベースライン部 43の向って右 側の端部にその基端部を連設されかつ棚板 11の後縁部 34に向って立上っている第 1の立上り部 46と、向って右側のベースライン部 43の向って左側の端部にその基端 部を連設されかつ棚板 11の後縁部 34に向って立上っている第 2の立上り部 47と、こ れら第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47の先端部をそれぞれ連結するように開口方向 X にほぼ平行に延在している連結部 48と力 成っていてよい。そして、これらの各屈曲 部 44は、全体として、ほぼ長方形状の凸形状部分であるのが好ましい。この場合、連 結部 48は、棚板中心線 45よりも棚板 11の後縁部 34の側を間口方向 Xにほぼ平行に 延在しているのが好ましい。したがって、第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47は、棚板 中心線 45によって二分される棚板 11の一方の側(具体的には、棚板 11の前縁部 38 側の部分)から他方の側 (具体的には、棚板 11の後縁部 34側の部分)まで棚板中心 線 45にほぼ直交するように交差して延在して!/、るのが好ま 、。  Each bent portion 44 has its proximal end portion connected to the end portion on the right side toward the left baseline portion 43 as shown in FIG. The base end portion of the first rising portion 46 rising toward the front end and the base end portion of the left side end portion of the right base line portion 43 are continuously connected to the rear edge portion 34 of the shelf 11. It extends substantially parallel to the opening direction X so as to connect the leading end of the second rising portion 47 and the tips of the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 facing each other. It may be integrated with the connecting part 48. Each of the bent portions 44 is preferably a generally rectangular convex portion as a whole. In this case, the connecting portion 48 preferably extends substantially parallel to the frontal direction X with respect to the shelf center line 45 on the side of the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11. Therefore, the first and second rising portions 46, 47 are from one side of the shelf board 11 (specifically, a portion on the front edge 38 side of the shelf board 11) divided by the shelf board center line 45. It is preferable to extend to the other side (specifically, the portion on the trailing edge 34 side of the shelf 11) so as to intersect the shelf center line 45 substantially perpendicularly! /.
[0115] 図 10Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cのアンテナパターン 31の寸法を例示す れば、つぎの(a)項〜(d)項に記載のとおりである。  The dimensions of the antenna pattern 31 of the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A are as described in the following (a) to (d).
(a)各屈曲部 44の第 1の立上り部 46と第 2の立上り部 47との間隔 L:約 150mm (こ  (a) The distance L between the first rising portion 46 and the second rising portion 47 of each bent portion 44: about 150 mm
4  Four
の間隔 Lは、第 1の屈曲部 44の第 2の立上り部 47と、この第 1の屈曲部 44の右側に Distance L between the second rising portion 47 of the first bend 44 and the right side of the first bend 44
4 Four
隣接している第 2の屈曲部 44の第 1の立上り部 46との間隔 (換言すれば、各ベース ライン部 43の長さ)と実質的に同一であってよい。)、  It may be substantially the same as the distance between the adjacent second bent portions 44 and the first rising portion 46 (in other words, the length of each base line portion 43). ),
(b)各屈曲部 44の第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47のそれぞれの長さ L:約 180m  (b) The length L of each of the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 of each bending portion 44: about 180 m
5 m、  5 m,
(c)第 1のパターン部分 35とベースライン部 43との間隔 L:約 250mm、および  (c) A distance L between the first pattern portion 35 and the baseline portion 43: about 250 mm, and
6  6
(d)第 1のパターン部分 35と連結部 48との間隔 L:約 70mm (この数値は、式 (L - (d) The distance L between the first pattern portion 35 and the connecting portion 48: about 70 mm (This figure shows the formula (L-
7 67 6
L =L )力らも求めることができる)。 L = L) Forces can also be determined).
5 7  5 7
[0116] 図 11Aには、図 10Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cの変形例が示されている。  A modification of the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A is shown in FIG. 11A.
図 11 Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cが図 10Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cと相違している点は、第 2および第 4のパターン部分 37、 41ならびに第 1および第 2 の立上り部 46、 47のそれぞれが奥行き方向 yと平行ではなくて所定角度 Θェだけ傾 斜していることである。この傾斜の方向は、図示の実施例においては、棚板 11の前 縁部 38の側力も後縁部 34の側に向力つて左側力も右側に傾斜する方向である。な お、この傾斜方向は、第 2および第 4のパターン部分 37、 41ならびに第 1および第 2 の立上り部 46、 47ごとに、図示の実施例の場合と同一の方向であってもよいし、逆の 方向であってもよいし、傾斜していなくてもよい。また、上記所定角度 Θ は、図示の 実施例においては、約 5° である。しかし、この所定角度 Θ も、第 2および第 4のパタ ーン部分 37、 41ならびに第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47ごとに、図示の実施例の 場合と同一の値であってもよいし、同一の値ではなくて多少大き力つたり多少小さか つたりしてもよい。そして、この所定角度 Θ は、本発明の第 2グループ発明の一つの 観点においては、実用性の観点力も見て一般的に、 0° 〜15° の範囲であるのが好 ましぐ 0° 〜10° の範囲であるのがより好ましぐ 0° 〜5° の範囲であるのがさらに 好ましい。したがって、第 2および第 4のパターン部分 37、 41ならびに第 1および第 2 の立ち上がり部 46、 47のそれぞれは、大まかには奥行き方向 yに沿って延在してい ると ヽうことができる。 The basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 11A is different from the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A in the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first and second pattern portions. Each of the rising portions 46 and 47 is not parallel to the depth direction y, but is inclined by a predetermined angle. The direction of this inclination is, in the illustrated embodiment, a direction in which the side force of the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 also tends to the side of the rear edge 34 and the left force also inclines to the right. The direction of inclination may be the same as in the illustrated embodiment for each of the second and fourth pattern portions 37 and 41 and the first and second rising portions 46 and 47. The opposite direction may or may not be inclined. Further, the predetermined angle Θ is about 5 ° in the illustrated embodiment. However, the predetermined angle Θ also has the same value as in the illustrated embodiment for each of the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first and second rising portions 46, 47. It may be good, or it may not be the same value, but it may be slightly larger or smaller. And, in view of practicality, the predetermined angle Θ is preferably in the range of 0 ° to 15 ° in one aspect of the second group invention of the present invention. More preferably, it is in the range of 10 °, more preferably in the range of 0 ° to 5 °. Therefore, each of the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first and second rising portions 46, 47 can be roughly extended along the depth direction y.
図 10Aおよび図 11 Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cは、ほぼ長方形状の屈曲 部 44を複数個有し、また、ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31が交差部位を有し て!ヽな 、ほぼワンループ形状のものである。これら図 10Aおよび図 11 Aに示す基本 的単位パターン形状 Cの特徴は、棚板 11の面に平行な間口方向 Xの磁界成分が、 間口方向 Xに沿ってその位置に応じてほぼ周期的に変化して、図 10Aおよび図 11B において斜線を施した領域 49で弱くなる傾向があることである。これは、奥行き方向 y に延在するアンテナパターン部分 (すなわち、第 2および第 4のパターン部分 37、 41 ならびに第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47)によって間口方向 Xに平行に生じる磁界 成分力 これらの隣り合うアンテナパターン部分の中間の位置で小さくなるためであ る。したがって、図 10Aまたは図 11 Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 C単独では、 電子タグ 19 (図 4参照)が y— z面 (zは、棚板 11の面に垂直な方向)に平行になるよう に斜線領域 49に置かれた場合に、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15 (換言すれば、図 10A または図 11Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 C)が電子タグ 19と交信できに《なる 恐れがある。 The basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A and FIG. 11A has a plurality of substantially rectangular bent portions 44, and the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 has an intersection portion! Awkwardly, almost one-loop shaped. The characteristic of the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIGS. 10A and 11A is that the magnetic field components in the frontal direction X parallel to the surface of the shelf plate 11 are approximately periodically along the frontal direction X according to the position thereof. It is changing and tends to weaken in the hatched area 49 in FIGS. 10A and 11B. This is because the magnetic field component generated parallel to the frontal direction X by antenna pattern portions (that is, the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first and second rising portions 46, 47) extending in the depth direction y This is because the force decreases at the middle position between these adjacent antenna pattern parts. Therefore, in the basic unit pattern shape C alone shown in FIG. 10A or FIG. 11A, the electronic tag 19 (see FIG. 4) is parallel to the y-z plane (z is the direction perpendicular to the plane of the shelf board 11) When placed in the hatched area 49, the reader / writer antenna 15 (in other words, the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A or FIG. 11A) can communicate with the electronic tag 19. There is a fear.
[0118] リーダライタ用アンテナ 15が y—z面に平行になるように置かれた電子タグ 19と交信 することには、上述のように、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の各アンテナパターン部分か ら発せられる磁界の間口方向 Xに平行な成分が影響している。したがって、交差部位 を有さないアンテナの屈曲部 44の第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47や、交差部位を 有するアンテナの大よそ奥行き方向 yに延在するアンテナパターン部分は、間口方 向 Xに対して垂直に延在しているのが好ましい。しかし、これらの各アンテナパターン 部分は、図 11Aに示すように、傾斜角度 Θ を多少有していてもよい。また、大よそ奥 行き方向 yに延在するアンテナパターン部分 (すなわち、第 2および第 4のパターン部 分 37、 41ならびに第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47)のうちで互いに隣り合うアンテ ナパターン部分は、 y—z面に平行になるように置かれた電子タグ 19に対する基本的 単位パターン形状 Cの通信不能領域の間口方向 Xの幅が奥行き方向 yに沿ってでき るかぎり一定になるように、互いにほぼ平行であるのが好ましい。  As described above, to communicate with the electronic tag 19 placed so that the reader / writer antenna 15 is parallel to the y-z plane, each of the antenna patterns of the reader / writer antenna 15 emits light. The component parallel to the direction X of the front of the magnetic field is affected. Therefore, the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 of the bent portion 44 of the antenna not having the intersection portion, and the antenna pattern portion extending in the approximate depth direction y of the antenna having the intersection portion have the opening direction It preferably extends perpendicular to X. However, as shown in FIG. 11A, each of these antenna pattern portions may have some inclination angle Θ. In addition, the antenna patterns adjacent to each other among the antenna pattern portions (that is, the second and fourth pattern portions 37 and 41 and the first and second rising portions 46 and 47) extending in the approximately direction back to the direction y. In the case of the na pattern part, the width of the opening direction X of the incommunicable area of the basic unit pattern shape C with respect to the electronic tag 19 placed parallel to the y-z plane is constant as far as possible along the depth direction y. Preferably, they are substantially parallel to one another.
[0119] 図 10Bおよび図 11B力 図 10Aおよび図 11 Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 C についての棚板 11の面に平行な間口方向 Xの磁界成分を示しているのに対し、図 1 OCおよび図 11Cは、図 10Aおよび図 11Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cについ ての棚板 11の面に平行な奥行き方向 yの磁界成分を示している。そして、棚板 11の 面に平行な奥行き方向 yの磁界成分も、上述の間口方向 Xの場合と同様の理由から 、図 10Cおよび図 11Cにおける斜線領域 50で弱くなる傾向がある。したがって、基 本的単位パターン形状 Cにお 、て間口方向 Xに延在するアンテナパターン部分 (す なわち、第 1のパターン部分 35、ベースライン部 43および連結部 48)は、 X— z面に 平行になるように置かれた電子タグ 19に対する基本的単位パターン形状 Cの通信不 能領域の奥行き方向 yの幅が間口方向 Xに沿ってできるだけ一定になるように、互い にほぼ平行であるのが好ましい。しかし、上記アンテナパターン部分 35、 43、 48は、 互いにほぼ平行である必要は必ずしもなぐ前記所定角度 Θ の場合と同程度に互 いに傾斜していてもよい。  [0119] While the magnetic field components in the frontage direction X parallel to the surface of the shelf board 11 for the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10B and FIG. 11B force are shown in FIG. And FIG. 11C shows the magnetic field component in the depth direction y parallel to the surface of the shelf board 11 for the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A and FIG. 11A. The magnetic field component in the depth direction y parallel to the surface of the shelf 11 also tends to be weak in the hatched area 50 in FIGS. 10C and 11C for the same reason as in the case of the frontage direction X described above. Therefore, in the basic unit pattern shape C, the antenna pattern portion (that is, the first pattern portion 35, the base line portion 43, and the connecting portion 48) extending in the front opening direction X has the Xz plane. Are substantially parallel to one another so that the width in the depth direction y of the non-communicable area of the basic unit pattern shape C with respect to the electronic tag 19 placed parallel to the plane is as constant as possible along the direction X of the frontage. Is preferred. However, the antenna pattern portions 35, 43, 48 may be inclined to the same degree as in the case of the predetermined angle which is not necessarily parallel to each other.
[0120] (3)リーダライタ用アンテナの具体的パターン形状  (3) Specific Pattern Shape of Antenna for Reader / Writer
リーダライタ用アンテナ 15は、上記(2)項において説明した基本的単位パターン形 状 Cと実質的に同一のアンテナパターン形状 31および Zまたは類似のアンテナパタ ーン形状 31をそれぞれ有する第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bを組み合わせて配置 することによって、構成されている。そして、これら第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bにつ V、ての間口方向 Xの磁界成分が弱くなるそれぞれの鎖線領域 49が互 ヽに重なり合う ことなく互い違いに配されるように、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bがそれぞれ配置さ れている。つぎに、このような配置例を、「(A)配置例 1」、「 )配置例2」ぉょび「( 配置例 3」に項分けして、図 12〜図 22を参照しつつ説明する。 The reader / writer antenna 15 has the basic unit pattern type described in the above (2). It is configured by combining and arranging first and second antennas A and B having antenna pattern shapes 31 and Z substantially the same as shape C and antenna pattern shape 31 similar to Z, respectively. Then, the first and second antennas A, B, the first dotted line regions 49 where the magnetic field components in the front opening direction X weaken are arranged alternately without overlapping each other. And second antennas A and B are arranged respectively. Next, such an arrangement example is divided into “(A) arrangement example 1”, “) arrangement example 2”, “(arrangement example 3)”, and description will be made with reference to FIGS. 12 to 22. Do.
[0121] (A)配置例 1  (A) Arrangement Example 1
配置例 1として図 12Cに示すリ一ダライタ用アンテナ 15は、図 12Aに示す第 1のァ ンテナ Aと図 12Bに示す第 2のアンテナ Bとを組み合わせて配置したものである。図 1 2Aに示す第 1のアンテナ Aは、図 10Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cと同一のァ ンテナパターン形状を有して 、るから、図 10Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状じの 斜線領域 49と同一の斜線領域 49aを有している。また、図 12Bに示す第 2のアンテ ナ Bは、図 1 OAに示す基本的単位パターン形状 C (換言すれば、第 1のアンテナ A) と実質的に同一であるほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31を有していて、一対の 端子部 32a、 32bの位置だけが図 10Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 C (換言すれ ば、第 1のアンテナ A)と異なっているだけである。このために、図 12Bに示す第 2のァ ンテナ Bも、図 10Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cの斜線領域 49 (換言すれば、 第 1のアンテナ Aの斜線領域 49a)と実質的に同一の斜線領域 49bを有している。し たがって、第 1のアンテナ Aと第 2のアンテナ Bとは、全体として、互いに類似したアン テナパターン形状を有して 、る。  An antenna 15 for a reader / writer shown in FIG. 12C as an arrangement example 1 is an arrangement in which a first antenna A shown in FIG. 12A and a second antenna B shown in FIG. 12B are combined. Since the first antenna A shown in FIG. 12A has the same antenna pattern shape as the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A, the hatched area of the basic unit pattern shape shown in FIG. It has the same hatched area 49a as 49. Also, the second antenna B shown in FIG. 12B has a substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 substantially identical to the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 1A (in other words, the first antenna A). , And only the positions of the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b differ from the basic unit pattern shape C (in other words, the first antenna A) shown in FIG. 10A. For this reason, the second antenna B shown in FIG. 12B is also substantially the same as the hatched area 49 of the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 10A (in other words, the hatched area 49a of the first antenna A). The hatched area 49b of Therefore, the first antenna A and the second antenna B have antenna pattern shapes similar to each other as a whole.
[0122] 第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bを図 12Cに示すように互いに組み合わせて配置す ること〖こよって、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15が構成されている。この組み合わせに当た つては、第 2のアンテナ Bは、図 12Cに示すように、第 1のアンテナ Aに対して間口方 向 Xには間隔 L (図 10A参照)のほぼ 1Z2 (すなわち、ほぼ 0. 5Lであって、図示の  An antenna 15 for a reader / writer is configured by arranging the first and second antennas A and B in combination with each other as shown in FIG. 12C. In this combination, the second antenna B, as shown in FIG. 12C, is approximately 1Z2 (that is, approximately 1Z2) in the frontal direction X relative to the first antenna A (see FIG. 10A). 0.5 L and shown
4 4  4 4
実施例においては、約 75mm)だけ左側にずれた状態で配置されるとともに、奥行き 方向 yにはずれない状態で配置されている。したがって、基本的単位パターン形状 C についてのこれまでの説明は、第 1のアンテナ Aについても同様に当てはまるだけで なぐ一対の端子部 32a、 32bの位置が異なることにより生じる変更事項を除いて、第 2のアンテナ Bについても同様に当てはまる。そして、第 1のアンテナ Aと第 2のアンテ ナ Bとは、上下方向 zに互いに重複する長手状重複部位 51〜56を有している。また 、第 2のアンテナ Bを第 1のアンテナ Aに対して間口方向 Xにずらす場合、左側にずら しても右側にずらしても、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の性能としてはほぼ等価である。 本文において、上記「重複」(すなわち、パターン部分同士の重複)とは、電気的には 互いに接続された状態で重複してはいないが、棚板 6、 11〜14などのアンテナ形成 対象部材を上面力も見た投影図にぉ 、て (換言すれば、平面的に見て)重複して ヽ ることを意味している。 In the embodiment, they are disposed on the left side by about 75 mm) and are not placed in the depth direction y. Therefore, the above description of the basic unit pattern shape C only applies to the first antenna A as well. The same applies to the second antenna B, except for changes resulting from the different positions of the pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b. The first antenna A and the second antenna B have longitudinal overlapping portions 51 to 56 which overlap each other in the vertical direction z. When the second antenna B is shifted in the frontal direction X with respect to the first antenna A, whether it is shifted to the left or to the right, the performance of the reader / writer antenna 15 is substantially equivalent. In the text, the "overlap" (that is, the overlap between pattern portions) does not overlap in a state of being electrically connected to each other, but the antenna forming target members such as the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 are It means that the upper surface force is also overlapped (in other words, viewed in a plane) on the projection that is seen.
[0123] 図 12Cに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1のアンテナ Aについての 間口方向 Xにおける斜線領域 49aと、第 2のアンテナ Bについての間口方向 Xにおけ る斜線領域 49bとは、図 13Aに示すように、ほぼ等間隔 (換言すれば、ほぼ 0. 5Lの  In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 12C, a hatched area 49a in the front direction X for the first antenna A and a hatched area 49b in the front direction X for the second antenna B. Is approximately equally spaced (in other words, approximately 0.5 L, as shown in FIG. 13A).
4 間隔)で互い違いになる。なお、図 13Bは、図 13A (換言すれば、図 12C)に示すリ 一ダライタ用アンテナ 15の変形例 1を示して ヽる。この図 13Bに示すリ一ダライタ用 アンテナ 15は、第 2のアンテナ Bが第 1のアンテナ Aに対して左側にずれている間隔 がほぼ 0. 5L (図示の実施例においては、約 37. 5mm)であることを除いて、図 13  It alternates at four intervals). FIG. 13B shows a modification 1 of the antenna 15 for a relay writer shown in FIG. 13A (in other words, FIG. 12C). The distance between the second antenna B and the first antenna A is about 0.5 L (in the illustrated embodiment, about 37.5 mm). Except in Figure 13).
4  Four
Aに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15と実質的に同一の構成である。この場合には、斜 線領域 49aと斜線領域 49bとは、図 13Bに示すように、互い違いにはなるが、これら の間隔は互いに大よそでも等間隔ではな 、。  The configuration is substantially the same as that of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. In this case, the oblique line area 49a and the oblique line area 49b are staggered as shown in FIG. 13B, but the intervals between them are not even equal to each other.
[0124] 図 13Aおよび図 13Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1および第 2 のアンテナ A、 Bのうちの一方のアンテナによる間口方向 Xの磁界成分の弱い斜線領 域 49aまたは 49b力 他方のアンテナによって補われる。したがって、リーダライタ用 アンテナ 15が y— z面に平行になるように置かれた電子タグ 19に対して通信不能に なる領域が解消する。なお、参考例として図 13Cに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の 場合には、第 1のアンテナ Aのほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31と、第 2のアン テナ Bのほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31と力 互いにほぼ完全に重なってい る。したがって、この図 13Cに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、図 12Aに 示す第 1のアンテナ A単独および図 12Bに示す第 2のアンテナ B単独の場合と同様 な通信不能領域 49が発生する。 In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 13A and FIG. 13B, the weakly hatched area 49a of the weakly magnetic field component of the magnetic field component in the front direction X by one of the first and second antennas A and B. 49b Force Compensated by the other antenna. Therefore, the area in which the reader / writer antenna 15 can not communicate with the electronic tag 19 placed parallel to the y-z plane is eliminated. In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 13C as a reference example, the antenna pattern 31 of the substantially loop shape of the first antenna A, and the antenna pattern 31 of the substantially loop shape of the second antenna B and the force. They almost completely overlap each other. Accordingly, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 13C, it is similar to the case of the first antenna A alone shown in FIG. 12A and the second antenna B alone shown in FIG. 12B. Unreachable area 49 occurs.
[0125] 本発明の第 2グループ発明においては、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのうちの一 方のアンテナに給電した際に発生する磁界を受けて、他方のアンテナに発生する誘 導電流の値が或る程度大きくなるのが好ましい。このために、第 1のアンテナ A全体ま たは第 2のアンテナ B全体の誘導電流の向きが第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの長 手状重複部位 51〜56または最も近接している長手状近接部位に発生する誘導電 流の向きに一致するように、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bを配置するのが好ましい In the second group invention of the present invention, an induction is generated in the other antenna in response to the magnetic field generated when power is supplied to one of the first and second antennas A and B. It is preferred that the value of the current be increased to some extent. For this reason, the direction of the induced current of the entire first antenna A or the entire second antenna B is the closest overlapping portions 51 to 56 of the first and second antennas A and B or the closest to each other. It is preferable to arrange the first and second antennas A and B so as to correspond to the direction of the induction current generated at the longitudinal proximity site.
[0126] 例えば、図 12Cに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1のアンテナ Aに 図 14Aにおける実線の向き(またはその逆の向き)に給電したときに、第 1および第 2 のアンテナ A、 Bの長手状重複部位 51〜56において第 2のアンテナ Bに発生する誘 導電流は、図 14Aにおける上記実線の矢印の向き(またはその逆の向き)とは逆であ る破線の矢印の向き(またはその逆の向き)になる。また、図 13Bに示すリーダライタ 用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 2のアンテナ Bの奥行き方向 yに延在するアンテナパタ ーン部分 (すなわち、第 2および第 4のパターン部分 37、 41ならびに第 1および第 2 の立上り部 46、 47)において発生する誘導電流の向きは、第 2のアンテナ Bの上記ァ ンテナパターン部分 37、 41、 46、 47に近接しかつほぼ平行な第 1のアンテナ Aのァ ンテナパターン部分 (すなわち、第 2および第 4のパターン部分 37、 41ならびに第 1 および第 2の立上り部 46、 47)力も誘導を受けて、図 14Bに破線の矢印で示す共通 の電流方向になる。そして、この図 14Bに破線の矢印で示す方向は、図 14Aに示す 長手状重複部位 51〜56での誘導電流の破線の矢印で示す流れ方向と一致して 、 る。なお、図 14Cには、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの間口方向 Xへのずらし方が 図 14Bの場合とは左右逆の場合が示されている。そして、この図 14Cの場合にも、誘 導電流の破線の矢印で示す流れ方向は、図 14Bの場合と実質的に同一である。 For example, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 12C, when the first antenna A is fed in the direction of the solid line in FIG. 14A (or the opposite direction), the first and second The induction current generated in the second antenna B at the longitudinal overlapping portions 51 to 56 of the antennas A and B is a broken line opposite to the direction of the solid arrow in FIG. 14A (or the opposite direction). The direction of the arrow (or the opposite direction). Further, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 13B, an antenna pattern portion extending in the depth direction y of the second antenna B (that is, the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the fourth The direction of the induced current generated in the first and second rising portions 46, 47) is the first antenna A close to and substantially parallel to the antenna pattern portions 37, 41, 46, 47 of the second antenna B. Antenna pattern portions (ie, the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first and second rising portions 46, 47) are also induced and the common current direction shown by the broken arrows in FIG. 14B. become. The direction indicated by the broken arrow in FIG. 14B coincides with the flow direction indicated by the broken arrow of the induction current at the longitudinal overlapping portions 51 to 56 shown in FIG. 14A. Note that FIG. 14C shows the case where the first and second antennas A and B are shifted in the front-rear direction X to the left and right as compared with the case of FIG. 14B. Also in the case of FIG. 14C, the flow direction of the induction flow indicated by the broken arrow is substantially the same as the case of FIG. 14B.
[0127] さらに、図 15Aには、図 12Cに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15において第 1のアン テナ Aに対して第 2のアンテナ Bを奥行き方向 yに間隔 Lのほぼ 1Z4 (すなわち、ほ  Further, in FIG. 15A, with respect to the first antenna A in the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 12C, the second antenna B is spaced approximately 1Z4 in the depth direction y (ie, approximately 1Z4).
5  Five
ぼ 0. 25Lであって、図示の実施例においては、約 45mm)だけ手前にずらして配置  (Approximately 45 mm) in the illustrated embodiment.
5  Five
したリーダライタ用アンテナ 15が示されている。この場合には、第 1および第 2のアン テナ A、 Bについての奥行き方向 yの磁界成分の弱い斜線領域 50力 互いに重なら ないようにすることができる。したがって、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのうちの一方 のアンテナにつ!/、ての奥行き方向 yの磁界成分の弱 、斜線領域 50力 他方のアン テナによって補われる。また、図 15Aに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、 第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 B力 図 15Bに示すように、長手状重複部位 61、 62に おいて上下方向 zに互いに重複している。この場合も、図 15Cに示すように、長手状 重複部位 61、 62での誘導電流の向きを破線の矢印に示すように互いに一致させる ことができる。 The reader / writer antenna 15 is shown. In this case, the first and second en Weakly shaded areas of the magnetic field components in the depth direction y for tena A, B 50 forces can be made not to overlap each other. Therefore, the weak one of the magnetic field components in the depth direction y in one of the first and second antennas A and B is compensated by the other antenna in the oblique region 50 power. Further, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 15A, as shown in FIG. 15B, the first and second antennas A and B force mutually overlap in the vertical direction z at the longitudinal overlapping portions 61 and 62. doing. Also in this case, as shown in FIG. 15C, the directions of the induced current at the longitudinal overlapping portions 61, 62 can be made to coincide with each other as shown by the broken arrows.
[0128] また、図 16Aには、図 13Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15において第 1のアンテ ナ Aに対して第 2のアンテナ Bを奥行き方向 yに間隔 Lのほぼ 1Z4 (すなわち、ほぼ  Also, in FIG. 16A, with respect to the first antenna A in the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 13B, the second antenna B is spaced approximately 1Z4 in the depth direction y (ie, approximately 1Z4)
5  Five
0. 25Lであって、図示の実施例においては、約 45mm)だけ手前にずらして配置し 0.25 L, and in the illustrated embodiment, it is offset by about 45 mm)
5 Five
たリーダライタ用アンテナ 15が示されている。この場合にも、第 1および第 2のアンテ ナ八、 Bの奥行き方向 yの磁界成分の弱い斜線領域 50が、互いに重ならないようにす ることができる。したがって、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのうちの一方のアンテナ における奥行き方向 yの磁界成分の弱い斜線領域 50が、他方のアンテナによって補 われる。この場合にも、図 16Aの変形例である図 16Bに示す場合と同様に、長手状 重複部位 61、 62と長手状近接部位とで誘導電流の向きを破線の矢印に示すように 互いに一致させることができる。なお、図 16Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15にお いては、第 2のアンテナ Bを第 1のアンテナ Aに対して間口方向 Xにほぼ 0. 75Lだけ  The reader / writer antenna 15 is shown. Also in this case, the weakly hatched regions 50 of the magnetic field components in the depth direction y of the first and second antennas 8 and B can be made not to overlap each other. Therefore, the weakly hatched area 50 of the magnetic field component in the depth direction y in one of the first and second antennas A and B is compensated by the other antenna. Also in this case, as in the case shown in FIG. 16B, which is a modification of FIG. 16A, the directions of the induced current are made to coincide with each other as indicated by the broken arrows in the longitudinal overlapping portions 61 and 62 and the longitudinal adjacent portions. be able to. In the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 16B, the second antenna B is approximately 0.75 L in the frontal direction X with respect to the first antenna A.
4 右側にずらして配置して 、る。  4 Shift it to the right and place it.
[0129] (B)配置例 2 (B) Arrangement Example 2
配置例 2として図 17に示すリ一ダライタ用アンテナ 15は、図 12Aに示す第 1のアン テナ Aと、図 12Bに示す第 2のアンテナ Bのほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31を 仮想の中心線 45を中心として奥行き方向 yにおいて反転させたアンテナ (換言すれ ば、中心線 45を対称軸として第 2のアンテナ Bと線対称であるアンテナ)から成る第 2 のアンテナ Bとを、図 12Cの場合と同様にして、組み合わせて配置したものである。こ の第 1のアンテナ Aおよび第 2のアンテナ Bは、図 17に示すように、上下方向 zに互い に重複する長手状重複部位 63〜68を有して 、る。 [0130] 図 17に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1のアンテナ Aについての間 口方向 Xにおける斜線領域 49aと、第 2のアンテナ Bについての間口方向 Xにおける 斜線領域 49bとは、図 18Aに示すように、大よそ等間隔で互い違いになる。なお、図 18Bは、図 17に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の変形例 1を示している。この図 18B に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15は、第 2のアンテナ Bが第 1のアンテナ Aに対して左 側にずれている間隔がほぼ 0. 25Lであることを除いて、図 18Aに示すリーダライタ The antenna 15 for the reader / writer shown in FIG. 17 as the arrangement example 2 is a virtual center line of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A shown in FIG. 12A and the second antenna B shown in FIG. In the case of FIG. 12C, the second antenna B, which is an antenna inverted in the depth direction y centering on 45 (in other words, the second antenna B and the antenna in line symmetry with the center line 45 as the axis of symmetry) In the same manner as in, it is arranged in combination. The first antenna A and the second antenna B have longitudinal overlapping portions 63 to 68 which overlap each other in the vertical direction z, as shown in FIG. In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 17, the hatched area 49 a in the front direction X for the first antenna A and the hatched area 49 b in the front direction X for the second antenna B are As shown in FIG. 18A, they alternate at roughly equal intervals. FIG. 18B shows a modified example 1 of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. The reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 18B is the reader shown in FIG. 18A except that the distance between the second antenna B and the first antenna A is approximately 0.25 L. lighter
4  Four
用アンテナ 15と実質的に同一の構成である。この場合には、斜線領域 49aと斜線領 域 49bとは、図 18Bに示すように互い違いにはなる力 これらの間隔は互いに大よそ でも等間隔ではない。  It has substantially the same configuration as the antenna 15. In this case, the diagonally shaded area 49a and the diagonally shaded area 49b alternate in force as shown in FIG. 18B. These intervals are not even equal to each other.
[0131] 図 18Aおよび図 18Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1および第 2 のアンテナ A、 Bのうちの一方のアンテナによる間口方向 Xの磁界成分の弱い斜線領 域 49aまたは 49b力 他方のアンテナによって補われる。したがって、リーダライタ用 アンテナ 15が y— z面に平行な電子タグ 19に対して通信不能となる領域が、解消す る。なお、参考例として図 18Cに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1の アンテナ Aのほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31と、第 2のアンテナ Bのほぼルー プ形状のアンテナパターン 31とが、一部分を除いて (特に、ほぼ奥行き方向 yに延在 するパターン部分において)、互いにほぼ完全に重なっている。したがって、この図 1 8Cに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、図 12Aに示す第 1のアンテナ A単 独および図 12Bに示す第 2のアンテナ B単独の場合と同様な通信不能領域 49が、 発生する。  In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIGS. 18A and 18B, the weakly hatched area 49a of the magnetic field component in the front direction X by the antenna of one of the first and second antennas A and B. 49b Force Compensated by the other antenna. Therefore, the area where the reader / writer antenna 15 can not communicate with the electronic tag 19 parallel to the y-z plane is eliminated. In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 18C as a reference example, the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A and the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B are provided. , Except for a part (especially, in a pattern portion extending in the substantially depth direction y), almost completely overlap each other. Therefore, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 18C, the incommunicable area 49 similar to the case of the first antenna A alone shown in FIG. 12A and the second antenna B alone shown in FIG. , Occur.
[0132] 図 17に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1のアンテナ Aに図 19Aに おける実線の矢印の向き (またはその逆の向き)に給電したときに、第 1および第 2の アンテナ A、 Bの長手状重複部位 63〜68において第 2のアンテナ Bに発生する誘導 電流は、図 19Aにおける上記実線の矢印の向き(またはその逆の向き)とは逆である 破線の矢印の向き(またはその逆の向き)になる。また、図 18Bに示すリーダライタ用 アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの長手状重複部位 63〜68 ならびに第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの長手状近接部位において発生する誘導電 流の向きは、図 19Bに破線の矢印で示す方向になる。そして、この長手状近接部位 での誘導電流の破線の矢印で示す方向は、長手状重複部位 63〜68での誘導電流 の破線の矢印で示す方向と一致している。なお、図 19Cには、第 1および第 2のアン テナ A、 Bの間口方向 Xへのずらし方が図 19Bの場合とは左右逆の場合力 示されて いる。そして、この図 19Cの場合にも、誘導電流の破線の矢印で示す流れ方向は、 図 19Bの場合と実質的に同一である。 In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 17, when the first antenna A is fed in the direction of the solid arrow in FIG. 19A (or the opposite direction), the first and second The induced current generated in the second antenna B at the longitudinal overlapping portions 63 to 68 of the antennas A and B is opposite to the direction of the solid arrow in FIG. 19A (or the reverse direction thereof). Orientation (or vice versa). Further, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 18B, the longitudinal overlapping portions 63 to 68 of the first and second antennas A and B and the longitudinal proximity portions of the first and second antennas A and B The direction of the induction current generated in the direction is the direction shown by the broken arrow in FIG. 19B. And this longitudinal proximity part The direction indicated by the broken arrow of the induced current at the point in the figure coincides with the direction indicated by the broken arrow of the induced current at the longitudinal overlapping portions 63 to 68. In FIG. 19C, the way of shifting the first and second antennas A and B in the frontal direction X is shown in the case where it is reversed from the case of FIG. 19B. Also in the case of FIG. 19C, the flow direction of the induction current indicated by the broken arrow is substantially the same as the case of FIG. 19B.
[0133] (C)配置例 3 (C) Arrangement Example 3
配置例 3として図 20に示すリ一ダライタ用アンテナ 15は、第 1のアンテナ Aの第 1の パターン部分 35と第 2のアンテナ Bの第 1のパターン部分 35とが第 2のアンテナ Bの ベースライン部 43と第 1のアンテナ Aのベースライン部 43とに重複する長手状重複 部位 63〜68 (図 17参照)が無くなるように、第 1のアンテナ Aと第 2のアンテナ Bとを 互いに組み合わせて配置したものである。この場合、第 1のアンテナ Aおよび第 2の アンテナ Bは、図 20に示すように、上下方向 zに互いに重複する長手状重複部位 71 〜74を有している。  In the antenna 15 for the reader / writer shown in FIG. 20 as the arrangement example 3, the first pattern portion 35 of the first antenna A and the first pattern portion 35 of the second antenna B are the base of the second antenna B. The first antenna A and the second antenna B are combined with each other so that the overlapping portions 63 to 68 (see FIG. 17) overlapping the line portion 43 and the base line portion 43 of the first antenna A are eliminated. Are arranged. In this case, as shown in FIG. 20, the first antenna A and the second antenna B have longitudinal overlapping portions 71 to 74 overlapping each other in the vertical direction z.
[0134] 図 20に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1のアンテナ Aについての間 口方向 Xにおける斜線領域 49aと、第 2のアンテナ Bについての間口方向 Xにおける 斜線領域 49bとは、図 21Aに示すように、大よそ等間隔で互い違いになる。なお、図 21Bは、図 20に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の変形例 1を示している。この図 21B に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15は、第 2のアンテナ Bが第 1のアンテナ Aに対して左 側にずれている間隔がほぼ 0. 25Lであることを除いて、図 21Aに示すリーダライタ  In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 20, the hatched area 49 a in the front direction X for the first antenna A and the hatched area 49 b in the front direction X for the second antenna B are As shown in FIG. 21A, they alternate at roughly equal intervals. FIG. 21B shows a modified example 1 of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. The reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 21B is the reader shown in FIG. 21A except that the distance between the second antenna B and the first antenna A at the left side is approximately 0.25 L. lighter
4  Four
用アンテナ 15と実質的に同一の構成である。この場合には、斜線領域 49aおよび斜 線領域 49bは、図 21Bに示すように互い違いにはなる力 これらの間隔は、互いに大 よそでも等間隔ではない。  It has substantially the same configuration as the antenna 15. In this case, the diagonal areas 49a and the diagonal areas 49b are alternating forces as shown in FIG. 21B.
[0135] 図 21Aおよび図 21Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1および第 2 のアンテナ A、 Bのうちの一方のアンテナによる間口方向 Xの磁界成分の弱い斜線領 域 49aまたは 49b力 他方のアンテナによって補われる。したがって、リーダライタ用 アンテナ 15が y— z面に平行に置かれて 、る電子タグ 19に対して通信不能となる領 域が解消する。なお、図 20に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の参考例として図 21C に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1のアンテナ Aのほぼループ形状の アンテナパターン 31の第 2および第 4のパターン部分 37、 41ならびに第 1および第 2 の立上り部 46、 47と、第 2のアンテナ Bのほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31の 第 2および第 4のパターン部分 37、 41ならびに第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47とが 、一部分を除いて、互いにほぼ完全に重複している。したがって、この図 21Cに示す リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、図 12Aに示す第 1のアンテナ A単独および 図 12Bに示す第 2のアンテナ B単独の場合と同様な通信不能領域 49が、発生する。 In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B, the weakly shaded area 49a of the weakly magnetic field component of the magnetic field component in the frontal direction X by one of the first and second antennas A and B. 49b Force Compensated by the other antenna. Therefore, the reader / writer antenna 15 is placed parallel to the y-z plane, and the area incapable of communicating with the electronic tag 19 is eliminated. In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 21C as a reference example of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 20, the substantially loop shape of the first antenna A is used. The second and fourth pattern portions 37 and 41 and the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 of the antenna pattern 31 and the second and fourth patterns of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B The portions 37, 41 and the first and second rising portions 46, 47 almost completely overlap one another, except in part. Therefore, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 21C, the incommunicable area 49 similar to the case of the first antenna A alone shown in FIG. 12A and the second antenna B alone shown in FIG. Do.
[0136] 図 20に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1のアンテナ Aに図 22Aに おける実線の矢印の向き (またはその逆の向き)に給電したときに、第 1および第 2の アンテナ A、 Bの長手状重複部位 71〜74にお 、て第 2のアンテナ Bに発生する誘導 電流は、図 22Aにおける上記実線の矢印の向き(またはその逆の向き)とは逆である 破線の矢印の向き(またはその逆の向き)になる。また、図 20に示すリーダライタ用ァ ンテナ 15の変形例 2として図 22Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1 および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの長手状重複部位 71〜74ならびに第 1および第 2のアン テナ A、 Bの長手状近接部位で発生する誘導電流の向きは、図 22Bに破線の矢印で 示す方向になる。そして、この上記長手状近接部位での誘導電流の破線の矢印で 示す方向は、長手状重複部位 71〜74での誘導電流の破線の矢印で示す方向と一 致している。なお、図 20に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の変形例 3として図 22Cに 示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの間口 方向 Xへのずらし方が、図 22Bの場合とは左右逆になつている。そして、この図 22C の場合にも、誘導電流の破線の矢印で示す流れ方向は、図 22Bの場合と実質的に 同一である。 In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 20, when the first antenna A is fed in the direction of the solid arrow in FIG. 22A (or the opposite direction), the first and second The induced current generated in the second antenna B at the longitudinal overlapping portions 71 to 74 of the antennas A and B is opposite to the direction (or the opposite direction) of the solid arrow in FIG. 22A. The direction of the dashed arrow (or the opposite direction). Further, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 22B as a second modification of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 20, the longitudinal overlapping portions 71 to 74 of the first and second antennas A and B and The direction of the induced current generated at the longitudinal proximity of the first and second antennas A and B is the direction indicated by the broken arrow in FIG. 22B. The direction indicated by the broken arrow of the induced current at the longitudinal adjacent portion coincides with the direction indicated by the broken arrow of the induced current at the longitudinal overlapping portions 71 to 74. In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 22C as a third modification 3 of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 20, the first and second antennas A and B shift in the direction X of the front opening It is reversed from the case of Fig. 22B. Also in the case of FIG. 22C, the flow direction of the induction current indicated by the broken arrow is substantially the same as in the case of FIG. 22B.
[0137] この配置例 3のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15について、第 1のアンテナ Aのほぼループ 形状のアンテナパターン 31に対する第 2のアンテナ Bのほぼループ形状のアンテナ パターン 31の、棚板 11の長さ方向(具体的には、間口方向 X)におけるずれの量を 考えた場合、つぎの(a)項〜(d)項に記載の 4種類が存在して 、る。  In the reader / writer antenna 15 of this arrangement example 3, the length of the shelf board 11 of the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B with respect to the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A. When considering the amount of deviation in the direction (specifically, the frontage direction X), there are four types described in the following (a) to (d).
(a)第 1のアンテナ Aに対する第 2のアンテナ Bのずれの量 =0 (図 21Cの場合)、 (a) Amount of deviation of the second antenna B relative to the first antenna A = 0 (in the case of FIG. 21C),
(b)第 1のアンテナ Aに対する第 2のアンテナ Bのずれの量く 0. 5L (図 21Bの場合) (c)第 1のアンテナ Aに対する第 2のアンテナ Bのずれの量 =0. 5L (図 20、図 21A (b) Amount of deviation of the second antenna B relative to the first antenna A 0.5 L (in the case of FIG. 21B) (c) Amount of deviation of the second antenna B relative to the first antenna A = 0.5 L (FIG. 20, FIG. 21A
4  Four
および図 22Aの場合)、および  And Figure 22A), and
(d)第 1のアンテナ Aに対する第 2のアンテナ Bのずれの量 >0. 5L (図 22Bおよび  (d) Amount of deviation of the second antenna B relative to the first antenna A> 0.5 L (FIG. 22B and
4  Four
図 22Cの場合)。  In the case of Figure 22C).
[0138] 第 1のアンテナ Aと第 2のアンテナ Bとを互いに組み合せて (換言すれば、互いに重 ね合せて)配置するに際しては、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bについての棚板 6、 1 1〜14などのアンテナ形成対象部材の長さ方向(具体的には、間口方向 X)および場 合によっては幅方向(具体的には、奥行き方向 y)の磁界成分が弱くなるそれぞれの 鎖線領域 49a、 49b、 50が、図 21Cに示すように互いに重なり合うことなく図 21Aお よび図 21Bに示すように互 、違いに配されるように、第 1のアンテナ Aと第 2のアンテ ナ Bとをそれぞれ配置するのが好ましい。なお、長さ方向と幅方向とが互いに大よそ 等 、場合には、これら 2つの方向のうちの 、ずれか一方を長さ方向 Xに選定するこ とができる。また、図 22Cに示す誘導電流が第 1のアンテナ Aまたは第 2のアンテナ B において一方向に流れるようにするためには、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのアン テナパターン 31のうちの長さ方向 Xに延在する各アンテナパターン部分 (特に、ベー スライン部 43および連結部 48)の互いに重なる部分、あるいは、互いに近接する部 分力 できるだけ長いのが好ましい。  When arranging the first antenna A and the second antenna B in combination with each other (in other words, overlapping each other), the shelf board for the first and second antennas A and B 6 The magnetic field components in the length direction (specifically, frontal direction X) of the antenna formation target member such as 11 to 14 and in the width direction (specifically, depth direction y) depending on the case may become weak. The first antenna A and the second antenna are arranged such that the dashed line regions 49a, 49b, 50 are arranged differently as shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B without overlapping each other as shown in FIG. 21C. It is preferable to arrange B and B respectively. In the case where the length direction and the width direction are substantially equal to each other, one of these two directions can be selected as the length direction X. Further, in order to cause the induced current shown in FIG. 22C to flow in one direction in the first antenna A or the second antenna B, one of the antenna patterns 31 of the first and second antennas A and B is used. It is preferable that the overlapping portions of the respective antenna pattern portions (in particular, the base line portion 43 and the connecting portion 48) extending in the longitudinal direction X or the portion force close to each other be as long as possible.
[0139] 第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bについての長さ方向 Xの磁界成分が弱くなるそれぞ れの鎖線領域 49a、 49b力 互いに重なり合うことなく互い違いに配されるようにする ためには、上記(a)項〜(d)項に記載したずれの量は、 0. 25L〜0. 65Lの範囲で  [0139] To make the magnetic field components in the longitudinal direction X of the first and second antennas A and B weaken each other in the dotted line regions 49a and 49b forces are arranged alternately without overlapping each other. The amount of deviation described in the items (a) to (d) is in the range of 0.25 L to 0.65 L.
4 4 あるのが好ましぐ 0. 3L〜0. 5Lの範囲であるのがさらに好ましい。なお、上記ず  More preferably, it is in the range of 0.3 L to 0.5 L. In addition, the above
4 4  4 4
れ量が上記範囲力も外れると、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15についての幅方向 yに沿つ て延在する長さ方向 Xの磁界成分の弱い領域が顕著になる。また、第 1および第 2の アンテナ A、 Bにつ 、ての長さ方向 Xの磁界成分が弱くなるそれぞれの鎖線領域 49a 、 49bが互いに重なり合うことなく互い違いに配されるようにするためだけでなぐ誘導 電流が第 1または第 2のアンテナ A、 Bにお 、て一方向に流れるようにするためには、 上記(a)項〜(d)項に記載したずれ量は、 0. 25L〜0. 45Lの範囲または 0. 55L  When the deflection amount deviates from the above range force, the weak region of the magnetic field component in the length direction X extending along the width direction y of the reader / writer antenna 15 becomes remarkable. In addition, the dotted lines 49a and 49b where the magnetic field components in the longitudinal direction X weaken in the first and second antennas A and B are arranged so as to be alternately arranged without overlapping each other. In order to make the induction current flow in one direction in the first or second antenna A, B, the deviation amount described in the above (a) to (d) is: 0. 45 L range or 0. 55 L
4 4 4 4 4 4
〜0. 65Lの範囲であるのが好ましい。なお、上記(a)項〜(d)項に記載した事項以 降カゝらここまでに記載した事項 (これら 4種類の数値範囲を含む。)は、この第 1の実 施例における配置例 3のみならず、前述の配置例 1および 2についても同様に当ては まり、また、第 2グループ発明の後述の第 2および第 3の実施例の種々の配置形態に ついても同様に当てはまる。 It is preferably in the range of ̃0.65 L. In addition, the matters described in the above items (a) to (d) The items described so far (including these four numerical ranges) apply not only to the layout example 3 in this first embodiment but also to the layout examples 1 and 2 described above. The same applies to various arrangements of the second and third embodiments described later of the second group invention.
[0140] (4)リーダライタ用アンテナの給電方法 (4) Feeding Method of Reader / Writer Antenna
第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのうちの一方のアンテナに給電した際に、他方のァ ンテナに発生する誘導電流がー方向(換言すれば、共通の電流方向)のみに流れ易 いように、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bを組み合わせて配置した場合には、一方の アンテナのみに給電するだけでリーダライタ用アンテナ 15を電子タグ 19と良好に交 信させることができる。ただし、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bに交互に給電を行うこ とによって、リ一ダライタ用アンテナ 15をさらに安定した状態で良好に通信させること ができる。  When feeding one of the first and second antennas A and B, it is easy for the induced current generated in the other antenna to flow only in the negative direction (in other words, the common current direction) In addition, when the first and second antennas A and B are disposed in combination, the reader / writer antenna 15 can be favorably exchanged with the electronic tag 19 only by feeding power to only one of the antennas. However, by feeding power to the first and second antennas A and B alternately, the antenna 15 for the reader / writer can be well communicated in a more stable state.
[0141] 2、第 2グループ発明の第 2の実施例  Second Embodiment Second Embodiment of the Invention
本発明の第 2グループ発明においては、棚板 6、 11〜14に設けられるリーダライタ 用アンテナ 15を構成する第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれのアンテナパタ ーン 31の形状などは、図 9〜図 22に示す第 1の実施例のものに限定されるものでは なぐ図 23〜図 30に示す第 2の実施例によって例示するように、各種の変更および 修正が可能である。したがって、以下において、本発明の第 2グループ発明の第 2の 実施例を、「(1)リーダライタ用アンテナの基本的単位パターン形状」、「(2)リーダラ イタ用アンテナの具体的パターン形状」、「(3)リーダライタ用アンテナへの給電方法 」および「(4)リーダライタ用アンテナの動作実験」に項分けして、図 23〜図 30を参照 しつつ説明する。なお、図 23〜図 30に示す第 2の実施例における棚板 11は、以下 に記載する点を除いて、図 9〜図 22に示す上述の第 1の実施例における棚板 11と 実質的に同一の構成であってよい。したがって、図 23〜図 30において、図 9〜図 22 と共通の部分には、同一の符号を付してその説明を必要に応じて省略する。また、以 下の記載においては、棚板 11についてのみ説明する力 残りの棚板 6、 12〜14は、 棚板 11と実質的に同一の構成であってもよ!、し、同一の構成でなくてもよ 、。  In the second group invention of the present invention, the shapes and the like of the antenna patterns 31 of the first and second antennas A and B constituting the reader / writer antenna 15 provided on the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 are Various modifications and variations are possible, as illustrated by the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 23 to 30 which are not limited to those of the first embodiment shown in FIGS. Therefore, in the following, the second embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention is described in "(1) Basic unit pattern shape of antenna for reader / writer", "(2) Concrete pattern shape of antenna for reader / writer". The description will be given with reference to FIG. 23 to FIG. 30 by dividing the item into “(3) feeding method to the reader / writer antenna” and “(4) operation experiment of the reader / writer antenna”. The shelf board 11 in the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 23 to 30 is substantially the same as the shelf board 11 in the above-mentioned first embodiment shown in FIGS. 9 to 22 except for the points described below. May have the same configuration. Accordingly, in FIG. 23 to FIG. 30, the same reference numerals are attached to the same parts as in FIG. 9 to FIG. 22, and the explanation thereof will be omitted as necessary. Also, in the following description, only the shelf 11 will be described. The remaining shelves 6, 12-14 may have substantially the same configuration as the shelf 11 !, and the same configuration You don't have to.
[0142] (1)リーダライタ用アンテナの基本的単位パターン形状 図 24に示すリ一ダライタ用アンテナ 15を構成して ヽる第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの基本的な単位パターン形状 Cが、図 23Aに示されている。この基本的単位パタ ーン形状 Cは、図 24に示す第 1のアンテナ Aのパターン形状と実質的に同一である。 この基本的単位パターン形状 Cのアンテナパターン 31は、第 1のほぼループ形状の アンテナパターン 31aと、第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31bとを有して いる。そして、第 1のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 3 laおよび第 2のほぼルー プ形状のアンテナパターン 3 lbは、交差部位 81において、上下 2箇所で互いに接続 されている。なお、これら上下 2箇所の接続箇所の間は、適当な絶縁材料から成る絶 縁層によって絶縁されて 、ればよ 、。 (1) Basic unit pattern shape of antenna for reader / writer A basic unit pattern shape C of the first and second antennas A and B which constitute the antenna 15 for a radar writer shown in FIG. 24 is shown in FIG. 23A. This basic unit pattern shape C is substantially the same as the pattern shape of the first antenna A shown in FIG. The antenna pattern 31 of the basic unit pattern shape C has a first substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31a and a second substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31b. The first substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 3 la and the second substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 3 lb are connected to each other at the upper and lower two points at the intersection 81. The upper and lower two connection points should be insulated by an insulating layer made of an appropriate insulating material.
[0143] 第 1のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31aは、図 23Aに示すように、端子部 32 aが連設されかつ棚板 11の後縁部 34の側に位置する第 1のパターン部分 35と、棚 板 11の向力つて左側の縁部 36の側に位置する第 2のパターン部分 37と、棚板 11の 前縁部 38の側に位置する第 3のパターン部分 39と、端子部 32bが連設されかつ棚 板 11の向力つて右側の縁部 40の側に位置する第 4のパターン部分 41とが、第 3の パターン部分 39と第 4パターン部分 41との間の近傍における交差部位 81を除いて、 順次連設されたものであってよい。そして、第 1のアンテナパターン 31aは、全体とし て、隙間 33および交差部位 81を除いて、ループ形状に構成されていてよい。  As shown in FIG. 23A, the first substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31a has a first pattern portion 35 in which the terminal portions 32a are continuously provided and located on the rear edge 34 side of the shelf board 35. And a second pattern portion 37 located on the side of the left edge 36 of the shelf 11 and a third pattern portion 39 located on the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 and a terminal portion And a fourth pattern portion 41 located on the side of the edge 40 on the right side of the shelf plate 11 with the second plate portion 32b connected in series, in the vicinity between the third pattern portion 39 and the fourth pattern portion 41. It may be provided one after another except for the crossing point 81. The first antenna pattern 31a may be configured in a loop shape as a whole, except for the gap 33 and the intersection portion 81.
[0144] 第 1のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31aの第 1のパターン部分 35は、図 23 Aに示すように、棚板 11の後縁部 34に近接しかっこの後縁部 34にほぼ平行な状態 でもって、棚板 11のほぼ全長にわたって延在している。第 2のパターン部分 37は、棚 板 11の向力つて左側の縁部 36に近接しかっこの左側縁部 36にほぼ平行な状態で もって、棚板 11の後縁部 34付近のみを奥行き方向 yの長さ L (図 12C参照)の約 1  [0144] The first pattern portion 35 of the first substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31a is close to the rear edge 34 of the shelf plate 11 and substantially parallel to the rear edge 34 of the bracket, as shown in FIG. 23A. In the state, it extends over almost the entire length of the shelf board 11. The second pattern portion 37 is close to the left edge 36 of the shelf 11 and is substantially parallel to the left edge 36 of the bracket, and only in the depth direction y around the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11 About 1 of length L (see Figure 12C)
2  2
Z6 (換言すれば、約 L Z3)の長さで延在している。第 4のパターン部分 41は、棚板  It extends for a length of Z6 (in other words, about L Z3). The fourth pattern part 41 is a shelf board
4  Four
11の向力つて右側の縁部 40から多少離れかっこの右側縁部 40にほぼ平行な状態 でもって、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yの長さ Lの約 1Z3 (換言すれば、約 2L Z3)の長  11 parallel to the right edge 40 of the bracket slightly away from the right edge 40, the length of the shelf board 11 in the depth direction y of about 1Z3 (in other words, about 2L Z3) Length of
2 4 さで棚板 11の後側のほぼ半分を延在して 、る。  Extend approximately half of the back of the shelf 11 at 2 4.
[0145] 第 1のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31aの第 3のパターン部分 39は、図 23 Aに示すように、棚板 11の棚板中心線 45にほぼ沿った状態でもって、相互の間に間 欠部分 42が生じるように間欠的に延在している複数本のベースライン部 43と、これら 間欠的に延在している複数本のベースライン部 43の間またはベースライン部 43と第 2のパターン部分 37との間に介在して!/、る屈曲部 44と力ら成って!/、る。向かって左 側の屈曲部 44aを除く残りの各屈曲部 44は、向力つて左側のベースライン部 43の向 力つて右側の端部にその基端部を連設されかつ棚板 11の後端部に向力つて立上つ ている第 1の立上り部 46と、向かって右側のベースライン部 43の向かって左側の端 部にその基端部を連設されかつ棚板 11の後縁部 34に向力つて立上っている第 2の 立上り部 47と、これら第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47の先端部をそれぞれ連設する ように、間口方向 Xにほぼ平行に延在している連結部 48と力も成っていてよい。そし て、上記各屈曲部 44は、全体として、ほぼ長方形状の凸形状部分であるのが好まし い。また、向かって左側の屈曲部 44aは、向かって右側のベースライン部 43の向かつ て左側の端部にその基端部を連設されかつ棚板 11の後縁部 34に向力つて立上つ て 、る第 2の立上り部 47と、この第 2の立上り部 47の先端部と第 2のパターン部分 37 の前端部とを連結するように、間口方向 Xにほぼ平行に延在している連結部 48とから 成っていてよい。そして、この屈曲部 44は、全体として、ほぼ L字形状のコーナ形状 部分であってよい。 The third pattern portion 39 of the first substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31a is, as shown in FIG. 23A, substantially along the shelf centerline 45 of the shelf 11 and between them. Between A plurality of baseline portions 43 extending intermittently so as to cause the missing portion 42 and a plurality of these baseline portions 43 extending intermittently or a baseline portion 43 and a second Between the pattern part 37 and the! /, The bending part 44 and the strength part! The remaining bent portions 44 except for the left bent portion 44a are connected at their proximal ends to the right end of the left baseline portion 43, and the rear end of the shelf plate 11 is fixed. The base end portion of the first rising portion 46 rising toward the end portion and the base end portion of the right side of the baseline portion 43 toward the right side are continuously connected and the trailing edge of the shelf plate 11 It extends substantially parallel to the frontal direction X so as to connect the second rising portion 47 rising to the portion 34 and the tips of the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 respectively. It may also consist of existing connections 48 and force. Each of the bent portions 44 is preferably a generally rectangular convex portion as a whole. Further, the left bent portion 44a is connected at its base end to the left end of the right baseline portion 43 and is directed to the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11 in a standing manner. It extends substantially parallel to the frontal direction X so as to connect the second rising portion 47 and the front end of the second rising portion 47 with the front end of the second pattern portion 37. It may be composed of the connecting part 48. The bent portion 44 may be a generally L-shaped corner-shaped portion as a whole.
第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31bは、図 23Aに示すように、棚板 11の 後縁部 34の側に位置する第 1のパターン部分 35と、棚板 11の向力つて左側の縁部 36の側に位置する第 2のパターン部分 37と、棚板 11の前縁部 38の側に位置する第 3のパターン部分 39と、棚板 11の向力つて右側の縁部 40の側に位置する第 4のパタ ーン部分 41と力 第 1のパターン部分 35と第 4のパターン部分 41との間の近傍にお ける交差部位 81を除いて、順次連設されたものであってよい。そして、この第 1のパタ ーン部分 35は、全体として、交差部位 81を除いて、ループ形状に構成されていてよ い。なお、第 2のアンテナパターン 31bの第 4のパターン部分 41の後端部は、第 1の アンテナパターン 31aの向力つて右側の屈曲部 44の第 2の立上り部 47に交差部位 8 1において連設されている。また、第 2のアンテナパターン 31bの第 1のパターン部分 34の向力つて右側の端部は、第 1のアンテナパターン 31aの第 3のパターン部分 39 の向かって右側の端部に交差部位 81にお 、て連設されて!/、る。 [0147] 第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31bの第 2のパターン部分 37は、図 23 Aに示すように、棚板 11の向かって左側の縁部 36に近接しかっこの左側縁部 36に ほぼ平行な状態でもって、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yの長さ Lの約 1Z3の長さで棚板 1 The second substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31b is, as shown in FIG. 23A, a first pattern portion 35 located on the rear edge 34 side of the shelf 11 and a left edge of the shelf 11 with a force. The second pattern portion 37 located on the side of the portion 36, the third pattern portion 39 located on the side of the front edge 38 of the shelf 11, and the side of the edge 40 on the right side of the shelf 11. The fourth pattern portion 41 and the force located in the vicinity of the first pattern portion 35 and the fourth pattern portion 41, except for the intersection 81 in the vicinity, are sequentially provided in a row. Good. And, this first pattern portion 35 may be configured in a loop shape as a whole, except for the intersection portion 81. The rear end portion of the fourth pattern portion 41 of the second antenna pattern 31b is connected to the second rising portion 47 of the bending portion 44 on the right side of the first antenna pattern 31a at the intersection portion 81. It is set up. In addition, the right end of the first pattern portion 34 of the second antenna pattern 31b is an intersection 81 at the right end of the third pattern portion 39 of the first antenna pattern 31a. Thank you so much! [0147] The second pattern portion 37 of the second substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31b is close to the left edge 36 toward the shelf board 11 and the left edge 36 of the bracket as shown in FIG. 23A. In a substantially parallel state, the shelf board 11 is a shelf board 1 with a length of about 1Z3 with a length L of y in the depth direction 1
2  2
1の前側のほぼ半分を延在している。第 3のパターン部分 39は、棚板 11の前縁部 38 に近接しかっこの前縁部 38にほぼ平行な状態でもって、棚板 11のほぼ全長にわた つて延在している。第 4のパターン部分 41は、棚板 11の向力つて右側の縁部 40から 多少離れかっこの右側縁部 40にほぼ平行な状態でもって棚板 11の奥行き方向 yの 長さ Lの約 1Z3 (換言すれば、約 0. 67L )の長さで棚板 11の前側のほぼ半分を延 It extends approximately half of the front side of 1. The third pattern portion 39 extends over substantially the entire length of the shelf 11 adjacent to the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 and generally parallel to the front edge 38 of the bracket. The fourth pattern portion 41 is approximately 1Z3 of the length L of the shelf board 11 in the depth direction y with a direction substantially parallel to the right edge 40 of the bracket at a distance from the facing right edge 40 of the shelf 11. (In other words, approximately 0.67 L) and extend approximately half of the front side of the shelf board 11 by a length of
2 4 twenty four
在している。  It exists.
[0148] 第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31bの第 1のパターン部分 35は、図 23 Aに示すように、棚板中心線 45にほぼ沿った状態でもって相互の間に間欠部分 42 が生じるように間欠的に延在している複数本のベースライン部 43と、これら間欠的に 延在して!/、る複数本のベースライン部 43の間に介在して 、る屈曲部 44と力も成って いる。そして、各屈曲部 44は、向かって左側のベースライン部 43の向かって右側の 端部にその基端部を連設されかつ棚板 11の前端部 38に向力つて立上っている第 1 の立上り部 46と、向かって右側のベースライン部 43の向力つて左側の端部にその基 端部を連設されかつ棚板 11の前端部 38に向力つて立上っている第 2の立上り部 47 と、これら第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47の先端部をそれぞれ連設するように、間 口方向 Xにほぼ平行に延在している連結部 48と力 成っていてよい。そして、上記各 屈曲部 44は、全体として、ほぼ長方形状の凸形状部分であるのが好ましい。  [0148] As shown in FIG. 23A, the first pattern portion 35 of the second substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31b has the intermittent portion 42 between each other substantially along the shelf centerline 45. A plurality of base line portions 43 extending intermittently so as to occur and a bending portion 44 extending between these plurality of base line portions 43 extending intermittently. And power. Each of the bent portions 44 has its proximal end connected to the end on the right side toward the baseline portion 43 on the left side and is raised to the front end 38 of the shelf board 11. The base end portion of the rising portion 46 of 1 and the base end portion of the baseline portion 43 of the right side toward the left end is directly connected to the front end portion 38 of the shelf board 11. And a connecting portion 48 extending substantially parallel to the frontal direction X so as to connect the front end portions of the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 to each other. You may Each of the bent portions 44 is preferably a substantially rectangular convex portion as a whole.
[0149] 図 23Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cにおいては、第 1のほぼループ形状のァ ンテナパターン 31aの第 3のパターン部分 39のベースライン部 43と、第 2のほぼルー プ形状のアンテナパターン 31bの第 1のパターン部分 35のベースライン部 43とは、 ほぼ棚板中心線 45上を、全体としてほぼ一直線になるように、交互に延在している。 換言すれば、第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 3 lbのベースライン部 43が 、第 1のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31aの間欠部分 42に配されている。ま た、第 1のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31bのベースライン部 43力 第 2のほ ぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31bの間欠部分 42に配されている。そして、第 1の ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31aの第 1のパターン部分 35と棚板中心線 45と の奥行き方向 yにおける間隔は、第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31bの 第 1のパターン部分 35と棚板中心線 45との奥行き方向 yにおける間隔と実質的に同 一である。したがって、棚板中心線 45は、基本的単位パターン形状 Cの間口方向 X に延在する仮想の中心線を兼ねて 、る。 In the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 23A, the base line portion 43 of the third pattern portion 39 of the first substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31a and the second substantially loop shaped antenna The baseline portions 43 of the first pattern portion 35 of the pattern 31 b extend alternately on the shelf centerline 45 so as to be generally in a straight line as a whole. In other words, the base line portion 43 of the second substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 3 lb is disposed in the intermittent portion 42 of the first substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31a. In addition, the base line portion 43 of the first substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 b is disposed in the intermittent portion 42 of the second substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 b. And the first The distance between the first pattern portion 35 of the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31a and the shelf centerline 45 in the depth direction y is the first pattern portion 35 of the second substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31b and the shelf center It is substantially the same as the distance between the line 45 and the depth direction y. Therefore, the shelf centerline 45 doubles as an imaginary centerline extending in the frontal direction X of the basic unit pattern shape C.
[0150] 図 23Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cの特徴は、棚板 11の面に平行な間口方 向 Xの磁界成分力 間口方向 Xに沿ってその位置に応じてほぼ周期的に変化して、 図 23Bにおいて斜線を施した領域 49で弱くなる傾向があることである。これは、奥行 き方向 yに延在するアンテナパターン部分 (すなわち、第 2および第 4のパターン部分 37、 41ならびに第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47)によって生じる間口方向 xの磁界 成分力 これらの隣り合うアンテナパターン部分の中間の位置で小さくなるためであ る。したがって、図 23Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 C単独では、電子タグ 19 (図 4参照)が y— z面 (zは、棚板 11の面に垂直な方向)に平行になるように斜線領域 49 に置かれた場合には、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15 (換言すれば、図 23Aに示す基本 的単位パターン形状 C)が電子タグ 19と交信できに《なる恐れがある。  A characteristic of the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 23A is that the magnetic field component force in the front direction X parallel to the surface of the shelf plate 11 changes substantially periodically according to the position along the front direction X. In FIG. 23B, the shaded area 49 tends to be weak. This is due to the magnetic field component force in the direction of the mouth x caused by the antenna pattern portions (ie, the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first and second rising portions 46, 47) extending in the depth direction y. This is because it becomes smaller at the middle position between these adjacent antenna pattern portions. Therefore, in the basic unit pattern shape C alone shown in FIG. 23A, the hatched area is such that the electronic tag 19 (see FIG. 4) is parallel to the y-z plane (z is the direction perpendicular to the surface of the shelf board 11). When placed at 49, the reader / writer antenna 15 (in other words, the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 23A) may be able to communicate with the electronic tag 19.
[0151] リーダライタ用アンテナ 15が y—z面に平行に置かれた電子タグ 19と交信することに は、上述のように、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の各アンテナパターン部分力も発せら れる磁界の間口方向 Xの成分が影響している。したがって、アンテナ 15のほぼ奥行き 方向に延在するアンテナパターン部分は、間口方向 Xに対してほぼ垂直に延在して いるのが好ましい。しかし、図 11Aに示す傾斜角度 Θ の場合と同様に、傾斜角度を 多少有していてもよい。また、奥行き方向 yに延在するアンテナパターン部分 (すなわ ち、第 1および第 2のアンテナパターン 31a、 31bの第 2および第 4のパターン部分 37 、 41ならびに第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47)のうちで互いに隣り合うアンテナパタ ーン部分は、 y—z面に平行に置かれた電子タグ 19に対する基本的単位パターン形 状 Cの通信不能領域の間口方向 Xの幅力 奥行き方向 yに沿ってできるかぎり一定に なるように、互いにほぼ平行であるのが好まし!/、。  As described above, when the reader / writer antenna 15 communicates with the electronic tag 19 placed parallel to the y-z plane, the force of each antenna pattern of the reader / writer antenna 15 is also emitted. The component in the direction of the frontage X is affecting. Therefore, it is preferable that the antenna pattern portion extending substantially in the depth direction of the antenna 15 extend substantially perpendicular to the frontal direction X. However, as in the case of the inclination angle 示 す shown in FIG. 11A, it may have some inclination angles. Also, antenna pattern portions extending in the depth direction y (that is, the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 of the first and second antenna patterns 31a, 31b and the first and second rising portions 46) , 47) antenna pattern parts adjacent to each other have a basic unit pattern shape for the electronic tag 19 placed parallel to the y-z plane. Preferred to be nearly parallel to each other as constant as possible along y! /.
[0152] 図 23Bが、図 23Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cについての棚板 11の面に平 行な間口方向 Xの磁界成分を示しているのに対し、図 23Cは、図 23Aに示す基本的 単位パターン形状 Cについての棚板 11の面に平行な奥行き方向 yの磁界成分を示 している。そして、棚板 11の面に平行な奥行き方向 yの磁界成分も、上述の間口方 向 Xの場合と同様の理由から、図 23Cにおける斜線領域 50で弱くなる傾向がある。し たがって、基本的単位パターン形状 Cにおいて間口方向 Xに延在するアンテナパタ ーン部分 (すなわち、第 1および第 2のアンテナパターン 31a、 31bの第 1のパターン 部分 35、ベースライン部 43および連結部 48)は、 x—z面に平行に置かれた電子タ グ 19に対する基本的単位パターン形状 Cの通信不能領域の奥行き方向 yの幅が、 間口方向 Xに沿ってできるだけ一定になるように、互いにほぼ平行であるのが好まし い。しかし、上記アンテナパターン部分 35、 43、 48は、互いにほぼ平行である必要 は必ずしもなぐ前記所定角度 Θ の場合と同程度に互いに傾斜していてもよい。 FIG. 23B shows the magnetic field component in the direction of the frontage X parallel to the surface of the shelf board 11 for the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 23A, while FIG. 23C shows it in FIG. 23A. Basic A magnetic field component in the direction of depth y parallel to the surface of the shelf board 11 for the unit pattern shape C is shown. The magnetic field component in the depth direction y parallel to the surface of the shelf 11 also tends to be weak in the hatched area 50 in FIG. 23C for the same reason as in the case of the above-mentioned direction X of the mouth. Therefore, antenna pattern portions extending in the frontal direction X in the basic unit pattern shape C (ie, the first pattern portions 35 of the first and second antenna patterns 31a, 31b, the baseline portion 43, and the like). The connecting portion 48) has a width in the depth direction y of the incommunicable area of the basic unit pattern shape C with respect to the electronic tag 19 placed parallel to the x-z plane as constant as possible along the frontal direction X. Preferably, they are approximately parallel to one another. However, the antenna pattern portions 35, 43, 48 need to be substantially parallel to each other, but may be inclined to each other as in the case of the predetermined angle な.
[0153] (2)リーダライタ用アンテナの具体的パターン形状  (2) Specific Pattern Shape of Antenna for Reader / Writer
リーダライタ用アンテナ 15は、上記(1)項 (すなわち、上記 B2 (l)項)において説明 した基本的単位パターン形状 Cと実質的に同一のアンテナパターン形状 31および Z または類似のアンテナパターン形状 31をそれぞれ有する第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bを互いに組み合わせて配置することによって、構成されている。そして、これら 第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bについての間口方向 Xの磁界成分の弱くなるそれぞ れの鎖線領域 49が、互いに重なり合うことなく互い違いに配されるように、第 1および 第 2のアンテナ A、 B力 それぞれ配置されている。つぎに、このような配置例を、図 2 4〜図 28を参照しつつ、説明する。  The reader / writer antenna 15 has an antenna pattern shape 31 and a Z or similar antenna pattern shape substantially the same as the basic unit pattern shape C described in the item (1) (ie, the item B2 (l)). The first and second antennas A and B, respectively, are arranged in combination with each other. Then, the first and second dotted lines 49 of the first and second antennas A and B where the magnetic field components in the frontal direction X weaken are arranged alternately without overlapping each other. The antennas A and B are respectively arranged. Next, such an arrangement example will be described with reference to FIGS. 24 to 28.
[0154] 図 24に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15は、図 23Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cと同一の第 1のアンテナ Aと、図 23Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cと類似した 第 2のアンテナ Bとを互いに組み合わせて配置したものである。なお、第 1のアンテナ Aは、図 23Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cと同一のパターン形状を有している から、図 23Bに示す基本的単位パターン形状 Cの斜線領域 49とほぼ同一の斜線領 域を有している。また、第 2のアンテナ Bは、図 23Aに示す基本的単位パターン形状 C (換言すれば、第 1のアンテナ A)の場合とほぼ同一であるほぼループ形状のアン テナパターン 31を有していて、一対の端子部 32a、 32bの長さだけ力 図 23Aに示 す基本的単位パターン形状 C (換言すれば、第 1のアンテナ A)と異なっているだけで ある。このために、第 2のアンテナ Bも、図 23Bに示す基本的単位パターン形状じの 斜線領域 49 (換言すれば、第 1のアンテナ Aの斜線領域)とほぼ同一の斜線領域を 有している。したがって、第 1のアンテナ Aおよび第 2のアンテナ Bは、互いにほぼ同 一のアンテナパターン形状 (すなわち、アンテナパターン 31)を有して 、る。 The reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 24 has a first antenna A identical to the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 23A, and a second antenna A similar to the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 23A. The antenna B is disposed in combination with each other. The first antenna A has the same pattern shape as the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 23A. Therefore, the first antenna A has substantially the same hatching as the hatched region 49 of the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. It has an area. Also, the second antenna B has an antenna pattern 31 having a substantially loop shape, which is substantially the same as the basic unit pattern shape C shown in FIG. 23A (in other words, the first antenna A). , The force of the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b by the length of the basic unit pattern shape C (in other words, the first antenna A) shown in FIG. 23A. is there. For this reason, the second antenna B also has a hatched area substantially the same as the hatched area 49 of the basic unit pattern shown in FIG. 23B (in other words, the hatched area of the first antenna A). . Therefore, the first antenna A and the second antenna B have antenna pattern shapes (ie, antenna patterns 31) substantially identical to each other.
[0155] 第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bを図 24に示すように互いに組み合わせて配置する ことによって、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15が構成されている。この組み合わせに当たつ ては、第 2のアンテナ Bは、図 24に示すように、第 1のアンテナ Aに対して間口方向 X には間隔 L (図 10A参照)のほぼ 1Z2(すなわち、ほぼ 0. 5Lであって、図示の実 An antenna 15 for a reader / writer is configured by arranging the first and second antennas A and B in combination with each other as shown in FIG. In this combination, as shown in FIG. 24, the second antenna B is approximately 1Z2 (that is, approximately 0) of the distance L (see FIG. 10A) in the frontal direction X with respect to the first antenna A. 5 L, and the actual
4 4 施例においては、約 75mm)だけ左側にずれた状態で配置されるとともに奥行き方 向 yにはずれない状態で配置されている。したがって、基本的単位パターン形状 こ ついてのこれまでの説明は、第 1のアンテナ Aについても同様に当てはまるだけでな ぐ一対の端子部 32a、 32bの長さが異なることにより生じる変更事項を除いて、第 2 のアンテナ Bについても同様に当てはまる。そして、第 1のアンテナ Aおよび第 2のァ ンテナ Bは、上下方向 zに互いに重複する長手状重複部位 82〜89を有している。ま た、第 2のアンテナ Bを第 1のアンテナ Aに対して間口方向 Xにずらす場合、左側にず らしても右側にずらしても、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の性能としてはほぼ等価である  In the fourth embodiment, they are disposed on the left side by about 75 mm) and not in the depth direction y. Therefore, the basic unit pattern shape This explanation of the present invention is applied to the first antenna A as well, except for the change caused by the difference in length of the pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b. The same applies to the second antenna B. The first antenna A and the second antenna B have longitudinal overlapping portions 82 to 89 overlapping each other in the vertical direction z. In addition, when the second antenna B is shifted in the frontal direction X with respect to the first antenna A, the performance of the reader / writer antenna 15 is substantially equivalent regardless of whether it is shifted to the left or to the right.
[0156] 図 24に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1のアンテナ Aについての間 口方向 Xにおける斜線領域 49aと、第 2のアンテナ Bについての間口方向 Xにおける 斜線領域 49bとは、図 25Aに示すように、ほぼ等間隔 (換言すれば、約 L In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 24, the hatched area 49 a in the front direction X for the first antenna A and the hatched area 49 b in the front direction X for the second antenna B are , Approximately equally spaced (in other words, approximately L), as shown in FIG. 25A.
4 Z2の間隔 4 Z2 interval
)で互い違いになる。なお、図 25Bは、図 24に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の変形 例 1を示している。この図 25Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15は、第 2のアンテナ B が第 1のアンテナ Aに対して左側にずれている間隔力 ほぼ 0. 25L (図示の実施例 Alternate). FIG. 25B shows a modified example 1 of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. In the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 25B, the spacing force at which the second antenna B is shifted to the left with respect to the first antenna A is approximately 0.25 L.
4  Four
においては、約 37. 5mm)であることを除いて、図 25Aに示すリーダライタ用アンテ ナ 15と実質的に同一の構成である。この場合には、斜線領域 49aおよびと斜線領域 49bは、図 25Bに示すように、互い違いにはなるが、これらの間隔は、互いに大よそ でも等間隔ではない。  In the above, the configuration is substantially the same as that of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 25A except that it is approximately 37.5 mm. In this case, the hatched area 49a and the hatched area 49b are staggered as shown in FIG. 25B, but their spacings are not nearly equal to one another.
[0157] 図 25Aおよび図 25Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1および第 2 のアンテナ A、 Bのうちの一方のアンテナによる間口方向 xの磁界成分の弱い斜線領 域 49aまたは 49b力 他方のアンテナによって補われる。したがって、リーダライタ用 アンテナ 15が y— z面に平行に置かれて 、る電子タグ 19に対して通信不能となる領 域力 解消する。なお、図 24に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の参考例として図 25C に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1のアンテナ Aのアンテナパターン 31と、第 2のアンテナ Bのアンテナパターン 31と力 互いにほぼ完全に重なっている 。したがって、この図 25Cに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、図 25Aにそ れぞれ示す第 1のアンテナ A単独および第 2のアンテナ B単独の場合と同様な通信 不能領域 49a、 49b力 発生する。 In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIGS. 25A and 25B, the first and second The weakly hatched area 49a or 49b of the magnetic field component in the frontal direction x by one of the antennas A and B is compensated by the other antenna. Therefore, the reader / writer antenna 15 is placed parallel to the y-z plane to eliminate the area power incapable of communicating with the electronic tag 19. In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 25C as a reference example of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 24, the antenna pattern 31 of the first antenna A and the antenna pattern 31 of the second antenna B Forces almost completely overlap each other. Therefore, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 25C, the incommunicable areas 49a and 49b are similar to the case of the first antenna A alone and the second antenna B alone shown in FIG. 25A. Occur.
[0158] 本発明の第 2グループ発明においては、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのうちの一 方のアンテナに給電した際に発生する磁界を受けて、他方のアンテナに発生する誘 導電流の値が大きくなるのが好ましい。このために、第 1のアンテナ A全体または第 2 のアンテナ B全体の誘導電流の向き力 第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの長手状重 複部位 82〜89または最も近接している長手状近接部位に発生する誘導電流の向き に一致するように、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bを配列するのが好ましい。  In the second group invention of the present invention, an induction is generated in the other antenna in response to a magnetic field generated when power is supplied to one of the first and second antennas A and B. Preferably, the value of the current is increased. For this purpose, the direction of the induced current of the entire first antenna A or the entire second antenna B, and the longitudinal multiple portions 82 to 89 of the first and second antennas A and B or the closest longitudinal ones. It is preferable to arrange the first and second antennas A and B so as to match the direction of the induced current generated at the proximity site.
[0159] 例えば、図 24に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1のアンテナ Aに図 26Aにおける実線の矢印の向き (またはその逆の向き)に給電したときに、第 1および 第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの長手状重複部位 82〜89において第 2のアンテナ Bに発生す る誘導電流は、図 26Aにおける上記実線の矢印の向き (またはその逆の向き)とは逆 である破線の矢印の向き(またはその逆の向き)になる。また、図 25Bに示すリーダラ イタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 2のアンテナ Bの奥行き方向 yに延在するアンテナ ノ ターン部分 (すなわち、第 2および第 4のパターン部分 37、 41ならびに第 1および 第 2の立上り部 46、 47)において発生する誘導電流の向きは、第 2のアンテナ Bの上 記アンテナパターン部分 37、 41、 46、 47に近接しかつほぼ平行な第 1のアンテナ A のアンテナパターン部分 (すなわち、第 2および第 4のパターン部分 37、 41ならびに 第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47)力も誘導を受けて、図 26Bに破線の矢印で示す 方向になる。そして、この図 26Bに破線の矢印で示す方向は、図 26Aに示す長手状 重複部位 82〜89での誘導電流の破線の矢印で示す方向と一致している。なお、図 24に示すリ一ダライタ用アンテナ 15の変形例 2として図 26Cに示すリ一ダライタ用ァ ンテナ 15は、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの間口方向 Xへのずらし方が図 26Bの 場合とは左右逆の場合である。そして、この図 26Cの場合にも、誘導電流の破線の 矢印で示す向きは、図 26Bの場合と実質的に同一である。 For example, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 24, when the first antenna A is fed in the direction of the solid arrow in FIG. 26A (or the opposite direction), the first and The induction current generated in the second antenna B at the longitudinal overlapping portions 82 to 89 of the two antennas A and B is a broken line which is opposite to the direction of the solid arrow in FIG. 26A (or the opposite direction). The direction of the arrow (or the reverse). Also, in the case of the antenna 15 for the reader / writer shown in FIG. 25B, the antenna notched portion extending in the depth direction y of the second antenna B (ie, the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first And the direction of the induced current generated in the second rising portion 46, 47) is the same as that of the first antenna A in the vicinity of and substantially parallel to the antenna pattern portions 37, 41, 46, 47 of the second antenna B. The antenna pattern portions (i.e., the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first and second rising portions 46, 47) are also inductively directed in the direction shown by the dashed arrows in FIG. 26B. And the direction shown by the broken arrow in FIG. 26B coincides with the direction shown by the broken arrow of the induced current at the longitudinal overlapping portions 82 to 89 shown in FIG. 26A. Note that When the method of shifting the first and second antennas A and B in the direction of the opening X of the first and second antennas A and B is as shown in FIG. 26B. Is the opposite case. Also in the case of FIG. 26C, the direction indicated by the dashed arrow of the induced current is substantially the same as the case of FIG. 26B.
[0160] さらに、図 24に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の変形例 3として図 27Aに示すリー ダライタ用アンテナ 15は、図 24に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15において、第 1のァ ンテナ Aに対して第 2のアンテナ Bを間口方向 Xに左右逆に同様にずらすとともに、奥 行き方向 yに間隔 Lのほぼ 1Z4 (すなわち、ほぼ 0. 25Lであって、図示の実施例 Further, the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 27A as a modification 3 of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 24 is different from the first antenna A of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. While shifting the second antenna B similarly in the front and back direction X in the same way in the reverse direction, the distance L is approximately 1Z4 in the depth direction y (that is, approximately 0.25 L, and the illustrated embodiment)
5 5  5 5
においては、約 22. 5mm)だけ手前にずらしたものである。この場合には、図 24にお ける長手状重複部位 82〜88が、図 27Aに示すように、長手状近接部位 82〜88に 変わるので、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bについての奥行き方向 yの磁界成分の 弱い斜線領域 50が、互いに重ならないようになる。したがって、第 1および第 2のアン テナ A、 Bのうちの一方のアンテナにつ!/、ての奥行き方向 yの磁界成分の弱 、斜線 領域 50が、他方のアンテナによって補われる。この場合、図 26Aに示す場合と同様 に、長手状近接部位 82〜88における誘導電流の向きを、破線の矢印に示すように、 互いに一致させることができる。なお、図 27Bは、図 24に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の変形例 4を示すものであって、図 27Aに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15におい て、第 1のアンテナ Aに対して第 2のアンテナ Bを間口方向 Xにおける右側にずらす間 隔をほぼ 0. 33Lにしたものである。この図 27Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の  In the case of (22.5 mm), it was shifted to the front. In this case, since the longitudinal overlapping portions 82 to 88 in FIG. 24 are changed to the longitudinal proximity portions 82 to 88 as shown in FIG. 27A, the depths for the first and second antennas A and B are obtained. The weakly hatched areas 50 of the magnetic field components in the direction y do not overlap each other. Therefore, the weak or shaded area 50 of the magnetic field component in the depth direction y in one of the first and second antennas A and B is compensated by the other antenna. In this case, as in the case shown in FIG. 26A, the directions of the induced current at the longitudinal proximity sites 82 to 88 can be made to coincide with each other as shown by the broken arrows. 27B shows a fourth modification of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 24. In the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 27A, the second antenna to the first antenna A is shown. The interval at which B is shifted to the right in the frontal direction X is approximately 0.33 L. The reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 27B
4  Four
場合にも、長手状近接部位での誘導電流の向きを、破線の矢印に示すように、互い に一致させることができる。  In any case, the directions of the induced current at the longitudinal proximity sites can be matched to one another, as shown by the dashed arrows.
[0161] 図 24に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の変形例 5として図 28Aに示すリーダライタ 用アンテナ 15の場合には、図 27Aに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15において、第 1 および第 2のアンテナ A、 B力 長手状重複部位 91〜95において上下方向 zに互い に重複している。この場合、図 24に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の変形例 6として 図 28Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合と同様に、長手状重複部位 91〜95 および長手状近接部位における誘導電流の向きを、破線の矢印に示すように、互い に一致させることができる。なお、図 28Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15において は、第 1のアンテナ Aは、第 2のアンテナ Bに対して、間口方向 Xにおいても左側にほ ぼ 0. 75Lだけずれている。 In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 28A as Modification 5 of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 24, the first and second antennas A in the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 27A B forces overlap each other in the vertical direction z at the longitudinal overlapping portions 91 to 95. In this case, as the sixth modification of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 24, as in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 28B, the direction of the induced current at the longitudinal overlapping portions 91 to 95 and the longitudinal proximity portion , Can be matched to each other as shown by the dashed arrows. In the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 28B, The first antenna A is offset to the left by approximately 0.75 L in the frontal direction X with respect to the second antenna B as well.
4  Four
[0162] (3)リーダライタ用アンテナへの給電方法  (3) Method of supplying power to the reader / writer antenna
第 2グループ発明の第 2の実施例の場合にも、第 2グループ発明の第 1の実施例の 場合と同様に、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのうちの一方のアンテナのみに給電 することができ、また、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bに交互に給電することもできる。  Also in the case of the second embodiment of the second group invention, as in the case of the first embodiment of the second group invention, only one of the first and second antennas A and B is fed. It is also possible to feed the first and second antennas A, B alternately.
[0163] (4)リーダライタ用アンテナの動作実験  (4) Operation experiment of antenna for reader / writer
図 29は、図 9に示す物品 18に設けられた電子タグ 19と、図 27Aに示す棚板 11に 設けられたリーダライタ用アンテナ 15のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31と、磁 力線 101との関係を示している。この図 29において、アンテナパターン 31は、紙面に 対してほぼ垂直に延在して 、る。この図 29に示す動作実験にぉ 、て用いられた電子 タグ 19 (図 4参照)は、横方向の長さ L力 ¾5. 6mmで縦方向の長さ L力 4mmであ  FIG. 29 shows the electronic tag 19 provided on the article 18 shown in FIG. 9, the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 of the reader / writer antenna 15 provided on the shelf board 11 shown in FIG. Shows the relationship between In FIG. 29, the antenna pattern 31 extends substantially perpendicularly to the paper surface. The electronic tag 19 (see FIG. 4) used in the operation experiment shown in FIG. 29 has a lateral length L force of 3⁄45.6 mm and a longitudinal length L force of 4 mm.
8 9  8 9
つた o  O
[0164] 図 29に示す動作実験において用いられた図 27Aに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 1 5は、第 1および第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31a、 31bおよび一対の 端子部 32a、 32bの両方力 線径 (すなわち、断面径) 0. 1mmの銅線で形成され、 第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれのアンテナパターン 31が交差する交差部 位においては、この交差部位の間を榭脂製フィルムで絶縁した。図 27Aに示すリー ダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bは、長手状重複部分が実質 的に生じないように、間口方向 Xおよび奥行き方向 yにそれぞれずらした状態で配置 されていた。第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの間は、榭脂製フィルムを介在させて絶 縁し、その両側から一対のガラス板 23、 24で挟んで接着固定した(図 3参照)。  The reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 27A used in the operation experiment shown in FIG. 29 has both the first and second substantially loop-shaped antenna patterns 31a and 31b and the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b. At the intersections where the antenna patterns 31 of the first and second antennas A and B intersect, which are formed of copper wires with a diameter of 0.1 mm (ie, cross-sectional diameter), Insulated with resin film. The first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 27A are arranged shifted in the front direction X and the depth direction y, respectively, so that longitudinal overlapping portions do not substantially occur. It was A resin film was interposed between the first and second antennas A and B to insulate them, and adhesive fixing was performed by sandwiching a pair of glass plates 23 and 24 from both sides (see FIG. 3).
[0165] 図 29に示す動作実験においては、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bに周波数 13. 5 6MHzの高周波を交互に給電し、投入電力を 4Wとした。これとともに、電子タグ 19を 棚板 11の表面に対してほぼ一定の向き(すなわち、 X— y面、 X— z面および y— z面 のうちのいずれ力 1つの面にほぼ平行)に配しかっこの表面からほぼ一定の距離を 保ってほぼ水平方向に移動させて、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15に対する電子タグ 19 の通信の可否を判定した。上記動作実験における評価結果をそれぞれ示す図 30A (x— y面に平行)、図 30B (x— z面に平行)および図 30C (y— z面に平行)において は、上記通信が比較的良好には行われない通信不能領域 102には、ハーフトーンが 施され、上記通信が比較的良好に行われる通信可能領域 103には、ハーフトーンが 施されていない。図 30A〜図 30Cに示されているように、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15 が形成されているアンテナ形成領域では、どの方向に電子タグ 19が置かれても、リ 一ダライタ用アンテナ 15に対する電子タグ 19の通信が可能であった。 In the operation experiment shown in FIG. 29, the first and second antennas A and B were alternately fed with a high frequency of 13.56 MHz, and the input power was 4 W. At the same time, the electronic tag 19 is arranged in a substantially constant direction (that is, any one of the XY plane, the XY plane and the y-z plane is substantially parallel to one surface) with respect to the surface of the shelf plate 11. It was moved in a substantially horizontal direction while maintaining a substantially constant distance from the surface of the brace, and it was judged whether or not the communication of the electronic tag 19 with the reader / writer antenna 15 was possible. Fig. 30A showing the evaluation results in the above operation experiment In FIG. 30B (parallel to the x-y plane), in FIG. 30B (parallel to the x-z plane) and in FIG. 30C (parallel to the yz plane), the above-mentioned communication can not be performed relatively well in the incommunicable area 102. The half tone is applied, and the communication coverage area 103 where the above communication is performed relatively well is not half tone. As shown in FIGS. 30A to 30C, in the antenna formation region where the reader / writer antenna 15 is formed, the electronic tag 19 for the reader / writer antenna 15 is used regardless of which direction the electronic tag 19 is placed. Communication was possible.
[0166] 3、第 2グループ発明の第 3の実施例 Third Embodiment of Third and Second Group Inventions
つぎに、本発明の第 2グループ発明の第 3の実施例を、「(1)物品載置棚の全体的 構成」、「(2)リーダライタ用アンテナの基本的単位パターン形状」、「(3)リーダライタ 用アンテナの具体的パターン形状」、「 (4)リーダライタ用アンテナへの給電方法」お よび「(5)リーダライタ用アンテナの効果」に項分けして、図 31および図 32を参照しつ つ説明する。なお、図 31および図 32に示す第 3の実施例における棚板 11は、以下 に記載する点を除いて、図 9〜図 22に示す既述の第 1の実施例における棚板 11と 実質的に同一の構成であってよい。したがって、図 31および図 32において、図 9〜 図 22と共通の部分には、同一の符号を付してその説明を必要に応じて省略する。ま た、以下の記載においては、棚板 11についてのみ具体的に説明する力 残りの棚板 6、 12〜14は、棚板 11と実質的に同一の構成であってもよいし、同一の構成でなく てもよい。  Next, according to a third embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention, “(1) Overall configuration of article placement shelf”, “(2) Basic unit pattern shape of antenna for reader / writer”, “(( 3) Specific pattern shapes of the reader / writer antenna, "(4) Feeding method to the reader / writer antenna" and "(5) effect of the reader / writer antenna" Explain while referring to. The shelf board 11 in the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 31 and 32 is substantially the same as the shelf board 11 in the first embodiment described above shown in FIGS. 9 to 22 except for the points described below. It may have the same configuration. Therefore, in FIG. 31 and FIG. 32, the same reference numerals as in FIGS. 9 to 22 denote the same parts, and a description thereof will be omitted as necessary. Further, in the following description, the force will be described specifically only for the shelf 11. The remaining shelf plates 6 and 12 to 14 may have substantially the same configuration as the shelf 11 or may be the same. It does not have to be a configuration.
[0167] (1)物品載置棚の全体的構成  (1) Overall configuration of the item placement rack
本発明の第 2グループ発明の第 3の実施例における物品載置棚 1の棚板 11は、図 12C (すなわち、本発明の第 2グループ発明の第 1の実施例の配置例 1)の棚板 11 に較べて、奥行き方向 yの長さ Lに対する間口方向 Xの長さ Lが十分に大きくなつて  The shelf board 11 of the article placement shelf 1 in the third embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention is the shelf of FIG. 12C (that is, the arrangement example 1 of the first embodiment of the second group invention of the present invention). The length L in the fore-opening direction X with respect to the length L in the depth direction y is sufficiently large compared to the plate 11
2 1  twenty one
いる。この点は、棚板 11以外の棚板 6、 12〜14や、天板 5についても同様であり、ま た、背板 4も間口方向 Xの長さが同様に大きくなつている。この場合、上記長さ Lは、  There is. This point is the same for the shelf boards 6 and 12 to 14 other than the shelf board 11 and for the top board 5, and the backboard 4 also has the same length in the frontal direction X. In this case, the length L is
2 例えば約 350mmであってよぐ上記長さ Lは、例えば 1380mmであってよい。  2 The length L which may for example be about 350 mm and may be for example 1380 mm.
[0168] リーダライタ用アンテナ 15を構成する 2個のアンテナ A、 Bのうちの非給電アンテナ として機能する第 2のアンテナ Bの一対の端子部 32a、 32bの間には、図 31に示すよ うに、非給電アンテナ Bとともに共振回路を構成するための半固定コンデンサ、可変 コンデンサなどの共振回路用のコンデンサ 161が接続されている。また、給電アンテ ナとして機能する第 1のアンテナ Aの一対の端子部 32a、 32bの間には、マッチング 調整器 162が接続されている。そして、、このマッチング調整器 162には、リーダライ タ本体 17および制御用コンピュータ 163が順次接続されて!、る。 [0168] Between the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the second antenna B functioning as a non-feed antenna of the two antennas A and B that constitute the reader / writer antenna 15, as shown in FIG. Semi-fixed capacitor to make a resonant circuit with non-powered antenna B A capacitor 161 for a resonant circuit such as a capacitor is connected. A matching adjuster 162 is connected between the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the first antenna A that functions as a feeding antenna. The reader / writer main body 17 and the control computer 163 are sequentially connected to the matching adjuster 162!
[0169] (2)リーダライタ用アンテナの基本的単位パターン形状 (2) Basic unit pattern shape of antenna for reader / writer
図 31に示すリ一ダライタ用アンテナ 15を構成して ヽる第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれの基本的な単位パターン形状は、つぎの(a)項〜 (f)項に記載の点を 除いて、図 22Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15を構成している第 1および第 2のァ ンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれの基本的な単位パターン形状と実質的に同一であってよい。 The basic unit pattern shapes of the first and second antennas A and B which constitute the antenna 15 for a radar writer shown in FIG. 31 are described in the following items (a) to (f). Except for the point, it may be substantially the same as the basic unit pattern shape of each of the first and second antennas A and B constituting the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 22B.
(a)第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれの屈曲部 44の個数が 2個から 5個に 増カロして ヽること、 (a) The number of bent portions 44 of each of the first and second antennas A and B is increased from 2 to 5
(b)第 1のアンテナ Aの第 1のパターン部分 35および第 2のアンテナ Bの第 3のパター ン部分 39のそれぞれの長さがかなり大きくなつていること、  (b) The lengths of the first pattern portion 35 of the first antenna A and the third pattern portion 39 of the second antenna B are considerably large,
(c)第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの第 2および第 4のパターン部分 37、 41のそれぞ れの長さが多少大きくなつていること、  (c) The lengths of the second and fourth pattern portions 37 and 41 of the first and second antennas A and B are slightly longer,
(d)第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのベースライン部 43および連結部 48のそれぞれ の長さが多少小さくなつていること、  (d) The lengths of the base line portions 43 and the connection portions 48 of the first and second antennas A and B are somewhat smaller,
(e)第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの第 1および第 2立上り部 46、 47のそれぞれの長 さが多少長くなつていること、および  (e) the lengths of the first and second rising portions 46, 47 of the first and second antennas A, B are somewhat longer, and
(f)第 1のアンテナ Aの一対の端子部 32a、 32bが棚板 11の後縁部 34付近のうちの 向って右側の縁部 40付近に配置されるとともに、第 2のアンテナ Bの一対の端子部 3 2a、 32bが棚板 11の後縁部 34付近のうちの向つて左側の縁部 36付近に配置され ていること。  (f) The pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the first antenna A is disposed near the edge 40 on the right side of the vicinity of the trailing edge 34 of the shelf 11 and the pair of the second antenna B Terminals 32a and 32b should be arranged near the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11 and near the left edge 36 of the shelf board.
[0170] (3)リーダライタ用アンテナの具体的パターン形状  (3) Specific Pattern Shape of Antenna for Reader / Writer
図 31に示すリ一ダライタ用アンテナ 15は、つぎの (g)項および (h)項に記載の点で 、図 22Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15とは相違していてよい。  The reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 31 may be different from the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 22B in the following points (g) and (h).
(g)第 1のアンテナ Aの第 1のパターン部分 35と、第 1のアンテナ Aの連結部 48およ び第 2のアンテナ Bのベースライン部 43との相互の間隔 Lがかなり小さくなつているこ と、および (g) The distance L between the first pattern portion 35 of the first antenna A and the connecting portion 48 of the first antenna A and the base line portion 43 of the second antenna B is relatively small. A baby , And
(h)第 2のアンテナ Bの第 3のパターン部分 39と、第 2のアンテナ Bの連結部 48およ び第 1のアンテナ Aのベースライン部 43との相互の間隔 Lがかなり小さくなつている こと。  (h) The distance L between the third pattern portion 39 of the second antenna B and the connecting portion 48 of the second antenna B and the base line portion 43 of the first antenna A is relatively small. To be
[0171] 参考例 1として図 32Aに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、つぎの (i)項 〜(k)項に記載の点で、図 31に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15とは相違している。 In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32A as the reference example 1, the points described in the following items (i) to (k) are different from the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 31. doing.
(i)第 1のアンテナ Aのベースライン部 43のそれぞれ力 一部分を除いて、第 2のアン テナ Bの第 3のパターン部分 39にほぼ完全に重複していること、 (i) almost completely overlapping the third pattern portion 39 of the second antenna B, except for the respective force portions of the base line portion 43 of the first antenna A;
(j)第 2のアンテナ Bのベースライン部 43のそれぞれ力 一部分を除いて、第 1のアン テナ Aの第 1のパターン部分 35にほぼ完全に重複していること、および  (j) almost completely overlapping the first pattern portion 35 of the first antenna A, except for the respective force portions of the base line portion 43 of the second antenna B;
(k)第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47のそれぞれの 長さ L力 或る程度短くなつていること。  (k) The length L of each of the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 of the first and second antennas A and B should be somewhat short.
5  Five
[0172] 図 32Aに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1のアンテナ Aの第 1のパ ターン部分 35および第 2のアンテナ Bのベースライン部 43と、第 1のアンテナ Aの連 結部 48との間隔 Lが大きくなつている。また、第 2のアンテナ Bの第 3のパターン部分 39および第 1のアンテナ Aのベースライン部 43と、第 2のアンテナ Bの連結部 48との 間隔 Lも大きくなる。このために、図 32Aに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合に は、棚板 11の面に平行な間口方向 Xの磁界成分力 図 32Aにおいて斜線を施した 領域 49で弱くなる傾向がある。したがって、図 32Aに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15 では、図 32Aに示すように電子タグ 19が y—z面に平行になるように置かれた場合に 、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15が斜線領域 49に置かれた電子タグ 19とは交信できなく なる恐れがある。換言すれば、斜線領域 49は、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15が電子タグ 19とは交信できない通信不能領域になる恐れがある。この点について詳述すると、 電子タグ 19が書籍類 18aに通常取り付けられるカードサイズの電子タグのような大き なサイズのときには、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15は、棚板 11上でさえあれば、このリー ダライタ用アンテナ 15からの磁界が比較的弱くても、電子タグ 19と十分に交信するこ とができる。したがって、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15は、上記通信不能領域 (すなわち 、斜線領域 49)においても、電子タグ 19から少し離れた位置において奥行き方向 y にほぼ沿って延在している有効アンテナパターン要素 37、 41、 46、 47から発生する 磁界でもって、電子タグ 19と十分に交信することができる。しかし、宝石類のような小 さな商品に取り付けられる電子タグ 19のサイズは、上記カードサイズよりも十分に小さ いのが好ましい。そして、このように電子タグ 19のサイズが十分に小さくなると、上述 のように、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15が電子タグ 19と良好に交信できなくなる通信不 能領域 49が生じる恐れがある。 In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32A, the first pattern portion 35 of the first antenna A, the base line portion 43 of the second antenna B, and the train of the first antenna A The distance L to the joint 48 is large. Further, the distance L between the third pattern portion 39 of the second antenna B and the base line portion 43 of the first antenna A and the connecting portion 48 of the second antenna B also increases. For this reason, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32A, the magnetic field component force in the opening direction X parallel to the surface of the shelf board 11 tends to be weak in the hatched region 49 in FIG. 32A. Therefore, in the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32A, when the electronic tag 19 is placed parallel to the yz plane as shown in FIG. 32A, the reader / writer antenna 15 is placed in the hatched area 49. There is a risk that it will not be possible to communicate with the attached electronic tag 19. In other words, the hatched area 49 may become an incommunicable area where the reader / writer antenna 15 can not communicate with the electronic tag 19. To explain this point in detail, when the electronic tag 19 is a large size such as a card size electronic tag which is usually attached to the books 18a, the reader / writer antenna 15 can be mounted on the shelf board 11 as long as it is. Even if the magnetic field from the antenna for the dalighta 15 is relatively weak, it can communicate with the electronic tag 19 sufficiently. Therefore, the reader / writer antenna 15 has the depth direction y at a position slightly away from the electronic tag 19 even in the above-mentioned incommunicable area (that is, the hatched area 49). The magnetic field generated from the effective antenna pattern elements 37, 41, 46, 47 extending substantially along can substantially communicate with the electronic tag 19. However, the size of the electronic tag 19 attached to small articles such as jewelry is preferably sufficiently smaller than the above card size. When the size of the electronic tag 19 is thus sufficiently reduced, as described above, there is a possibility that the non-communicable area 49 in which the reader / writer antenna 15 can not communicate well with the electronic tag 19.
[0173] 図 32Aに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15のこのような欠点を是正するために、参考 例 2として図 32Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、つぎの(1)項〜(o)項 に記載の点で、図 32Aに示すリ一ダライタ用アンテナ 15とは相違させて 、る。 In order to correct such a defect of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32A, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32B as the reference example 2, the following items (1) to (o) 32A differs from the antenna 15 for a redirector writer shown in FIG.
(1)第 1のアンテナ Aのベースライン部 43を第 2のアンテナ Bの第 3のパターン部分 39 よりも棚板 11の後縁部 34側に或る程度ずらしたこと、  (1) The baseline portion 43 of the first antenna A is shifted to some extent toward the rear edge 34 of the shelf board 11 with respect to the third pattern portion 39 of the second antenna B,
(m)第 2のアンテナ Bのベースライン部 43を第 1のアンテナ Aの第 1のパターン部分 3 5よりも棚板 11の前縁部 38側に或る程度ずらしたこと、  (m) The baseline portion 43 of the second antenna B is shifted to some extent toward the front edge 38 of the shelf board 11 relative to the first pattern portion 35 of the first antenna A,
(n)上記 (1)項および (m)項に記載の結果として、第 1のアンテナ Aのベースライン部 43を、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yにおいて、第 2のアンテナ Bの連結部 48とほぼ同一の 位置に配置し、このために、両者をその長さ方向(換言すれば、間口方向 X)には部 分的にかつその幅方向(換言すれば、奥行き方向 y)にはほぼ完全に重ならせたこと 、および  (n) As a result described in the above (1) and (m), the baseline portion 43 of the first antenna A is connected to the connecting portion 48 of the second antenna B in the depth direction y of the shelf board 11 The two are disposed at substantially the same position, and for this reason, both are partially in the length direction (in other words, the front direction X) and almost completely in the width direction (in other words, the depth direction y). And let me
(o)上記 (1)項および (m)項に記載の結果として、第 2のアンテナ Bのベースライン部 43を、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yにおいて、第 1のアンテナ Aの連結部 48とほぼ同一の 位置に配置し、このために、両者をその長さ方向には部分的にかつその幅方向には ほぼ完全に重複させたこと。  (o) As a result of the items (1) and (m), the base line part 43 of the second antenna B and the connecting part 48 of the first antenna A in the depth direction y of the shelf board 11 They were placed at almost the same position, and for this reason, both were partially overlapped in the length direction and almost completely overlapped in the width direction.
[0174] 図 32Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、棚板 11の後縁部 34と、第 1 のアンテナ Aの連結部 48および第 2のアンテナ Bのベースライン部 43との間には、実 質的には、間口方向 Xに延在している第 1のアンテナ Aの第 1のパターン部分 35が存 在するだけで、奥行き方向 yに延在している有効アンテナパターン要素 (換言すれば 、第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47)は存在しない。また、棚板 11の前縁部 38と、第 1のアンテナ Aのベースライン部 43および第 2のアンテナ Bの連結部 48との間には、 実質的には、間口方向 xに延在している第 2のアンテナ Bの第 3のパターン部分 39が 存在するだけで、奥行き方向 yに延在している有効アンテナパターン要素 (換言すれ ば、第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47)は存在しない。このために、図 32Bに示すリー ダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、棚板 11の面に平行な間口方向 Xの磁界成分が、 図 32Bにおいて斜線を施した領域 49a、 49bで弱くなる傾向がある。なお、、図 33B において、第 1のアンテナ Aと第 2のアンテナ Bとがそれぞれ単独の場合には、前記 1 (3)項 (すなわち、前記 B1 (3)項)において説明した図 12Aおよび図 12Bにそれぞ れ示す場合と同様に通信不能領域 49a、 40bも、それぞれ生じる。 In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32B, between the trailing edge 34 of the shelf board 11 and the connecting portion 48 of the first antenna A and the baseline portion 43 of the second antenna B. In fact, effectively, only the first pattern portion 35 of the first antenna A extending in the frontal direction X is present, and an effective antenna pattern element extending in the depth direction y. (In other words, the first and second rising portions 46, 47) are not present. Also, between the front edge 38 of the shelf board 11 and the base line portion 43 of the first antenna A and the connecting portion 48 of the second antenna B, Essentially, only the third pattern portion 39 of the second antenna B extending in the frontal direction x is present, and an effective antenna pattern element extending in the depth direction y (in other words, The first and second rising portions 46, 47) are not present. For this reason, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32B, the magnetic field component in the direction X of the frontage parallel to the surface of the shelf plate 11 tends to weaken in the hatched regions 49a and 49b in FIG. is there. In FIG. 33B, in the case where the first antenna A and the second antenna B are independent, respectively, FIGS. 12A and 12 B described in the item 1 (3) (ie, the item B1 (3)). Similarly to the case shown in FIG. 12B, the incommunicable areas 49a and 40b are also generated.
[0175] したがって、図 32Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15では、図 32Bに示すように電 子タグ 19が y—z面に平行になるように置かれた場合に、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15 が斜線領域 49a、 49bに置かれた電子タグ 19とは交信できなくなる恐れがある。換言 すれば、斜線領域 49a、 49bは、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15が電子タグ 19とは交信で きない通信不能領域になる恐れがある。この点について詳述すると、前述のように、 電子タグ 19が大きなサイズのときには、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15は、棚板 11上でさ えあれば、このリーダライタ用アンテナ 15からの磁界が比較的弱い後端部 34付近や 前端部 38付近であっても、電子タグ 19と十分に交信することができる。したがって、リ 一ダライタ用アンテナ 15は、上記通信不能領域 (すなわち、斜線領域 49a、 49b)に おいても、電子タグ 19から少し離れた位置において奥行き方向 yにほぼ沿って延在 している有効アンテナパターン要素 37、 41、 46、 47から発生する磁界でもって、電 子タグ 19と十分に交信することができる。しかし、前述のように、電子タグ 19のサイズ が十分に小さくなると、上述のように、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15が電子タグ 19と良好 に交信できなくなる通信不能領域 49a、 49bが生じる恐れがある。  Therefore, in the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32B, when the electronic tag 19 is placed parallel to the y-z plane as shown in FIG. 32B, the reader / writer antenna 15 is hatched. Communication may not be possible with the electronic tags 19 placed in the areas 49a, 49b. In other words, the hatched areas 49 a and 49 b may become an incommunicable area where the reader / writer antenna 15 can not communicate with the electronic tag 19. More specifically, as described above, when the electronic tag 19 has a large size, if the reader / writer antenna 15 is placed on the shelf board 11, the magnetic field from the reader / writer antenna 15 is relatively large. Even near the weak rear end 34 and near the front end 38, communication with the electronic tag 19 can be sufficiently achieved. Therefore, the reader / writer antenna 15 extends substantially along the depth direction y at a position slightly away from the electronic tag 19 even in the incommunicable area (that is, hatched areas 49a and 49b). The magnetic field generated from the antenna pattern elements 37, 41, 46, 47 can sufficiently communicate with the electronic tag 19. However, as described above, when the size of the electronic tag 19 becomes sufficiently small, there is a possibility that the incommunicable areas 49a and 49b in which the reader / writer antenna 15 can not communicate well with the electronic tag 19 as described above.
[0176] これに対し、図 31に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 1および第 2の アンテナ A、 Bが図 32Aに示す斜線領域 49および図 32Bに示す斜線領域 49a、 49b のような通信不能領域が生じな 、アンテナパターン形状と相互の配置とを有して 、る 。この場合、図 31に示す間隔 L (換言すれば、前記 (g)項および (h)項に記載の間 隔 L )は、第 1のアンテナ Aの第 1のパターン部分 35と第 2のアンテナ Bの第 3のパタ ーン部分 39との相互の間隔 L の約 1Z20である。そして、この比(すなわち、 L /L )は、実用性の観点力も見て一般的に、 1Z40〜1Z10の範囲であるのが好ましくOn the other hand, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 31, the first and second antennas A and B are hatched regions 49 shown in FIG. 32A and hatched regions 49a and 49b shown in FIG. Such an incommunicable area does not occur, and has an antenna pattern shape and a mutual arrangement. In this case, the interval L shown in FIG. 31 (in other words, the interval L described in the (g) and (h) terms) corresponds to the first pattern portion 35 of the first antenna A and the second antenna. The mutual spacing L with the third pattern part 39 of B is approximately 1Z20. And this ratio (ie, L / L Is preferably in the range of 1Z40 to 1Z10 in view of practicality and in general.
10 Ten
、 1Z30〜1Z15の範囲であるのがさらに好ましい。  More preferably, it is in the range of 1Z30 to 1Z15.
[0177] しかし、図 31に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合にも、つぎに述べるような通 信不能領域が生じる可能性がある。すなわち、図 31に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 1 5の場合には、第 1のアンテナ Aの連結部 48および第 2のアンテナ Bのベースライン 部 43と、第 2のアンテナ Bの連結部 48および第 1のアンテナ Aのベースライン部 43と の間には、実質的には、奥行き方向 yに延在している有効アンテナパターン要素 (換 言すれば、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの第 2および第 4のパターン部分 37、 41 ならびに第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47)が存在するだけで、間口方向 Xに延在し て 、る有効アンテナパターン要素 (換言すれば、第 1のアンテナ Aの第 1のパターン 部分 35、第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの連結部 48およびベースライン部 43)は存在しない。 このために、図 31に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、棚板 11の面に平行 な奥行き方向 yの磁界成分が、図 32Cにお 、て斜線を施した領域 50で弱くなる傾向 がある。したがって、図 31に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15では、図 32Cに示すよう に電子タグ 19が x—z面に平行になるように置かれた場合に、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15が斜線領域 50に置かれた電子タグ 19とは交信できなくなる恐れがある。換言す れば、斜線領域 50は、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15が電子タグ 19とは交信できない通 信不能領域になる恐れがある。この点について詳述すると、前述のように、電子タグ 1 9が大きなサイズのときには、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15は、棚板 11上でさえあれば、 このリーダライタ用アンテナ 15からの磁界が比較的弱い棚板中心線 45にほぼ沿った 領域であっても、電子タグ 19と十分に交信することができる。したがって、リーダライタ 用アンテナ 15は、上記通信不能領域 (すなわち、斜線領域 50)においても、電子タ グ 19から多少離れた位置にぉ 、て間口方向 Xにほぼ沿って延在して 、る有効アンテ ナパターン要素 35、 39、 43、 48から発生する磁界でもって、電子タグ 19と十分に交 信することができる。しかし、前述のように、電子タグ 19のサイズが十分に小さくなると 、上述のように、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15が電子タグ 19と良好に交信できなくなる通 信不能領域 50が生じる恐れがある。  However, also in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 31, there may be a non-communicable area as described below. That is, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 31, the connecting portion 48 of the first antenna A and the base line portion 43 of the second antenna B, and the connecting portion 48 of the second antenna B and the The effective antenna pattern element substantially extending in the depth direction y between the first antenna A and the base line portion 43 (in other words, of the first and second antennas A and B) An effective antenna pattern element extending in the frontal direction X only by the presence of the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 and the first and second rising portions 46, 47) (in other words, The first pattern portion 35 of the antenna A of 1 and the connecting portion 48 and the base line portion 43) of the second antennas A and B do not exist. For this reason, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 31, the magnetic field component in the depth direction y parallel to the surface of the shelf plate 11 tends to be weak in the hatched area 50 in FIG. There is. Therefore, in the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 31, the reader / writer antenna 15 is placed in the hatched area 50 when the electronic tag 19 is placed parallel to the x-z plane as shown in FIG. 32C. It may not be possible to communicate with the electronic tag 19 that has been placed. In other words, the hatched area 50 may become an incommunicable area where the reader / writer antenna 15 can not communicate with the electronic tag 19. More specifically, as described above, when the size of the electronic tag 19 is large, as long as the reader / writer antenna 15 is on the shelf board 11, the magnetic field from the reader / writer antenna 15 is relatively large. Even in the area substantially along the weak shelf board centerline 45, it can communicate with the electronic tag 19 sufficiently. Therefore, the reader / writer antenna 15 is effective to extend substantially along the front direction X to a position slightly away from the electronic tag 19 even in the above-mentioned incommunicable area (that is, the hatched area 50). The magnetic field generated from the antenna pattern elements 35, 39, 43, 48 can be sufficiently communicated with the electronic tag 19. However, as described above, when the size of the electronic tag 19 becomes sufficiently small, as described above, there may be a non-communicable area 50 in which the reader / writer antenna 15 can not communicate well with the electronic tag 19.
[0178] 図 32Dは、図 31に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15のこのような問題点を是正するた めの変形例を示している。この図 32Dに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、 第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47が奥行き方向 yに 対して所定角度 Θ だけ傾斜している。このような傾斜角度 Θ は、第 1および第 2のァ ンテナ A、 Bの第 2および第 4のパターン部分 37、 41のうちの 1個または任意の複数 個もしくは全部も、有していてもよい。そして、上記所定角度 Θ は、図示の実施例に おいては、約 30° であってよいが、実用性の観点から見て一般的に、 15° 〜45° の範囲であるのが好ましぐ 20° 〜40° の範囲であるのがさらに好ましぐ 25° 〜3 5° の範囲であるのがー層好ましい。なお、上記所定角度 Θ の傾斜は、有効アンテ ナパターン要素 46、 47、 37、 41について互いに同一の方向に傾斜(図示の実施例 においては、後縁部 34側から前縁部 38側にかけて向って右側から向って左側に傾 斜)しているのが好ましい。したがって、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの屈曲部 44 のそれぞれは、ほぼ平行四辺形であるのが好ましい。また、所定角度 Θ だけ傾斜し て 、る有効アンテナパターン要素のそれぞれは、互いにほぼ平行になるように延在し ているのが好ましい。 [0178] FIG. 32D corrects such a problem of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. Shows a modified example. In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32D, the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 of the first and second antennas A and B are inclined at a predetermined angle 対 with respect to the depth direction y. ing. Such an inclination angle Θ may also have one or any plurality or all of the second and fourth pattern portions 37, 41 of the first and second antenna A, B. Good. And, in the illustrated embodiment, the predetermined angle よ い may be about 30 °, but from the viewpoint of practicality, it is generally preferable to be in the range of 15 ° to 45 °. More preferably, it is in the range of 20 ° to 40 °, and it is more preferably in the range of 25 ° to 35 °. The inclination of the predetermined angle 傾斜 is in the same direction as the effective antenna pattern elements 46, 47, 37, 41 (in the illustrated embodiment, from the rear edge 34 to the front edge 38). It is preferable to incline from the right to the left). Thus, each of the bends 44 of the first and second antennas A, B is preferably substantially parallelogram. Further, it is preferable that each of the effective antenna pattern elements which are inclined by a predetermined angle 延 在 extend substantially parallel to each other.
[0179] 図 32Dに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、棚板 11の面に平行な奥行き 方向 yの磁界成分が、所定角度 0 だけ傾斜している有効アンテナパターン要素によ つても比較的有効に発生して、図 26Cにおける斜線領域 50で特に弱くなることがな い。それでいて、棚板 11の面に平行な間口方向 Xの磁界成分力 図 32Aに示す鎖 線領域 49および図 32Bに示す鎖線領域 49a、 49bで特に弱くなることもない。したが つて、図 32Dに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15によれば、 X— z面および y— z面のうち のいずれの面に沿って延在している電子タグ 19であっても、棚板 11上にヌル点(換 言すれば、読み取れない箇所)が存在しないように、良好に交信することができる。  In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32D, even if the magnetic field components in the depth direction y parallel to the surface of the shelf board 11 are inclined by the predetermined angle 0, the comparison is made even with the effective antenna pattern element. Does not become particularly weak in the hatched area 50 in FIG. 26C. Furthermore, the magnetic field component force in the opening direction X parallel to the surface of the shelf plate 11 does not become particularly weak in the chain line area 49 shown in FIG. 32A and the chain line areas 49a and 49b shown in FIG. Therefore, according to the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32D, the electronic tag 19 extending along any one of the xz plane and the yz plane is a shelf board. It can communicate well so that there is no null point (in other words, an unreadable point) on 11.
[0180] (4)リーダライタ用アンテナへの給電方法  (4) Power feeding method to reader / writer antenna
第 2グループ発明の第 3の実施例におけるリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合にも、 第 2グループ発明の第 1および第 2の実施例の場合と同様に、第 1および第 2のアン テナ A、 Bに交互に給電することができる。  Also in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 in the third embodiment of the second group invention, as in the case of the first and second embodiments of the second group invention, the first and second antennas A, Power can be supplied to B alternately.
[0181] しかし、図 31に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、第 2のアンテナ Bの一 対の端子部 32a、 32bの間に共振回路用のコンデンサ 161が接続されているから、 第 1のアンテナ Aのみを給電アンテナとしてこの第 1のアンテナ Aのみに給電し、第 2 のアンテナ Bを非給電アンテナとしてこの第 2のアンテナ Bには給電しないのが好まし い。なお、複数個のアンテナを用いて互いの通信不能領域を補完しあうときには、従 来、これら複数個のアンテナを順次切替えて給電する必要があった。しかし、上述の ように第 1のアンテナ Aのみに給電する場合には、このようなアンテナの切替えが不 要であるから、リーダライタの構成が簡単である。また、このような共振回路用コンデン サ 161は、この第 3の実施例における別のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15や、第 2グルー プ発明の既述の第 1および第 2の実施例における任意のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15 にも、同様に設けることができる。 However, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 31, since the capacitor 161 for the resonant circuit is connected between the terminal portions 32 a and 32 b of the pair of the second antenna B, It is preferable to feed only the first antenna A as a feed antenna to only the first antenna A, and not feed the second antenna B to the second antenna B as a non-feed antenna. In addition, when complementing each other's incommunicable area using a plurality of antennas, it has conventionally been necessary to switch the plurality of antennas sequentially to feed power. However, in the case where only the first antenna A is fed as described above, such switching of the antenna is unnecessary, so the configuration of the reader / writer is simple. In addition, such a capacitor for resonant circuit 161 can be used as the other reader / writer antenna 15 in the third embodiment, or any reader in the first and second embodiments of the second group invention. The same can be applied to the writer antenna 15 as well.
[0182] 図 31などに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合において、非給電アンテナであ る第 2のアンテナ Bの一対の端子部 32a、 32bの間に接続される共振回路用コンデン サ 161の容量 Cは、 In the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 31, etc., the capacitance of the resonant circuit capacitor 161 connected between the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the second antenna B, which is a non-feed antenna. C is
[数 1] ί = 2 兀 / ττ^ 力 求められる値であるのが好ましい。この場合、 fは、第 1のアンテナ Aへの供給電 流の周波数である動作周波数であって、例えば、 f= 13. 56MHzである。また、 Lは 、第 2のアンテナ Bのインダクタンスである。そして、共振回路用コンデンサ 161の容 量 Cを上記数式に示す値に選定すれば、動作周波数 fに合うように Q値 (すなわち、 クオリティ 'ファクタ)が高められたリーダライタ用アンテナ 15を設計することができるか ら、第 2のアンテナ Bを流れる誘導電流によって生じる磁界を共振周波数と一致させ ることができる。なお、共振回路用コンデンサ 161が半固定コンデンサまたは可変コ ンデンサカも構成されている場合には、この半固定コンデンサまたは可変コンデンサ 161の容量 Cについての調整および Zまたは微調整を適宜に行うことによって、非給 電アンテナである第 2のアンテナ Bの良好な共振状態を得ることができる。  [Equation 1] ί = 2 兀 / ττ ^ Force It is preferable that the value is obtained. In this case, f is an operating frequency which is the frequency of the supply current to the first antenna A, for example f = 13.56 MHz. L is the inductance of the second antenna B. Then, if the capacitance C of the capacitor for resonant circuit 161 is selected to the value shown in the above equation, the reader / writer antenna 15 with a Q value (that is, the quality 'factor) enhanced is designed to match the operating frequency f. Therefore, the magnetic field generated by the induced current flowing through the second antenna B can be made to coincide with the resonant frequency. When the capacitor for resonance circuit 161 is also configured as a semi-fixed capacitor or variable capacitor, adjustment of the capacitance C of the semi-fixed capacitor or variable capacitor 161 and Z or fine adjustment are appropriately performed. Good resonance of the second antenna B, which is an unpowered antenna, can be obtained.
[0183] (5)リーダライタ用アンテナの効果 (5) Effects of Reader / Writer Antenna
第 2グループ発明の第 3の実施例における図 31および図 32Dに示すリーダライタ 用アンテナ 15によれば、一方のアンテナ(例えば、第 1のアンテナ A)を給電アンテナ にするとともに、他方のアンテナ (例えば、第 2のアンテナ B)を非給電アンテナにする ことができる。したがって、少ない(具体的には、 1個の)給電アンテナ数で電子タグ 1 9との交信を行うことができる。また、特に図 32Dに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15に よれば、電子タグ 19の向きや大きさに特に依存することなぐ電子タグ 19と良好に交 信することができる。さらに、図 31および図 32Dに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の 場合には、給電アンテナとしての第 1のアンテナ Aに給電したときに、非給電アンテナ Bの各有効アンテナパターン要素(特に、第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47)に発生 する誘導電流が、図 22Bに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合と大よそ同様に、 大よそ共通の電流方向に流れる。換言すれば、非給電アンテナ Bが給電アンテナ A と重複して 、る長手状重複部位または最も近接して 、る長手状近接部位に発生する 誘導電流の向き力 S、非給電アンテナ Bの大よそ全部のアンテナパターン部位で同一 になるように、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの形状と相互の配置とを選定した。した がって、第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bを順次切替えてこれら両者のアンテナに順次 給電しなくても、給電アンテナ Aの放出磁界による電子タグ 19の読取り可能領域と、 非給電アンテナ Bの誘導磁界による電子タグ 19の読取り可能領域とによって、両方 のアンテナ A、 Bの互 、の通信不能領域を補完しあうことができる。 According to the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIGS. 31 and 32D according to the third embodiment of the second group invention, one of the antennas (for example, the first antenna A) is used as a feed antenna and the other antenna ( For example, make the second antenna B) a non-feeding antenna be able to. Therefore, communication with the electronic tag 19 can be performed with a small number of (specifically, one) feeding antennas. Further, according to the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 32D, in particular, the reader / writer antenna 15 can communicate favorably with the electronic tag 19 which does not particularly depend on the direction or size of the electronic tag 19. Furthermore, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIGS. 31 and 32D, when power is supplied to the first antenna A as the feed antenna, each effective antenna pattern element of the non-feed antenna B (especially, the first and the second The induced current generated in the second rising portions 46, 47) flows in the direction of a generally common current, as in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 22B. In other words, the non-feeding antenna B overlaps with the feeding antenna A, the directionality S of the induced current generated at the longitudinal overlapping portion or the closest longitudinal portion, and the direction force S of the non-feeding antenna B The shapes of the first and second antennas A and B and their mutual arrangement were selected so as to be identical at all antenna pattern sites. Therefore, even if the first and second antennas A and B are sequentially switched and the two antennas are not sequentially fed, the readable region of the electronic tag 19 by the emission magnetic field of the feeding antenna A and the non-feeding antenna The readable area of the electronic tag 19 due to the induction magnetic field of B can complement each other for the incommunicable area of the antennas A and B.
[0184] さらに、図 31および図 32Dに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の場合には、商品管 理棚などの物品管理棚 1の 1棚当りに敷設する給電アンテナ数が 1個で済むから、商 品などの物品の管理に要する通信時間を短縮することができ、 RFIDシステムを導入 するコストを削除することができ、ランニング時のエネルギーコストを削除することがで き、人件費のコストダウンを計ることができる。  Furthermore, in the case of the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 31 and FIG. 32D, the number of power supply antennas installed per shelf of the article management shelf 1 such as a product management shelf is only one. It is possible to shorten the communication time required to manage goods such as goods, to eliminate the cost of introducing the RFID system, to eliminate the energy cost at the time of running, and to reduce the cost of labor. be able to.
[0185] 例えば、図書館を例にとると、従来は、司書の本来の仕事である図書館の利用者 への書籍類についてのアドバイスなど以外に、書架 (すなわち、書棚)における書籍 類についての誤配置の整理、在庫管理などの業務に多くの時間を費やしていた。し かし、図 31および図 32Dに示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15を含む RFIDシステムを図 書館に導入することによって、司書は、従来のように総ての書架を見回って書籍類の 誤配置を人手により整理する方法から開放されて、誤配置されて!ヽる書籍類が存在 する書架のみに足を運んで書籍類を整理することができる。また、棚卸もリアルタイム で行うことができるから、棚卸のための休館日を設ける必要がなぐこのために、図書 館の利用者へのサービスを向上させることができる。さらに、最近では、一部の図書 館では、閉架図書に限って自動倉庫を導入することによって、書籍類を短時間に入 手することがきるようになっているが、既設の図書館では、自動倉庫の建設によるコス トゃ自動倉庫自体の立地を得ることができない問題があった。しかし、上述のような R[0185] For example, taking a library as an example, conventionally, misplacement of books in a bookshelf (that is, a bookshelf) in addition to advice on books for library users, which is the original work of a librarian, etc. A lot of time was spent on operations such as organizing and inventory management. However, by introducing an RFID system including a reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 31 and FIG. 32D into the library, the librarian manually looks at all the bookshelf and misplaces the books as in the past. It is possible to organize the books by leaving the method of organizing the books and only going to the bookshelf where the misplaced books exist. In addition, since inventory can be performed in real time, it is not necessary to set up a closing day for inventory. I can improve the service to the users of the library. Furthermore, recently, in some libraries, it is possible to obtain books in a short time by introducing an automatic warehouse only for closed books, but in existing libraries, it is possible to use automatic libraries. There was a problem that it would be impossible to obtain the location of the automated warehouse itself if the cost of constructing the warehouse was high. However, R as described above
FIDシステムを導入することによって、既設の書架にリーダライタ用アンテナ 15などを 配置するだけで、上述の自動倉庫の場合と同様の効果を得ることができる。 By introducing the FID system, the same effect as the above-mentioned automatic warehouse can be obtained only by arranging the reader / writer antenna 15 and the like on the existing bookshelf.
[0186] この項 (すなわち、「(5)リーダライタ用アンテナの効果」の項)に記載した効果が第 2グループ発明の既述の第 1および第 2の実施例におけるリーダライタ用アンテナ 15 によっても部分的または全体的に奏され得ることは、きわめて明らかである。  The effects described in this section (that is, the section “(5) Effects of the antenna for the reader / writer”) are obtained by the antenna 15 for the reader / writer according to the first and second embodiments of the second group invention described above. It is quite obvious that it can also be played partially or totally.
[0187] 4、第 2グループ発明の追加の変形例  [0187] 4, additional modification of the second group invention
以上において、本発明の第 2グループ発明の第 1〜第 3の実施例について詳細に 説明した。しかし、本発明の第 2グループ発明は、これらの実施例に限定されるもの ではなぐ請求の範囲に記載されている発明の趣旨に基づいて、各種の変更および 修正がさらに可能である。  In the above, the first to third embodiments of the second group invention of the present invention have been described in detail. However, the second group invention of the present invention can be further subjected to various changes and modifications based on the spirit of the invention described in the claims which are not limited to these embodiments.
[0188] 例えば、第 2グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、上下 5段の棚 板 6、 11〜14を物品載置棚 1に設けた。しかし、棚板は、必ずしも上下に 5段設けら れる必要はなぐ 2〜4段または 6段以上の別の複数段を上下に設けてもよぐ場合に よっては、 1段だけでもよい。  For example, in the first to third embodiments of the second group invention, the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 in the upper and lower five stages are provided on the article placement shelf 1. However, the shelf board does not necessarily have to be provided in the upper and lower five stages. In the case where two to four or six or more additional stages may be provided in the upper and lower, only one may be sufficient.
[0189] また、第 2グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、本発明の第 2グ ループ発明を物品載置棚 1に適用した。しかし、第 2グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例におけるリーダライタ用アンテナ 15によれば、力なり小型の電子タグ 19で も、この電子タグ 19の向きには実質的に無関係に、読み取りが可能である。したがつ て、第 2グループ発明は、図書館の受付カウンタ台などのカウンタ台、テーブル、机 などのような、各種の物品が載置される台に適用することができ、また、医薬瓶などの 製造ラインにおける物流用の読み取りアンテナや、工場ラインにおける部品管理用の 読み取りアンテナや、ゲートアンテナとしても、使用することもできる。さら〖こ、第 2ダル ープ発明によるリーダ用アンテナは、移動物品に取付けられている電子タグの読み 取りは勿論、静止している物品に取付けられている電子タグも、同様に読み取ること 力 Sでき、また、図書館などの書棚の棚板上に配置される書籍類に貼り付けられている 比較的大型の電子タグだけでなぐ小型の物品に貼り付けられている比較的小型の 電子タグも、同様に読み取ることができる。さらには、第 2グループ発明によるリーダラ イタ用アンテナは、電子タグに組み込まれる電子タグ用のアンテナとしても用いられる ことができる。このために、第 2グループ発明のリーダ用アンテナは、店舗などの商品 棚の在庫管理や、顧客が商品の取り出しを行うモニタリングなどにも、利用することが できる。そして、上述のような各種の用途には、前記 A項 (すなわち、「A、第 1グルー プ発明の実施例」の項)に記載した第 1グループ発明のリーダ用アンテナも、同様に 用いられることができる。さらに、第 2グループ発明によるリーダ用アンテナは、物品載 置棚の棚板のようなほぼ長方形の基板に限らず、ほぼ正方形、ほぼ平行四辺形、そ の他のほぼ台形、ほぼ長円形、その他の各種の形状を有する基板などに組み込ま れることができる。 In the first to third embodiments of the second group invention, the second group invention of the present invention is applied to the article placement shelf 1. However, according to the reader / writer antenna 15 in the first to third embodiments of the second group invention, even the compact electronic tag 19 is substantially irrelevant to the orientation of the electronic tag 19. It is readable. Therefore, the second group invention can be applied to a table on which various articles such as a counter table such as a reception counter table of a library, a table, a desk, etc. are placed, and a medicine bottle etc. It can also be used as a reading antenna for physical distribution in manufacturing lines, a reading antenna for parts management in factory lines, and a gate antenna. Furthermore, the reader antenna according to the second invention should read not only the electronic tag attached to the moving item but also the electronic tag attached to the stationary item as well. Power S can be used, and relatively small electronic tags attached to small articles that can be lined with only relatively large electronic tags attached to books placed on the shelf of a bookshelf such as a library Can be read as well. Furthermore, the reader / writer antenna according to the second group invention can also be used as an antenna for an electronic tag incorporated into an electronic tag. Therefore, the reader antenna of the second group invention can be used for inventory management of product shelves such as stores, monitoring for customers to take out products, and the like. And, for the various applications as described above, the antenna for reader of the first group invention described in the above-mentioned item A (that is, the item of "A, embodiment of the first group invention") is also used similarly. be able to. Furthermore, the reader antenna according to the second group invention is not limited to a substantially rectangular substrate such as a shelf plate of an article mounting shelf, and may be substantially square, substantially parallelogram, other substantially trapezoidal, approximately oval, etc. It can be incorporated into a substrate having various shapes.
[0190] また、第 2グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、リーダライタ用ァ ンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31 は、一回巻きのものとした。しかし、上記アンテナパターン 31は、渦巻き状などに複数 回卷回させた複数回巻きのものであってもよ 、。  In the first to third embodiments of the second group invention, the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 is , One-roll one. However, the antenna pattern 31 may be a plurality of turns wound a plurality of times in a spiral or the like.
[0191] また、第 2グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、リーダライタ用ァ ンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの各アンテナパターン要素 35、 37、 39、 41、 43、 46〜48などの相互の間のつながり部位の大部分を、ほぼ直角などの尖つ た形状にした。しかし、これらのつながり部位の一箇所または複数箇所もしくは全部 の箇所が、丸みを帯びた形状であってもよい。  In the first to third embodiments of the second group invention, the antenna pattern elements 35 and 37 of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 respectively. Most of the connections between each other, such as 39, 41, 43, 46 to 48, etc., have a pointed shape such as a substantially right angle. However, one or more or all of the connection sites may be rounded.
[0192] また、第 2グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、リーダライタ用ァ ンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれの屈曲部 44、 44a、 44bの個 数を、第 2グループ発明の第 1の実施例においては 2個ならびに第 2グループ発明の 第 2および第 3の実施例においてはそれぞれ 5個にした。しかし、上記屈曲部 44の個 数は、力ならずしもこれらの個数である必要はなくて、それよりも多いか、あるいは、少 ないかの任意の個数であってよぐ場合によっては、 1個であってもよい。  In the first to third embodiments of the second group invention, the bending portions 44 and 44a of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 respectively. The number of 44bs is two in the first embodiment of the second group invention and five in each of the second and third embodiments of the second group invention. However, the number of the bending portions 44 need not be the number of these without force, but may be any number more or less than that. It may be one.
[0193] さらに、第 2グループ発明の既述の第 3の実施例における図 32Dに示すリーダライ タ用アンテナ 15の場合には、総ての第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47は、互いにほ ぼ平行になるように、互いに同一の方向にかつ互いにほぼ同一の角度 Θ だけ傾斜 している。しかし、これら第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47は、互いにほぼ平行である 必要は必ずしもなぐ互いに同一の方向に傾斜している必要も必ずしもなぐ互いに ほぼ同一の角度だけ傾斜している必要も必ずしもない。したがって、例えば、第 1の 立上り部 46と第 2の立上り部 47とで互いに逆の方向に傾斜して 、てもよ 、。さらに、 第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47の総てが傾斜している必要は必ずしもなぐ第 1お よび第 2の立上り部 46、 47のうちの幾つかのみが傾斜していてもよい。したがって、 例えば、第 1の立上り部 46は、実質的には傾斜していないか、あるいは、傾斜角度が 小さくて、第 2の立上り部 47のみが所定の角度で傾斜していてもよい。 Further, the leader line shown in FIG. 32D in the already described third example of the second group invention is provided. In the case of the antenna 15, all the first and second rising portions 46, 47 are inclined in the same direction and at substantially the same angle 互 い に so that they are almost parallel to each other. There is. However, the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 need to be substantially parallel to each other, and need not necessarily be inclined to the same direction as each other, nor necessarily be inclined to substantially the same angle as each other. Not necessarily. Thus, for example, the first rising portion 46 and the second rising portion 47 may be inclined in opposite directions to each other. Furthermore, it is not necessary that all of the first and second risers 46, 47 be inclined, only some of the first and second risers 46, 47 may be inclined. . Thus, for example, the first rising portion 46 may not be substantially inclined or may have a small inclination angle, and only the second rising portion 47 may be inclined at a predetermined angle.
[0194] C、第 3グループ発明の実施例  C, Embodiment of the Third Group Invention
つぎに、本発明のうちの第 3グループ発明を書架検索システムにそれぞれ適用した 3つの実施例 (すなわち、第 1、第 2および第 3の実施例)を、「1、第 3グループ発明の 第 1の実施例」、「2、第 3グループ発明の第 2の実施例」、「3、第 3グループ発明の第 3の実施例」、「4、第 3グループ発明のリーダライタ用アンテナの動作実験」および「5 、第 3グループ発明の追加の変形例」にそれぞれ項分けして、図 33〜図 49を参照し つつ説明する。  Next, three embodiments (that is, the first, second and third embodiments) in which the third group invention of the present invention is respectively applied to the bookshelf search system are referred to as "the first and third group inventions. Embodiment 1 of 1, 2nd Embodiment of the 2nd 3rd Group Invention, 3rd Embodiment of the 3rd Group Invention 3rd Operation of the Reader / Writer Antenna of the 4th Group Invention The terms “experiments” and “5, additional modifications of the third group invention” will be described separately with reference to FIGS. 33 to 49.
[0195] 1、第 3グループ発明の第 1の実施例  1, the first embodiment of the third group invention
まず、本発明の第 3グループ発明の第 1の実施例を、「(1)書架全体の概略的構成 」、「(2)リーダライタ用アンテナ付き棚板」、「(3)干渉防止用部材」、「(4)リーダライ タ用アンテナのパターン形状」および「(5)リーダライタ用アンテナへの給電方法」に 項分けして、図 33〜図 39を参照しつつ説明する。  First of all, according to the first embodiment of the third group invention of the present invention, "(1) Schematic configuration of entire bookshelf", "(2) Shelf with antenna for reader / writer", "(3) Interference prevention member The terms “(4) Pattern shape of antenna for reader / writer” and “(5) Power feeding method for antenna for reader / writer” will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 to 39.
[0196] (1)書架全体の概略的構成  (1) Schematic configuration of the entire bookshelf
本発明の第 3グループ発明の第 1の実施例における書架 (換言すれば、物品管理 棚) 1および電子タグ 19は、図 33に示すように、以下に記述する点を除いて、本発明 の第 1グループ発明の第 1の実施例における物品載置棚 1および電子タグ 19と実質 的に同一の構成であってよい。したがって、図 33〜図 39において、図 1〜図 7と共通 の部分には、同一の符号を付してその説明を必要に応じて省略する。 [0197] 図 33に示す書架 1は、向って左側の書架部分 (すなわち、第 1の書架部分) laと向 つて右側の書架部分 (すなわち、第 2の書架部分) lbとが共通の側板 3aを共有する ように互いに隣接することによって、構成されている。これら第 1および第 2の書架部 分 la、 lbのそれぞれは、向って左側の側板 3または 3a、向って右側の側板 3aまたは 3、背板 4、天板 5および底板 6から構成されたほぼ箱蓋形状 (換言すれば、ほぼ直方 体形状)を有している。これら左右一対の側板 3、 3a、背板 4、天板 5および底板 6は、 ガラス、合成樹脂、木などの適当な非金属材料カゝらそれぞれ構成されることができる 。また、底板 6は、最下段の棚板を兼用している。第 1および第 2の書架部分 la、 lb のそれぞれは、ガラス、合成樹脂などのほぼ透明な材料力も構成されているのが好ま しい前面板(図示せず)をさらに備えていてもよい。このような前面板は、例えば、左 右一対の引き戸構造であってよい。また、図示の実施例においては、左右一対の側 板 3、 3aは底板 6から下方に多少突出するように構成されている。そして、これら左右 一対の突出部によって、第 1および第 2の書架部分 la、 lbのそれぞれに左右一対の 支持脚 8、 8aがそれぞれ形成されている。この場合、第 1および第 2の書架部分 la、 lbは、共通の支持脚 8aを有している。 The bookshelf (in other words, the article management shelf) 1 and the electronic tag 19 in the first embodiment of the third group invention of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 33, except for the points described below, of the present invention The configuration may be substantially the same as the article placement shelf 1 and the electronic tag 19 in the first embodiment of the first group invention. Therefore, in FIG. 33 to FIG. 39, the same reference numerals are attached to the same parts as in FIG. 1 to FIG. The bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. 33 has a side plate 3a common to the left bookshelf part (ie, the first bookshelf part) la and the right bookshelf part (ie, the second bookshelf part) lb toward the left. It is configured by being adjacent to each other to share the Each of these first and second book frame parts la and lb is composed of a side plate 3 or 3a on the left side, a side plate 3a or 3 on the right side, a back plate 4, a top plate 5 and a bottom plate 6 respectively. It has a box lid shape (in other words, a substantially rectangular shape). The pair of left and right side plates 3 and 3a, the back plate 4, the top plate 5 and the bottom plate 6 can be made of glass, synthetic resin, wood or other suitable non-metallic material pots, respectively. The bottom plate 6 is also used as the lower shelf plate. Each of the first and second bookshelf parts la, lb may further comprise a front plate (not shown), which preferably also comprises a substantially transparent material such as glass, plastic or the like. Such a front plate may be, for example, a pair of left and right sliding doors. In the illustrated embodiment, the pair of left and right side plates 3 and 3a are configured to slightly project downward from the bottom plate 6. The pair of left and right support legs 8 and 8a are respectively formed on the first and second bookshelf portions la and lb by the pair of left and right protrusions. In this case, the first and second bookshelf parts la, lb have a common support leg 8a.
[0198] 図 33に示す書架 1の第 1および第 2の書架部分 la、 lbのそれぞれは、図示の実施 例においては、ガラス、合成樹脂、木などの適当な非金属材料 (換言すれば、透明ま たは不透明の非導電体)を主要構成要素としてそれぞれ構成されている最上段の棚 板 11、 2段目の棚板 12および最下段の上記棚板 6をそれぞれ備えている 3段構成の ものである。これらの棚板 6、 11、 12は、左右一対の側縁部および/または背板側の 側縁部を適当な支持手段(図示せず)によって、左右一対の側板 3、 3a、背板 4など に支持されることができる。  [0198] Each of the first and second bookshelf parts la and lb of bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. 33 is, in the illustrated embodiment, a suitable non-metallic material such as glass, synthetic resin, wood or the like (in other words, Three-tiered configuration provided with the top shelf board 11, the second shelf board 12 and the lower shelf board 6, each of which is composed of a transparent or opaque non-conductive material) as main components belongs to. These shelf plates 6, 11 and 12 have a pair of left and right side plates 3 and 3a, and a back plate 4 by means of appropriate supporting means (not shown). It can be supported by
[0199] 図 33に示す書架 1の各棚板 6、 11、 12のそれぞれには、棚板面に対してほぼ平行 になるように、図 34および図 35に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15が敷設されている。 そして、これらのリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 B は、マッチング調整器(図示せず)を経由して力も同軸ケーブル(図示せず)によって アンテナ切替器(図示せず)に接続されている。そして、このアンテナ切替器は、同軸 ケーブル 17によってリーダライタ本体 17および制御用コンピュータ(図示せず)に順 次接続されている。このリーダライタ本体 17は、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15と電気信号 などの情報をやり取りするためのものでる。上記リーダライタ本体 17は、書架 1に配置 することができ、図示の実施例においては、第 2の書架部分 lbの天板 5上に配置さ れている。上記アンテナ切替器も、必要に応じて、書架 1に同様に配置されることが できる。 In each of the shelf boards 6, 11 and 12 of the bookcase 1 shown in FIG. 33, the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIGS. 34 and 35 is laid so as to be substantially parallel to the shelf board surface. It is done. Then, the first and second loop antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 are connected to an antenna switch (not shown) by a coaxial cable (not shown) via a matching adjuster (not shown). Not connected). Then, the antenna switching unit is sequentially transmitted to the reader / writer main body 17 and the control computer (not shown) by the coaxial cable 17. Next connected. The reader / writer main body 17 is for exchanging information such as an electrical signal with the reader / writer antenna 15. The reader / writer main body 17 can be disposed on the bookcase 1 and, in the illustrated embodiment, is disposed on the top plate 5 of the second bookcase portion lb. The above-mentioned antenna switching device can also be similarly arranged on the bookcase 1 as required.
[0200] 図 33に示す書架 1の各棚板 6、 11、 12上には、種々のサイズの書籍類 (すなわち、 物品) 8が混載されている。なお、これらの書籍類 18には、図 36に示すように、シート 形状であってよい電子タグ 19がそれぞれ設けられている。そして、この電子タグ 19は 、書籍類 18の表表紙 26、裏表紙 27または背表紙 28に貼り付けられていてよい。こ れらいずれの場合でも、電子タグ 19は、各棚板 6、 11、 12の面に対して特定の位置 や特定の向きである必要は特にない。このような電子タグ 19は、この電子タグ 19の中 心とその中心がほぼ一致している 1回巻きまたは複数回巻きのほぼループ形状の小 型アンテナ 21と、情報が記録されるメモリ(図示せず)が組み込まれかつほぼループ 形状の小型アンテナ 21の中央開口に配された ICチップ 22とを含む通信回路を備え ていてよい(図 4参照)。  [0200] On each shelf board 6, 11, 12 of the bookshelf 1 shown in Fig. 33, books (ie, articles) 8 of various sizes are mixedly mounted. In addition, as shown in FIG. 36, these books 18 are respectively provided with electronic tags 19 which may be in the form of a sheet. The electronic tag 19 may be attached to the front cover 26, back cover 27 or back cover 28 of the books 18. In any of these cases, the electronic tag 19 is not particularly required to have a specific position or a specific orientation with respect to the surface of each shelf board 6, 11, 12. Such an electronic tag 19 has a single-turn or multi-turn small loop-shaped small antenna 21 whose center coincides with the center of the electronic tag 19 and a memory in which information is recorded (see FIG. A communication circuit may be provided which includes an IC chip 22 incorporated in the central opening of the small antenna 21 having a built-in substantially loop shape (see FIG. 4).
[0201] (2)リーダライタ用アンテナ付き棚板  (2) Shelf with Antenna for Reader / Writer
図 33および図 34に示す書架 6の各棚板 7、 11、 12は、例えば、間口方向 xの長さ L (図 34参照)が約 840mmで奥行き方向 yの長さ L (図 34参照)が約 170mmの横 Each shelf board 7, 11 and 12 of the bookshelf 6 shown in FIGS. 33 and 34 has, for example, a length L in the front direction x (see FIG. 34) of about 840 mm and a length L in the depth direction y (see FIG. 34). Is about 170 mm
1 2 1 2
長のほぼ長方形状であってよい。各棚板 7、 11、 12には、図 34および図 35に示すよ うに、第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 B力も成るリーダライタ用アンテナ 15が設 けられている。図 34は、第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bの両方を投影して示 す、例えば最上段の棚板 11の平面図である。棚板 11以外の各棚板 6、 12にも、図 3 4および図 35に示す棚板 11と実質的に同一形状のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15が設 けられていてもよいし、第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bのうちのいずれか一方 または両方の形状が棚板 11の場合とは異なっているリーダライタ用アンテナ 15が設 けられていてもよい。  It may be substantially rectangular in length. As shown in FIGS. 34 and 35, a reader / writer antenna 15 having first and second loop antennas A and B is provided on each of the shelf boards 7, 11 and 12. FIG. 34 is a plan view of, for example, the top shelf 11, showing the first and second loop antennas A and B as projected. Each of the shelf boards 6 and 12 other than the shelf board 11 may be provided with a reader / writer antenna 15 having substantially the same shape as the shelf board 11 shown in FIGS. 34 and 35. A reader / writer antenna 15 may be provided in which the shape of one or both of the second loop antennas A and B is different from that of the shelf board 11.
[0202] リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 B (具体的には、 図 34、図 37、図 38および図 39に示すほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31と一 対の端子部 32a、 32bとの両方)は、図 35 (図 3参照)に示すように、ガラス、合成榭 脂、木などの適当な非金属材料からそれぞれ成る上下 2枚の板 23、 24に、導電性塗 料 (例えば、銀ペースト)を例えば約 5mmの幅でそれぞれ印刷および焼成したもので あってよい。また、第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bは、断面形状がほぼ円形で 断面径が 0. 1mmの銅線力 構成されたものであってもよい。この場合、上記銅線は 、所定のパターン形状に屈曲成形されてから、板 23、 24に適当な接着剤により部分 的または全体的に接着されることによって取付け配置されればよい。さらに、第 1およ び第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bのうちの一対の端子部 32a、 32bは、上述のように、導 電性塗料を印刷および焼成することによって構成した導電性パターンカゝら構成される とともに、ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31は、上述のように、銅線から構成さ れていてもよい。この場合、アンテナパターン 31の両端部は、適当な導電性接着剤 による接着、半田付けなどによって、一対の端子部 32a、 32bに電気的に接続されれ ばよい。ついで、これらの板 23、 24が PVB榭脂などの非導電性フィルム力 成る中 間膜 25を用いて貼り合せられることによって、第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 B は上下 2枚の板 23、 24の間に挟み込まれる。これらの板 23、 24のそれぞれは、例え ば、厚さ約 2. 3mmのガラス板 (具体的には、フロート法によって製造されたガラス板 )であってよい。また、図 35に示す中間膜 25の厚み L (図 3参照)は、例えば約 300 The first and second loop antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 (specifically, the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 shown in FIG. 34, FIG. 37, FIG. 38 and FIG. Both terminal parts 32a and 32b) are, as shown in FIG. 35 (see FIG. 3), upper and lower two plates 23, 24 respectively made of a suitable non-metallic material such as glass, synthetic resin, wood, etc. The conductive paint (for example, silver paste) may be printed and baked to a width of, for example, about 5 mm. In addition, the first and second loop antennas A and B may be formed of copper wire having a substantially circular cross-sectional shape and a cross-sectional diameter of 0.1 mm. In this case, the copper wire may be bent and formed into a predetermined pattern, and then attached and arranged by partially or totally adhering to the plates 23 and 24 with a suitable adhesive. Furthermore, the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the first and second loop antennas A and B are formed of the conductive pattern cover formed by printing and baking the conductive paint as described above. The antenna pattern 31 having a substantially loop shape may be made of copper wire as described above. In this case, both ends of the antenna pattern 31 may be electrically connected to the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b by bonding with an appropriate conductive adhesive, soldering or the like. Next, the first and second loop antennas A and B are attached to the upper and lower two plates by laminating these plates 23 and 24 with an intermediate film 25 made of a nonconductive film force such as PVB resin. It is inserted between 23 and 24. Each of these plates 23, 24 may be, for example, a glass plate having a thickness of about 2.3 mm (specifically, a glass plate manufactured by the float method). In addition, the thickness L of the intermediate film 25 (see FIG. 3) shown in FIG.
3  3
mであってよい。第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bを構成する材料も、必ずし も導電性塗料である必要はなぐ導電性フィルム、導電性金属箔、上述のような銅線 などの金属線、その他のワイヤ導線などであってもよ 、。  It may be m. The materials constituting the first and second loop antennas A and B also have to be conductive films, conductive metal foils, metal wires such as copper wires as described above, and so on. It may be a wire conductor etc.
このように構成されたリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bは、図 35 (図 3も参照)に示すように、互いに電気的に絶縁されかつ棚板 6、 11 、 12の表面に対してそれぞれほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、ループアンテナ A、 B 同士が互いにほぼ平行な状態)でもって 2枚のガラス板 23、 24の間に挟み込まれて いる。したがって、これら第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bが棚板 6、 11、 12上 に載置される書籍類 18との接触によって擦傷するのが防止される。また、棚板 6、 11 、 12の上下面を構成しているガラス板は耐水性、耐候性、耐薬品性などに優れてい るから、図 33に示す書架 1は種々の用途に用いられることができる。そして、棚板 6、 11、 12の主要構成要素が透明なガラス材料である場合には、リーダライタ用アンテ ナ 15も、交差部位や重複部位が絶縁された上述のような細いワイヤ導線によって構 成することができる。 The first and second loop antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 thus configured are electrically insulated from one another and the shelf plates 6, 11 as shown in FIG. 35 (see also FIG. 3). The two glass plates 23 and 24 are sandwiched between the two glass plates 23 and 24 in a state substantially parallel to the surface of each of 12 (in other words, the loop antennas A and B are substantially parallel to each other). Therefore, the first and second loop antennas A and B are prevented from being scratched by contact with the books 18 placed on the shelf plates 6, 11 and 12. In addition, since the glass plates constituting the upper and lower surfaces of the shelf plates 6, 11 and 12 are excellent in water resistance, weather resistance, chemical resistance and the like, the bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. Can. And the shelf board 6, In the case where the main components 11 and 12 are transparent glass materials, the reader / writer antenna 15 can also be constituted by the thin wire conductor as described above in which the crossing portion and the overlapping portion are insulated.
[0204] 本発明の第 3グループ発明においては、互いにほぼ平行である 2個のループアン テナ A、 Bの厚さ方向における相互の間隔 L (図 35および図 3参照)は、実用性の観  In the third group invention of the present invention, the distance L (see FIGS. 35 and 3) between the two loop antennas A and B, which are substantially parallel to each other, in the thickness direction is a view of practicality.
3  3
点から見て一般的に、 0. l〜35mmの範囲であるのが好ましぐ 0. 2〜30mmの範 囲であるのがさらに好ましい。ただし、この間隔 Lが 0. 1mmよりも小さくても、 2個の  In terms of point, in general, the range of 0.2 to 35 mm is preferable, and the range of 0.2 to 30 mm is more preferable. However, even if this interval L is smaller than 0.1 mm, two
3  3
ループアンテナ A、 Bの間の電気的絶縁が可能であればよい。また、この間隔 Lが 3  It is sufficient if electrical isolation between the loop antennas A and B is possible. Also, this interval L is 3
3 3
5mmよりも大きければ、 2個のループアンテナ A、 Bのうちの少なくとも一方のループ アンテナが、棚板 6、 11、 12上に載置した書籍類 18に設けた電子タグ 19と良好に交 信しに《なる恐れが生じる。 If it is larger than 5 mm, at least one of the two loop antennas A and B communicates well with the electronic tag 19 provided on the books 18 placed on the shelf boards 6, 11 and 12. There is a danger of becoming
[0205] リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bは、図示の実施 例においては、図 35 (図 3も参照)に示すように、各棚板 6、 11、 12の内部に埋設さ れている。し力し、これら第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bのうちの少なくとも一 方のループアンテナが各棚板 6、 11、 12の上側の板 23の上面に同様にして形成さ れていてもよい。また、このような各棚板 6、 11、 12をその上下をひっくり返してから、 その後の製造工程において図 37 (図 3も参照)に示す遮蔽材なしの棚板の場合と同 様にして用いることなどによって、上記少なくとも一方のループアンテナを各棚板 6、 11、 12の下側の板 24の下面に形成することもできる。さらに、第 1および第 2のルー プアンテナ A、 Bのうちの一方を各棚板 6、 11、 12の上側の板 23の上面に形成する とともに、他方を各棚板 6、 11、 12の下側の板 24の下面に形成することもできる。こ れらいずれの場合においても、各棚板 6、 11、 12の主要構成要素である板 23、 24が 第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bの間に介在するときには、中間膜 25を省略す ることができる。この場合には、必要に応じて、上側の板 23と下側の板 24とを互いに 一体のものにすることができる。さらに、これら第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 B のうちの上記少なくとも一方のループアンテナが各棚板 6、 11、 12の上側の板 23の 上面に形成されるときには、各棚板 7、 11、 12上に配置される書籍類 18に接触する 機会を減らすために、上記少なくとも一方のループアンテナを含む各棚板 6、 11、 12 の上面を適当な絶縁材料カゝら成る被覆膜でもって被覆することができる。 [0205] The first and second loop antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 are, as shown in FIG. 35 (see also FIG. 3) in the illustrated embodiment, the shelf boards 6, 11, 12 Are buried inside the house. The loop antenna of at least one of the first and second loop antennas A and B is similarly formed on the upper surface of the upper plate 23 of each shelf plate 6, 11, 12. It is also good. In addition, after turning over each of such shelves 6, 11 and 12 upside down, in the subsequent manufacturing process, as in the case of the shelf without the shielding material shown in FIG. 37 (see also FIG. 3), The at least one loop antenna can be formed on the lower surface of the lower plate 24 of each shelf plate 6, 11, 12 by using or the like. Furthermore, one of the first and second loop antennas A and B is formed on the upper surface of the upper plate 23 of each shelf plate 6, 11, 12 and the other is under the respective shelf plates 6, 11, 12. It can also be formed on the lower surface of the side plate 24. In any of these cases, when the plate 23, 24 which is the main component of each shelf 6, 11, 12 intervenes between the first and second loop antennas A, B, the intermediate film 25 is formed. It can be omitted. In this case, the upper plate 23 and the lower plate 24 can be integrated with each other as needed. Furthermore, when the loop antenna of at least one of the first and second loop antennas A and B is formed on the upper surface of the upper plate 23 of each shelf plate 6, 11, 12, each shelf plate 7, 11, 12 Each shelf board including at least one of the above loop antennas, 11, 12, 12 in order to reduce the chance of contacting the books 18 placed on the above. The top surface of the can be coated with a coating of a suitable insulating material.
[0206] リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれの端 末 (すなわち、一対の端子部 32a、 32b)は、例えば図 38および図 39に示すように処 理されることができる。すなわち、図 38および図 39に示す態様においては、上下一 対の板 23、 24のうちの、第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれの一対の 端子部 32a、 32bに対応する箇所を予め欠如させておくことによって、これらの箇所 に欠如部 58、 59をそれぞれ形成しておく。ついで、上側の板 23の下面および下側 の板 24の上面に一対の引出し電極 75a、 75bを、適当な接着剤によりそれぞれ接着 することなどによって、それぞれ取付け配置する。この場合、第 1および第 2のループ アンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれの一対の引出し電極 75a、 75bとして、それらの全面が半 田メツキなどにより半田塗布されている銅板を用いることができる。また、このような銅 板 75a、 75bのそれぞれは、例えば、長さ 25mm、幅 10mm、厚さ 0. 1mmのほぼ長 方形状のものであってよい。ついで、上述のようにして、第 1および第 2のループアン テナ A、 Bのほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31と一対の端子部 32a、 32bとを、 上側の板 23の下面および下側の板 24の上面にそれぞれ形成する。この場合、図 38 に示すように、第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bの一対の端子部 32a、 32bの少 なくとも一部分力 上側の板 23の一対の引出し電極 75a、 75bの下面および下側の 板 24の一対の引出し電極 75a、 75bの上面にそれぞれ形成されるようにする。つい で、上側の板 23、中間膜 25および下側の板 24を順次積層することによって、図 37 ( 図 3参照)に示す遮蔽材なしの棚板 11を構成することができる。  The terminals of the first and second loop antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 (ie, the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b) are processed as shown in FIGS. 38 and 39, for example. It can be done. That is, in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 38 and 39, a portion corresponding to the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the first and second loop antennas A and B of the pair of upper and lower plates 23 and 24, respectively. The missing parts 58, 59 are formed in these places, respectively, by precluding the Next, a pair of lead-out electrodes 75a and 75b are attached and arranged on the lower surface of the upper plate 23 and the upper surface of the lower plate 24 by bonding them with an appropriate adhesive. In this case, it is possible to use, as the pair of lead-out electrodes 75a and 75b of the first and second loop antennas A and B, copper plates coated on their entire surface by solder or the like. Each of the copper plates 75a and 75b may have, for example, a substantially rectangular shape having a length of 25 mm, a width of 10 mm, and a thickness of 0.1 mm. Then, as described above, the substantially loop-shaped antenna patterns 31 of the first and second loop antennas A and B and the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b are referred to as the lower and lower plates of the upper plate 23. Form on the top of the In this case, as shown in FIG. 38, at least partial force of the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the first and second loop antennas A and B is the lower surface of the pair of extraction electrodes 75a and 75b of the upper plate 23 and The lower plate 24 is formed on the top surfaces of the pair of lead-out electrodes 75a and 75b. Finally, by sequentially laminating the upper plate 23, the intermediate film 25 and the lower plate 24, it is possible to configure the shelf 11 without the shielding material shown in FIG. 37 (see FIG. 3).
[0207] (3)干渉防止用部材  (3) Interference prevention member
図 37 (図 3参照)に示す遮蔽材なしの棚板 11の下面に遮蔽材 (換言すれば、干渉 防止用部材)としての導電性で多孔性のシート状部材 171を取付けることによって、 図 34および図 35に示す遮蔽材付きの棚板 11を製造することができる。このような取 付けは、遮蔽材なしの棚板 11の下側の板 24の下面に導電性で多孔性のシート状部 材 171を適当な接着剤により部分的または全体的に接着することなどによって、達成 することができる。この場合、棚板 11の下側の板 24の下面にリーダライタ用アンテナ 15が形成されていれば、図 35 (図 3も参照)に示す中間膜 25と同様の中間膜などを 下側の板 24と多孔性シート状部材 171との間に介在させればょ 、。このような中間 膜 25は、 PET (ポリテレフタル酸エチレン)などの適当な非導電性材料力も成るフィ ルムであってよぐ多孔性シート状部材 171の一方または両方の面に予め接合され ていてよい。なお、図 34およびこれに類似する総ての図面(後述の第 2および第 3の 実施例の場合を含む。)において、図示の都合上、多孔性シート状部材 171を一点 鎖線で示している。そして、この多孔性シート状部材 171の間口方向 Xにおける長さ は、例えば、棚板 11の間口方向 Xにおける長さ L (換言すれば、 840mm)と実質的 に同一であってよい。また、多孔性シート状部材 171の奥行き方向 yの長さは、例え ば、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yにおける長さ L (換言すれば、約 170mm)と実質的に同 By attaching a conductive porous sheet-like member 171 as a shielding member (in other words, a member for preventing interference) to the lower surface of the shelf 11 without the shielding member shown in FIG. 37 (see FIG. 3), And the shelf board 11 with a shielding material shown in FIG. 35 can be manufactured. Such attachment may be achieved, for example, by partially or totally adhering the conductive porous sheet member 171 to the lower surface of the lower plate 24 of the shelf 11 without the shielding material with a suitable adhesive. Can be achieved by In this case, if the reader / writer antenna 15 is formed on the lower surface of the lower plate 24 of the shelf board 11, the same intermediate film as the intermediate film 25 shown in FIG. 35 (see also FIG. 3) is used. If it intervenes between lower board 24 and porous sheet-like member 171 ,. Such an intermediate film 25 is a film which also comprises a suitable non-conductive material such as PET (ethylene terephthalate) and is previously bonded to one or both surfaces of the porous sheet-like member 171. Good. In FIG. 34 and all the similar drawings (including the cases of the second and third embodiments described later), the porous sheet-like member 171 is indicated by a dot-and-dash line for convenience of illustration. . The length in the frontal direction X of the porous sheet-like member 171 may be, for example, substantially the same as the length L in the frontal direction X of the shelf plate 11 (in other words, 840 mm). The length y of the porous sheet-like member 171 in the depth direction is substantially the same as the length L (in other words, about 170 mm) in the depth direction y of the shelf plate 11, for example.
2  2
一であってよい。さらに、この第 1の実施例において用いられる多孔性シート状部材 1 71は、後述の第 2の実施例にぉ 、て用いられる図 41に示す多孔性シート状部材 17 1と実質的に同一の形状でかつ実質的に同一の構造であってよい。  It may be one. Furthermore, the porous sheet-like member 171 used in the first embodiment is substantially the same as the porous sheet-like member 171 shown in FIG. 41 used in the second embodiment described later. It may be shaped and substantially identical in structure.
[0208] 多孔性シート状部材 171は、図 34 (図 41も参照)に示すように、ほぼ中央部分がほ ぼ長方形状に欠如することによって形成された中央開口(すなわち、貫通開口) 172 を有する閉ループ形状に構成されている。そして、多孔性シート状部材 171の外周 形状は、ほぼ長方形状であって、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の外周囲を一回り大きく したものであってよい。また、多孔性シート状部材 171の内周形状 (換言すれば、中 央開口 172の形状)も、ほぼ長方形状であって、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の外周囲 を少なくとも奥行き方向 yにおいて一回り小さくしたものであってよい。なお、多孔性シ ート状部材 171の大きさ(すなわち、中央開口 172を含む大きさ)に対する中央開口 172の大きさの比 (換言すれば、多孔性シート状部材 171の、中央開口 172につい ての開口率)は、図示の実施例においては、約 50%である。また、多孔性シート状部 材 171の各辺の幅(換言すれば、シート状部材 171の外周囲の四辺のうちの各辺か ら中央開口 172までの最短距離)は、約 35mm (後縁部 34側の辺)、約 10mm (向つ て左側の縁部 36側の辺)、約 35mm (前縁部 38側の辺)および約 25mm (向って右 側の縁部 40側の辺)である。  [0208] As shown in FIG. 34 (see also FIG. 41), the porous sheet-like member 171 has a central opening (ie, a through opening) 172 formed by lacking a substantially rectangular central portion. It has a closed loop shape. The outer peripheral shape of the porous sheet-like member 171 may be substantially rectangular, and the outer periphery of the reader / writer antenna 15 may be enlarged by one degree. Further, the inner peripheral shape of the porous sheet-like member 171 (in other words, the shape of the central opening 172) is also substantially rectangular, and the outer periphery of the reader / writer antenna 15 is at least slightly smaller in the depth direction y. It may be The ratio of the size of the central opening 172 to the size of the porous sheet-like member 171 (that is, the size including the central opening 172) (in other words, the central opening 172 of the porous sheet-like member 171 In the illustrated embodiment, the aperture ratio) is approximately 50%. The width of each side of the porous sheet-like member 171 (in other words, the shortest distance from each side of the four sides of the sheet-like member 171 to the central opening 172) is about 35 mm (the trailing edge Part 34 side), about 10 mm (to the left side edge 36 side), about 35 mm (the front edge 38 side) and about 25 mm (to the right side edge 40 side) It is.
[0209] したがって、多孔性シート状部材 171は、リーダライタ用のアンテナ 15の外周囲部 分と重複する重複部位を有している。なお、多孔性シート状部材 171のリーダライタ 用アンテナ 15との重複状態については、つぎの「 (4)リーダライタ用アンテナのパタ ーン形状」の項において詳述する。さらに、図示の実施例においては、多孔性シート 状部材 171と第 2のループアンテナ B (特に、そのアンテナパターン 31)との相互の 間隔は、図 35に示すように、下側の板 24の厚みとほぼ等しくて、約 2. 3mmである。 また、多孔性シート状部材 171と第 1のループアンテナ A (特に、そのアンテナパター ン 31)との相互の間隔は、図 35に示すように、下側の板 24の厚み (約 2. 3mm)、第 2のアンテナ Bの厚み、中間膜 25の厚み(約 300 m)などの和とほぼ等しくて、約 3 mmである。 Therefore, porous sheet-like member 171 has an overlapping portion overlapping the outer peripheral portion of antenna 15 for the reader / writer. In addition, the reader-writer of the porous sheet-like member 171 The overlapping state with the antenna 15 will be described in detail in the following “(4) Pattern shape of antenna for reader / writer”. Furthermore, in the illustrated embodiment, the mutual spacing between the porous sheet-like member 171 and the second loop antenna B (in particular, the antenna pattern 31 thereof) is, as shown in FIG. It is approximately equal to the thickness and about 2.3 mm. Further, as shown in FIG. 35, the distance between the porous sheet-like member 171 and the first loop antenna A (in particular, the antenna pattern 31 thereof) is the thickness of the lower plate 24 (about 2.3 mm). And the thickness of the second antenna B, and the thickness (about 300 m) of the intermediate film 25 and so on, which is approximately 3 mm.
導電性で多孔性のシート状部材 171は、その第 1の態様においては、金属線など の導電性線条体をメッシュ状に編組したメッシュ構造のものであってょ 、。図示の実 施例においては、多孔性シート状部材 171は、銅線、鉄線などの金属線からそれぞ れ成る多数本の縦線と多数本の横線とをほぼマトリックス形状 (換言すれば、ほぼ格 子形状)に編組した金属メッシュ力 構成されている。上記金属線の線径は、例えば 約 20 μ mであってよぐ上記金属メッシュのメッシュピッチは、例えば約 300 μ mであ つてよい。したがって、 1個の格子の目に相当する小開孔 (すなわち、貫通孔)の縦お よび横のそれぞれの長さは、例えば約 280 mであってよぐこのために、この多孔 性シート状部材 171の小開孔の最大長は、例えば約 396 mであってよぐ上記小 開孔の 1個当りの面積は、例えば約 78, 400 m2であってよく、多孔性シート状部材 171 (ただし、中央開口 172を除く部分)の開口率は、例えば約 87%であってよい。 また、導電性で多孔性のシート状部材 171は、その第 2の態様においては、ステンレ ス、その他の金属製の薄板などの導電性の薄板に上記メッシュ構造の場合と同様に 多数個の小開孔 (すなわち、貫通孔)が形成されているマイクロメッシュメタルなどの マイクロメッシュ構造の薄板であってよい。そして、上記第 1および第 2の態様のいず れにおいても、導電性で多孔性のシート状部材 171は、磁性材料から成っていてもよ いし、非磁性材料から成っていてもよい。さら〖こ、上記第 1および第 2の態様のいずれ においても、多孔性シート状部材 171に形成される小開孔は、ほぼ正方形状、ほぼ 長方形状、ほぼ菱形状、ほぼ台形状、ほぼ六角形状、ほぼ円形状、ほぼ楕円形状、 ほぼ長円形状、これらの形状の任意の数の組み合せから成る形状、その他の任意の 形状であってよい。なお、銅線力も構成された上記金属メッシュ 171のシート抵抗は、 例えば約 0. 18 ΩΖ口であってよいが、本発明の第 3グループ発明においては、実 用性の観点力 言って一般的に、上記金属メッシュのシート抵抗は、 0. 5 ΩΖロ以 下であるのが好ましぐ 0. 3 ΩΖ口以下であるのがさらに好ましい。また、これらの好 まし ヽ数値範囲およびさらに好ま ヽ数値範囲は、上記マイクロメッシュ構造の多孔 性シート状部材 171についても当てはまる。 In the first aspect, the conductive porous sheet member 171 has a mesh structure in which conductive filaments such as metal wires are braided in a mesh shape. In the illustrated embodiment, the porous sheet-like member 171 has a substantially matrix shape (in other words, substantially a plurality of vertical lines and a plurality of horizontal lines formed of metal wires such as copper wires and iron wires). Metal mesh force braided in grid shape). The wire diameter of the metal wire may be, for example, about 20 μm, and the mesh pitch of the metal mesh may be, for example, about 300 μm. Therefore, the longitudinal and lateral lengths of the small holes (ie, the through holes) corresponding to the eyes of one grid may be, for example, about 280 m, and this porous sheet shape may be used. The maximum length of the small holes of the member 171 may be, for example, about 396 m, and the area per one small hole may be, for example, about 78, 400 m 2. The open area ratio (excluding the central opening 172) may be, for example, about 87%. In the second embodiment, the conductive and porous sheet-like member 171 is made of a large number of small conductive thin plates such as stainless steel or other thin metal plates as in the case of the mesh structure described above. It may be a thin plate of a micro mesh structure such as a micro mesh metal in which an opening (i.e., a through hole) is formed. Further, in any of the first and second embodiments, the conductive and porous sheet member 171 may be made of a magnetic material or may be made of a nonmagnetic material. Furthermore, in any of the first and second aspects, the small holes formed in the porous sheet member 171 have a substantially square shape, a substantially rectangular shape, a substantially rhombus shape, a substantially trapezoidal shape, a substantially hexagonal shape, or the like. Shape, substantially circular shape, substantially elliptical shape, substantially oval shape, a shape consisting of any number of combinations of these shapes, or any other shape It may be shaped. The sheet resistance of the metal mesh 171 having the copper wire force may be, for example, about 0.18 Ω. However, in the third group invention of the present invention, the practicality viewpoint force is generally used. In addition, the sheet resistance of the metal mesh is preferably not more than 0.5 Ω or less, more preferably not more than 0.3 Ω or less. In addition, these preferable and more preferable decimal value ranges also apply to the porous sheet-like member 171 having the above-mentioned micro mesh structure.
多孔性シート状部材 171についての上記第 1および第 2の態様のいずれにおいて も(換言すれば、本発明の第 3グループ発明においては)、多孔性シート状部材 171 は、実用性の観点力も言って一般的に、つぎの(a)項〜 (h)項に記載する 1個または 複数個もしくは全部の数値範囲を満足しているのが好ましい。なお、つぎの(a)項〜( h)項に記載するカツコ内の数値範囲は、本発明の第 3グループ発明にお 、て満足し て 、るのがさらに好まし 、数値範囲である。  In any of the above first and second embodiments of the porous sheet-like member 171 (in other words, in the third group invention of the present invention), the porous sheet-like member 171 also refers to the viewpoint of practicality. In general, it is preferable to satisfy one or more or all of the numerical ranges described in the following (a) to (h). In addition, it is more preferable that the numerical range in the catfish described in the following (a) to (h) items be satisfied with the third group invention of the present invention, and is a numerical range.
(a)多孔性シート状部材 171の大きさ (すなわち、中央開口 172を含む大きさ)に対 する中央開口 172の大きさの比: 20〜80% (30〜70%)の範囲、  (a) The ratio of the size of the central opening 172 to the size of the porous sheet-like member 171 (ie, the size including the central opening 172): 20 to 80% (30 to 70%),
(b)多孔性シート状部材 171の 1個の辺の幅: 2〜80mm (4〜60mm)の範囲、 (b) Width of one side of porous sheet-like member 171: range of 2 to 80 mm (4 to 60 mm),
(c)多孔性シート状部材 171と第 1のループアンテナ A (特に、そのアンテナパターン 31)との相互の間隔および多孔性シート状部材 171と第 2のループアンテナ B (特に 、そのアンテナパターン 31)との相互の間隔 (換言すれば、多孔性シート状部材 171 とリーダライタ用アンテナ 15 (特に、そのアンテナパターン 31)との相互の間隔)のそ れぞれ:0. 5〜30mm (l〜15mm)の範囲、 (c) The mutual spacing between the porous sheet-like member 171 and the first loop antenna A (in particular, the antenna pattern 31 thereof) and the porous sheet-like member 171 and the second loop antenna B (in particular, the antenna pattern 31 thereof) Each) (in other words, the distance between the porous sheet-like member 171 and the reader / writer antenna 15 (in particular, its antenna pattern 31)): 0.5 to 30 mm (l Range of ~ 15mm),
(d)多孔性シート状部材 171が導電性線条体をメッシュ状に編組したものであるとき の多孔性シート状部材 171の導電性線条体の最大線幅(断面がほぼ円形であれば 、線径):4~200 μ m (8~100 μ m)の範囲、  (d) The maximum line width of the conductive filament of the porous sheet 171 when the porous sheet 171 is a mesh of conductive filaments braided (if the cross section is substantially circular , Wire diameter): 4 to 200 μm (8 to 100 μm) range,
(e)多孔性シート状部材 171の小開孔のピッチ (シート状部材 171が導電性条体をメ ッシュ状に編組したものであるときには、具体的には、メッシュピッチ): 50〜2, 000 πι (100〜1, 200 /z m)の範囲、  (e) The pitch of the small holes of the porous sheet-like member 171 (specifically, the mesh pitch when the sheet-like member 171 is a mesh of conductive strips braided): 50-2, The range of 000 π ι (100-1, 200 / zm),
(f)多孔性シート状部材 171の各小開孔の最大長: 60〜3, 000 (120-1, 600 /z m)の範囲、 (g)多孔性シート状部材 171の多数個の小開孔の 1個当りの面積: 4, 000-1, 800 , 000 ^ m2 (8, 000〜800, 000 m2)の範囲、および (f) Maximum length of each small hole of porous sheet-like member 171: in the range of 60 to 3,000 (120-1, 600 / zm), (g) The area per one of a large number of small holes of the porous sheet member 171: a range of 4,000-1, 800, 000 ^ m 2 (8,000-800, 000 m 2 ), and
(h)多孔性シート状部材 171の、中央開口 172を除く部分の開口率 (換言すれば、 多数個の小開孔につ!/、ての開口率): 70〜95% (80-92%)の範囲。  (h) The opening ratio of the portion of the porous sheet-like member 171 excluding the central opening 172 (in other words, the opening ratio of a large number of small holes!): 70 to 95% (80-92) %) Range.
[0212] (4)リーダライタ用アンテナのパターン形状  (4) Pattern shape of antenna for reader / writer
書籍類 18に設けられている電子タグ 19と無線通信により交信するためのリーダライ タ用アンテナ 15は、図 34、図 35および図 37 (図 3も参照)に示すように、第 1のルー プアンテナ Aと第 2のループアンテナ Bと力も成って!/、る。これら第 1および第 2のルー プアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれは、ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31と、このほぼ ループ形状のアンテナパターン 31の両端部にそれぞれ連設されて互いに近接して いる一対の端子部 32a、 32bと力ら成っている。これら一対の端子部 32a、 32bの間 には、隙間 33が設けられているので、ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31の両端 部の間にも、同様に隙間 33が存在している。これら一対の端子部 32a、 32bは、ツイ ストケーブル(図示せず)によって前記マッチング調整器(図示せず)に接続されてい てよい。  The reader / writer antenna 15 for communicating with the electronic tag 19 provided in the books 18 by wireless communication is a first loop antenna as shown in FIGS. 34, 35 and 37 (see also FIG. 3). A and the 2nd loop antenna B and power also consist! Each of the first and second loop antennas A and B has a substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 and a pair of terminals connected to both ends of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 and in proximity to each other. It consists of parts 32a and 32b. Since the gap 33 is provided between the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b, the gap 33 is also present between both ends of the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31. The pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b may be connected to the matching adjuster (not shown) by a twisted cable (not shown).
[0213] 図 34、図 35および図 37 (図 3も参照)に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15を構成して V、る第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれのほぼループ形状のアンテナ パターン 31は、図 34および図 37に示すように、前後対称的であることを除いて互い に実質的にほぼ同一の形状または互いに実質的に類似した形状であってよい。第 1 および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれのほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31は、給電用などの端子部 32aが必要に応じて連設されかつ棚板 11の後縁部 34 の側に位置する第 1のパターン部分 35と、棚板 11に向って左側の縁部 36の側に位 置する第 2のパターン部分 37と、棚板 11の前縁部 (換言すれば、書籍類 18の取出し 側の縁部) 38の側に位置する第 3のパターン部分 39と、給電用などの端子部 32aお よび Zまたは 32bが必要に応じて連設されかつ棚板 11の向って右側の縁部 40の側 に位置する第 4のパターン部分 40と力 順次連設されたものであってよい。そして、 上記アンテナパターン 31は、全体として、一対の端子部 32a、 32bの間に対応する 隙間 33を除いて、ループ形状に構成されていてよい。これらの第 1および第 2のルー プアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれは、その一部分と別の部分とが互いに交差する交差部 位を有して 、な 、ほぼワンループ形状のものであるのが好まし 、。 34, 35 and 37 (see also FIG. 3). The substantially loop-shaped antenna of each of the first and second loop antennas A, B constituting the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. The patterns 31 may have substantially the same shape as one another or shapes substantially similar to one another except that they are symmetrical in the front-rear direction, as shown in FIGS. 34 and 37. In each of the substantially loop shaped antenna patterns 31 of the first and second loop antennas A and B, terminal portions 32a for feeding or the like are connected in series as necessary and are on the side of the rear edge 34 of the shelf board 11 The first pattern portion 35 located, the second pattern portion 37 located on the side of the left edge 36 toward the shelf 11, and the front edge of the shelf 11 (in other words, books 18 3rd pattern part 39 located on the side of the extraction side of 38) and terminal parts 32a and Z or 32b for feeding etc. are connected as needed and are directed to the right of shelf board 11 The force may be sequentially connected to the fourth pattern portion 40 located on the side of the edge 40. The antenna pattern 31 may be formed in a loop shape as a whole except for the gap 33 corresponding to the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b. These first and second rules Each of the antennae A and B preferably has a substantially one-loop shape, with cross sections where one part and another part cross each other.
[0214] 第 1のループアンテナ Aの第 1のパターン部分 35は、図 34および図 37に示すよう に、棚板 11の後縁部 34から多少離れかっこの後縁部 34にほぼ平行な状態 (換言す れば、棚板 11の開口方向 Xにほぼ平行な状態であって、図示の実施例においては、 ほぼ直線的である。—以下、同じ)でもって棚板 11の間口方向 Xのほぼ全長にわたつ て延在している。第 1および第 2のループアンテナ Aおよび Bのそれぞれの第 2のパタ ーン部分 37は、棚板 11の向って左側の縁部 36に近接または或る程度離れかっこの 左側縁部 36にほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yにほぼ平行な 状態であって、図示の実施例においては、ほぼ直線的である。 以下、同じ)でもつ てそれぞれ延在している。第 2のループアンテナ Bの第 3のパターン部分 39は、棚板 11の前縁部 38に近接しかっこの前縁部 56にほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、棚板 1 1の間口方向 Xにほぼ平行な状態)でもって棚板 11の間口方向 Xのほぼ全長にわた つて延在している。第 1および第 2のループアンテナ Aおよび Bのそれぞれの第 4の パターン部分 41は、その前後方向における後端部 34側の部分または中間部分が端 子部 32aおよび/または 32bの接続のために隙間 33によって途切れていることを除 V、て、棚板 11の向って右側の縁部 40から或る程度または多少離れかっこの右側縁 部 40にほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yにほぼ平行な状態)で もってそれぞれ延在して!/、る。  [0214] The first pattern portion 35 of the first loop antenna A is slightly parallel to the rear edge 34 of the bracket slightly away from the rear edge 34 of the shelf plate 11 as shown in Figs. 34 and 37. (In other words, it is in a state substantially parallel to the opening direction X of the shelf 11 and is substantially linear in the illustrated embodiment. The same applies to the following.) It extends over almost the entire length. The second pattern portion 37 of each of the first and second loop antennas A and B is close to or to some extent away from the left edge 36 of the shelf 11 toward the left edge 36 of the bracket. Parallel state (in other words, a state substantially parallel to the depth direction y of the shelf plate 11 and substantially linear in the illustrated embodiment. The same applies below) . The third pattern portion 39 of the second loop antenna B is close to the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 and substantially parallel to the front edge 56 of the bracket (in other words, in the front direction X of the shelf 1 1 In the almost parallel state, the shelf board 11 extends over substantially the entire length of the frontal direction X of the front part. The fourth pattern portion 41 of each of the first and second loop antennas A and B has a portion or an intermediate portion on the rear end 34 side in the front-rear direction for connection of the terminal portions 32a and / or 32b. The gap 33 is broken by a distance V, and is substantially parallel to the right edge 40 of the bracket at a certain distance from the edge 40 on the right side of the shelf 11 (in other words, the shelf 11) Extends approximately in parallel with the depth direction y of y).
[0215] 第 1のループアンテナ Aの第 3のパターン部分 39は、棚板 11の前縁部 38から多少 離れかっこの前縁部 38にほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、棚板 11の間口方向 Xのほ ぼ平行な状態)でもって相互の間に間欠部分 42が生じるように間欠的に延在してい る複数本(図示の実施例においては 5本)のベースライン部 43と、これら間欠的に延 在している複数本のベースライン部 43の間(換言すれば、間欠部分 42)にそれぞれ 延在している 1個または複数個(好ましくは複数個であって、図示の実施例において は 4個)の屈曲部 44とから成っている。各ベースライン部 43は、リーダライタ用アンテ ナ 15の奥行き方向 yにおける中心に沿って棚板 11の間口方向 Xに延在するリーダラ イタ用アンテナ 15の仮想の中心線 (以下、「アンテナ中心線」という。)45よりも前縁 部 38側で第 2のループアンテナ Bの第 3のパターン部分 39の後縁部 34側を延在し ている。第 2のループアンテナ Bの第 1のパターン部分 35は、棚板 11の後縁部 34か ら或る程度離れかっこの後縁部 34にほぼ平行な状態 (換言すれば、棚板 11の間口 方向 Xにほぼ平行な状態)でもって相互の間に間欠部分 42が生じるように間欠的に 延在して!/、る複数本(図示の実施例にぉ 、ては 5本)のベースライン部 43と、これら 間欠的に延在している複数本のベースライン部 43の間(換言すれば、間欠部分 42) にそれぞれ存在している 1個または複数個 (好ましくは複数個であって、図示の実施 例においては 4個)の屈曲部 44と力も成っている。各ベースライン部 43は、アンテナ 中心線 45よりも後縁部 34側で第 1のループアンテナ Aの第 1のパターン部分 35の前 縁部 38側を延在している。なお、図示の実施例においては、棚板 11の奥行き方向 y における中心に沿って棚板 11の間口方向 Xに延在する棚板 11の仮想の中心線 (す なわち、棚板中心線)は、アンテナ中心線 45とほぼ一致している。 The third pattern portion 39 of the first loop antenna A is slightly parallel to the front edge 38 of the bracket at a distance from the front edge 38 of the shelf 11 (in other words, the front of the shelf 11) A plurality of (5 in the illustrated embodiment) base line portions 43 intermittently extending so as to form intermittent portions 42 between them in a substantially parallel state in the direction X; One or more (preferably a plurality of) preferably extending between the plurality of intermittently extending baseline portions 43 (in other words, the intermittent portion 42) In the example, it consists of four bends 44. Each baseline section 43 is a virtual center line of the reader / writer antenna 15 extending in the direction of the front of the shelf 11 along the center of the reader / writer antenna 15 in the depth direction y (hereinafter referred to as “antenna center line "The front edge than 45." The rear edge 34 of the third pattern portion 39 of the second loop antenna B extends on the side 38. The first pattern portion 35 of the second loop antenna B is separated from the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11 to some extent substantially parallel to the rear edge 34 of the bracket (in other words, the front of the shelf 11) Intermittently extending so that an intermittent portion 42 is generated between each other in a direction substantially parallel to direction X! /, A plurality of (5 in the illustrated embodiment) baselines One or a plurality (preferably a plurality), each being present between the portion 43 and the plurality of baseline portions 43 extending intermittently (in other words, the intermittent portion 42) In the illustrated embodiment, the four bends 44 and forces are also included. Each baseline portion 43 extends on the side of the trailing edge 34 with respect to the antenna center line 45 on the side of the leading edge 38 of the first pattern portion 35 of the first loop antenna A. In the illustrated embodiment, a virtual center line of the shelf 11 extending in the direction X of the front of the shelf 11 along the center of the shelf 11 in the depth direction y (that is, the center line of the shelf) Is substantially coincident with the antenna centerline 45.
[0216] 第 1のループアンテナ Aの各屈曲部 44は、図 34および図 37に示すように、向って 左側のベースライン部 43の向って右側の端部にその基端部を連設されかつ棚板 11 のほぼ後縁部 34に向って立上っている第 1の立上り部 46と、向って右側のベースラ イン部 62の向って左側の端部にその基端部を連設されかつ棚板 11のほぼ後縁部 3 4に向って立上がっている第 2の立上り部 47と、これら第 1および第 2の立上り部 46、 47の先端部をそれぞれ連結するように間口方向 Xにほぼ平行に延在して ヽる連結部 48とから成っている。そして、上記各屈曲部 44は、全体として、ほぼ長方形状の凸形 状部分であるのが好ましい。この場合、連結部 48は、アンテナ中心線 45よりも棚板 1 1の後縁部 34の側で第 1のループアンテナ Aの第 1のパターン部分 35の前縁部 38 側を間口方向 Xにほぼ平行に延在しているのが好ましい。したがって、第 1および第 2 の立上り部 46、 47は、アンテナ中心線 45によって二分される棚板 11の一方の側(具 体的には、棚板 11の前縁部 38側の部分)から他方の側(具体的には、棚板 11の後 縁部 34側の部分)までアンテナ中心線 45にほぼ直交するように交差して延在してい るのが好ましい。 As shown in FIGS. 34 and 37, each of the bent portions 44 of the first loop antenna A is connected at its proximal end to the end on the right side toward the baseline portion 43 on the left side. The base end is connected to the left end of the first rising portion 46 rising toward the substantially trailing edge 34 of the shelf 11 and the right side of the baseline portion 62 toward the right. And the front end direction of the second rising portion 47 rising toward the substantially rear edge portion 34 of the shelf board 11 and the front end portions of the first and second rising portions 46, 47 respectively. And a connecting portion 48 extending substantially parallel thereto. Each of the bent portions 44 is preferably a substantially rectangular convex portion as a whole. In this case, in the connecting portion 48, the front edge portion 38 side of the first pattern portion 35 of the first loop antenna A on the side of the trailing edge portion 34 of the shelf board 1 with respect to the antenna center line 45 in the front direction X Preferably, they extend approximately parallel. Therefore, the first and second rising portions 46, 47 are from one side of the shelf board 11 bisected by the antenna center line 45 (specifically, from the front edge 38 side of the shelf board 11) It is preferable that the other side (specifically, the portion on the trailing edge 34 side of the shelf board 11) is crossed and extended so as to be substantially orthogonal to the antenna center line 45.
[0217] 第 2のループアンテナ Bの各屈曲部 44は、図 34および図 37に示すように、向って 左側のベースライン部 43の向って右側の端部にその基端部を連設されかつ棚板 11 のほぼ前縁部 38に向って立上がっている第 1の立上り部 46と、向って右側のベース ライン部 43の向って左側の端部にその基端部を連設されかつ棚板 11のほぼ前縁部 38に向って立上がっている第 2の立上り部 47と、これら第 1および第 2の立上り部 46 、 47の先端部をそれぞれ連結するように間口方向 Xにほぼ平行に延在している連結 部 48とから成っている。そして、上記各屈曲部 44は、全体として、ほぼ長方形状の凸 形部分であるのが好ましい。この場合、連結部 48は、アンテナ中心線 45よりも棚板 1 1の前縁部 38の側で第 2のループアンテナ Bの第 3のパターン部分 39の後縁部 34 側を間口方向 Xにほぼ平行に延在しているのが好ましい。したがって、第 1および第 2 の立上り部 46、 47は、アンテナ中心線 45によって二分される棚板 11の一方の側(具 体的には、棚板 11の後縁部 34側の部分)から他方の側(具体的には、棚板 11の前 縁部 38側の部分)までアンテナ中心線 45にほぼ直交するように交差して延在してい るのが好ましい。 As shown in FIGS. 34 and 37, each of the bent portions 44 of the second loop antenna B has its proximal end portion connected to the end on the right side toward the baseline portion 43 on the left side. And shelf board 11 The base end portion of the first rising portion 46 rising substantially toward the front edge portion 38 of the left end of the shelf board 11 is connected to the left end portion of the right base line portion 43 toward the right It extends substantially parallel to the frontal direction X so as to connect the second rising portion 47 rising substantially to the front edge 38 and the tips of the first and second rising portions 46 and 47, respectively. The connecting part 48 consists of Each of the bent portions 44 is preferably a substantially rectangular convex portion as a whole. In this case, the connecting portion 48 is located on the front edge 38 side of the shelf board 11 with respect to the antenna center line 45 in the front direction X of the rear edge 34 side of the third pattern portion 39 of the second loop antenna B. Preferably, they extend approximately parallel. Therefore, the first and second rising portions 46, 47 are from one side of the shelf board 11 bisected by the antenna center line 45 (specifically, the portion on the rear edge 34 side of the shelf board 11). It is preferable that the other side (specifically, a portion on the front edge 38 side of the shelf board 11) is crossed and extended so as to be substantially orthogonal to the antenna center line 45.
[0218] リーダライタ用アンテナ 15は、図 34および図 37に示すように、第 1のループアンテ ナ Aと第 2のループアンテナ Bとを互いに組み合わせて配置したものである。第 2のル ープアンテナ Bは、アンテナ中心線 45を対称軸として前後対称的であることを除いて 、第 1のループアンテナ Aのほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31と実質的にほぼ 同一であるほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31を有していて、一対の端子部 32a 、 32bの位置だけが第 1のループアンテナ Aとは異なっている。したがって、第 1のル ープアンテナ Aと第 2のループアンテナ Bとは、全体として、実質的に互いにほぼ同 一または実質的に互 ヽに類似したアンテナパターン形状を有して 、る。  The reader / writer antenna 15 is, as shown in FIGS. 34 and 37, a combination of a first loop antenna A and a second loop antenna B. The second loop antenna B is substantially a loop substantially identical to the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first loop antenna A except that the second loop antenna B is symmetrical in the back and forth direction with the antenna center line 45 as the symmetry axis. It has a shaped antenna pattern 31 and differs from the first loop antenna A only in the position of the pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b. Therefore, the first loop antenna A and the second loop antenna B generally have antenna pattern shapes substantially identical to or substantially similar to each other.
[0219] 第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bを図 34および図 37に示すように互いに組み 合わせて配置することによって、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15が構成されている。この組 み合せに当たっては、第 2のループアンテナ Bは、第 1のループアンテナ Aに対して 間口方向 Xには連結部 48の長さに相当する間隔 L (図 37参照)のほぼ 1Z2 (すなわ  [0219] The reader / writer antenna 15 is configured by arranging the first and second loop antennas A and B in combination with each other as shown in Figs. In this combination, the second loop antenna B has a distance L (see FIG. 37) of approximately 1Z2 (see FIG. 37) corresponding to the length of the connecting portion 48 in the frontal direction X with respect to the first loop antenna A. Line
4  Four
ち、ほぼ 0. 5Lであって、図示の実施例においては約 45mm)だけ右側にずれた状  Approximately 0.5 L and shifted to the right by approximately 45 mm in the illustrated embodiment.
4  Four
態で配置されるとともに、奥行き方向 yには第 1または第 2の立上り部 46、 47の長さに 相当する間隔 L (図 37参照)のほぼ 1Z8 (すなわち、ほぼ 0. 125Lであって、図示  And approximately 1Z8 (ie, approximately 0.125 L) of the distance L (see FIG. 37) corresponding to the length of the first or second rising portions 46, 47 in the depth direction y. Illustrated
5 5  5 5
の実施例にお 、ては約 15mm)だけ手前にずらして配置されて 、る。 [0220] 導電性で多孔性のシート状部材 171がリーダライタ用アンテナ 15を棚板 11の下面 側から被覆している被覆部位 (換言すれば、両者の重複部位)は、図 34に示す図示 の実施例にぉ 、ては、つぎの(a)項〜 (g)項に記載するとおりである。 In the embodiment of the present invention, it is placed in front by about 15 mm). The coated portion (in other words, the overlapping portion between the two) of the conductive and porous sheet-like member 171 covering the reader / writer antenna 15 from the lower surface side of the shelf plate 11 is shown in FIG. In Examples of the invention, the following items (a) to (g) are described.
(a)第 1のループアンテナ Aの第 1のパターン部分 35および第 2のループアンテナ B の第 3のパターン部分 39、  (a) First pattern portion 35 of first loop antenna A and third pattern portion 39 of second loop antenna B,
(b)第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれのベースライン部 43、 (b) Baseline portions 43 of the first and second loop antennas A and B, respectively
(c)第 1のおよび第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれの連結部 48、 (c) Connecting portions 48 of the first and second loop antennas A and B, respectively
(d)第 1のおよび第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれの第 2のパターン部分 37の 前後両端部、  (d) The front and rear ends of the second pattern portion 37 of each of the first and second loop antennas A and B,
(e)第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれの第 4のパターン部分 41の前 後両端部、  (e) The front and rear ends of the fourth pattern portion 41 of each of the first and second loop antennas A and B,
(f)第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれの第 1および第 2の立上り部 46 、 47のそれぞれの前後両端部、ならびに  (f) first and second front and rear end portions of the first and second rising portions 46 and 47 of the first and second loop antennas A and B, and
(g)第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれの一対の端子部 32a、 32b。  (g) A pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b of the first and second loop antennas A, B respectively.
[0221] 本発明の第 3グループ発明においては、実用性の観点力も言って一般的に、上記 In the third group invention of the present invention, generally speaking, the viewpoint of practicality is also said.
(a)項〜 (g)項に記載するアンテナパターン部分のうちの 1個または複数個もしくは 全部のアンテナパターン部分が多孔性シート状部材 171によって被覆されているの が好ましい。また、本発明の第 3グループ発明においては、実用性の観点力も言って 一般的に、つぎの (h)項〜 (k)項に記載するアンテナパターン部分のうちの 1個また は複数個もしくは全部のアンテナパターン部分が多孔性シート状部材 171によって 被覆されることができる。  It is preferable that one or more or all of the antenna pattern portions among the antenna pattern portions described in (a) to (g) be covered with the porous sheet-like member 171. Further, in the third group invention of the present invention, one or more of the antenna pattern portions described in the following items (h) to (k) will be generally described, also in view of practicality. The entire antenna pattern portion can be covered by the porous sheet-like member 171.
(h)第 1のループアンテナ Aの第 2のパターン部分 37、  (h) The second pattern portion 37 of the first loop antenna A,
(i)第 2のループアンテナ Bの第 4のパターン部分 41、  (i) Fourth pattern portion 41 of second loop antenna B,
(j)第 2のループアンテナ Bの第 2のパターン部分 39、および  (j) Second pattern portion 39 of second loop antenna B, and
(k)第 1のループアンテナ Aの第 4のパターン部分 41。  (k) The fourth pattern portion 41 of the first loop antenna A.
[0222] 上述のとおりであるから、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15においては、第 1および第 2の ループアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれのアンテナパターン 31のうちのほぼ間口方向 Xに沿 つて延在するアンテナパターン成分 (すなわち、上記 (a)項〜(c)項に記載のアンテ ナパターン成分)でそれぞれ発生される磁界 (すなわち、磁束)は、多孔性シート状部 材 171によってかなりの程度で弱められる。特に、前記(3)項 (すなわち、前記 Cl (3 )項)に記載したように、多孔性シート状部材 171の後縁部 34側の辺は、比較的広幅 (すなわち、約 35mm)になっている。したがって、図 33に示す書架 1と同様の第 2の 書架が図 9に示す書架 1の後ろ側に背中合わせで配置されている場合でも、図 33〖こ 示す書架 1のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15が上記第 2の書架の同様のリーダライタ用ァ ンテナとの間で干渉を生じる可能性は、少ない。そして、第 1および第 2のループアン テナ A、 Bのそれぞれのアンテナパターン 31のうちのほぼ奥行き方向 yに沿って延在 するアンテナパターン成分 (すなわち、上記 (d)項〜 (f)項に記載のアンテナパター ン成分 37、 41、 46、 47)でそれぞれ発生される磁界 (すなわち、磁束)が、書籍類 18 に貼付された電子タグ 19とリーダライタ用アンテナ 15との相互の交信に有効に機能 する。したがって、図示の実施例においては、電子タグ 19がリーダライタ用アンテナ 1 5と良好に交信し得るようにするために、電子タグ 19が書籍類 18の表表紙 173およ び Zまたは裏表紙 174 (特に、その下端寄り)に設けられているのが好ましい。 As described above, in the reader / writer antenna 15, an antenna pattern extending substantially along the front X direction of the antenna patterns 31 of the first and second loop antennas A and B. Component (ie, the ante described in the above (a) to (c) The magnetic field (i.e., the magnetic flux) generated in each of the two pattern components) is weakened to a great extent by the porous sheet member 171. In particular, as described in the item (3) (that is, the item Cl (3)), the side on the rear edge 34 side of the porous sheet-like member 171 becomes relatively wide (that is, about 35 mm) ing. Therefore, even when the second bookshelf similar to the bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. 33 is disposed back to back on the back side of the bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. 9, the reader / writer antenna 15 of the bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. There is a low possibility of interference with the same reader / writer antenna of the second bookshelf. Then, antenna pattern components extending along substantially the depth direction y of the antenna patterns 31 of the first and second loop antennas A and B (that is, described in the above (d) to (f). The magnetic field (ie, magnetic flux) generated by each antenna pattern component 37, 41, 46, 47) effectively communicates with the reader / writer antenna 15 and the electronic tag 19 attached to the books 18 Function. Therefore, in the illustrated embodiment, the electronic tag 19 has front cover 173 and Z or back cover 174 of the books 18 so that the electronic tag 19 can communicate well with the reader / writer antenna 15. It is preferable to be provided (in particular, near the lower end thereof).
[0223] 図 34および図 35に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15が敷設されている棚板 6、 11、 1 2が用いられている書架部分 la、 lb (ひいては、書架 1)によれば、以下において図 4 0および図 41を参照しつつ詳述するように、それぞれの書架部分 la、 lbに多数個の 棚板を設けることができるので、書架部分 la、 lbの物品収納空間を有効に利用する ことができる。なお、図 40および図 41において、図 33と共通の部分には、これと同一 の符号を付してその説明を省略する。  According to the bookshelf portions la and lb (thus, bookshelf 1) in which the shelf boards 6, 11, 12 on which the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIGS. 34 and 35 is installed are used. As will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 40 and 41, since each shelf portion la, lb can be provided with a large number of shelf boards, the article storage space of the shelf portion la, lb is effectively utilized. be able to. In FIGS. 40 and 41, the same reference numerals as in FIG. 33 denote the same parts as in FIG. 33, and a description thereof will be omitted.
[0224] すなわち、前記「背景技術」の欄の「1、第 3グループ発明の背景技術」の項の (D) 項に記載したように、前記特許文献 2、 4および 5に記載の書架検索システムを適用 した書架の場合には、例えば、本発明の第 3グループ発明の参考例 1としての図 40 に示す書架 1の場合のように、上下方向で互いに隣接する棚板 6、 11〜14の間で相 互の干渉を起こす可能性が高い。このために、互いに上下に隣接する棚板 6、 11〜 14の間隔を大きくする必要があるので、スペースファクタが悪い。換言すれば、 1つ の棚板 6、 11〜14における給電中のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15から放出される磁界 を受けることによって、別の棚板 6、 11〜14上に載置されている書籍類 18に貼付さ れている電子タグ 19が反応することがある。この結果、上記別の棚板 6、 11〜14上 に載置されて 、る書籍類 18が上記 1つの棚板 6、 11〜14上に載置されて 、るかのよ うに誤って認識されることがある。したがって、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の磁界放出 方向(すなわち、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の敷設面または棚板 6、 11〜14面に対 する垂直方向)における上下のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15間の距離 (換言すれば、上 段の棚板 6、 11〜14に敷設されているリーダライタ用アンテナと、 1つ下の段の棚板 6、 11〜14に敷設されている別のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15との間の距離)を、磁界 の相互の影響を受けないように、一定以上の距離にする必要がある。よって、前記特 許文献 2に開示されている書架検索システムを適用した従来の書架 1の場合には、 書籍類 18のうちの A4サイズ(高さ 29. 7mm)の週刊誌 18cの場合であっても、 A6サ ィズ(高さ 14. 8mm)の文庫本 18dの場合であっても、書架 1の上下の棚板 6、 11〜 14の間隔をほぼ同じだけ空ける必要がある。このために、文庫本 18dの場合には、 週刊誌 18cの場合に較べて、余分な空間が 2倍程度必要であるから、書架 1におけ る書籍類 18の収納能力に大きな問題を生じる。 That is, as described in the paragraph (D) of the section “1, background art of the third group invention” in the section “Background Art”, the bookshelf search described in Patent Documents 2, 4 and 5 is carried out. In the case of a bookshelf to which the system is applied, for example, as in the case of the bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. There is a high possibility of mutual interference between For this reason, the space factor is bad because it is necessary to increase the distance between the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 which are vertically adjacent to each other. In other words, a book placed on another shelf plate 6, 11 to 14 by receiving a magnetic field emitted from the reader / writer antenna 15 being fed on one shelf plate 6, 11 to 14 It is stuck on class 18 The electronic tag 19 may react. As a result, the books 18 placed on the other shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 are placed on the one shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 and erroneously recognized as if they were There is something to be done. Therefore, the distance between the upper and lower reader / writer antennas 15 in the magnetic field emission direction of the reader / writer antenna 15 (that is, the installation plane of the reader / writer antenna 15 or the vertical direction to the shelf 6 or 11-14) (in other words, The reader / writer antenna laid on the upper shelf plates 6 and 11 to 14 and the other reader / writer antenna 15 laid on the next lower shelf plate 6 and 11 to 14 The distance between them must be at least a certain distance so as not to be affected by the magnetic fields. Therefore, in the case of the conventional bookshelf 1 to which the bookshelf search system disclosed in the patent document 2 is applied, it is the case of the A4 size (29.7 mm in height) weekly magazine 18c of the books 18. However, even in the case of the A6 size (14.8 mm high) paperback book 18d, it is necessary to make almost equal intervals between the upper and lower shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 of the bookshelf 1. For this reason, in the case of the paperback 18d, an extra space is required twice as much as in the case of the weekly magazine 18c, which causes a big problem in the storage capacity of the books 18 in the bookshelf 1.
特許文献 2:特開 2003— 72919号公報  Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-72919
特許文献 4:特開 2003— 168914号公報  Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-168914
特許文献 5:特開 2003 - 252409号公報  Patent document 5: Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2003-252409 gazette
[0225] また、図 40に示す書架 1の場合には、左右の書架 1や前後の書架 1 (いずれも図示 せず)との間の干渉を防止するために、側板 3の面や背板 4の面に遮蔽材(図示せず )を敷設していたから、側板 3付近の書籍類 18の電子タグ 19は読み取りに《なる。こ のために、側板 3付近の棚板 6、 11〜14上には書籍類 18を置けないように、合成榭 脂、木などのスぺーサ 176を配置することなどによって、デッドスペースを確保する必 要があるから、書架 1における書籍類 18の収納能力にさらに問題を生じる。  Further, in the case of the bookcase 1 shown in FIG. 40, in order to prevent interference with the left and right bookcases 1 and the front and back bookcases 1 (both not shown), the surface of the side plate 3 and the back plate Since a shielding material (not shown) is laid on the surface of 4, the electronic tags 19 of the books 18 near the side plate 3 are read. For this purpose, a dead space can be secured by arranging a synthetic resin, wood or other spacer 176 so that the books 18 can not be placed on the shelf boards 6 and 11 to 14 near the side board 3. Because of the need to do so, the storage capacity of the books 18 in Bookshelf 1 further poses a problem.
[0226] これに対し、図 34および図 35に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15が敷設されている 棚板 6、 11、 12が用いられている書架部分 la、 lbの場合には、例えば、本発明の第 3グループ発明の参考例 2として図 41に示す棚板 1の場合のように、第 1および第 2 のループアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれのアンテナパターン 31でそれぞれ発生される部 分的に強い磁界 (すなわち、磁束)は、多孔性シート状部材 171によって力なりの程 度で弱められる。このために、図 41に示す書架 1の例えば棚板 12のリーダライタ用ァ ンテナ 15が、その上下の棚板 11、 13のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15との間で干渉を生 じる可能性は、少ない。したがって、前記特許文献 2の書架の場合のように、棚板 6、 l l〜14a、 14bの相互の間隔を比較的大きくする必要は、特にない。そして、書籍類 18のサイズに特に関係なぐ書籍類 18の天 175 (図 36参照)とそのすぐ上の棚板 6、 l l〜14a、 14bとの相互の間隔をほぼ一定にすることが可能である。よって、 A6サイ ズの文庫本 18dのみを載置する棚板 6、 l l〜14a、 14bの場合には、その上段の棚 板 6、 l l〜14a、 14bとの間隔を、 A4サイズの週刊誌 18cのみを載置する棚板 6、 11 〜14a、 14bの場合に較べて、常にほぼ一定の間隔(例えば、 10mmまたはそれ以 上)に設定することができて、十分に小さくすることができる。この結果、 A6サイズの 文庫本 18dのみを載置する棚板 6、 l l〜14a、 14b上に余分な空間を特に必要とし ないから、 6段の棚板 6、 l l〜14a、 14bを有する上記特許文献 2の書架と同じサイズ であっても、図 34および図 35に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15が敷設されている棚 板 6、 11、 12が用いられている書架部分 la、 lbの場合には、書架部分 la、 lbの棚 板 6、 11、 12の個数を 4段以上に増やすことができる。このために、図 34および図 35 に示すリーダライタ用アンテナ 15が敷設されている棚板 6、 11、 12が用いられている 書架部分 la、 lbの場合には、特許文献 2の書架部分 la、 lbに較べて、多くの書籍 類 18を収納することが可能であるから、 1個の書架当りの収納能力を増カロさせること ができる。 On the other hand, in the case of book frame parts la and lb in which the shelf boards 6, 11 and 12 on which the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIGS. 34 and 35 is installed are used, for example, As in the case of the shelf board 1 shown in FIG. 41 as the second embodiment of the third group invention of the present invention, the partially strong lines generated by the respective antenna patterns 31 of the first and second loop antennas A and B The magnetic field (i.e., the magnetic flux) is approximately force-induced by the porous sheet-like member 171. Weakened in degree. For this reason, there is a possibility that the reader / writer antenna 15 of, for example, the shelf 12 of the bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. 41 may cause interference with the reader / writer antenna 15 of the upper and lower shelves 11 and 13 thereof. ,Few. Therefore, as in the case of the bookshelf of Patent Document 2, there is no particular need to relatively increase the distance between the shelf plates 6, 11 to 14a and 14b. And, it is possible to make the mutual distance between the bookcase 18 heaven 175 (see Fig. 36) and the shelf board 6, ll to 14a, 14b immediately above the bookcase 18 especially related to the size of the books 18 approximately constant. is there. Therefore, in the case of the shelf plate 6, 11 to 14a, 14b on which only the A6 size paperback book 18d is placed, the distance between the upper shelf plate 6, 11 to 14a, 14b is As compared with the case of the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14a, 14b on which only the load is placed, they can always be set at almost constant intervals (for example, 10 mm or more) and can be made sufficiently small. As a result, since there is no need for extra space on the shelf plate 6, 11 to 14a, 14b on which only A6 size paperback book 18d is placed, the above patent having the shelf plate 6, 11 to 14a, 14b is described Even in the case of the bookshelf parts la and lb on which the shelf boards 6, 11 and 12 on which the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIG. 34 and FIG. The number of shelf boards 6, 11 and 12 can be increased to 4 or more. For this purpose, in the case of the shelf part la, lb in which the shelf boards 6, 11, 12 on which the reader / writer antenna 15 shown in FIGS. 34 and 35 is installed are used, the bookshelf part la of Patent Document 2 is used. Since it is possible to store more books 18 than lb, the storage capacity per bookshelf can be increased.
特許文献 2:特開 2003— 72919号公報  Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-72919
[0227] また、図 41に示す書架 1の場合には、棚板 6、 l l〜14a、 14bのリーダライタ用アン テナ 15が、その左右や前後の書架 1の棚板 6、 l l〜14a、 14bとの間で干渉を生じる 可能性も、少ないから、上述のように、スぺーサ 176を配置することなどによって、デ ッドスペースを確保する必要が特にない。このために、棚板 6、 l l〜14a、 14bの間 口方向 Xおよび奥行き方向 yの全域に、書籍類 18を置くことができるから、 1個の書架 当りの収納能力をさらに増加させることができる。  Further, in the case of the bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. 41, the reader / writer antenna 15 of the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14a, and 14b is the shelf board 6, 11 to 14a of the bookshelf 1 on the left and right and front and back sides thereof. Since the possibility of causing interference with 14b is also small, there is no particular need to secure a dead space, such as by arranging the spacer 176 as described above. For this purpose, since the books 18 can be placed in the entire area of the opening direction X and the depth direction y of the shelf boards 6, 11 to 14a, 14b, the storage capacity per bookshelf can be further increased. it can.
[0228] 上述のとおりであるから、図 33に示す棚板 6、 11、 12 (必要に応じて、底板兼用の 棚板 6を除く。 )は、適当な棚板支持具 (図示せず)によって、左右一対の側縁部およ び Zまたは背板 4側の側縁部を左右一対の側板 3、 3aおよび Zまたは背板 4に支持 されているのが好ましい。そして、上記棚板支持具は、左右一対の側板 3、 3aおよび Zまたは背板 4とは別体に構成されるとともに、これら左右一対の側板 3、 3aおよび Z または背板 4に着脱自在にかつ上下方向における取付け位置を連続的または段階 的に変更し得るようにそれぞれ取付けられているのが好ましい。また、上記棚板支持 具は、棚板 6、 11、 12と一体に構成されていてもよいし、これらの棚板 6、 11、 12を支 持し得るように別体に構成されていてもよい。このために、棚板 6、 11は、天板 5と底 板 6との間で上下方向における取付け位置を連続的または段階的に変更することが できる。したがって、各棚板 6、 11、 12同士の間隔および天板 5と最上段の棚板 11と の間隔は、連続的または段階的に変更されることができる。 [0228] As described above, the shelf boards 6, 11, 12 (excluding the bottom board shelf board 6 as necessary) shown in FIG. 33 are appropriate shelf board supports (not shown). Pair of left and right side edges and It is preferable that the side edge on the side of the back plate 4 or the back plate 4 be supported by the left and right side plates 3, 3 a and Z or the back plate 4. The shelf support is constructed separately from the pair of left and right side plates 3, 3a and Z or the back plate 4, and is detachably attachable to the pair of left and right side plates 3, 3a and Z or the back plate 4. And it is preferable that they are attached so that the attachment position in the up and down direction can be changed continuously or stepwise. Further, the shelf support may be integrally formed with the shelves 6, 11, 12. Alternatively, the shelf support may be configured separately to support the shelves 6, 11, 12. It is also good. For this reason, the shelf boards 6 and 11 can change the mounting position in the vertical direction between the top board 5 and the bottom board 6 continuously or stepwise. Therefore, the distance between each of the shelf boards 6, 11, 12 and the distance between the top board 5 and the top shelf board 11 can be changed continuously or stepwise.
[0229] (5)リーダライタ用アンテナの給電方法  (5) Feeding method of antenna for reader / writer
第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bのうちの一方のループアンテナに給電するこ とによって、他方のループアンテナに発生する誘導電流がー方向(換言すれば、共 通の電流方向)に流れる。したがって、一方のループアンテナのみに給電するだけで リ一ダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bの両方を電子タグ 19と交信させることができる。しかし、第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bに交互に 給電することによって、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bの両方をさらに安定した状態で電子タグ 19と良好に通信させることができる。  By feeding one of the first and second loop antennas A and B, the induced current generated in the other loop antenna flows in the negative direction (in other words, the common current direction). . Therefore, it is possible to communicate both the first and second loop antennas A and B of the antenna 15 for the reader / writer with the electronic tag 19 only by feeding power to only one of the loop antennas. However, by alternately feeding the first and second loop antennas A and B, the electronic tag 19 and the first and second loop antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 are further stabilized. It can communicate well.
[0230] 2、第 3グループ発明の第 2の実施例  Second Embodiment of Second Invention
図 42〜図 44に示す第 2の実施例における書架 1においては、棚板 6、 11、 12に設 けられる干渉防止用部材 (換言すれば、遮蔽材)として、図 43に示すように、図 34お よび図 35に示す第 1の実施例の場合のようにループ形状に構成された導電性で多 孔性の第 1のシート状部材 171に加えて、非ループ形状に構成された導電性で多孔 性の第 2のシート状部材 181が設けられている。なお、図 42〜図 43に示す第 2の実 施例における書架 1は、以下において記載する点を除いて、第 3グループ発明の上 述の第 1の実施例における書架 1と実質的に同一の構成であつよい。また、この第 2 の実施例における書籍類 18は、第 3グループ発明の上述の第 1の実施例における 書籍類 18と実質的に同一の構成であってよい。したがって、図 42〜図 44において、 図 33〜図 39と共通の部分には、同一の符号を付してその説明を必要に応じて省略 する。また、以下においては、最上段の棚板 11についてのみ説明するが、残りの棚 板 6、 12も、必要に応じて、棚板 11と実質的に同一の構成であってよいし、異なる構 成であってもよい。 In the bookcase 1 in the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 42 to 44, as the interference preventing members (in other words, the shielding members) provided on the shelf boards 6, 11 and 12, as shown in FIG. In addition to the conductive and porous first sheet-like member 171 configured in the loop shape as in the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 34 and 35, the conductive configured in the non-loop shape. A second porous sheet-like member 181 is provided. The bookshelf 1 in the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 42 to 43 is substantially the same as the bookshelf 1 in the first embodiment of the third group invention except for the points described below. The configuration of Also, the books 18 in the second embodiment may have substantially the same configuration as the books 18 in the first embodiment of the third group invention. Therefore, in FIGS. The same reference numerals as in FIGS. 33 to 39 denote the same parts, and a description thereof will be omitted as necessary. In the following, only the top shelf 11 will be described, but the remaining shelves 6 and 12 may have substantially the same configuration as the shelf 11 if necessary, and may be configured differently. May be
[0231] 図 42および図 44に示す棚板 11においては、干渉防止用部材 (換言すれば、遮蔽 材)として、ループ形状に構成された第 1の多孔性シート部材 171とは別に、中央開 口 172および切り込みをいずれも有さない第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181が設けら れている。このような第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181は、図 42および図 44に示すよう に、第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171の下面 (換言すれば、外側面)に、前記 1 (2)項( すなわち、前記 C1 (2)項)において記述した中間膜 25と同様のものであってよい第 2 の中間膜 182を用いて貼り合せられることなどによって、取り付けられることができる。 なお、図 42およびこれに類似する図面 (換言すれば、後述の第 3の実施例について の図 45)において、図示の都合上、第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181を二点鎖線で示 している。  In the shelf board 11 shown in FIG. 42 and FIG. 44, as the interference preventing member (in other words, the shielding member), the center opening is made separately from the first porous sheet member 171 configured in the loop shape. A second porous sheet-like member 181 having neither the mouth 172 nor the incision is provided. Such a second porous sheet member 181 is, as shown in FIGS. 42 and 44, formed on the lower surface (in other words, the outer surface) of the first porous sheet member 171. It can be attached, such as by being laminated using a second interlayer 182 which may be similar to the interlayer 25 described in Section (C1 (2) above). In FIG. 42 and similar drawings (in other words, FIG. 45 of the third embodiment described later), the second porous sheet member 181 is shown by a two-dot chain line for convenience of illustration. ing.
[0232] 第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181は、ほぼ長方形状、ほぼ正方形状、ほぼ菱形状、ほ ぼ台形状などのその他の任意のほぼ四角形状、ほぼ長円形状、ほぼ楕円形状、ほ ぼ円形状のような、短冊形状、色紙形状、その他の任意の形状であってよい。そして 、第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181は、図示の実施例においては、図 42におよび図 43 示すようにほぼ長方形状に形成されている。なお、第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181の 奥行き方向 yにおける長さは、例えば、第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171の奥行き方向 yにおける長さ(換言すれば、棚板 11の奥行き方向 yにおける長さ一すなわち、約 17 Omm)と実質的に同一であってよい。また、第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181の間口方 向 Xの長さ(換言すれば、幅)は、例えば、約 55mmであってよい。  The second porous sheet-like member 181 has a substantially rectangular shape, a substantially square shape, a substantially rhombic shape, a substantially trapezoidal shape, or any other substantially square shape, a substantially oval shape, a substantially elliptical shape, It may be a strip shape, a colored paper shape, or any other shape such as a semicircular shape. The second porous sheet member 181 is formed in a substantially rectangular shape as shown in FIGS. 42 and 43 in the illustrated embodiment. The length in the depth direction y of the second porous sheet member 181 is, for example, the length in the depth direction y of the first porous sheet member 171 (in other words, the depth direction y of the shelf 11) Length may be substantially the same as in the above. In addition, the length (in other words, the width) of the second porous sheet member 181 in the opening direction X may be, for example, about 55 mm.
[0233] 図 42〜図 44に示す第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181は、その左側の端部が第 1の 多孔性シート状部材 171の向って左側の端部にほぼ一致するとともに、その前端部 および後端部が第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171の前端部および後端部にそれぞれ ほぼ一致するように、第 2の中間膜 182を介して第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171に重 ね合せられている。このような第 2の中間膜 182は、 PETなどの適当な非導電性材料 力も成るフィルムであってよぐ第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181の一方または両方の 面に予め接合されていてよい。換言すれば、第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181は、その 向って左側の端部が第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171の向って左側の端部とほぼ重複 している。したがって、第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181は、図 42に示すように、第 2の ループアンテナ Bの第 2のパターン部分 37とは重複して!/、な!/、が、第 1のループアン テナ Aの第 2のパターン部分 37と、第 1のループアンテナ Aの第 1のパターン部分 35 のうちの左端付近のパターン部分と、第 1のループアンテナ Aの最も左側のベースラ イン部 43のうちの左端付近のパターン部分と力も成りかつ向って左側の縁部 36の近 傍にぉ 、てほぼ U字状に突出して 、る向って左側の突出部分と重複して 、る。換言 すれば、第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181は、第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171の向って 左側の端部付近と少なくとも部分的に重複している。なお、第 2の多孔性シート状部 材 181は、主として、給電側のループアンテナのアンテナパターン 31と部分的に重 複しているのが好ましい。したがって、前記 1 (5)項 (すなわち、前記 Cl (5)項)に記 載のように、第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bのうちの一方のループアンテナの みに給電する場合には、第 1のループアンテナ Aを給電側のループアンテナとして、 この第 1のループアンテナ Aのみに給電するのが好ましい。 The second porous sheet-like member 181 shown in FIGS. 42 to 44 has an end on the left side thereof substantially coinciding with an end on the left side of the first porous sheet-like member 171 and The first porous sheet-like member 171 is interposed between the second intermediate film 182 so that the front end and the rear end thereof substantially coincide with the front and rear ends of the first porous sheet-like member 171, respectively. It is superimposed. Such second interlayer 182 may be any suitable non-conductive material such as PET. The film may also be a force and may be pre-bonded to one or both sides of the second porous sheet member 181 which may be a film. In other words, the left end of the second porous sheet member 181 substantially overlaps the left end of the first porous sheet member 171. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 42, the second porous sheet member 181 overlaps with the second pattern portion 37 of the second loop antenna B! /,! /, But the first. The second pattern portion 37 of the loop antenna A, the pattern portion near the left end of the first pattern portion 35 of the first loop antenna A, and the leftmost base line portion 43 of the first loop antenna A The pattern portion and force near the left end of the inner wall also form a U-shaped cross-section near the left edge 36 and overlap with the left-side projecting portion. In other words, the second porous sheet-like member 181 at least partially overlaps the vicinity of the left end of the first porous sheet-like member 171. The second porous sheet member 181 is preferably partially overlapped with the antenna pattern 31 of the feed loop antenna. Therefore, as described in the item 1 (5) (ie, the item Cl (5)), when feeding only one of the first and second loop antennas A and B, Preferably, only the first loop antenna A is supplied with the first loop antenna A as a feeding loop antenna.
[0234] さらに、図 42〜図 44に示す第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181は、前記 1 (3)項 (す なわち、前記 C1 (3)項)において記述した第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171と同様の 材質および組成のものであってよい。そして、第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181は、実 用性の観点力も言って一般的に、前記 1 (3)項 (すなわち、前記 C1 (3)項)において 第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171につ 、て記述した前記 (c)項〜 (h)項に記載した数 値範囲(さらに好ましい数値範囲を含む。)と同一の 1個または複数個もしくは全部の 数値範囲を満足して 、るのが好まし 、。  Furthermore, the second porous sheet member 181 shown in FIGS. 42 to 44 is the first porous sheet described in the item 1 (3) (that is, the item C1 (3)). The same material and composition as the rod-like member 171 may be used. The second porous sheet-like member 181 is generally the first porous sheet-like member in the item 1 (3) (that is, the item C1 (3)), also in terms of practicality. No. 171, which satisfies one or a plurality or all of the same numerical ranges as the numerical ranges (including the more preferable numerical ranges) described in the (c) to (h) terms described above Preferred to
[0235] 上述のとおりであるから、図 42〜図 44に示す第 2の実施例におけるリーダライタ用 アンテナ 15においては、図 33〜図 39に示す第 1の実施例における場合よりも、第 1 のループアンテナ Aのうちの上記ほぼ U字状の左側突出部分 37、 35、 43でそれぞ れ発生される磁界 (換言すれば、磁束)は、第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171によって だけではなぐ第 2の多孔性シート部材 181によってもさらに弱められる。それでいて 、棚板 11上に載置されている書籍類 18に対しては、棚板 11全体にわたって、書籍 類 18に貼付された電子タグ 19とリーダライタ用アンテナ 15との相互の交信をやはり 有効に行うことができる。 Since it is as described above, the reader / writer antenna 15 in the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 42 to 44 has the first embodiment than the case in the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 33 to 39. The magnetic field (in other words, the magnetic flux) generated by each of the substantially U-shaped left projecting portions 37, 35 and 43 of the loop antenna A of the first loop sheet A is obtained by the first porous sheet member 171 alone. It is further weakened by the second porous sheet member 181. Still For the books 18 placed on the shelf 11, the mutual communication between the electronic tag 19 attached to the books 18 and the reader / writer antenna 15 is also effective over the whole shelf 11. It can be carried out.
[0236] 3、第 3グループ発明の第 3の実施例  Third Embodiment of Third and Third Group Inventions
第 2の干渉防止用部材 (換言すれば、遮蔽材)としての第 2の多孔性シート状部材 1 81の取付け位置は、図 42および図 44に示す第 2の実施例のものに限定されるもの ではなぐ図 45および図 46に示す第 3の実施例によって例示するように各種の変更 および修正が可能である。なお、図 45および図 46に示す第 3の実施例における書 架 1は、以下において記載する点を除いて、上述の第 2の実施例における書架 1と実 質的に同一の構成であってよい。また、この第 3の実施例における書籍類 18は、上 述の第 1の実施例における書籍類 18と実質的に同一の構成であってよい。したがつ て、図 45および図 46において、図 33〜図 44と共通の部分には、同一の符号を付し てその説明を必要に応じて省略する。また、以下においては、最上段の棚板 11につ いてのみ説明するが、残りの棚板 6、 12も、必要に応じて、棚板 11と実質的に同一の 構成であってよいし、異なる構成であってもよい。  The attachment position of the second porous sheet-like member 181 as the second interference preventing member (in other words, the shielding member) is limited to that of the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 42 and 44. Various changes and modifications are possible, as exemplified by the third embodiment shown in FIGS. The bookshelf 1 in the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 45 and 46 has substantially the same configuration as the bookshelf 1 in the second embodiment described above except for the points described below. Good. Further, the books 18 in the third embodiment may have substantially the same configuration as the books 18 in the first embodiment described above. Therefore, in FIG. 45 and FIG. 46, the same reference numerals are attached to the same parts as in FIG. 33 to FIG. 44, and the explanation thereof will be omitted as necessary. In the following, only the top shelf 11 will be described, but the remaining shelves 6 and 12 may have substantially the same configuration as the shelf 11 if necessary. It may be a different configuration.
[0237] 図 45および図 46に示す第 3の実施例における棚板 11においては、第 2の多孔性 シート状部材 181が、図 42〜図 44に示す第 2の実施例における棚板 11の場合に較 ベて、間口方向 Xにほぼ沿って向って左側から向って右側に例えば約 10mmずれて いる。したがって、第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181は、前記 2項 (すなわち、前記 C2項 )において記述したほぼ U字状の左側突出部分 37、 35、 43と重複しているだけでな く、第 2のループアンテナ Bの第 2のパターン部分 37とも重複して 、る。  In the shelf board 11 in the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 45 and 46, the second porous sheet-like member 181 is the same as that of the shelf board 11 in the second embodiment shown in FIGS. Compared to the case, for example, it is offset by about 10 mm to the right from the left side, generally along the frontal direction X, and from the left side. Therefore, the second porous sheet member 181 does not only overlap with the substantially U-shaped left projecting portions 37, 35, 43 described in the second term (ie, the C2 term), but The second pattern portion 37 of the second loop antenna B is also overlapped.
[0238] 上述のとおりであるから、図 45および図 46に示す第 3の実施例におけるリーダライ タ用アンテナ 15においては、図 42および図 44に示す第 2の実施例における場合より も、第 1のループアンテナ Aのうちの上記ほぼ U字状の左側突出部分 37、 35、 43で それぞれ発生される磁界 (換言すれば、磁束)だけでなぐ第 2のループアンテナ Bの 第 2のパターン部分 37で発生される磁界 (換言すれば、磁束)も、第 1の多孔性シー ト部材 171によってだけではなぐ第 2の多孔性シート部材 181によっても弱められる 。それでいて、棚板 11上に載置されている書籍類 18に対しては、棚板 11全体にわ たって、書籍類 18に貼付された電子タグ 19とリーダライタ用アンテナ 15との相互の 交信をやはり有効に行うことができる。 As described above, in the reader / writer antenna 15 in the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 45 and 46, the first embodiment is more effective than in the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 42 and 44. The second pattern portion 37 of the second loop antenna B which is only divided by the magnetic field (in other words, the magnetic flux) generated by the substantially U-shaped left projecting portion 37, 35, 43 of the above loop antenna A. The magnetic field (in other words, the magnetic flux) generated by the second porous sheet member 181 is also weakened by the first porous sheet member 171 alone. However, for the books 18 placed on the shelf 11, the entire shelf 11 is Therefore, mutual communication between the electronic tag 19 attached to the books 18 and the reader / writer antenna 15 can be effectively performed.
[0239] 4、第 3グループ発明のリーダライタ用アンテナの動作実験 Operation experiment of the reader / writer antenna according to the fourth and third group inventions
図 47は、第 3グループ発明の第 1〜第 3の実施例のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の、 電子タグ 19との間口方向 Xの位置 (横軸)に応じたアンテナ中心線 45から上方に向う 方向(換言すれば、間口方向 Xと奥行き方向 yとの両方にそれぞれ直交する方向)に おける最大通信可能距離 (縦軸)を示している。この場合、最大通信可能距離とは、 棚板 11の上面から上記上方に向う方向に沿って上方に向う電子タグ 19の下辺部ま での距離を示している。具体的には、この最大通信可能距離とは、棚板 11の間口方 向を X方向、奥行き方向を y方向、上下方向を z方向としたときに、 yz平面(換言す れば、書籍類 21の表表紙 23面または裏表紙 24面)に平行な電子タグ 22の z方向に おける最大通信可能距離 (棚板 11から電子タグ 22の下辺部までの高さ)を測定した ものである。そして、図 47における高さ方向(縦軸)は、間口方向 Xの位置に応じた棚 板 11の上下方向における最大通信可能距離を示している。また、間口方向 Xの位置 (横軸)におけるマイナスの領域は、棚板 11の向力つて左側の外部での読み取り範 囲を示している。 47 shows an upward direction from the antenna center line 45 according to the position (horizontal axis) of the direction X of the frontage of the antenna 15 for reader / writer of the first to third embodiments of the third group invention with the electronic tag 19 The maximum communicable distance (vertical axis) in the direction (in other words, the direction orthogonal to both the frontage direction X and the depth direction y ) is shown. In this case, the maximum communicable distance indicates the distance from the upper surface of the shelf 11 to the lower side of the electronic tag 19 in the upward direction along the above direction. Specifically, the maximum communicable distance is the y - z plane (in other words, when the opening direction of the shelf plate 11 is the X direction, the depth direction is the y direction, and the vertical direction is the z direction). The maximum communication distance (height from the shelf board 11 to the lower side of the electronic tag 22) in the z direction of the electronic tag 22 parallel to the front cover 23 side or the back cover 24 side of the books 21) is there. The height direction (vertical axis) in FIG. 47 indicates the maximum communicable distance in the vertical direction of the shelf board 11 according to the position in the frontage direction X. Further, a minus area in the position in the frontal direction X (horizontal axis) indicates the direction of the shelf plate 11 and the outside reading range on the left side.
[0240] 図 47において、第 3グループ発明の参考例 1の折線グラフは、前記 1項 (すなわち 、前記 C1項)において記述した第 1の実施例における図 37 (図 3も参照)に示す遮蔽 材なしの棚板 11のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15についてのものである。そして、実施例 1の折線グラフは、前記 1項 (すなわち、 C1項)において記述した第 1の実施例にお ける図 34および図 35に示す遮蔽材付きの棚板 11のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15につ いてのものである。また、実施例 2の折線グラフは、前記 2項 (すなわち、前記 C2項) において記述した第 2の実施例における図 42および図 44に示す遮蔽材付きの棚板 11のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15についてのものである。さらに、実施例 3の折線グラフ は、前記 3項 (すなわち、前記 C3項)において記述した第 3の実施例における図 45 および図 46に示す遮蔽材付きの棚板 11のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15についてのも のである。  In FIG. 47, the broken line graph of the reference example 1 of the third group invention shows the shielding shown in FIG. 37 (see also FIG. 3) in the first embodiment described in the above-mentioned 1st term (ie, C1 term). It is about the antenna 15 for reader / writers of the shelf board 11 without material. The broken line graph of the first embodiment is the reader / writer antenna 15 of the shelf 11 with the shielding material shown in FIGS. 34 and 35 in the first embodiment described in the first term (that is, C1). It is about. In addition, the broken line graph of the second embodiment relates to the reader / writer antenna 15 of the shelf 11 with the shielding material shown in FIGS. 42 and 44 in the second embodiment described in the second term (that is, the C2 term). belongs to. Furthermore, the broken line graph of the third embodiment corresponds to the antenna 15 for reader / writer of the shelf 11 with the shielding material shown in FIGS. 45 and 46 in the third embodiment described in the third term (that is, the C3 term). belongs to.
[0241] 図 47は、図 33に示す書架 1に対応するように記載されている。そして、この図 47に おいて、符号 3aは、図 33に示す共通の側板 3aを示している。また、図 47において、 この共通の側板 3aの左側における 2個の符号 41は、図 33に示す第 1の書架部分 la の棚板 11に設けられて 、る第 1のループアンテナ Aの第 4のパターン部分 41の幅方 向における中心線 (実線)および第 2のループアンテナ Bの第 4のパターン部分 41の 幅方向における中心線 (破線)をそれぞれ示している。また、図 47において、共通の 側板 3aの右側における向って左側から向って右側にかけての 2個の符号 37、 2個の 符号 46、 2個の符号 47、 1個の符号 46は、図 33に示す第 2の書架部分 lbの棚板 1 1に設けられて 、るつぎの(a)項〜(d)項に記載のものの幅方向における中心線をそ れぞれ示している。 [0241] FIG. 47 is described to correspond to the bookshelf 1 shown in FIG. And in this figure 47 Here, reference numeral 3a indicates the common side plate 3a shown in FIG. Further, in FIG. 47, the two symbols 41 on the left side of the common side plate 3a are provided on the shelf plate 11 of the first bookshelf portion la shown in FIG. A center line (solid line) in the width direction of the pattern portion 41 and a center line (broken line) in the width direction of the fourth pattern portion 41 of the second loop antenna B are shown. Further, in FIG. 47, two symbols 37, two symbols 46, two symbols 47, and one symbol 46 of the common side plate 3a from the left to the right toward the right in FIG. It is provided on the shelf plate 11 of the second bookshelf part 1b shown, and shows the center lines in the width direction of the items described in the following (a) to (d).
(a)第 1のループアンテナ Aの第 2のパターン部分 37 (実線)および第 2のループアン テナ Bの第 2のパターン部分 37 (破線)、  (a) Second pattern portion 37 of the first loop antenna A (solid line) and second pattern portion 37 of the second loop antenna B (dashed line),
(b)第 1のループアンテナ Aの向って一番左側の屈曲部 44の第 1の立上り部 46 (実 線)および第 2のループアンテナ Bの向って一番左側の屈曲部 44の第 1の立上り部 4 6 (破線)、  (b) The first rising portion 46 (solid line) of the leftmost bending portion 44 toward the first loop antenna A and the first of the leftmost bending portion 44 toward the second loop antenna B Rising part 4 6 (broken line),
(c)第 1のループアンテナ Aの向って一番左側の屈曲部 44の第 2の立上り部 47 (実 線)および第 2のループアンテナ Bの向って一番左側の屈曲部 44の第 2の立上り部 4 7 (破線)、および  (c) The second rising portion 47 (solid line) of the leftmost bend 44 toward the first loop antenna A and the second turn 44 of the leftmost bend 44 toward the second loop antenna B Rising part 4 of 7 (broken line), and
(d)第 1のループアンテナ Aの向って左側から 2番目の屈曲部 44の第 1の立上り部 4 6 (実線)。  (d) First rising portion 4 6 (solid line) of the second bent portion 44 from the left toward the first loop antenna A.
図 47は、第 2の書架部分 lbのみのリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のァ ンテナ A、Bに交互に給電したときの最大通信可能距離 (上述のように上方に向う方 向における最大通信可能距離)を示している。そして、この図 47に示す最大通信可 能距離のグラフから、つぎの(e)項〜 (i)項に記載する事項が判る。  Fig. 47 shows the maximum communicable distance when power is alternately supplied to the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 of only the second bookshelf portion 1b (the upward direction as described above Maximum communicable distance) in From the graph of the maximum communicable distance shown in FIG. 47, the items described in the following items (e) to (i) can be understood.
(e)図 37および図 38に示す参考例 1としての棚板 11の場合には、第 2の書架部分 1 bのリーダライタ用アンテナ 15に給電したときに、この第 2の書架部分 lbのリーダライ タ用アンテナ 15で発生される磁界 (換言すれば、磁束)が、これの左側に隣接する第 1の書架部分 laのリーダライタ用アンテナ 15や 1つ上の段の棚板のリーダライタ用ァ ンテナ 15で発生される磁界 (換言すれば、磁束)に力なりの程度で干渉すること、 (f)図 34および図 35に示す第 1の実施例における棚板 11の場合には、上記 (e)項 に記載した干渉がかなりの程度で生じなくなること、 (e) In the case of the shelf board 11 as the reference example 1 shown in FIGS. 37 and 38, when the reader / writer antenna 15 of the second bookshelf portion 1b is supplied with power, the second bookshelf portion lb The magnetic field (in other words, the magnetic flux) generated by the reader / writer antenna 15 is used for the reader / writer antenna 15 of the first bookshelf portion la adjacent to the left side of the reader / writer, and for the reader / writer of the shelf board one step above. Interference with the magnetic field (in other words, magnetic flux) generated by antenna 15 with a degree of force, (f) In the case of the shelf board 11 in the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 34 and 35, the interference described in the item (e) does not occur to a considerable extent.
(g)図 42〜図 44に示す第 2の実施例における棚板 11の場合には、上記 (e)項に記 載した干渉が、図 34および図 35に示す第 1の実施例の場合よりも一層生じなくなる こと、  (g) In the case of the shelf board 11 in the second embodiment shown in FIG. 42 to FIG. 44, the interference described in the item (e) above is the case of the first embodiment shown in FIG. 34 and FIG. It will not occur more than
(h)図 45および図 46に示す第 3の実施例における棚板 11の場合には、上記 (e)項 に記載した干渉が、図 42〜図 44に示す第 2の実施例の場合よりもさらに生じなくなつ て、実質的に消滅すること、および  (h) In the case of the shelf board 11 in the third embodiment shown in FIG. 45 and FIG. 46, the interference described in the above item (e) is better than in the case of the second embodiment shown in FIG. Substantially disappear without any further occurrence, and
(i)図 34および図 35に示す第 1の実施例、図 42〜図 44に示す第 2の実施例ならび に図 45および図 46に示す第 3の実施例のいずれにおける棚板 11の場合でも、棚板 11上に載置されている書籍類 18に対しては、棚板 11全体にわたって、書籍類 18に 貼付された電子タグ 19とリーダライタ用アンテナ 15との相互の交信をやはり有効に 行うことができること。  (i) In the case of the shelf board 11 in any one of the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 34 and 35, the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 42 to 44 and the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 45 and 46 However, for the books 18 placed on the shelf board 11, mutual communication between the electronic tag 19 attached to the books 18 and the reader / writer antenna 15 is still effective over the entire shelf board 11. What you can do
[0243] 図 48は、第 3グループ発明の第 1および第 3の実施例のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15 の電子タグ 22 (具体的には、電子タグ 22の下辺部)との間口方向 Xの位置に応じた 奥行き方向 yにおける最大通信可能距離 (縦軸)を示している。この場合、最大通信 可能距離とは、棚板 11の後縁部 34 (換言すれば、第 1および第 2の多孔性シート状 部材 171、 181の後縁部)から奥行き方向 yに沿って後方に向う距離を示している。ま た、この図 48において、参考例 1および実施例 1〜3のそれぞれは、図 47の場合と同 一のものを意味して!/ヽる。また、図 48【こお!ヽて、符号 41、 3a、 37、 46および 47のそ れぞれは、図 47の場合と同一のものを意味している。  [0243] FIG. 48 shows the position of the opening direction X with the electronic tag 22 (specifically, the lower side portion of the electronic tag 22) of the reader / writer antenna 15 of the first and third embodiments of the third group invention. It shows the maximum communicable distance (vertical axis) in the depth direction y according to. In this case, the maximum communicable distance is a distance from the rear edge 34 of the shelf 11 (in other words, the rear edges of the first and second porous sheet members 171 and 181) along the depth direction y. It indicates the distance to In addition, in FIG. 48, each of Reference Example 1 and Examples 1 to 3 means the same as in the case of FIG. Also, each of symbols 41, 3a, 37, 46 and 47 means the same as in FIG. 47 [Fig. 48].
[0244] 図 48は、第 2の書架部分 lbのリーダライタ用アンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のアンテ ナん Bに交互に給電したときの最大通信可能距離 (上述のように奥行き方向 yにお ける最大通信可能距離)を示している。そして、この図 48に示す最大通信可能距離 のグラフから、つぎの (j)項および (k)項に記載する事項が判る。  [0244] FIG. 48 shows the maximum communicable distance when power is supplied alternately to the first and second antennas B of the reader / writer antenna 15 of the second bookshelf portion lb (in the depth direction y as described above Indicates the maximum communicable distance). From the graph of the maximum communicable distance shown in FIG. 48, the items described in the following items (j) and (k) can be understood.
(j)図 37 (図 3も参照)に示す参考例 1としての棚板 11の場合には、第 2の書架部分 1 bのリーダライタ用アンテナ 15に給電したときに、この第 2の書架部分 lbのリーダライ タ用アンテナ 15で発生される磁界 (換言すれば、磁束)が、これの背面側に隣接する 別の書架の書架部分の棚板上のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15 (特に、間口方向 Xにお ける端部)で発生される磁界 (換言すれば、磁束)にかなりの程度で干渉すること、お よび (j) In the case of the shelf board 11 as the reference example 1 shown in FIG. 37 (see also FIG. 3), when the reader / writer antenna 15 of the second bookshelf portion 1b is supplied with power, the second bookshelf The magnetic field (in other words, the magnetic flux) generated by the reader-writer antenna 15 of the part lb is adjacent to the back side of this Interference with the magnetic field (in other words, the magnetic flux) generated by the reader / writer antenna 15 (in particular, the end in the front direction X) on the shelf plate of the bookshelf portion of another bookshelf And
(k)図 34および図 35に示す第 1の実施例における棚板 11、図 42〜図 44に示す第 2の実施例における棚板 11ならびに図 45および図 46に示す第 3の実施例における 棚板 11のそれぞれの場合には、上記 (j)項に記載した干渉がかなりの程度で生じな くなること。  (k) Shelf 11 in the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 34 and 35; shelf 11 in the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 42 to 44; and in the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 45 and 46 In each case of the shelf 11, the interference described in (j) above shall not occur to a considerable extent.
[0245] 図 49は、第 3グループ発明の参考例 2について、図 47の場合と同様のグラフを示 している。この参考例 2は、図 34および図 35に示す第 1の実施例において、多孔性 シート状部材 171の中央開口 172を省略したものを干渉防止用部材として用いてい る。したがって、この参考例 2の多孔性シート状部材 171の場合には、上記中央開口 172に相当する部分も、メッシュ構造に構成されている。そして、この図 47から、つぎ の(1)項および (m)項に記載する事項が判る。  [0245] FIG. 49 shows a graph similar to that of FIG. 47 for Reference Example 2 of the third group invention. In this embodiment, in the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 34 and 35, the porous sheet-like member 171 with the central opening 172 omitted is used as the interference preventing member. Therefore, in the case of the porous sheet-like member 171 of the second embodiment, the portion corresponding to the central opening 172 is also formed in a mesh structure. And, from FIG. 47, the matters described in the following items (1) and (m) can be understood.
(1)この参考例 2として示す棚板 11の場合には、第 2の書架部分 lbのリーダライタ用 アンテナ 15に給電したときに、この第 2の書架部分 lbのリーダライタ用アンテナ 15で 発生される磁界 (換言すれば、磁束)が、これの左側に隣接する第 1の書架部分 laの リーダライタ用アンテナ 15で発生される磁界 (換言すれば、磁束)にほとんど干渉しな いこと、および  (1) In the case of the shelf board 11 shown as this reference example 2, when power is supplied to the reader / writer antenna 15 of the second bookshelf portion lb, this occurs at the reader / writer antenna 15 of the second bookshelf portion lb. That the magnetic field (in other words, the magnetic flux) hardly interferes with the magnetic field (in other words, the magnetic flux) generated by the reader / writer antenna 15 of the first bookshelf part la adjacent to the left side of this and
(m)上記参考例 2として示す棚板 11の場合には、書籍類 18に貼付された電子タグ 1 9とリーダライタ用アンテナ 15との相互の交信を良好に行わせるための何らかの工夫 が必要であること。  (m) In the case of the shelf board 11 shown as the above-mentioned reference example 2, it is necessary to take some measures to make the electronic tag 19 attached to the books 18 and the reader / writer antenna 15 communicate favorably with each other. To be
[0246] 図 50は、第 3グループ発明の参考例 3について、図 47の場合と同様のグラフを示 している。この参考例 3は、図 45および図 46に示す第 3の実施例において、第 1の多 孔性シート状部材 171を省略して、干渉防止用部材として第 2の多孔性シート状部 材 181のみを用いている。そして、この図 50から、つぎの(n)項に記載する事項が判 る。  FIG. 50 shows a graph similar to that of FIG. 47 for Reference Example 3 of the third group invention. In the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 45 and 46, the first porous sheet-like member 171 is omitted, and the second porous sheet-like member 181 is used as an interference preventing member. Use only. And, from this Fig. 50, the items described in the following (n) can be understood.
(n)この参考例 3としての示す棚板 11の場合には、第 2の書架部分 lbのリーダライタ 用アンテナ 15に給電したときに、この第 2の書架部分 lbのリーダライタ用アンテナ 15 で発生される磁界 (換言すれば、磁束)が、これの左側に隣接する第 1の書架部分 la のリーダライタ用アンテナ 15で発生される磁界 (換言すれば、磁束)に多少は干渉し なくなるが、基本的には、図 37 (図 3も参照)に示す参考例 1の場合(図 47に図示)と ほぼ同一のグラフが得られること。 (n) In the case of the shelf board 11 shown as this reference example 3, when power is supplied to the reader / writer antenna 15 of the second bookshelf portion lb, the reader / writer antenna 15 of the second bookshelf portion 15 The magnetic field (in other words, the magnetic flux) generated in the above no longer interferes with the magnetic field (in other words, the magnetic flux) generated in the reader / writer antenna 15 of the first bookshelf part la adjacent to the left side of this However, basically, almost the same graph as in Reference Example 1 (shown in Figure 47) shown in Figure 37 (see also Figure 3) should be obtained.
[0247] 図 51は、第 3グループ発明の参考例 4について、図 45の場合と同様のグラフを示 している。この参考例 4は、図 34および図 35に示す第 1の実施例において、多孔性 シート状部材 171に欠如部を設けることによって、この多孔性シート状部材 171を閉 ループ状ではなくて開ループ状に構成したものである。具体的には、上記欠如部は 、多孔性シート状部材 171の向って右側の縁部 40側の辺 171a (図 43参照)に約 7. 5mmの幅のスリットとして形成されている。そして、この図 51から、つぎの(o)項に記 載する事項が判る。 FIG. 51 shows a graph similar to that of FIG. 45 for Reference Example 4 of the third group invention. In this first embodiment shown in FIGS. 34 and 35, the porous sheet-like member 171 is not closed loop-shaped but open-looped by providing the lacked portion in the porous sheet-like member 171. It is configured in the form of Specifically, the absence portion is formed as a slit having a width of about 7.5 mm on the side 171a (see FIG. 43) on the side of the edge 40 on the right side of the porous sheet-like member 171. And, from FIG. 51, the items described in the following item (o) can be understood.
(o)この参考例 4として示す棚板 11の場合には、図 37 (図 3も参照)に示す参考例 1 の場合(図 47に図示)について上記 (e)項に記載したのとほぼ同様の干渉が生じるこ と。  (o) In the case of the shelf board 11 shown as this reference example 4, the case of the reference example 1 (shown in FIG. 47) shown in FIG. 37 (see also FIG. 3) is almost the same as described in the above (e). Similar interference may occur.
[0248] つぎの表 1は、図 47〜図 51にそれぞれ示されている最大通信可能距離を、棚板 1 1上(間口方向 Xの位置におけるプラスの領域)の最大通信可能距離の平均値などを カロえて、表として示したものである。この表 1において、上下方向の場合には、図 47 および図および図 49〜図 51における最大通信可能距離 (縦軸)の最大値、平均値 および最小値がそれぞれ示されている。また、左右方向(すなわち、間口方向) Xの 場合には、図 45および図 49〜図 51における間口方向の位置 (横軸)における Omm 力も— 100mmに向う方向の最大通信可能距離が示されている。また、前後方向(す なわち、奥行き方向) yの場合には、図 48における最大通信可能距離が示されてい る。  The following Table 1 shows the average of the maximum communicable distances on the shelf board 11 (plus area in the position of the frontage X) shown in FIGS. 47 to 51, respectively. And so on are shown as a table. In this Table 1, in the vertical direction, the maximum value, the average value and the minimum value of the maximum communicable distance (vertical axis) in FIGS. 47 and 49 and FIGS. 49 to 51 are shown. In the case of X in the left-right direction (ie frontage direction), the Omm force at the position (horizontal axis) in the frontage direction in Figs. 45 and 49 to 51 also indicates the maximum communicable distance in the direction toward 100mm. There is. In the case of y in the front-rear direction (ie, in the depth direction), the maximum communicable distance in FIG. 48 is shown.
[表 1] 最大通信可能距離 (mm) [table 1] Maximum communicable distance (mm)
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
また、つぎの表 2は、棚板 6、 11、 12にそれぞれ敷設されるリーダライタ用アンテナ 15を上下、左右および前後の各方向に隣接して配置した場合において、棚板間でリ 一ダライタ用アンテナ 15による相互の干渉が生じないようにするのに必要な棚板間 の必要最低離間距離を示している。すなわち、互いに隣接する上下、左右および前 後の棚板間で相互の干渉を起こさないようにするのに必要になる各方向における距 離 (具体的には、上下方向においては、天板 5および棚板 6、 11、 12の相互の間隔、 左右方向においては、共通の側板 3aの厚み、前後方向においては、背板 4の厚み) を示している。  Also, in Table 2 below, when the reader / writer antenna 15 laid on each of the shelf boards 6, 11 and 12 is disposed adjacent to each other in the vertical and horizontal directions and in the front and back directions, the relay writer can be used between the shelf boards. The required minimum separation distance between the shelf boards necessary to prevent mutual interference by the antenna 15 is shown. That is, the distance in each direction required to prevent mutual interference between adjacent upper and lower, left and right, and front and rear shelves (specifically, in the vertical direction, the top plate 5 and the top plate 5 and The distance between the shelf plates 6, 11 and 12 and the thickness of the common side plate 3a in the left-right direction and the thickness of the back plate 4 in the front-rear direction are shown.
[表 2] [Table 2]
Figure imgf000120_0002
Figure imgf000120_0002
上記表 1および表 2から、つぎの(p)項および (q)項に記載する事項が判る。  From the above Table 1 and Table 2, the items described in the following (p) and (q) can be seen.
(p)表 2に示す必要最低離間距離が表 1に示す最大通信可能距離とほぼ対応した 関係になっていること、および  (p) The required minimum separation distance shown in Table 2 substantially corresponds to the maximum communicable distance shown in Table 1, and
(q)実施例 1〜3の場合には、参考例 1の場合に較べて、上下、左右および前後の各 方向における必要最低離間距離を小さくし得ること (特に、上下方向については、参 考例 1では、文庫本 18a (高さ 148mm)を或る棚板上に多数冊並べた場合、この文 庫本 18aと 1つ上の段の棚板との間に文庫本 18aの高さの倍以上の余分な空間を設 ける必要があるが、実施例 1〜3では、上記上下方向における余分な空間をほとんど 設ける必要がなくて上下方向において隙間があまり生じないように文庫本 18aを棚板 上に多数冊並べることが可能であること)。 [0251] 5、第 3グループ発明の追加の変形例 (q) In the case of Examples 1 to 3, the required minimum separation distance in the vertical and horizontal directions and the front and back directions can be made smaller than in Reference Example 1 (in particular, the vertical direction will be referred to). In Example 1, when many paperback books 18a (height 148 mm) are arranged on a shelf board, the height of the paperback books 18a is more than double the height of the paperback books 18a between the paperback book 18a and the shelf board of the upper row. In the first to third embodiments, it is not necessary to provide the extra space in the vertical direction, and the paperback book 18a is placed on the shelf board so that no gap is generated in the vertical direction. It is possible to arrange many books). [0251] 5, Additional Modifications of the Third Group Invention
以上において、本発明の第 3グループ発明の第 1〜第 3の実施例について詳細に 説明した。しかし、本発明の第 3グループ発明は、これら第 1〜第 3の実施例に限定さ れるものではなぐ請求の範囲に記載された発明の趣旨に基づいて、各種の変更お よび修正が可能である。  Hereinabove, the first to third embodiments of the third group invention of the present invention have been described in detail. However, the third group invention of the present invention is not limited to the first to third embodiments, and various changes and modifications are possible based on the spirit of the invention described in the claims. is there.
[0252] 例えば、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、上下 3段の棚 板 6、 11、 12を書架 1に設けた。しかし、棚板は必ずしも上下に 3段設けられる必要 はなぐ 2段または 4段以上の別の複数段を上下に設けてもよぐ場合によっては、 1 段だけでもよい。  For example, in the first to third embodiments of the third group invention described above, the shelf boards 6, 11 and 12 in the upper and lower three stages are provided on the bookshelf 1. However, the shelf board does not necessarily have to be provided in the upper and lower three stages. In the case where two or four or more other multiple stages may be provided in the upper and lower sides, it may be only one.
[0253] また、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、左右方向に互い に隣接している第 1および第 2の書架部分 la、 lbから書架 1を構成した。しかし、書 架 1は、左右方向に順次隣接している 3個以上の書架部分カゝら構成されていてもよく 、さらに、前後方向に背中合せで互いに隣接する 2個以上の書架部分力 構成され ていてもよい。また、互いに隣接する複数個の書架部分は、左右方向および Zまた は前後方向に互いに隣接して 、る必要は必ずしもなぐ斜め方向に互いに隣接して いてもよい。  Further, in the first to third embodiments of the third group invention described above, the bookshelf 1 is constructed from the first and second bookshelf portions la and lb adjacent to each other in the left-right direction. . However, the bookshelf 1 may be configured to have three or more bookshelf parts that are sequentially adjacent in the left-right direction, and further, two or more bookshelf parts that are adjacent to each other back to back in the front-rear direction It may be In addition, the plurality of book rack portions adjacent to each other may be adjacent to each other in the left-right direction and in the Z direction or in the front-rear direction.
[0254] また、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、第 1および第 2 の書架部分 la、 lbの互いに対応する棚板 6、 11、 12のそれぞれの高さを互いにほ ぼ同一にした。しかし、第 1および第 2の書架部分 la、 lbの互いに対応する棚板 6、 11、 12のうちの少なくとも 1個の棚板の高さは、互いに異なっていてもよい。  In the first to third embodiments of the third group invention, the heights of the corresponding shelf plates 6, 11 and 12 of the first and second bookshelf portions la and lb are respectively set. Were almost identical to each other. However, the heights of at least one shelf plate of the corresponding shelf plates 6, 11, 12 of the first and second bookshelf parts la, lb may be different from each other.
[0255] また、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、本発明の第 3グ ループ発明を書架 1に適用した。しかし、本発明の第 3グループ発明は、陳列棚、商 品棚、書類管理棚などの他の物品載置棚や、図書館の受付カウンタ台などのカウン タ台、テーブル、机などのような、各種の物品が載置される台に適用することができ、 また、医薬品などの製造ラインにおける物流用の読み取りアンテナや、工場ラインに おける部品管理用の読み取りアンテナや、ゲートアンテナとしても、使用することがで き、さらには、電子タグに組み込まれる電子タグ用のアンテナとしても用いられるでき る。したがって、本発明の第 3グループ発明によるリーダ用アンテナは、書架 1の棚板 6、 11、 12のようなほぼ長方形状の基板に限らず、ほぼ正方形状、ほぼ平行四辺形 状、ほぼ台形状、ほぼ長円形状、その他の各種の形状を有する基板などに組み込ま れることができる。 In the first to third embodiments of the third group invention, the third group invention of the present invention is applied to the bookshelf 1. However, the third group invention of the present invention relates to other article placement shelves such as a display shelf, a product shelf, and a document management shelf, a counter stand such as a reception counter of a library, a table, a desk, etc. It can be applied to a table on which various articles are placed, and it can also be used as a reading antenna for physical distribution in manufacturing lines for pharmaceutical products etc., a reading antenna for parts management in factory lines, and a gate antenna. In addition, it can also be used as an antenna for an electronic tag incorporated into the electronic tag. Therefore, the reader antenna according to the third group invention of the present invention is a shelf board of the bookshelf 1 Not limited to substantially rectangular substrates such as 6, 11 and 12, they may be incorporated into substrates having a substantially square shape, a substantially parallelogram shape, a substantially trapezoidal shape, a substantially oval shape, or other various shapes. it can.
[0256] また、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、リーダライタ用ァ ンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン 31 は、一回巻きのものとした。しかし、このアンテナパターン 31は、渦巻き状などに複数 回卷回させた複数回巻きのものであってもよい。また、このアンテナパターン 31は、 図 37に例示されるものに限定されるものではなぐ本発明の第 2グループ発明にお いて例示した図 12Cなどの図面に示す各種のものなどであってよい。  In the first to third embodiments of the third group invention, the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern 31 of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 is , One-roll one. However, the antenna pattern 31 may be a plurality of turns wound a plurality of times in a spiral or the like. Further, this antenna pattern 31 may be various ones shown in the drawings such as FIG. 12C exemplified in the second group invention of the present invention which is not limited to the one exemplified in FIG.
[0257] また、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、リーダライタ用ァ ンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bの各アンテナパターン要素 35、 37、 39、 41、 43、 46〜48などの相互の間のつながり部位の大部分をあまり丸みのないほぼ 尖った形状に構成した。しかし、これらのつながり部位の一箇所または複数箇所もし くは全部の箇所が、さらに丸みを帯びた形状に構成されて ヽてもよ 、。  In the first to third embodiments of the third group invention, the antenna pattern elements 35 and 37 of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 respectively. Most of the connections between them, such as 39, 41, 43, 46 to 48, etc., were configured in a substantially rounded shape with less roundness. However, one or more or all of these connection sites may be further rounded.
[0258] また、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、リーダライタ用ァ ンテナ 15の第 1および第 2のアンテナ A、 Bのそれぞれの屈曲部 44の個数をそれぞ れ 4個にした。しかし、上記屈曲部 44の個数は、 4個である必要は必ずしもなくて、そ れよりも多いかあるいは少ないかの任意の個数であってよぐ場合によっては、 1個で あってもよい。  In the first to third embodiments of the third group invention, the number of bent portions 44 of each of the first and second antennas A and B of the reader / writer antenna 15 is set as I made four each. However, the number of the bending portions 44 does not necessarily have to be four, but may be one, in some cases where it may be any number greater or smaller than that.
[0259] また、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、第 1の多孔性シー ト状部材 171に単一の中央開口 172を設けた。しかし、第 1の多孔性シート状部材 1 71に設けられる中央開口 172は、 1個である必要は必ずしもなぐ 2個以上であって もよい。例えば、図 34に示す中央開口 172においてほぼ奥行き方向 yに沿って延在 する 1本または複数本の帯状部や、上記中央開口 172においてほぼ間口方向 Xに沿 つて延在する 1本または複数本の帯状部を、第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171に設ける ことなどによって、第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171に 2個以上の中央開口 172を設け ることがでさる。  In the first to third embodiments of the third group invention, the first porous sheet-like member 171 is provided with a single central opening 172. However, the number of central openings 172 provided in the first porous sheet-like member 171 may be two or more, which need not be one. For example, in the central opening 172 shown in FIG. 34, one or a plurality of strip portions extending substantially along the depth direction y, or in the central opening 172 one or more extending substantially along the frontal direction X It is possible to provide the first porous sheet-like member 171 with two or more central openings 172 by providing the belt-like portion of the first porous sheet-like member 171 or the like.
[0260] また、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、第 1のループア ンテナ Aの一対の端子部 32a、 32bおよび第 2のループアンテナ Bの一対の端子部 3 2a、 32bのそれぞれを、棚板 11の向って右側の縁部 58付近に設けた。しかし、これ ら第 1および第 2のループアンテナ A、 Bの一対の端子部 32a、 32bのそれぞれは、 棚板 11の後縁部 52、向って左側の縁部 36、前縁部 38および向って右側の縁部 40 のうちの任意の縁部付近に設けられることができる。例えば、図 34に示す棚板 11に おいて、第 2のループアンテナ Bの一対の端子部 32a、 32bが第 1のループアンテナ Aの一対の端子部 32a、 32bとほぼ左右対称的になるように、第 2のループアンテナ Bの一対の端子部 32a、 32bを向って左側の縁部 36付近に設けてもょ 、。 Further, in the first to third embodiments of the third group invention described above, the first loop Each of the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the antenna A and the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the second loop antenna B is provided in the vicinity of the edge 58 on the right side of the shelf board 11. However, each of the pair of terminal portions 32a, 32b of the first and second loop antennas A, B is the rear edge 52 of the shelf board 11, the left edge 36, the front edge 38 and the It can be provided near any edge of the right edge 40. For example, in the shelf board 11 shown in FIG. 34, the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the second loop antenna B is substantially symmetrical with the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b of the first loop antenna A. The second loop antenna B may be provided near the left edge 36 facing the pair of terminal portions 32a and 32b.
[0261] また、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、第 1の多孔性シ ート状部材 171の開口率 (すなわち、前記 C1 (3)項における前記 (h)項に記載の開 口率)を全体的に一様なものにした。しかし、第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171の開口 率は、全体的に一様である必要は必ずしもなぐ部分的に異なっていてもよい。例え ば、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 1の実施例において、第 1の多孔性シート状部材 1 71の一部分 (具体的には、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 2または第 3の実施例にお いて、第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181と重複する部位)の開口率を小さくすることによ つて、第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171を干渉防止用部材として用いるだけでもって、 第 3グループ発明の既述の第 2または第 3の実施例の場合と類似した効果を奏するこ とちでさる。 In the first to third embodiments of the third group invention, the aperture ratio of the first porous sheet-like member 171 (ie, the above-mentioned (C1 (3)) h) the opening ratio described in paragraph h) was made uniform throughout. However, the opening ratio of the first porous sheet-like member 171 may not necessarily be totally uniform, but may be partially different. For example, in the first embodiment of the third group invention, a portion of the first porous sheet-like member 171 (specifically, the second or third of the third group invention described above). In the embodiment, only by using the first porous sheet-like member 171 as an interference preventing member by reducing the open area ratio of the second porous sheet-like member 181). The same effects as those of the second or third embodiment of the third group invention can be obtained.
[0262] また、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 2および第 3の実施例においては、第 2の多孔 性シート状部材 181の開口率を第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171の開口率とほぼ同一 にするとともに全体的に一様なものにした。しかし、第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181の 開口率は、第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171の開口率とほぼ同一である必要は必ずし もなぐまた、全体的に一様である必要も必ずしもない。  In the second and third embodiments of the third group invention, the opening ratio of the second porous sheet member 181 is the opening ratio of the first porous sheet member 171. It was almost identical and totally uniform. However, the aperture ratio of the second porous sheet member 181 does not necessarily have to be substantially the same as the aperture ratio of the first porous sheet member 171, and also needs to be uniform throughout. Not necessarily.
[0263] また、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 1〜第 3の実施例においては、第 1の多孔性シ ート状部材 171を棚板 11などのアンテナ形成対象部材の下面に配設した。しかし、 第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171は、用途などに応じて、アンテナ形成対象部材の上 面に配設することもでき、さらに、アンテナ形成対象部材の上面と下面とに上下一対 酉己設することちでさる。 [0264] また、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 2および第 3の実施例においては、第 2の多孔 性シート状部材 181を棚板 11などのアンテナ形成対象部材の下面に配設した。しか し、第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181は、用途などに応じて、アンテナ形成対象部材の 上面に配設することができ、さらに、アンテナ形成対象部材の上面と下面とに上下一 対酉己設することもできる。 In the first to third embodiments of the third group invention, the first porous sheet-like member 171 is disposed on the lower surface of the antenna formation target member such as the shelf board 11 or the like. did. However, the first porous sheet-like member 171 can also be disposed on the upper surface of the antenna formation target member depending on the application etc. Furthermore, upper and lower pairs of the upper and lower surfaces of the antenna formation target member It is a matter to set up. In the second and third embodiments of the third group invention, the second porous sheet member 181 is disposed on the lower surface of the antenna formation target member such as the shelf board 11 or the like. However, the second porous sheet-like member 181 can be disposed on the upper surface of the antenna formation target member depending on the application etc. Furthermore, the upper and lower surfaces of the antenna formation target member are vertically paired. You can set it up yourself.
[0265] また、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 2および第 3の実施例においては、第 2の多孔 性シート状部材 181を第 2の中間膜 182を介して第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171に 貼り合わせるようにした。しかし、第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181を適当な接着剤によ つて第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171に直接に接着することもできる。  In the second and third embodiments of the third group invention, the second porous sheet member 181 is interposed between the second interlayer 182 and the first porous sheet member. I tried to stick to the member 171. However, the second porous sheet member 181 can be directly bonded to the first porous sheet member 171 with a suitable adhesive.
[0266] また、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 2および第 3の実施例においては、第 2の多孔 性シート状部材 181を第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171の外側面に配設した。しかし、 第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181は、必要に応じて、第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171の 内側面 (具体的には、下側の板 24と第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171との間)に配設 することもでき、また、第 1の多孔性シート状部材 171とは反対側の面 (具体的には、 上側の板 23の外側面)に配設することもできる。  In the second and third embodiments of the third group invention, the second porous sheet member 181 is disposed on the outer surface of the first porous sheet member 171. . However, if necessary, the second porous sheet member 181 is an inner surface of the first porous sheet member 171 (specifically, the lower plate 24 and the first porous sheet member Between the first porous sheet member 171 and the outer surface of the upper plate 23 (specifically, the outer surface of the upper plate 23). it can.
[0267] さらに、第 3グループ発明の既述の第 2および第 3の実施例においては、第 2の多 孔性シート状部材 181をリーダライタ用アンテナ 15のアンテナパターン 31の長さ方 向 Xにおける一方の端部付近 (具体的には、向って左側の端部付近)のみに配設し た。しかし、第 2の多孔性シート状部材 181は、リーダライタ用アンテナ 15のアンテナ ノ ターン 31の長さ方向 Xにおける他方の端部付近のみに配設することもでき、さらに は、両方の端部付近 (具体的には、向って左側および向って右側の左右両方の端部 付近)のそれぞれに一対配設することもできる。  Further, in the second and third embodiments of the third group invention described above, the second porous sheet member 181 is used as the antenna pattern 31 of the reader / writer antenna 15 in the length direction X. It was placed only near one end (specifically, near the end to the left). However, the second porous sheet member 181 can be disposed only near the other end in the longitudinal direction X of the antenna pattern 31 of the reader / writer antenna 15, and furthermore, both ends A pair may be provided in each of the vicinity (specifically, near both left and right ends toward the left and towards the right).

Claims

請求の範囲  The scope of the claims
[1] 物品棚に収納される物品がその上に載置されるのに用いられかつリーダ用アンテナ が設けられたアンテナ付き棚板にぉ 、て、  [1] A shelf board with an antenna, which is used for placing an article to be stored in the article shelf and on which a reader antenna is provided,
上記リーダ用アンテナが複数個のアンテナ力も成り、  The above reader antenna also has multiple antenna powers,
上記複数個のアンテナのうちの第 1のアンテナのアンテナパターンは、上記棚板の ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 1の縁部の側を上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 1のパ ターン部分と、上記棚板のほぼ奥行き方向に延在する第 2の縁部の側を上記ほぼ奥 行き方向に延在する第 2のパターン部分と、上記棚板の上記ほぼ間口方向に延在し かつ上記第 1の縁部とは反対側の第 3の縁部の側を上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する 第 3のパターン部分と、上記棚板の上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在しかつ上記第 2の縁 部とは反対側の第 4の縁部の側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在する第 4のパターン部 分とが、順次連結されることによって、構成され、  The antenna pattern of the first antenna of the plurality of antennas is a first pattern portion extending in the direction of the front of the first plate extending substantially in the direction of the front of the shelf plate. And a second pattern portion extending in the substantially backward direction on a side of a second edge portion extending in the substantially depth direction of the shelf plate, and extending substantially in the direction of the front opening of the shelf plate; A third pattern portion extending in the direction of the foremost portion of the third edge opposite to the first edge, and a portion extending in the substantially depth direction of the shelf plate and the second And the fourth pattern portion extending in the substantially depth direction is sequentially connected to the side of the fourth edge opposite to the edge of the second edge,
上記複数個のアンテナのうちの第 2のアンテナのアンテナパターンは、上記第 3の 縁部の側を上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 1のパターン部分と、上記第 2の縁部の 側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在する第 2のパターン部分と、上記第 1の縁部の側を 上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 3のパターン部分と、上記第 4の縁部の側を上記ほ ぼ奥行き方向に延在する第 4のパターン部分とが、順次連結されることによって、構 成され、  The antenna pattern of the second antenna of the plurality of antennas includes the first pattern portion extending in the direction substantially toward the front of the third edge, and the side of the second edge The second pattern portion substantially extending in the depth direction, the third pattern portion substantially extending in the direction of the first edge, and the fourth edge portion are substantially the same. The fourth pattern portion extending in the almost depth direction is configured by being sequentially connected,
上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1および Zまたは上記第 3のパターン部分と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 1および Zまたは上記第 3のパターン部分とは、上記ほぼ間口 方向に延在する複数個のベースライン部と、これら複数個のベースライン部を互いに 連結している少なくとも 1個の屈曲部とをそれぞれ備え、  The plurality of first and Z or third pattern portions of the first antenna and the plurality of first and Z or third pattern portions of the second antenna may extend in the direction of the front opening. Each of the baseline sections and at least one bend section connecting the plurality of baseline sections together;
上記屈曲部のそれぞれは、第 1および第 2の立上り部と、これら第 1および第 2の立 上り部の先端部を互いに連結して ヽる連結部とをそれぞれ備える凸形状から成ること を特徴とする物品管理棚用アンテナ付き棚板。  Each of the bent portions has a convex shape provided with a first and a second rising portion and a connecting portion connecting the tips of the first and the second rising portions to each other. A shelf board with an antenna for article management shelves.
[2] 上記棚板に設けられた上記リーダ用アンテナを上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在する仮 想の単位領域区分線によって単位領域に区分したときの上記単位領域のそれぞれ において、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部分と、上記第 2のアンテナの 上記第 3のパターン部分とのうちのいずれか一方力 上記棚板の上記第 1の縁部に ほぼ沿って上記ほぼ間口方向に延在するとともに、他方が、上記ほぼ間口方向に延 在する上記複数個のベースライン部と、これら複数個のベースライン部を互いに連結 している上記少なくとも 1個の屈曲部とをそれぞれ備え、 [2] In each of the unit areas when the reader antenna provided on the shelf plate is divided into unit areas by the virtual unit area dividing lines extending in the substantially depth direction, the first antenna The first pattern portion of the second antenna and the second Any one of the third pattern portions and the force substantially extend along the first edge of the shelf and the other extends substantially in the direction of the aperture. A plurality of base line portions and at least one of the bent portions connecting the plurality of base line portions to each other;
上記単位領域のそれぞれにおいて、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部 分と上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分とのうちの上記いずれか一方が 上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部分であるときには、上記第 2のアンテナ の上記第 1のパターン部分力 上記棚板の上記第 3の縁部にほぼ沿って上記ほぼ間 口方向に延在するとともに、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分力 上記 ほぼ間口方向に延在する上記複数個のベースライン部と、これら複数個のベースラ イン部を互いに連結して 、る上記少なくとも 1個の屈曲部とをそれぞれ備え、 上記単位領域のそれぞれにおいて、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部 分と上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分とのうちの上記いずれか一方が 上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分であるときには、上記第 1のアンテナ の上記第 3のパターン部分力 上記棚板の上記第 3の縁部にほぼ沿って上記ほぼ間 口方向に延在するとともに、上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部分力 上記 ほぼ間口方向に延在する上記複数個のベースライン部と、これら複数個のベースラ イン部を互いに連結して 、る上記少なくとも 1個の屈曲部とをそれぞれ備えて 、ること を特徴とする請求の範囲第 1項に記載のアンテナ付き棚板。  In each of the unit regions, one of the first pattern portion of the first antenna and the third pattern portion of the second antenna is the first pattern of the first antenna. When it is the pattern portion of 1, the first pattern portion force of the second antenna extends in the direction of the substantially opening substantially along the third edge portion of the shelf plate, and The third pattern portion force of the antenna, the plurality of base line portions extending substantially in the front direction, and the at least one bending portion connecting the plurality of base line portions to each other In each of the unit regions, one of the first pattern portion of the first antenna and the third pattern portion of the second antenna is the second antenna. When it is the third pattern portion of the antenna, the force of the third pattern portion of the first antenna extends in the direction of the opening substantially along the third edge of the shelf plate, and The first pattern partial force of the second antenna, The at least one bend in which the plurality of baseline portions extending substantially in the front direction and the plurality of baseline portions are connected to each other. The shelf with antenna according to claim 1, characterized in that it comprises:
[3] 上記第 2のアンテナの上記凸形状の屈曲部力 平面的に見て、上記第 1のアンテナ の上記凸形状の屈曲部に対して上記ほぼ間口方向に位置ずれした状態で配設され ることによって、上記第 1のアンテナの上記凸形状の屈曲部に重なる部分と重ならな い部分とを有していることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 1項または第 2項に記載のアン テナ付き棚板。 [3] The convex-shaped bending portion force of the second antenna When viewed in plan, with respect to the convex-shaped bending portion of the first antenna, the displacement is substantially offset in the direction of the frontage. The antenna according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that it has a portion overlapping and a portion not overlapping with the bent portion of the convex shape of the first antenna. Shelf with tena.
[4] 上記重なり部分の間口方向における幅が、上記凸形状の屈曲部の幅を上記複数個 のアンテナのアンテナ個数で割った値である力 あるいは、この値に対して ± 25%の 変動幅を有する数値範囲内の値であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 3項に記載の アンテナ付き棚板。 [5] 上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 2のパターン部分と上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 2のパ ターン部分とのうちのいずれか一方力 上記棚板の上記第 2の縁部にほぼ沿って上 記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在するとともに、他方が、上記いずれか一方の上記第 2の縁 部とは反対側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在し、 [4] A force whose width in the front direction of the overlapping portion is a value obtained by dividing the width of the bent portion of the convex shape by the number of antennas of the plurality of antennas or a fluctuation range of ± 25% with respect to this value The shelf board with an antenna according to claim 3, which is a value within a numerical range having. [5] Any one of the second pattern portion of the first antenna and the second pattern portion of the second antenna substantially along the second edge of the shelf plate And the other extends in the substantially depth direction on the side opposite to the one of the second edges.
上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 4のパターン部分と上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 4の パターン部分とのうちのいずれか一方力 上記棚板の上記第 4の縁部にほぼ沿って 上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在するとともに、他方が、上記いずれか一方の上記第 4の 縁部とは反対側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在して 、ることを特徴とする請求の範囲 第 1項〜第 4項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のアンテナ付き棚板。  Any one of the fourth pattern portion of the first antenna and the fourth pattern portion of the second antenna The force substantially along the fourth edge of the shelf plate It extends in a direction, and the other extends in the substantially depth direction opposite to the fourth edge of any one of the above-mentioned ones. A shelf board with an antenna according to any one of the four items.
[6] 上記リーダ用アンテナを構成している上記複数個のアンテナのそれぞれが、平面的 に見て交差部位を有していないことを特徴とする請求の範囲第 1項〜第 5項のうちの[6] In each of the plurality of antennas constituting the reader antenna, each of the plurality of antennas does not have a crossing portion in a planar view, of
V、ずれか 1つに記載のアンテナ付き棚板。 V, or A shelf board with an antenna described in one.
[7] 上記リーダ用アンテナを構成している上記複数個のアンテナのうちのいずれ力 1つの アンテナと、これら複数個のアンテナのうちの別の 1つのアンテナとの上記棚板の厚 さ方向における相互の間隔が、 70mm以下であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 1項[7] The thickness direction of the shelf board of one of the plurality of antennas constituting the reader antenna and one other antenna of the plurality of antennas in the thickness direction of the shelf board A mutual distance is 70 mm or less, The claim 1 characterized by the above-mentioned.
〜第 6項のうちの 、ずれか 1つに記載のアンテナ付き棚板。 The antenna-mounted shelf board according to any one of the items 1 to 6.
[8] 上記棚板の主要構成要素がガラス板であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 1項〜第[8] The main component of the shelf plate is a glass plate,
7項のうちの 、ずれか 1つに記載のアンテナ付き棚板。 Antenna shelf board according to any one of 7 items.
[9] 上記複数個のアンテナの少なくともアンテナパターンのそれぞれ力ワイヤ導線によつ て構成されていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 1項〜第 7項のうちのいずれ力 1つ に記載のアンテナ付き棚板。 [9] The force described in any one of the items 1 to 7, characterized in that each of at least antenna patterns of the plurality of antennas is constituted by a power wire lead. Shelf with antenna.
[10] 上記ワイヤ導線の断面径が 1. Omm以下であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 9項 に記載のアンテナ付き棚板。 [10] A shelf board with an antenna according to claim 9, wherein a cross-sectional diameter of the wire conductor is 1. O mm or less.
[11] 上記ワイヤ導線の断面径が 0. 02mm以上であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 9項 または第 10項に記載のアンテナ付き棚板。 [11] The shelf with an antenna according to any one of claims 9 to 10, wherein a cross-sectional diameter of the wire conductor is 0.02 mm or more.
[12] 上記リーダ用アンテナを構成している上記複数個のアンテナが順次動作するように 構成されていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 1項〜第 11のうちのいずれ力 1つに記 載のアンテナ付き棚板。 [13] 上記リーダ用アンテナカ^ーダライタ用アンテナであることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 1項〜第 12項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のアンテナ付き棚板。 [12] One of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the plurality of antennas constituting the reader antenna are configured to operate in sequence. Antenna with shelf board. [13] A shelf board with an antenna according to any one of claims 1 to 12, characterized in that it is an antenna for reader / card reader / writer.
[14] 請求の範囲第 1項〜第 13項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のアンテナ付き棚板を少な くとも 1枚、棚板として備えて 、ることを特徴とする物品管理棚。  [14] An article management shelf comprising at least one shelf with an antenna according to any one of claims 1 to 13 as a shelf.
[15] 物品棚に収納される物品がその上に載置されるのに用いられかつリーダ用アンテナ が設けられたアンテナ付き棚板にぉ 、て、  [15] A shelf board with an antenna, which is used for placing an article to be stored in the article shelf and on which a reader antenna is provided,
上記リーダ用アンテナが複数個のアンテナ力も成り、  The above reader antenna also has multiple antenna powers,
上記複数個のアンテナのうちの第 1のアンテナのアンテナパターンは、上記棚板の ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 1の縁部にほぼ沿って上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 1のパターン部分と、上記棚板のほぼ奥行き方向に延在する第 2の縁部の側を上記 ほぼ奥行き方向に延在する第 2のパターン部分と、上記棚板の上記ほぼ間口方向に 延在しかつ上記第 1の縁部とは反対側の第 3の縁部の側を上記ほぼ間口方向に延 在する第 3のパターン部分と、上記棚板の上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在しかつ上記第 2の縁部とは反対側の第 4の縁部の側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在する第 4のバタ ーン部分とが、順次連結されることによって、構成され、  The antenna pattern of the first antenna of the plurality of antennas is a first pattern portion extending substantially in the front direction substantially along the first edge extending substantially in the front direction of the shelf plate. And a second pattern portion extending in the substantially depth direction on a side of the second edge portion extending in the substantially depth direction of the shelf plate, and extending in the substantially opening direction of the shelf plate, A third pattern portion opposite to the first edge on the side of the third edge extends in the substantially front direction, a third pattern portion extends in the substantially depth direction of the shelf plate, and the second The fourth edge portion opposite to the edge portion is configured by being sequentially connected to the fourth pattern portion extending in the substantially depth direction.
上記複数個のアンテナのうちの第 2のアンテナのアンテナパターンは、上記第 3の 縁部にほぼ沿って上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 1のパターン部分と、上記第 2の 縁部の側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在する第 2のパターン部分と、上記第 1の縁部 の側を上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する第 3のパターン部分と、上記第 4の縁部の側を 上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在する第 4のパターン部分とが、順次連結されることによつ て、構成され、  The antenna pattern of the second antenna of the plurality of antennas includes a first pattern portion extending substantially along the third edge and a side of the second edge. The second pattern portion extending in the substantially depth direction, the third pattern portion extending in the direction of the front portion of the first edge portion, and the side of the fourth edge portion are the above. A fourth pattern portion extending substantially in the depth direction is configured by being sequentially connected,
上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3 のパターン部分とは、上記ほぼ間口方向に延在する複数個のベースライン部と、これ ら複数個のベースライン部を互いに連結して 、る少なくとも 1個の屈曲部とをそれぞ れ備え、  The third pattern portion of the first antenna and the third pattern portion of the second antenna are a plurality of base line portions extending substantially in the direction of the opening, and a plurality of the plurality of base line portions. The baseline sections are connected to each other and each comprises at least one bend,
上記屈曲部のそれぞれは、第 1および第 2の立上り部と、これら第 1および第 2の立 上り部の先端部を互いに連結して ヽる連結部とをそれぞれ備える凸形状から成ること を特徴とする物品管理棚用アンテナ付き棚板。 [16] 上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分の上記ベースライン部と、上記第 2の アンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分の上記屈曲部の上記連結部とのそれぞれ力 上 記第 2のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部分と、上記棚板の上記ほぼ間口方向に延 在する仮想の棚板中心線との間を延在し、 Each of the bent portions has a convex shape provided with a first and a second rising portion and a connecting portion connecting the tips of the first and the second rising portions to each other. A shelf board with an antenna for article management shelves. [16] Each of the base line portion of the third pattern portion of the first antenna and the connection portion of the bending portion of the third pattern portion of the second antenna respectively. Extending between the first pattern portion of the antenna and the imaginary shelf centerline extending in the direction of the front of the shelf;
上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分の上記屈曲部の上記連結部と、上 記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分の上記ベースライン部とのそれぞれが、 上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部分と、上記棚板中心線との間を延在して いることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 15項に記載のアンテナ付き棚板。  Each of the connection portion of the bent portion of the third pattern portion of the first antenna and the base line portion of the third pattern portion of the second antenna is the first antenna The shelf with an antenna according to claim 15, characterized in that it extends between the first pattern portion of and the shelf centerline.
[17] 上記第 2のアンテナの上記凸形状の屈曲部力 平面的に見て、上記第 1のアンテナ の上記凸形状の屈曲部に対して上記ほぼ間口方向に位置ずれした状態で配設され ることによって、上記第 1のアンテナの上記凸形状の屈曲部に重なる部分と重ならな い部分とを有していることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 15項または第 16項に記載のァ ンテナ付き棚板。  [17] The convex-shaped bending portion force of the second antenna When viewed in plan, with respect to the convex-shaped bending portion of the first antenna, the displacement is substantially offset in the direction of the frontage. The optical fiber according to claim 15 or 16, characterized in that it has a portion overlapping and a portion not overlapping with the bent portion of the convex shape of the first antenna. Shelf with shelf.
[18] 上記重なり部分の間口方向における幅が、上記凸形状の屈曲部の幅を上記複数個 のアンテナの個数で割った値である力、あるいは、この値に対して ± 25%の変動幅 を有する数値範囲内の値であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 17項に記載のアンテ ナ付き棚板。  [18] The width of the overlapping portion in the front direction is a force obtained by dividing the width of the bent portion of the convex shape by the number of the plurality of antennas, or a fluctuation range of ± 25% with respect to this value. The shelf with an antenna according to claim 17, which is a value within a numerical range having.
[19] 上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 2のパターン部分と上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 2のパ ターン部分とのうちのいずれか一方力 上記棚板の上記第 2の縁部にほぼ沿って上 記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在するとともに、他方が、上記いずれか一方の上記第 2の縁 部とは反対側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在し、  [19] Any one of the second pattern portion of the first antenna and the second pattern portion of the second antenna substantially along the second edge of the shelf plate And the other extends in the substantially depth direction on the side opposite to the one of the second edges.
上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 4のパターン部分と上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 4の パターン部分とのうちのいずれか一方力 上記棚板の上記第 4の縁部にほぼ沿って 上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在するとともに、他方が、上記いずれか一方の上記第 4の 縁部とは反対側を上記ほぼ奥行き方向に延在して 、ることを特徴とする請求の範囲 第 15項〜第 18項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のアンテナ付き棚板。  Any one of the fourth pattern portion of the first antenna and the fourth pattern portion of the second antenna The force substantially along the fourth edge of the shelf plate It extends in a direction, and the other extends in the substantially depth direction opposite to the fourth edge of any one of the above four. Antenna-mounted shelf board according to any one of the items 18.
[20] 上記リーダ用アンテナを構成している上記複数個のアンテナのそれぞれが、平面的 に見て交差部位を有していないことを特徴とする請求の範囲第 15項〜第 19項のうち のいずれか 1つに記載のアンテナ付き棚板。 [20] Each of the plurality of antennas constituting the reader antenna does not have a crossing portion in plan view, and each of the plurality of antennas does not have an intersection portion. A shelf board with an antenna according to any one of the above.
[21] 上記リーダ用アンテナを構成している上記複数個のアンテナのうちのいずれ力 1つの アンテナと、これら複数個のアンテナのうちの別の 1つのアンテナとの上記棚板の厚 さ方向における相互の間隔が、 70mm以下であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 15 項〜第 20項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のアンテナ付き棚板。 [21] In the thickness direction of the shelf board, one antenna out of the plurality of antennas constituting the reader antenna and another antenna out of the plurality of antennas in the thickness direction of the shelf board The shelf with an antenna according to any one of claims 15 to 20, wherein a mutual distance is 70 mm or less.
[22] 上記棚板の主要構成要素がガラス板であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 15項〜 第 21項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のアンテナ付き棚板。 [22] The shelf with an antenna according to any one of claims 15 to 21, characterized in that the main component of the shelf is a glass plate.
[23] 上記複数個のアンテナの少なくともアンテナパターンのそれぞれ力ワイヤ導線によつ て構成されていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 15項〜第 21項のうちのいずれか 1 つに記載のアンテナ付き棚板。 [23] A method according to any one of claims 15 to 21, characterized in that each of at least antenna patterns of the plurality of antennas is constituted by a power wire conductor. Shelf with antenna.
[24] 上記ワイヤ導線の断面径が 1. Omm以下であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 23項 に記載のアンテナ付き棚板。 [24] A shelf board with an antenna according to claim 23, wherein a cross-sectional diameter of the wire conductor is 1. O mm or less.
[25] 上記ワイヤ導線の断面径が 0. 02mm以上であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 23 項または第 24項に記載のアンテナ付き棚板。 [25] The shelf with antenna according to claim 23 or 24, wherein a cross-sectional diameter of the wire conductor is not less than 0.02 mm.
[26] 上記リーダ用アンテナを構成している上記複数個のアンテナが順次動作するように 構成されていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 15項〜第 25項のうちのいずれ力 1つ に記載のアンテナ付き棚板。 [26] The apparatus according to any one of claims 15 to 25, wherein the plurality of antennas constituting the reader antenna are configured to operate in sequence. Shelf with antenna described.
[27] 上記リーダ用アンテナカ^ーダライタ用アンテナであることを特徴とする請求の範囲第[27] The above-mentioned antenna for reader / card reader / writer.
15項〜第 26項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のアンテナ付き棚板。 The antenna-mounted shelf board according to any one of the items 15 to 26.
[28] 請求の範囲第 15項〜第 27項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のアンテナ付き棚板を少 なくとも 1枚、棚板として備えていることを特徴とする物品管理棚。 [28] An article management shelf comprising at least one shelf with an antenna according to any one of claims 15 to 27 as a shelf.
[29] 互いに絶縁されかつ互いに重ね合わせられた状態でアンテナ形成対象部材にそれ ぞれ形成されている第 1および第 2のアンテナを備えているリーダ用アンテナにおい て、 [29] In a reader antenna comprising first and second antennas respectively formed on the antenna formation target members in a state of being mutually insulated and superimposed on each other,
上記第 1のアンテナに給電したときに上記第 1のアンテナによって発生する磁界を 受けて上記第 2のアンテナに発生する誘導電流が上記第 2のアンテナの有効アンテ ナパターン要素にお 、て上記第 2のアンテナを共通の電流方向に流れるように、上 記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれのアンテナパターンの形状と上記第 1および 第 2のアンテナの相互の配置とがそれぞれ選定されていることを特徴とするリーダ用 アンテナ。 The induced current generated in the second antenna receives the magnetic field generated by the first antenna when power is supplied to the first antenna, and the induced current generated in the second antenna is transmitted to the effective antenna pattern element of the second antenna. The shape of the antenna pattern of each of the first and second antennas and the first and second antenna patterns so that the two antennas flow in a common current direction. A reader antenna characterized in that the mutual arrangement of the second antennas is selected.
[30] 上記第 1のアンテナのアンテナパターンと、上記第 2のアンテナのアンテナパターンと は、互いに実質的に同一または互 ヽに類似のアンテナパターン形状を有し、 上記第 1のアンテナの上記アンテナパターンと、上記第 2のアンテナの上記アンテ ナパターンとは、上記有効アンテナパターン要素のうちの少なくとも第 1の方向に大ょ そ沿って延在する有効アンテナパターン要素にお 、ては互 ヽに上下に重ならな 、よ うに、互いにずれて配置されて!、ることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 29項に記載のリー ダ用アンテナ。  [30] The antenna pattern of the first antenna and the antenna pattern of the second antenna have antenna pattern shapes substantially the same as or similar to each other, and the antenna of the first antenna The pattern and the antenna pattern of the second antenna may be the same as the effective antenna pattern element of the effective antenna pattern element that extends along at least the first direction. The antenna for a reader according to claim 29, characterized in that they are arranged one on top of the other so as to be offset from each other.
[31] 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのうちのいずれの一方のアンテナに給電したときにも 、上記アンテナ形成対象部材のアンテナ形成面と上記第 1の方向に直交する第 2の 方向との両方にそれぞれ平行に生じる第 1の磁界成分が上記第 2の方向において大 よそ一定間隔で増減するように、上記第 1および第 2のアンテナがそれぞれ構成され 上記第 1のアンテナの上記アンテナパターンの上記第 1の磁界成分の上記第 2の 方向において弱くなる領域と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記アンテナパターンの上記第 1の磁界成分の上記第 2の方向にぉ 、て弱くなる領域とが交互に生じるように、上記 第 1のアンテナと上記第 2のアンテナとがそれぞれ配置されていることを特徴とする請 求の範囲第 30項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  [31] When power is supplied to any one of the first and second antennas, the antenna formation surface of the antenna formation target member and a second direction orthogonal to the first direction The first and second antennas are respectively configured such that a first magnetic field component generated parallel to both increases and decreases at a substantially constant interval in the second direction, and the antenna pattern of the first antenna is formed. The area weakening in the second direction of the first magnetic field component and the area weakening in the second direction of the first magnetic field component of the antenna pattern of the second antenna alternate with each other. 30. The reader antenna according to claim 30, wherein the first antenna and the second antenna are respectively disposed as in
[32] 上記第 1の磁界成分が、上記第 1の方向においては大よそ均一であることを特徴とす る請求の範囲第 31項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  32. The reader antenna according to claim 31, wherein the first magnetic field component is substantially uniform in the first direction.
[33] 上記アンテナ形成対象部材の上記第 2の方向における長さ力 上記アンテナ形成対 象部材の上記第 1の方向における長さよりも大きいか、あるいは、ほぼ同一であること を特徴とする請求の範囲第 31項または第 32項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  [33] A length force in the second direction of the antenna formation target member, or a length equal to or substantially the same as a length in the first direction of the antenna formation target member. Range A reader antenna according to clause 31 or clause 32.
[34] 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのうちのいずれの一方のアンテナに給電したときにも 、上記アンテナ形成対象部材のアンテナ形成面と上記第 1の方向との両方にそれぞ れ平行に生じる第 2の磁界成分が上記第 1の方向において増減するように、上記第 1 および第 2のアンテナがそれぞれ構成され、 上記第 1のアンテナの上記アンテナパターンの上記第 2の磁界成分の上記第 1の 方向において弱くなる領域と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記アンテナパターンの上記第[34] When power is supplied to any one of the first and second antennas, the antenna formation target member is parallel to both the antenna formation surface of the target member and the first direction. The first and second antennas are respectively configured such that the resulting second magnetic field component increases and decreases in the first direction, A region weakening in the first direction of the second magnetic field component of the antenna pattern of the first antenna, and a region of the antenna pattern of the second antenna.
2の磁界成分の上記第 1の方向にぉ 、て弱くなる領域とが交互に生じるように、上記 第 1のアンテナと上記第 2のアンテナとがそれぞれ配置されていることを特徴とする請 求の範囲第 31項または第 33項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 The first antenna and the second antenna are respectively disposed such that regions weakening in the first direction of the two magnetic field components are alternately generated. Reader antenna according to claim 31 or 33.
[35] 上記第 2の磁界成分が、上記第 2の方向においては大よそ均一であることを特徴とす る請求の範囲第 34項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [35] The reader antenna as set forth in [34], wherein the second magnetic field component is approximately uniform in the second direction.
[36] 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのうちのいずれか一方のアンテナのみに給電するよう に構成されていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 29項〜第 35項のうちのいずれか 1 つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [36] Any one of claims 29 to 35, characterized in that power is supplied to only one of the first and second antennas. Reader antenna described in (1).
[37] 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのうちの他方のアンテナの一対の端子部の間に共振 回路用のコンデンサが接続されていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 29項〜第 36 項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [37] A capacitor for a resonant circuit is connected between a pair of terminal portions of the other of the first and second antennas, characterized in that a capacitor for a resonant circuit is connected. The reader antenna according to any one of the above.
[38] 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナに交互に給電するように構成されていることを特徴と する請求の範囲第 29項〜第 37項のうちのいずれ力 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [38] The reader antenna according to any one of claims 29 to 37, characterized in that the first and second antennas are alternately fed. .
[39] 上記リーダ用アンテナカ^ーダライタ用アンテナとして構成されていることを特徴とす る請求の範囲第 29項〜第 38項のうちのいずれ力 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [39] The reader antenna according to any one of claims 29 to 38, characterized in that it is configured as the above-mentioned reader antenna carder writer antenna.
[40] 上記アンテナ形成対象部材が、物品載置棚の棚板または物品載置台の台板であり 上記棚板または上記台板の主要構成要素が、透明な非導電体であり、 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナの少なくともアンテナパターンのそれぞれ力 ワイヤ 導線力も構成されていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 29項〜第 39項のうちのいず れカ 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [40] The antenna formation target member is a shelf board of an article placement shelf or a bedplate of an article placement table, and the main component of the shelf board or the bedplate is a transparent non-conductive material, The antenna for reader according to any one of claims 29 to 39, characterized in that at least an antenna pattern of at least antenna pattern of the second antenna and a force of the second antenna are also configured.
[41] 上記ワイヤ導線の断面径が 0. 5mm以下であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 40項 に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [41] The reader antenna as set forth in [41], wherein a cross-sectional diameter of the wire conductor is not more than 0.50 mm.
[42] 上記ワイヤ導線の断面径が 0. 02mm以上であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 40 項または第 41項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [42] The antenna for reader according to [40] or [41], wherein a cross-sectional diameter of the wire conductor is 0.02 mm or more.
[43] 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナが、これらの間に絶縁層を介在させて、互いに積層さ れた一対のガラス板の間に設けられていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 29項〜第 42項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [43] The first and second antennas are stacked on each other with an insulating layer interposed therebetween. 43. The reader antenna according to any one of claims 29 to 42, which is provided between a pair of glass plates.
[44] 上記第 1のアンテナの端子部と上記第 2のアンテナの端子部とのそれぞれが、上記 アンテナ形成対象部材の長さ方向における一方および他方の縁部と、幅方向におけ る背面側の縁部との中力 選ばれたいずれか 1つの縁部に設けられていることを特 徴とする請求の範囲第 29項〜第 43項のうちのいずれ力 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテ ナ。 [44] The terminal portion of the first antenna and the terminal portion of the second antenna each have one and the other edges in the length direction of the antenna formation target member, and the back side in the width direction 43. The leader antee according to any one of claims 29 to 43, characterized in that the medium force with the edge of the head is provided at any one selected edge. Na.
[45] 請求の範囲第 29項〜第 44項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナが形 成されて!/、る棚板を上記アンテナ形成対象部材として備えて!/、ることを特徴とするァ ンテナ付き物品載置棚。  [45] A reader antenna according to any one of claims 29 to 44 is formed! /, And a shelf board is provided as the antenna formation target member! // An article placement shelf with an antenna characterized by
[46] 請求の範囲第 29項〜第 44項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナが形 成されて!/ヽる台板を上記アンテナ形成対象部材として備えて!/ヽることを特徴とするァ ンテナ付き物品載置台。  [46] A reader antenna as set forth in any one of claims 29 to 44 is formed! / A base plate provided with said antenna as said antenna formation target member! An article mounting table with an antenna characterized by
[47] 互いに絶縁されかつ互いに重ね合わせられた状態でアンテナ形成対象部材にそれ ぞれ形成された第 1および第 2のアンテナを備え、  [47] The first and second antennas are formed on the antenna formation target member in a state of being insulated from each other and overlapping each other,
上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれは、少なくとも 1個のほぼループ形状の アンテナパターンを備えるリーダ用アンテナにおいて、  Each of the first and second antennas is a reader antenna comprising at least one substantially loop shaped antenna pattern,
上記第 1のアンテナの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンの少なくとも 1個と、 上記第 2のアンテナの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンの少なくとも 1個との それぞれは、上記アンテナ形成対象部材の第 1の方向における第 1の側に設けられ た第 1のパターン部分と、上記アンテナ形成対象部材の上記第 1の方向とは直交す る第 2の方向における第 1の側に設けられた第 2のパターン部分と、上記アンテナ形 成対象部材の上記第 1の方向における上記第 1の側とは反対側の第 2の側に設けら れた第 3のパターン部分と、上記アンテナ形成対象部材の上記第 2の方向における 上記第 1の側とは反対側の第 2の側に設けられた第 4のパターン部分とを備え、 上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1〜第 4のパターン部分のうちの少なくとも 1個と、上 記第 2のアンテナの上記第 1〜第 4のパターン部分のうちのこの少なくとも 1個のパタ ーン部分に大よそ対応する少なくとも 1個とは、互いに間欠的に配置されている複数 本のベースライン部と、これら複数本のベースライン部の間に設けられた少なくとも 1 個の屈曲部とを、上記第 1のアンテナと上記第 2のアンテナとで互いに大よそ対応す るように、それぞれ備え、 Each of at least one of the substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of the first antenna and at least one of the substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of the second antenna is a first one of the antenna formation target members. Pattern portion provided on the first side in the second direction, and second pattern provided on the first side in the second direction orthogonal to the first direction of the antenna formation target member A portion, a third pattern portion provided on the second side opposite to the first side in the first direction of the antenna formation target member, and the third pattern portion of the antenna formation target member A fourth pattern portion provided on the second side opposite to the first side in the two directions, and at least one of the first to fourth pattern portions of the first antenna One and the above At least one of the first to fourth pattern portions of the two antennas that roughly corresponds to the at least one pattern portion is a plurality of intermittently disposed one another. The first antenna and the second antenna substantially correspond to each other in the baseline portion of the book and at least one bent portion provided between the plurality of baseline portions. , Respectively,
上記屈曲部のそれぞれは、第 1および第 2の立上り部をそれぞれ備えるほぼ凸形 状に構成され、  Each of the bends is configured in a generally convex shape with first and second raised portions respectively;
上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1の立上り部または上記第 2の立上り部は、上記第 2 のアンテナのこれと対応する第 1の立上り部と、これと対応する第 2の立上り部との間 に配置されて 、ることを特徴とするリーダ用アンテナ。  The first rising portion or the second rising portion of the first antenna is between the first rising portion corresponding to that of the second antenna and the second rising portion corresponding thereto. An antenna for a reader, which is disposed in
[48] 上記アンテナ形成対象部材の上記第 2の方向における長さ力 上記アンテナ形成対 象部材の上記第 1の方向における長さよりも大きいか、あるいは、ほぼ同一であること を特徴とする請求の範囲第 47項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [48] A length force in the second direction of the antenna formation target member, or a length equal to or substantially the same as a length in the first direction of the antenna formation target member. Range A reader antenna according to clause 47.
[49] 上記屈曲部のそれぞれは、これらの屈曲部のそれぞれを上記ほぼ凸形状に構成す るために、上記第 1の立上り部と上記第 2の立上り部とを連結している連結部を備え、 上記連結部のそれぞれは、大よそ上記第 2の方向に沿って延在していることを特徴 とする請求の範囲第 47項または第 48項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [49] Each of the bent portions has a connecting portion connecting the first rising portion and the second rising portion to configure each of the bent portions in the substantially convex shape. 49. The reader antenna according to claim 47 or 48, wherein each of the connection parts extends along substantially the second direction.
[50] 上記第 1および第 2の立上り部のそれぞれは、大よそ上記第 1の方向に沿って延在し ていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 47項、第 48項または第 49項に記載のリーダ用 アンテナ。 [50] Each of the first and second rising portions extend substantially along the first direction, [47], [48] or [49]. Reader antenna described in.
[51] 上記第 1および第 2の立上り部の幾つか、または、全部は、上記第 1の方向に対して 傾斜して延在し、  [51] Some or all of the first and second rising portions extend obliquely with respect to the first direction,
上記傾斜角度は、 15° 〜45° の範囲、より好ましくは、 20° 〜40° の範囲、さら に好ましくは、 25° 〜35° の範囲であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 47項、第 48 項または第 49項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  The angle of inclination is in the range of 15 ° to 45 °, more preferably in the range of 20 ° to 40 °, and still more preferably in the range of 25 ° to 35 °. , A reader antenna according to paragraph 48 or 49.
[52] 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれは、上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパタ ーンを 1個備え、 [52] Each of the first and second antennas is provided with one of the substantially loop-shaped antenna patterns,
上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパタ ーンの上記第 1のパターン部分は、大よそ上記第 2の方向に沿ってそれぞれ延在し、 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパタ ーンの上記第 2および第 4のパターン部分のそれぞれは、大よそ上記第 1の方向に 沿ってそれぞれ延在し、 The first pattern portion of the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern of each of the first and second antennas extends approximately along the second direction, respectively; Above the substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern of each of the antenna Each of the second and fourth pattern portions of the run extends approximately along the first direction, respectively;
上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパタ ーンの上記第 3のパターン部分は、複数本のベースライン部と、これら複数本のべ一 スライン部の間に設けられた少なくとも 1個の屈曲部とを、上記第 1のアンテナと上記 第 2のアンテナとで互いに大よそ対応するように、それぞれ備え、  The third pattern portion of the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern of each of the first and second antennas is provided between a plurality of base line portions and the plurality of base line portions. And at least one bend, each of the first antenna and the second antenna substantially corresponding to each other,
上記屈曲部のそれぞれは、上記第 1のパターン部分の側に突出するように、ほぼ凸 形状に構成されていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 47項〜第 51項のうちのいずれ 力 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  52. The force according to any one of claims 47 to 51, wherein each of the bent portions is formed in a substantially convex shape so as to protrude toward the first pattern portion. Reader antenna described in (1).
[53] 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれは、上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパタ ーンを 1個備え、 [53] Each of the first and second antennas is provided with one of the substantially loop-shaped antenna patterns,
上記第 1のアンテナの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンの上記第 1のパタ ーン部分は、大よそ上記第 2の方向に沿って延在し、  The first pattern portion of the generally loop shaped antenna pattern of the first antenna extends generally along the second direction,
上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパタ ーンの上記第 2および第 4のパターン部分のそれぞれは、大よそ上記第 1の方向に 沿ってそれぞれ延在し、  Each of the second and fourth pattern portions of the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern of each of the first and second antennas extends approximately along the first direction, respectively;
上記第 2のアンテナの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンの上記第 3のパタ ーン部分は、大よそ上記第 2の方向に沿って延在し、  The third pattern portion of the generally loop shaped antenna pattern of the second antenna extends generally along the second direction,
上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 1 のパターン部分とのそれぞれは、複数本のベースライン部と、これら複数本のベース ライン部の間に設けられた少なくとも 1個の屈曲部とを、上記第 1のアンテナと上記第 2のアンテナとで互いに大よそ対応するように、それぞれ備え、  Each of the third pattern portion of the first antenna and the first pattern portion of the second antenna is provided between a plurality of baseline portions and the plurality of baseline portions. At least one of the bent portions, each corresponding approximately to each other between the first antenna and the second antenna,
上記第 1のアンテナの上記屈曲部は、上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部 分の側に突出するように、ほぼ凸形状に構成され、  The bent portion of the first antenna is formed in a substantially convex shape so as to protrude toward the first pattern portion of the first antenna;
上記第 2のアンテナの上記屈曲部は、上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部 分の側に突出するように、ほぼ凸形状に構成されていることを特徴とする請求の範囲 第 47項〜第 52項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  The bent portion of the second antenna is configured to have a substantially convex shape so as to protrude to the side of the third pattern portion of the second antenna. 52. A reader antenna according to any one of 52 to 52.
[54] 上記第 1のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部分と、上記第 1のアンテナの上記連結部 および上記第 2のアンテナの上記ベースライン部との平均的な相互の間隔と、上記 第 2のアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分と、上記第 2のアンテナの上記連結部およ び上記第 1のアンテナの上記ベースライン部との相互の間隔とのそれぞれは、上記 第 1のアンテナの上記第 1のパターン部分と上記第 2のアンテナの上記第 3のパター ン部分との平均的な相互の間隔の 1Z40〜1Z10の範囲、好ましくは、 1Z30〜1 Z15の範囲であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 53項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれは、上記第 1の方向にほぼ沿って順次配 置されている第 1および第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンを備え、 [54] The first pattern portion of the first antenna, and the coupling portion of the first antenna And an average mutual distance between the base line portion of the second antenna, the third pattern portion of the second antenna, the connecting portion of the second antenna, and the first antenna. Of the first antenna of the first antenna and the third antenna of the second antenna. 54. The reader antenna according to claim 53, wherein the distance is in the range of 1Z40 to 1Z10, preferably in the range of 1Z30 to 1Z15. Each of the first and second antennas comprises first and second substantially loop-shaped antenna patterns sequentially arranged substantially along the first direction,
上記第 1のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンは、上記第 1の方向における上記 第 1の側に配置されるとともに、上記第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンは、 上記第 1の方向における上記第 2の側に配置され、  The first substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern is disposed on the first side in the first direction, and the second substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern is preferably the second substantially loop-shaped antenna pattern. Placed on the side of the
上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれの上記第 1のほぼループ形状のアンテ ナパターンのそれぞれの上記第 1のパターン部分と、上記第 2のほぼループ形状の アンテナパターンのそれぞれの第 3のパターン部分とは、大よそ上記第 1の方向に沿 つてそれぞれ延在し、  The first pattern portion of each of the first substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of each of the first and second antennas and the third pattern of each of the second substantially loop shaped antenna patterns The portions extend approximately along the first direction, respectively,
上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれの上記第 1および第 2のほぼループ形状 のアンテナパターンのそれぞれの上記第 2および第 4のパターン部分のそれぞれは 、大よそ上記第 2の方向に沿ってそれぞれ延在し、  Each of the second and fourth pattern portions of each of the first and second substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of each of the first and second antennas is generally along the second direction. Each extends
上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのそれぞれの上記第 1のほぼループ形状のアンテ ナパターンのそれぞれの上記第 3のパターン部分と、上記第 2のほぼループ形状の アンテナパターンのそれぞれの上記第 1のパターン部分とは、複数本のベースライン 部と、これら複数本のベースライン部の間に設けられた少なくとも 1個の屈曲部とを、 上記第 1のアンテナと上記第 2のアンテナとで互いに大よそ対応するように、それぞ れ備え、  The third pattern portion of each of the first substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of each of the first and second antennas and the first of each of the second substantially loop shaped antenna patterns The pattern portion includes a plurality of baseline portions and at least one bent portion provided between the plurality of baseline portions, and the first antenna and the second antenna have a large size. Be prepared for each other,
上記第 1および第 2のアンテナの上記第 1および第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナ パターンの上記屈曲部のそれぞれは、上記第 1のほぼループ形状のアンテナパター ンの上記第 1のパターン部分の側と、上記第 2のほぼループ形状のアンテナパターン の上記第 3のパターン部分の側とにそれぞれ突出するように、ほぼ凸形状に構成さ れていることを特徴する請求の範囲第 47項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 Each of the bent portions of the first and second substantially loop shaped antenna patterns of the first and second antennas is a side of the first pattern portion of the first substantially loop shaped antenna pattern. And a substantially convex shape so as to respectively project to the side of the third pattern portion of the second substantially loop shaped antenna pattern. The reader antenna according to claim 47, characterized in that:
[56] 上記第 1のアンテナ力 上記互いに間欠的に配置されている上記複数本のベースラ イン部 1本当りの平均的な長さの 0. 25〜0. 65の範囲、好ましくは、 0. 3〜0. 5の範 囲だけ、上記第 2のアンテナに対して上記第 2の方向にずれていることを特徴とする 請求の範囲第 47項〜第 55項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  [56] The above-mentioned first antenna power The range of 0.25 to 0.65 of the average length per one piece of the above-mentioned plurality of baseline portions intermittently arranged to each other, preferably 0. A device according to any one of claims 47 to 55, characterized in that it is offset in said second direction with respect to said second antenna by a range of 3 to 0.5. Reader antenna as described.
[57] 上記第 1のアンテナ力 上記互いに間欠的に配置されている上記複数本のベースラ イン部 1本当りの平均的な長さの 0. 25〜0. 45の範囲または 0. 55〜0. 65の範囲 だけ、上記第 2のアンテナに対して上記第 2の方向にずれていることを特徴とする請 求の範囲第 47項〜第 55項のうちのいずれ力 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  [57] The above-mentioned first antenna power The range of 0.25 to 0. 45 of the average length per one of the above-mentioned plurality of baseline portions intermittently arranged to each other or 0. 55 to 0 The leader according to any one of claims 47 to 55, characterized in that it is offset in the second direction with respect to the second antenna by a range of 65. Antenna.
[58] 上記第 1のアンテナ力 上記第 2のアンテナに対して、上記第 1の方向にずれている ことを特徴とする請求の範囲第 56項または第 57項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  [58] The antenna for a reader according to [56] or [57], wherein the first antenna force is deviated in the first direction with respect to the second antenna.
[59] 上記第 1のアンテナ力 上記互いに間欠的に配置されている上記複数本のベースラ イン部の 1本当りの平均的な長さの 0. 08〜0. 75の範囲、より好ましくは、 0. 1〜0. 7の範囲、さらに好ましくは、 0. 15〜0. 6の範囲だけ、上記第 2のアンテナに対して 上記第 1の方向にずれていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 58項に記載のリーダ用 アンテナ。  [59] The first antenna force The average length per one of the plurality of baseline portions intermittently arranged to each other is in the range of 0.80 to 0.75, more preferably The present invention is characterized in that it is shifted in the first direction with respect to the second antenna by the range of 0.1 to 0.7, more preferably, the range of 0.15 to 0.6. Reader antenna according to clause 58.
[60] 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのうちのいずれか一方のアンテナのみに給電するよう に構成されていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 47項〜第 59項のうちのいずれか 1 つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  [60] Any one of items 47 to 59, characterized in that power is supplied only to one of the first and second antennas. Reader antenna described in (1).
[61] 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナのうちの他方のアンテナの一対の端子部の間に共振 回路用のコンデンサが接続されていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 47項〜第 60 項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [61] A capacitor for a resonant circuit is connected between a pair of terminal portions of the other one of the first and second antennas, wherein a capacitor for a resonant circuit is connected. The reader antenna according to any one of the above.
[62] 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナに交互に給電するように構成されていることを特徴と する請求の範囲第 47項〜第 61項のうちのいずれ力 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [62] The antenna for reader according to any one of the items 47 to 61, which is configured to feed power to the first and second antennas alternately. .
[63] 上記リーダ用アンテナカ^ーダライタ用アンテナとして構成されていることを特徴とす る請求の範囲第 47項〜第 62項のうちのいずれ力 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [63] The reader antenna according to any one of claims 47 to 62, characterized in that it is configured as the above-described reader antenna carder writer antenna.
[64] 上記アンテナ形成対象部材が、物品載置棚の棚板または物品載置台の台板であり 上記棚板または上記台板の主要構成要素が、透明な非導電体であり、 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナの少なくともアンテナパターンのそれぞれ力 ワイヤ 導線力も構成されていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 47項〜第 63項のうちのいず れカ 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [64] The above antenna formation target member is a shelf board of an article placement shelf or a bedboard of an article placement table The main component of the shelf board or the base board is a transparent non-conductive material, and at least an antenna pattern of at least the antenna pattern of the first and second antennas is also constituted. An antenna for a reader according to any one of the items 47-63.
[65] 上記ワイヤ導線の断面径が 0. 5mm以下であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 64項 に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [65] The reader antenna as set forth in [64], wherein a cross-sectional diameter of the wire conductor is 0.5 mm or less.
[66] 上記ワイヤ導線の断面径が 0. 02mm以上であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 64 項または第 65項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [66] The reader antenna as set forth in [64] or [65], wherein a cross-sectional diameter of the wire conductor is not less than 0.02 mm.
[67] 上記第 1および第 2のアンテナが、これらの間に絶縁層を介在させて、互いに積層さ れた一対のガラス板の間に設けられていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 47項〜第[67] The above-mentioned first and second antennas are provided between a pair of glass plates stacked one upon another with an insulating layer interposed therebetween. Second
66項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 The reader antenna according to any one of the items 66.
[68] 上記第 1のアンテナの端子部と上記第 2のアンテナの端子部とのそれぞれが、上記 アンテナ形成対象部材の長さ方向における一方および他方の縁部と、幅方向におけ る背面側の縁部との中力 選ばれたいずれか 1つの縁部に設けられていることを特 徴とする請求の範囲第 47項〜第 67項のうちのいずれ力 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテ ナ。 [68] Each of the terminal portion of the first antenna and the terminal portion of the second antenna has one and the other edge portions in the length direction of the antenna formation target member, and the back side in the width direction The leader antee according to any one of claims 47 to 67, characterized in that the medium force with the edge of the head is provided at any one selected edge. Na.
[69] 請求の範囲第 47項〜第 68項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナが形 成されて!/、る棚板を上記アンテナ形成対象部材として備えて!/、ることを特徴とするァ ンテナ付き物品載置棚。  [69] The reader antenna according to any one of claims 47 to 68 is formed, and a shelf board is provided as the antenna formation target member! /, An article placement shelf with an antenna characterized by
[70] 請求の範囲第 47項〜第 68項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナが形 成されて!/ヽる台板を上記アンテナ形成対象部材として備えて!/ヽることを特徴とするァ ンテナ付き物品載置台。 [70] The reader antenna according to any one of claims 47 to 68 is formed! / A base plate provided with the above-mentioned target member for forming the above-mentioned antenna! An article mounting table with an antenna characterized by
[71] アンテナ形成対象部材に形成されて!ヽるアンテナパターンを有するリーダライタ用ァ ンテナにおいて、 [71] In the reader / writer antenna having an antenna pattern formed on the antenna formation target member,
導電性で多孔性のシート状部材が、平面的に見て上記アンテナパターンの外周囲 にほぼ沿ってループ形状に延在するように、上記アンテナ形成対象部材に設けられ ていることを特徴とするリーダ用アンテナ。  A conductive and porous sheet-like member is provided on the antenna formation target member so as to extend in a loop shape substantially along the outer periphery of the antenna pattern in plan view. Reader antenna.
[72] 上記多孔性シート状部材が、導電性線条体をメッシュ状に編組したメッシュ構造のも のであることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 71項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [72] The porous sheet-like member may have a mesh structure in which conductive filaments are braided in a mesh shape. The reader antenna according to claim 71, characterized in that:
[73] その中央開口を含む上記多孔性シート状部材の大きさに対する上記中央開口の大 きさの比が 20〜80%の範囲、好ましくは、 30〜70%の範囲であることを特徴とする 請求の範囲第 71項または第 72項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [73] The ratio of the size of the central opening to the size of the porous sheet member including the central opening is in the range of 20 to 80%, preferably in the range of 30 to 70%. 72. A reader antenna according to claim 71 or 72.
[74] 上記多孔性シート状部材の外周囲が、平面的に見て、上記リーダライタ用アンテナ の上記アンテナパターンの外周囲またはその外側に沿って延在し、 [74] The outer periphery of the porous sheet member extends along the outer periphery or the outer side of the antenna pattern of the reader / writer antenna, as viewed in plan,
上記多孔性シート状部材の内周囲が、平面的に見て、つぎの(a)項〜(d)項に記 載の条件を満足していることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 71項、第 72項または第 73 項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  74. The inner periphery of the porous sheet-like member satisfies the conditions described in the following items (a) to (d) in plan view, 71. Antenna for readers according to paragraph 72 or 73.
(a)上記多孔性シート状部材の上記内周囲のうちの上記アンテナ形成対象部材の 第 1の方向における第 1の側の内周囲が、上記第 1の方向とは直交する第 2の方向に ほぼ沿って延在しているパターン部分のうちの上記第 1の方向における上記第 1の側 の最外周を延在しているパターン部分の内側端またはその内側にほぼ沿って延在し て 、ること、  (a) Of the inner peripheries of the porous sheet-like member, the inner peripheries of the first side in the first direction of the antenna formation target member are in a second direction orthogonal to the first direction. It extends substantially along the inner end or the inner side of the pattern portion extending on the outermost side of the first side in the first direction among the pattern portions extending substantially along the first side. ,
(b)上記多孔性シート状部材の上記内周囲のうちの上記アンテナ形成対象部材の 上記第 1の方向における上記第 1の側とは反対側の第 2の側の内周囲が、上記第 2 の方向にほぼ沿って延在している上記パターン部分のうちの上記第 1の方向におけ る上記第 2の側の最外周を延在しているパターン部分の内側端またはその内側にほ ぼ沿って延在していること、  (b) Of the inner periphery of the porous sheet member, the inner periphery of the second side opposite to the first side in the first direction of the antenna formation target member is the second In the first direction in the first direction among the pattern portions extending substantially along the direction of the second side, or the inner end of the pattern portion extending substantially at the inner side thereof. Extending along,
(c)上記多孔性シート状部材の上記内周囲のうちの上記アンテナ形成対象部材の 上記第 2の方向における第 1の側の内周囲が、上記第 1の方向にほぼ沿って延在し ているパターン部分のうちの上記第 2の方向における上記第 1の側の最外周を延在 して 、るパターン部分の外側端またはその外側にほぼ沿って延在して 、ること、およ び  (c) The inner periphery of the first side in the second direction of the antenna formation target member of the inner peripheries of the porous sheet member extends substantially along the first direction. Extending the outermost periphery of the first side in the second direction among the pattern portions, and extending substantially along the outer end of the pattern portion or the outer side thereof;
(d)上記多孔性シート状部材の上記内周囲のうちの上記アンテナ形成対象部材の 上記第 2の方向における上記第 1の側とは反対側の第 2の側の内周囲が、上記第 1 の方向にほぼ沿って延在しているパターン部分のうちの上記第 2の方向における上 記第 2の側の最外周を延在しているパターン部分の外側端またはその外側にほぼ沿 つて延在していること。 (d) Of the inner periphery of the porous sheet member, the inner periphery of the second side opposite to the first side in the second direction of the antenna formation target member is the first inner periphery of the porous sheet member. Of the pattern extending substantially along the direction of the outer side of the pattern extending on the second side in the second direction or the outer edge of the pattern extending substantially along the outer side of the pattern. Extend.
[75] 上記多孔性シート状部材が、平面的に見て、上記アンテナ形成対象部材の第 2の方 向にほぼ延在しているパターン部分のうちの上記第 1の方向における上記第 1の側 の端部付近および上記第 2の側の端部付近をそれぞれ延在しているパターン部分と ほぼ重複していることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 74項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  [75] The porous sheet-like member may be the first in the first direction among pattern portions substantially extending in the second direction of the antenna formation target member in plan view. 75. The reader antenna according to claim 74, wherein the reader antenna substantially overlaps a pattern portion extending near the end of the side and near the end on the second side.
[76] 上記多孔性シート状部材が、平面的に見て、上記第 2の方向にほぼ沿って延在して [76] The porous sheet-like member extends substantially along the second direction in plan view.
V、るすべてのパターン部分とほぼ重複して 、ることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 74項 に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 75. The reader antenna according to claim 74, wherein V, V and all pattern portions substantially overlap.
[77] 上記多孔性シート状部材が、平面的に見て、上記第 1の方向にほぼ沿って延在して [77] The porous sheet-like member extends substantially along the first direction in plan view.
V、る 、ずれのパターン部分とも実質的に重複して 、な 、ことを特徴とする請求の範囲 第 74項、第 75項または第 76項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 The antenna for reader according to claim 74, item 75, or item 76, characterized in that the pattern portions of V, 、, and shift patterns substantially overlap.
[78] 上記多孔性シート状部材の小開孔のピッチ力 50〜2, 000 μ mの範囲、好ましくは 、 100-1, 200 mの範囲であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 71項〜第 77項のう ちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  [78] The pitch force of the small holes of the porous sheet member is in the range of 50 to 2,000 μm, preferably in the range of 100 to 200 m. -The reader antenna according to any one of the items 77-77.
[79] 上記多孔性シート状部材の多数個の小開孔の 1個当りの面積が、 4, 000〜1, 800 , 000 /z m2の範囲、好ましくは、 8, 000〜800, 000 m2の範囲であることを特徴と する請求の範囲第 71項〜第 78項のうちのいずれ力 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [79] The area per one of a large number of small holes in the porous sheet member is in the range of 4,000 to 1,800,000 / zm 2 , preferably 8,000 to 800,000 m 73. The reader antenna according to any one of claims 71 to 78, wherein the force is in the range of 2 .
[80] 上記多孔性シート状部材の、そこに形成されている多数個の小開孔についての開口 率力 70〜95%の範囲、好ましくは、 80〜92%の範囲であることを特徴とする請求 の範囲第 71項〜第 79項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  [80] The above-mentioned porous sheet member, characterized by an open area ratio force for a large number of small holes formed therein, in the range of 70 to 95%, preferably in the range of 80 to 92%. An antenna for a reader according to any one of claims 71 to 79.
[81] 上記アンテナパターンの端部のうちの 、ずれか 1つの端部付近と重複して!/、る導電 性で多孔性の第 2のシート状部材が、上記アンテナ形成対象部材のうちの少なくとも 上記いずれか 1つの端部付近に対応する箇所に設けられていることを特徴とする請 求の範囲第 71項〜第 80項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  [81] Of the end portions of the antenna pattern, a conductive and porous second sheet-like member overlapping with any one end portion of the antenna pattern is one of the antenna formation target members. 71. The reader antenna according to any one of claims 71 to 80, wherein the antenna is provided at a location corresponding to at least one of the end portions.
[82] 上記導電性で多孔性の第 2のシート状部材力 上記アンテナパターンの上記いずれ 力 1つの端部附近のほぼ U字状に突出している突出部分と少なくとも重複しているこ とを特徴とする請求の範囲第 81項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  [82] The conductive and porous second sheet-like member force is characterized by at least overlapping with a substantially U-shaped protruding portion in the vicinity of one end portion of the antenna pattern. 82. The reader antenna according to claim 81.
[83] 上記リーダ用アンテナが、互いに絶縁されかつ互いに重ね合わせられた状態で上記 アンテナ形成対象部材にそれぞれ設けられている第 1および第 2のループアンテナ を備えていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 71項〜第 82項のうちのいずれか 1つに 記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [83] In the state where the above-mentioned reader antennas are mutually insulated and overlapped with each other, the above The reader antenna according to any one of claims 71 to 82, further comprising first and second loop antennas respectively provided on the antenna formation target member. .
[84] 上記第 1および第 2のループアンテナのそれぞれは、ほぼループ形状のアンテナパ ターンを備え、 [84] Each of the first and second loop antennas comprises an antenna pattern having a substantially loop shape,
上記第 1のループアンテナの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンと、上記第 2 のループアンテナの上記ほぼループ形状のアンテナパターンとのそれぞれは、上記 アンテナ形成対象部材の第 1の方向における第 1の側に設けられた第 1のパターン 部分と、上記アンテナ形成対象部材の上記第 1の方向とは直交する第 2の方向にお ける第 1の側に設けられた第 2のパターン部分と、上記アンテナ形成対象部材の上記 第 1の方向における上記第 1の側とは反対側の第 2の側に設けられた第 3のパターン 部分と、上記アンテナ形成対象部材の上記第 2の方向における上記第 1の側とは反 対側の第 2の側に設けられた第 4のパターン部分とを備え、  Each of the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern of the first loop antenna and the substantially loop shaped antenna pattern of the second loop antenna is a first side in a first direction of the antenna formation target member. A first pattern portion provided on the antenna, a second pattern portion provided on a first side in a second direction orthogonal to the A third pattern portion provided on the second side opposite to the first side in the first direction of the formation target member; and the first in the second direction of the antenna formation target member And a fourth pattern portion provided on the second side opposite to the
上記第 1のループアンテナの上記第 3のパターン部分と、上記第 2のループアンテ ナの上記第 1のパターン部分とのそれぞれは、互いに間欠的に配置されている複数 本のベースライン部と、これら複数本のベースライン部の間に設けられている少なくと も 1個の屈曲部とをそれぞれ備え、  Each of the third pattern portion of the first loop antenna and the first pattern portion of the second loop antenna includes a plurality of baseline portions intermittently arranged to each other; At least one bend provided between the plurality of baselines,
上記屈曲部のそれぞれは、第 1の立上り部および第 2の立上り部をそれぞれ備える ほぼ凸形状に構成され、  Each of the bent portions is configured in a substantially convex shape, each having a first rising portion and a second rising portion,
上記第 1のループアンテナの上記第 1の立上り部または上記第 2の立上り部が上記 第 2のループアンテナのこれと対応する第 1の立上り部とこれと対応する第 2の立上り 部との間に配置されるように、上記第 1のループアンテナが上記第 2のループアンテ ナに対して上記第 2の方向にずれていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 83項に記載 のリーダ用アンテナ。  The first rising portion or the second rising portion of the first loop antenna is between the first rising portion corresponding to that of the second loop antenna and the second rising portion corresponding thereto. The reader antenna according to claim 83, wherein said first loop antenna is offset in said second direction with respect to said second loop antenna so as to be disposed in .
[85] 上記第 1のループアンテナ力 上記複数本のベースライン部の 1本当りの平均的な 長さの 0. 25〜0. 75の範囲、好ましくは、 0. 3〜0. 6の範囲だけ、上記第 2のルー プアンテナに対して、上記第 2の方向にずれていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 8 4項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [86] 上記第 1のループアンテナが、上記第 1のループアンテナの上記第 1および第 2の立 上り部および上記第 2のループアンテナの上記第 1および第 2の立上り部の 1本当り の平均的な長さの 0. 05-0. 5の範囲、好ましくは、 0. 1〜0. 4の範囲だけ、上記第 2のループアンテナに対して、上記第 1の方向にずれていることを特徴とする請求の 範囲第 84項または第 85項に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [85] Above first loop antenna force Average length per one of the above-mentioned plurality of baseline sections is in the range of 0.25 to 0.75, preferably in the range of 0.3 to 0.6 The reader antenna according to claim 84, which is deviated in the second direction with respect to the second loop antenna. [86] The first loop antenna is one per one of the first and second rising portions of the first loop antenna and the first and second rising portions of the second loop antenna. The average length is deviated in the first direction with respect to the second loop antenna by a range of 0. 05-0.5, preferably in a range of 0. 1-4. A reader antenna as claimed in claim 84 or 85 characterized by:
[87] 上記リーダ用アンテナカ^ーダライタ用アンテナとして構成されていることを特徴とす る請求の範囲第 71項〜第 86項のうちのいずれ力 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。  [87] The reader antenna according to any one of claims 71 to 86, wherein the reader antenna is configured as the reader antenna carder writer antenna.
[88] 上記アンテナ形成対象部材が、物品載置棚の棚板または物品載置台の台板であり 上記棚板または上記台板の主要構成要素が、透明な非導電体であり、 上記第 1および第 2のリーダ用アンテナの少なくともアンテナパターンのそれぞれが [88] The antenna formation target member is a shelf board of an article placement shelf or a bedplate of an article placement table, and the main component of the shelf board or the bedplate is a transparent non-conductive material; And at least an antenna pattern of the second reader antenna
、ワイヤ導線力も構成されて 、ることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 83項〜第 87項のう ちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 The reader antenna according to any one of claims 83 to 87, characterized in that the wire conductor force is also configured.
[89] 上記ワイヤ導線の断面径が 0. 5mm以下であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 88項 に記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [89] The antenna for a reader according to [88], wherein a cross-sectional diameter of the wire conductor is 0.5 mm or less.
[90] 上記第 1および第 2のループアンテナが、これらの間に絶縁層を介在させて、互いに 積層された一対のガラス板の間に設けられていることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 83 項〜第 89項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナ。 [90] A method according to claim 83, wherein said first and second loop antennas are provided between a pair of glass plates laminated to each other with an insulating layer interposed therebetween. An antenna for a reader according to any one of clauses 89.
[91] 請求の範囲第 71項〜第 90項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナが形 成されて!/、る棚板を上記アンテナ形成対象部材として備えて!/、ることを特徴とするァ ンテナ付き物品載置棚。 [91] The reader antenna according to any one of claims 71 to 90 is formed! /, And a shelf board is provided as the antenna formation target member! // An article placement shelf with an antenna characterized by
[92] 上記アンテナ付き物品載置棚がアンテナ付き書架であることを特徴とする請求の範 囲第 91項に記載のアンテナ付き物品載置棚。 [92] The article equipped shelf with an antenna according to claim 91, wherein the article equipped shelf with an antenna is a bookshelf with an antenna.
[93] 請求の範囲第 71項〜第 90項のうちのいずれか 1つに記載のリーダ用アンテナが形 成されて!/ヽる台板を上記アンテナ形成対象部材として備えて!/ヽることを特徴とするァ ンテナ付き物品載置台。 [93] The reader antenna as set forth in any one of claims 71 to 90 is formed! / A base plate provided with said base as said antenna formation target member! An article mounting table with an antenna characterized by
PCT/JP2007/051006 2006-03-02 2007-01-23 Reader antenna, shelf for placing article provided with antenna, and table for placing article provided with antenna WO2007099723A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006-056053 2006-03-02
JP2006056053 2006-03-02
JP2006236764A JP4688167B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2006-08-31 Antenna for reader, article mounting shelf with antenna, and article mounting table with antenna
JP2006-236764 2006-08-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007099723A1 true WO2007099723A1 (en) 2007-09-07

Family

ID=38458843

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2007/051006 WO2007099723A1 (en) 2006-03-02 2007-01-23 Reader antenna, shelf for placing article provided with antenna, and table for placing article provided with antenna

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2007099723A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2451511A (en) * 2007-08-02 2009-02-04 Intellident Ltd Intelligent shelving system
JP2009069956A (en) * 2007-09-11 2009-04-02 Nippon Sheet Glass Co Ltd System for managing disk-shaped recording medium, and storage case for the disk-shaped recording medium for the system
WO2022236320A3 (en) * 2021-05-07 2022-12-29 Ecolab Usa Inc. Zone antenna system

Citations (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0645840A1 (en) * 1993-09-24 1995-03-29 N.V. Nederlandsche Apparatenfabriek NEDAP Antenna configuration of an electromagnetic detection system and an electromagnetic detection system comprising such antenna configuration
JPH08222936A (en) * 1995-02-09 1996-08-30 Maspro Denkoh Corp Antenna for theft prevention device
JP2000137777A (en) * 1998-10-30 2000-05-16 Hitachi Ltd Ic card
JP2001101352A (en) * 1999-09-30 2001-04-13 Yoshikawa Rf System Kk Device and method for generating driving magnetic field for data carrier
JP2001237639A (en) * 2000-02-21 2001-08-31 Yoshikawa Rf System Kk Receiving antenna device
JP2001256449A (en) * 2000-03-08 2001-09-21 Glory Ltd Reader of id tag for tableware
JP2001270608A (en) * 2000-03-24 2001-10-02 Hitachi Kokusai Electric Inc Article control rack
JP2003072919A (en) * 2001-09-05 2003-03-12 Omron Corp Article management system, non-contact distinguishing method, antenna unit and article management shelf
JP2003168914A (en) * 2001-11-30 2003-06-13 Lintec Corp Loop antenna, loop antenna system and radio communication system
JP2004140513A (en) * 2002-10-16 2004-05-13 Hitachi Kokusai Electric Inc Antenna for reader / writer and article control shelf provided with the same
JP2004241929A (en) * 2003-02-04 2004-08-26 Hitachi Kokusai Electric Inc Tag information managing device, and antenna for tag information management
JP2004336797A (en) * 2003-05-08 2004-11-25 Illinois Tool Works Inc <Itw> Rfid tag communication system, multilayer shelf, and method for manufacturing laminated structure
JP2005136570A (en) * 2003-10-29 2005-05-26 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Radio communication medium processor
JP2005347794A (en) * 2004-05-31 2005-12-15 Lintec Corp Loop antenna system and wireless communication system
EP1619750A1 (en) * 2004-07-22 2006-01-25 Feig Electronic GmbH Antenna device for an RFID system
JP2006025363A (en) * 2004-07-09 2006-01-26 Nippon Signal Co Ltd:The Antenna for reader writer and article management system

Patent Citations (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0645840A1 (en) * 1993-09-24 1995-03-29 N.V. Nederlandsche Apparatenfabriek NEDAP Antenna configuration of an electromagnetic detection system and an electromagnetic detection system comprising such antenna configuration
JPH08222936A (en) * 1995-02-09 1996-08-30 Maspro Denkoh Corp Antenna for theft prevention device
JP2000137777A (en) * 1998-10-30 2000-05-16 Hitachi Ltd Ic card
JP2001101352A (en) * 1999-09-30 2001-04-13 Yoshikawa Rf System Kk Device and method for generating driving magnetic field for data carrier
JP2001237639A (en) * 2000-02-21 2001-08-31 Yoshikawa Rf System Kk Receiving antenna device
JP2001256449A (en) * 2000-03-08 2001-09-21 Glory Ltd Reader of id tag for tableware
JP2001270608A (en) * 2000-03-24 2001-10-02 Hitachi Kokusai Electric Inc Article control rack
JP2003072919A (en) * 2001-09-05 2003-03-12 Omron Corp Article management system, non-contact distinguishing method, antenna unit and article management shelf
JP2003168914A (en) * 2001-11-30 2003-06-13 Lintec Corp Loop antenna, loop antenna system and radio communication system
JP2004140513A (en) * 2002-10-16 2004-05-13 Hitachi Kokusai Electric Inc Antenna for reader / writer and article control shelf provided with the same
JP2004241929A (en) * 2003-02-04 2004-08-26 Hitachi Kokusai Electric Inc Tag information managing device, and antenna for tag information management
JP2004336797A (en) * 2003-05-08 2004-11-25 Illinois Tool Works Inc <Itw> Rfid tag communication system, multilayer shelf, and method for manufacturing laminated structure
JP2005136570A (en) * 2003-10-29 2005-05-26 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Radio communication medium processor
JP2005347794A (en) * 2004-05-31 2005-12-15 Lintec Corp Loop antenna system and wireless communication system
JP2006025363A (en) * 2004-07-09 2006-01-26 Nippon Signal Co Ltd:The Antenna for reader writer and article management system
EP1619750A1 (en) * 2004-07-22 2006-01-25 Feig Electronic GmbH Antenna device for an RFID system

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2451511A (en) * 2007-08-02 2009-02-04 Intellident Ltd Intelligent shelving system
GB2451511B (en) * 2007-08-02 2012-03-21 Intellident Ltd Retrofittable Intelligent Shelving System
US8340809B2 (en) 2007-08-02 2012-12-25 Intellident Limited Intelligent shelving system and dividing element
JP2009069956A (en) * 2007-09-11 2009-04-02 Nippon Sheet Glass Co Ltd System for managing disk-shaped recording medium, and storage case for the disk-shaped recording medium for the system
WO2022236320A3 (en) * 2021-05-07 2022-12-29 Ecolab Usa Inc. Zone antenna system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7928847B2 (en) Antenna design and interrogator system
JP2004140513A (en) Antenna for reader / writer and article control shelf provided with the same
JP2006235946A (en) System for managing books, shelf board with antenna for bookshelf used in the system, and its manufacturing method
US7295120B2 (en) Device for verifying a location of a radio-frequency identification (RFID) tag on an item
JP4499703B2 (en) RFID barcode and RFID barcode recognition system
JP4863356B2 (en) Shelf with antenna for article management shelf and article management shelf using this shelf with antenna
JP2005033461A (en) Rfid system and structure of antenna therein
JP2011165133A (en) Article mounting shelf, shelf board and adjustment plate
TW569490B (en) Loop antenna, loop antenna system and wireless communication system
JP5208874B2 (en) Antenna for reader, article mounting shelf with antenna, and article mounting table with antenna
WO2007099723A1 (en) Reader antenna, shelf for placing article provided with antenna, and table for placing article provided with antenna
CN107968247B (en) Antenna structure, reader and intelligent vending equipment
KR101180084B1 (en) Near-field RFID reader antenna
JP4093771B2 (en) Document management device using RF-ID
JP3956215B2 (en) RFID system and RFID tag mutual interference suppression method
JP3611192B2 (en) Goods management shelf
JP4756648B2 (en) Antenna for reader, article mounting shelf with antenna, and article mounting table with antenna
JP5723115B2 (en) Book storage management system
JP4688167B2 (en) Antenna for reader, article mounting shelf with antenna, and article mounting table with antenna
WO2004114241A2 (en) Apparatus for and method of tracking stored objects
JP2007336436A (en) Antenna for reader and article placing shelf with antenna and article placing table with antenna
JP4133930B2 (en) Loop antenna system and radio communication system
JP3748197B2 (en) Goods management shelf
JP2009069956A (en) System for managing disk-shaped recording medium, and storage case for the disk-shaped recording medium for the system
JP4808572B2 (en) Antenna for reader, article mounting shelf with antenna, and article mounting table with antenna

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07707257

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1